Defined Terms and Documents

Community Affairs References Committee - The Senate -

A hand up, not a hand out:  Renewing the fight against poverty

Report on poverty and financial hardship  -  March 2004

Commonwealth of Australia 2004  ISBN 0 642 71199 2

Senate Community Affairs References Committee Secretariat

Mr Elton Humphery (Secretary)

Ms Christine McDonald (Principal Research Officer)

Mr Peter Short (Senior Research Officer)

Ms Leonie Peake (Research Officer)

Ms Ingrid Zappe (Executive Assistant)

The Senate

Parliament House

Canberra ACT 2600

Phone: 02 6277 3515

Fax: 02 6277 5829

E-mail: community.affairs.sen@aph.gov.au

Internet: http://www.aph.gov.au/senate_ca

This document was produced by the Senate Community Affairs References Committee

Secretariat and printed by the Senate Printing Unit, Parliament House, Canberra.

iii

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE

Members

Senator Steve Hutchins, Chairman ALP, New South Wales

Senator Sue Knowles, Deputy Chairman LP, Western Australia

Senator Gary Humphries LP, Australian Capital Territory

Senator Meg Lees APA, South Australia

Senator Jan McLucas ALP, Queensland

Senator Claire Moore ALP, Queensland

Participating Members

Senator the Hon Eric Abetz LP, Tasmania

Senator Lyn Allison* AD, Victoria

Senator Mark Bishop ALP, Western Australia

Senator Kim Carr ALP, Victoria

Senator Grant Chapman LP, South Australia

Senator Helen Coonan LP, New South Wales

Senator Trish Crossin ALP, Northern Territory

Senator Kay Denman ALP, Tasmania

Senator Alan Eggleston LP, Western Australia

Senator Chris Evans ALP, Western Australia

Senator the Hon John Faulkner ALP, New South Wales

Senator Alan Ferguson LP, South Australia

Senator Jeannie Ferris LP, South Australia

Senator Michael Forshaw ALP, New South Wales

Senator Brian Greig** AD, Western Australia

Senator Brian Harradine IND, Tasmania

Senator Len Harris PHON, Queensland

Senator Ross Lightfoot LP, Western Australia

Senator Joseph Ludwig ALP, Queensland

Senator Sue Mackay*** ALP, Tasmania

Senator Brett Mason LP, Queensland

Senator Kerry Nettle AG, New South Wales

Senator Julian McGauran NATS, Victoria

Senator Shayne Murphy IND, Tasmania

Senator Kerry O’Brien ALP, Tasmania

Senator Marise Payne LP, New South Wales

Senator John Tierney LP, New South Wales

Senator John Watson LP, Tasmania

Senator Ruth Webber ALP, Western Australia

* for matters relating to health

** for matters relating to family and community services

*** for matters/hearings relevant to Tasmania

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE............................................................... iii

OVERVIEW....................................................................................................................... xv

RECOMMENDATIONS ........................................................................................... xxvii

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................1

Terms of reference..................................................................................................1

Conduct of the inquiry............................................................................................1

Structure of the Report ...........................................................................................2

The Committee’s approach to poverty....................................................................3

CHAPTER 2

DEFINING AND MEASURING POVERTY........................................................5

What is poverty?.....................................................................................................5

Poverty and inequality..........................................................................................10

Measuring poverty................................................................................................12

Income-based poverty lines...............................................................................13

Budget standards ...............................................................................................15

Consensual approach .........................................................................................17

Living standards studies ....................................................................................18

Problems in measuring poverty ............................................................................20

Data sources.......................................................................................................20

Definition of income..........................................................................................21

The measure of resources ..................................................................................22

Alternative measures of poverty...........................................................................24

Deprivation indicators .......................................................................................24

Use of expenditure data.....................................................................................27

The income unit.................................................................................................28

Time period .......................................................................................................29

Equivalence scales.............................................................................................29

Updating poverty lines .........................................................................................30

Conclusion............................................................................................................31

vi

CHAPTER 3

POVERTY AND INEQUALITY IN AUSTRALIA............................................33

The origins of poverty research............................................................................33

The Henderson Commission of Inquiry ............................................................33

Extent of poverty in Australia ..............................................................................35

Who is in poverty today?...................................................................................41

Poverty by State/Territory .................................................................................43

Income inequality .................................................................................................45

Impact of the GST .............................................................................................49

Impact of taxes, transfers and other benefits.....................................................50

Wealth distribution ............................................................................................52

Conclusion............................................................................................................53

CHAPTER 4

UNEMPLOYMENT AND THE CHANGING LABOUR MARKET...............55

The changing labour market.................................................................................56

Unemployment and underemployment ................................................................57

Joblessness and poverty........................................................................................59

Creating more jobs ...............................................................................................60

Full employment................................................................................................61

Job creation schemes .........................................................................................62

Conclusion.........................................................................................................64

Role and effectiveness of the Job Network ..........................................................65

Conclusion.........................................................................................................69

Long-term unemployed ........................................................................................70

Skill development and work experience ...........................................................71

The working poor .................................................................................................73

Life for the low paid ..........................................................................................75

Addressing the problem of low pay ..................................................................79

Conclusion.........................................................................................................84

Casualisation.........................................................................................................85

Conclusion.........................................................................................................89

Labour-hire ...........................................................................................................90

Changing industrial relations environment ..........................................................93

vii

CHAPTER 5

INCOME SUPPORT..............................................................................................97

Income support arrangements...............................................................................97

Adequacy of income support payments ...............................................................99

Payments . how adequate is the ’safety net’? ....................................................99

Income based poverty measures......................................................................100

Budget standards .............................................................................................101

Hardship measures...........................................................................................102

Payment structure ............................................................................................105

Level of payment.............................................................................................107

Concessions .....................................................................................................108

Participation costs............................................................................................110

Compliance requirements and penalties.............................................................112

Conclusion.......................................................................................................117

Poverty traps.......................................................................................................117

CHAPTER 6

HOUSING .............................................................................................................121

Housing and poverty...........................................................................................121

Homelessness .....................................................................................................124

Supported Accommodation Assistance Program............................................127

Groups with special housing needs ....................................................................128

Addressing housing access and affordability .....................................................128

Public and community housing .......................................................................129

Rent assistance.................................................................................................134

Private investment in low-cost housing...........................................................136

Home ownership..............................................................................................137

Tenants’ rights and tenancy databases .............................................................137

National housing strategy................................................................................140

CHAPTER 7

EDUCATION AND TRAINING.........................................................................143

The relationship between education and poverty ...............................................143

Literacy and numeracy ....................................................................................147

Retention and participation rates.....................................................................149

Conclusion.......................................................................................................151

Poverty and early childhood education ..............................................................152

viii

Conclusion.......................................................................................................155

School education ................................................................................................156

Educational costs .............................................................................................157

Breakfast clubs for schoolchildren ..................................................................159

Quality of education ........................................................................................160

Public education ..............................................................................................162

Programs to improve educational outcomes ...................................................164

Conclusion.......................................................................................................167

Poverty and access to tertiary education ............................................................168

Conclusion.......................................................................................................171

CHAPTER 8

HEALTH...............................................................................................................173

Poverty and health ..............................................................................................173

Access to Medicare.............................................................................................175

Decline in bulk-billing.....................................................................................175

Addressing the decline in bulk-billing ............................................................178

Conclusion.......................................................................................................179

Access to public hospitals ..................................................................................179

Australian Health Care Agreements................................................................180

Impact of the private health insurance rebate..................................................182

Conclusion.......................................................................................................183

Access to ancillary and specialist health services ..............................................183

Access to preventive health and related services ...............................................185

Access to maternal and child health services .....................................................186

Access to dental care ..........................................................................................186

Conclusion.......................................................................................................189

CHAPTER 9

OTHER ISSUES . UTILITIES, CREDIT, GAMBLING

Access to utilities................................................................................................191

Consumer credit regulation ................................................................................193

Availability of credit........................................................................................195

Loan defaults and debt recovery .....................................................................196

Fringe credit providers ....................................................................................197

Pawnbrokers ....................................................................................................202

Consumer education ........................................................................................202

Funding of financial counselling services .......................................................203

ix

Conclusion.......................................................................................................204

Gambling ............................................................................................................204

Response to problem gambling by increased State regulation........................206

Conclusion.......................................................................................................210

CHAPTER 10

WOMEN AND SOLE PARENTS.......................................................................211

Woman and poverty ...........................................................................................211

Women and work ............................................................................................212

Impact of part-time and casual of work...........................................................213

Women in retirement.......................................................................................215

Child care.........................................................................................................216

Domestic violence ...........................................................................................218

Women in rural and regional areas..................................................................219

Migrant women and poverty ...........................................................................220

Sole parents.........................................................................................................223

Low income sole parent families.....................................................................224

Sole parents and work .....................................................................................228

Income support payments................................................................................229

Child Support Scheme.....................................................................................237

Conclusion.......................................................................................................239

CHAPTER 11

CHILDREN IN POVERTY.................................................................................241

Children in poverty . an overview .....................................................................241

Characteristics of children in poverty ................................................................245

Sole parent families and couples with children...............................................246

Unemployment and low wages .......................................................................248

Families receiving government benefits..........................................................249

Children with parents from non-English speaking backgrounds ....................250

Children living in poverty ..................................................................................251

The impact of poverty on children .....................................................................255

Social and economic costs of child poverty .......................................................259

Responding to child poverty...............................................................................261

National approach............................................................................................261

Initiatives to reduce the incidence and impact of child poverty......................264

Conclusion..........................................................................................................266

x

CHAPTER 12

YOUTH AND STUDENT ISSUES.....................................................................269

Rates of poverty..................................................................................................269

The impact of poverty on young people.............................................................270

Youth labour force participation ........................................................................274

15 to 19 year olds ............................................................................................275

20 to 24 year olds ............................................................................................277

Unemployment rates........................................................................................277

Access to full-time employment......................................................................278

Improving the transition from school to work.................................................279

Income support ...................................................................................................282

Impact of activity testing and breaching on youth ..........................................284

Youth and Centrelink ......................................................................................285

UK Gateway to the New Deal program ..........................................................286

Conclusion..........................................................................................................287

Students and poverty ..........................................................................................289

Income support for students ............................................................................289

Work commitments .........................................................................................292

Cost of living ...................................................................................................294

Student debt .....................................................................................................296

Impact of poverty on students .........................................................................298

Conclusion.......................................................................................................299

CHAPTER 13

INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIANS.........................................................................301

Measuring Indigenous poverty ...........................................................................301

Nature and extent of Indigenous poverty and disadvantage ..............................302

Addressing social and economic disadvantage ..................................................304

Unemployment ................................................................................................304

Community Development Employment Projects............................................306

Housing and infrastructure ..............................................................................308

Education.........................................................................................................309

Health ..............................................................................................................315

Indigenous children .........................................................................................316

Indigenous youth issues...................................................................................318

The criminal justice system.............................................................................319

Conclusion..........................................................................................................321

xi

CHAPTER 14

RURAL AND REGIONAL COMMUNITIES ..................................................323

The urban-rural/regional divide..........................................................................323

Social and economic disparities .........................................................................328

Unemployment ................................................................................................328

Incomes............................................................................................................329

Health ..............................................................................................................330

Education.........................................................................................................330

Addressing poverty and disadvantage in regional and rural areas .....................331

Improved access to services ............................................................................331

Regional development strategies.....................................................................332

Job creation initiatives.....................................................................................333

Capacity building.............................................................................................334

Conclusion..........................................................................................................335

CHAPTER 15

OLDER PEOPLE, MIGRANTS AND REFUGEES.........................................337

Older people .......................................................................................................337

Factors contributing to poverty of older Australians ......................................339

Changing industrial conditions........................................................................339

Unemployment, underemployment and low wages ........................................340

Changing nature of families ............................................................................341

Government income support ...........................................................................342

Inadequate retirement income .........................................................................345

Housing and aged care.....................................................................................347

Ill health and disability ....................................................................................350

Rate payments .................................................................................................350

Conclusion.......................................................................................................351

Migrants and refugees ........................................................................................352

Protection Visas and eligibility for entitlements .............................................352

Waiting periods for migrants accessing income support ................................357

Employment and housing issues .....................................................................358

Conclusion.......................................................................................................361

CHAPTER 16

PEOPLE WITH A DISABILITY .......................................................................363

Poverty and disability .........................................................................................363

Support and assistance for people with disabilities............................................365

xii

Funding for disability services ...........................................................................367

Level of unmet need ........................................................................................367

Factors relating to poverty and disadvantage .....................................................368

Income support and related payments .............................................................369

Employment ....................................................................................................373

Education.........................................................................................................378

Housing and accommodation assistance .........................................................380

Transport..........................................................................................................383

Access to information......................................................................................384

Support and assistance for carers .......................................................................384

Financial security for carers ............................................................................385

Respite care .....................................................................................................386

CHAPTER 17

SERVICE PROVIDERS......................................................................................389

Community service sector ..................................................................................389

Provision of services........................................................................................391

Increasing demand for services .......................................................................392

Impact on welfare services of people being breached.....................................395

Emerging and complex problems from people seeking assistance .................396

Impact on welfare workers of increasing demands.........................................397

Beyond emergency support . longer term outcomes ......................................400

Early intervention and prevention programs ...................................................402

Cooperation and increased community capacity.............................................403

Conclusion.......................................................................................................405

Local government...............................................................................................406

Conclusion.......................................................................................................409

Centrelink ...........................................................................................................409

Access to and attitude of Centrelink staff .......................................................410

Pressure on agencies from people directed by Centrelink ..............................414

Centrelink liaison with community sector.......................................................414

Conclusion.......................................................................................................417

CHAPTER 18

FUTURE DIRECTIONS .....................................................................................419

The need for a national strategy .........................................................................419

Whole of government approach ......................................................................420

A national approach to poverty alleviation ........................................................423

xiii

Agreed national poverty benchmark measure.................................................423

National anti-poverty strategy .........................................................................424

Ireland’s National Anti-Poverty Strategy ........................................................425

Consultative mechanisms to develop strategy.................................................426

National poverty reduction targets ..................................................................428

Establishment of an anti-poverty body............................................................430

Conclusion.......................................................................................................433

Structural changes aimed at reducing poverty ...................................................434

Social and economic sustainability ....................................................................437

Conclusion..........................................................................................................439

BALANCING THE PICTURE ON POVERTY..................................................441

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF PUBLIC SUBMISSIONS, TABLED DOCUMENTS AND OTHER

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AUTHORISED FOR PUBLICATION BY

THE COMMITTEE................................................................................................471

APPENDIX 2

WITNESSES WHO APPEARED BEFORE THE COMMITTEE AT

PUBLIC HEARINGS.............................................................................................485

APPENDIX 3

BIBLIOGRAPHY ..................................................................................................503

xiv

xv

OVERVIEW

Introduction

This examination of poverty and disadvantage in Australia was undertaken for two

reasons.

Firstly, there is growing evidence within our community that the strong economic

gains of the last two decades have not been shared fairly. While our economic

indicators have continued to reach upwards, so has the level of inequality, poverty,

homelessness and housing stress, long term unemployment, suicide and child abuse.

Secondly, there has been no comprehensive or wide-ranging study such as this on

poverty for over 30 years. This study was based on the most reliable, authoritative and

up-to-date data available. This was sourced from:

Australian Bureau of Statistics;

Commonwealth Departments;

charities and welfare organisations with research capacities;

private sources; and

the Committee Hansard recording of hearings made during the inquiry.

Underpinning our report is how rapid growth of inequality . especially during the last

decade . is driving more and more Australians into deprivation and disadvantage.

What we found is that Australia is losing the fight for the fair go, that inequality is

accelerating and that there is an increasing loss of opportunity in our community

which denies an increasing number of Australians a legitimate chance at success.

The Extent of Poverty in Contemporary Australia

Current levels of poverty in Australia are unacceptable and unsustainable. Whilst there

is considerable academic debate on what constitutes deprivation, there can be no

denying the growth in poverty throughout the last decade.

The table below indicates a consensus that the numbers of Australians living in

poverty generally ranges from 2 to 3.5 million . with one study finding 1 million

Australians in poverty despite living in a household where at least one adult works. In

addition, there are now over 700 000 children growing up in homes where neither

parent works and a great risk that many youths will never find full-time employment.

Without concerted action, these children and youth will become tomorrow’s

disadvantaged adults.

xvi

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

1984 1988 1993 1998

$ Per Week

THE GAP

Top 20% - real*

Top 20% - actual

Bottom 20% - actual

Bottom 20% - real*

Poverty in Australia . Selected Estimates

Year Numbers in poverty

Henderson poverty line 1999 3.7 . 4.1 million (20.5 . 22.6% of population)

St Vincent de Paul Society - 3 million

Australian Council of Social Service 2000 2.5 . 3.5 million (13.5 . 19% of population)

The Smith Family 2000 2.4 million (13 % of population)

Brotherhood of St Laurence 2000 1.5 million

The Australia Institute - 5 . 10% of population

Centre for Independent Studies - 5% of population in ’chronic poverty’

Sources: See chapter 3, table 3.1.

This cycle of poverty demonstrates how poverty is becoming more entrenched and

complex. This is evidenced by the fact that the kind of economic growth Australia is

achieving has been unable to lift many Australians out of poverty.

Importantly, the committee had its attention drawn by a number of submissions to the

close association between poverty and inequality . and inequality of opportunity. This

is illustrative of a marked shift from Australia’s egalitarian traditions, and evidenced in

the rapid widening in the income gap over recent years.

Variation From Average Weekly Household Income . Highest and Lowest 20 per cent

of Incomes

* Real Incomes expressed in constant 1998/99 dollars

Source: Submission 44, p.4 (SVDP National Council).

xvii

No more clearly is this drawn than by the rapid change in income inequality and

wealth distribution over the last decade. As can be seen below, the income shares for

both the lower and middle quintiles of the population have decreased . with the

middle becoming increasingly polarised.

Gini Coefficient and Shares for Expenditure and Income

The crucial fact is that the widespread financial stress of poor households is due

directly to a decline in their real incomes. It must be stressed that for the common

index of inequality, the Gini coefficient, a movement of 0.01 has deleterious effects on

poverty.

Distribution of Households in Financial Stress - 1998-99

Source: ’Household income, living standards and financial stress’, Australian Economic

Indicators, June 2001.

xviii

As can be seen above, the reality is that incomes have not kept pace with the increased

costs of services. The deprivation detailed above is grounded in, and nurtured by,

growing inequality and lack of access to such services. There is now a ’poverty of

participation’ by the disadvantaged in institutions of social mobility and security .

such as:

employment;

education and training;

health; and

housing.

Perhaps the most salient example of the prevalence of poverty and disadvantage is the

striking finding that 21 per cent of households, or 3.6 million Australians, live on less

than $400 a week . less than the minimum wage. The persistence of low-pay and lowincomes

arising from the growth in inequality is clearly the major driver of poverty.

The Reasons behind the Rise of the ’Working Poor’ as the New Face of

Poverty

This report has challenged traditional assumptions that joblessness is often a sufficient

reason for the presence of poverty. The committee has heard that over 1 million

Australians are living in poverty despite living in a household where one or more

adults are in employment. By contrast, the 1975 Henderson report found that only

2 per cent of households with an adult employed fulltime could be classified as poor.

The rise of the ’working poor’ as this group has come to be known demonstrates that

they are the new face of poverty in post-industrial Australia.

The prevalence of working poor households in poverty is due simply to low-wage

employment. Driving this change has been a casualisation of the workforce in the last

two decades and a more recent weakening of the industrial relations systems. Between

August 1988 and 2002 total employment of casual workers in Australia increased by

87.4 per cent (141.6 per cent for men and 56.8 per cent for women). By August 2002

casual workers comprised 27.3 per cent of all employees, an increase of 7 percentage

points since August 1991.1

The committee has found that this development entails a radical break with Australian

tradition. The main bulwark against poverty since the Harvester judgement has been

secure employment opportunities and just or living wages. This report has now found

that over 1 million Australians are finding that this certainty has been taken away from

them . through no fault of their own.

1 ABS, Employee Earnings, Benefits and Trade Union Membership, Cat. No. 6310.0.

xix

The committee found that many members of the low-wage working poor are placed in

similar situations. They are often employed casually or part-time, in low skill and

service industries resulting in little bargaining power with their employers. Most

crucially, their low wages are unable to be increased due to the inaccessibility of

fulltime work or because of unpaid overtime. Moreover, because of the precariousness

and uncertainty of their employment, career progression and training is often

unavailable.

The committee has also found that the rise in workforce casualisation is the result of

attacks on Australia.s traditional industrial relations system, which emphasised full

employment opportunities and provided protection against attempts to reduce workers

job security.

Moreover, the working poor are increasingly finding a poverty of access to

community services due to moves by the current Federal Government to ’user-pays’

models. A salient example of this has been the impacts on families arising from

Medicare bulk-billing. Many working poor families now not only struggle to afford

visits to their family doctor, but are also more likely to compound their health

problems by avoiding visiting the doctor due to the cost.

Finally, the committee is extremely concerned about the intergenerational implications

of this move away from what has often been termed the Australian way of ensuring

the welfare and prosperity of all our people. The report has detailed the clear

diminution of children’s opportunities and the limitations placed on upward mobility

of disadvantaged families. However, if the processes that have given rise to a new

class of poverty-stricken working people are allowed to continue, then Australia may

never regain its egalitarian tradition.

The Adequacy of Selected Commonwealth Programs and Payments of

Interest to the Inquiry

Almost every submission to this inquiry focused in one way or another on the role of

Government in combating poverty. What united most submissions . especially those

from charities and the community sector . is that Government should offer a hand up,

and not a hand out, to those living in poverty.

The vast bulk of evidence to the inquiry found that Government is failing this

expectation. On one hand, as the table below demonstrates, many payments to

vulnerable Australians are well below the poverty line, and must contribute to these

people either living in, or being at risk of poverty.

On the other, the committee found that Government initiatives are largely failing to provide the necessary

opportunities to the people who need them, especially in the form of employment

services and family payments.

xx

Comparison of Social Security Payments to the Henderson Poverty Line

(including housing costs) . $ per week, September quarter 2002

Family/Income Unit Base Rate FTB A

and/or B

Rent

Assistance

Total

Payment

$ per week

Poverty

line

$ per week

Rate as %

of poverty

line

Head in Workforce

Single adult unemployed $185 N/A $45 $230 $294 78%

Single, away from home,

18-20 unemployed

$150 N/A $45 $196 $294 67%

Couple unemployed . 0

children

$333 N/A $43 $376 $393 96%

Sole Parent unemployed .

1 child

$211 $101 $53 $365 $378 97%

Sole Parent unemployed .

3 children

$211 $228 $60 $499 $536 93%

Couple unemployed . 1

child

$333 $63 $53 $449 $473 95%

Couple unemployed . 3

children

$333 $190 $60 $583 $632 92%

Head not in Workforce

Single adult student $151 N/A 0 $151 $238 63%

Single student, away from

home, 18-25

$151 N/A $45 $196 $238 82%

Single Age/Disability

Pensioner

$211 N/A $45 $256 $238 108%

Age/Disability Pensioner

couple . 0 children

$352 N/A $43 $395 $338 117%

Sole Parent not in labour

force . 1 child

$211 $101 $53 $365 $322 113%

Sole Parent not in labour

force . 3 children

$211 $228 $60 $499 $481 104%

Source: ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, September 2003, p.41.

Without prejudicing the importance of the working poor in understanding poverty,

unemployment remains a key reason for deprivation and disadvantage. It is

unfortunate then, that the committee has found significant shortcomings in the

Government’s Job Network model of employment services that are failing the

unemployed. This is because at no stage is there a significant guarantee that the longterm

unemployed will receive the necessary case-management or training to find

employment through the system. This report has therefore recommended significant

changes to the way the Job Network operates.

The committee has also had its attention drawn to the poverty traps created by the

present family payments system. This system, which governs both income support

payments (such as Newstart) and family payments (such as the Family Tax Benefit)

xxi

creates effective marginal tax rates as high as 80 per cent. This is because earnings

over a certain level attract additional tax but also result in a reduction in the amount of

payment received. The committee agrees with the many submissions that argued this

acts both as a significant barrier to additional work to increase family incomes and

limits family incomes at a level inappropriate to the circumstances of many families.

A particularly current debate for all Australians . housing affordability . has created

significant ’housing stress’ for those at the lower end. The inquiry heard that many

families are spending over 30 per cent of their incomes on either rent or mortgage

repayments . often to the detriment of other family expenses. Because of the increases

in both rents and house prices over the last decade, the rise in housing stress is closely

linked to lower disposable incomes, and ultimately poverty. Of concern to the

committee was the lack of interest shown by the current Government in low-cost

housing, the absence of a national housing strategy and a decrease in the

Commonwealth’s funding of public housing stock.

Government expenditure on Commonwealth State Housing Agreement (CSHA)

assistance and Commonwealth Rent Assistance (CRA)

CSHA assistance CRA

$m 2001-02 $m $m 2001-02 $m

1992-93 1485.4 1758.7 1199.0 1419.6

1993-94 1419.6 1662.5 1401.0 1640.8

1994-95 1509.6 1649.4 1453.0 1688.2

1995-96 1489.8 1688.4 1552.0 1758.9

1996-97 1353.4 1510.1 1647.0 1837.7

1997-98 1207.4 1328.4 1484.0 1632.7

1998-99 1276.6 1402.3 1505.0 1653.2

1999-2000 1331.0 1431.0 1538.0 1653.6

2000-01* 1406.5 1442.7 1717.0 1761.2

2001-02* 1392.3 1392.3 1815.0 1815.0

*CSHA expenditure in 2000-01 and 2001-02 contained $89.7 million of GST compensation

paid to State and Territory Governments.

Source: See chapter 6, table 6.1.

The committee was also shocked by the nature and extent of children’s poverty

throughout the inquiry. Not only were the detrimental effects to life chances of

concern to the committee, but also the extent of deprivation suffered by children in

families living in poverty. In many cases Commonwealth programs offer little in

response to the complex needs of children . such as literacy interventions, nutrition

and parenting skills . where children are disadvantaged. For this reason the committee

xxii

has made significant recommendations in regard to early intervention strategies and

support services for families with poverty stricken children.

Underpinning these selected examples is a common need to ’poverty-proof’

community services and rebuild the ladders of social mobility. This means a linking

up of government services at all levels and across responsibilities to ensure whole-ofgovernment

responses to poverty. This carries with it the recognition that

disadvantage is increasingly concentrated and geographic and hence the implication

that such a response must be localised and holistic.

Whilst the report has a number of recommendations of poverty interventions, it must

be stressed that these must occur in conjunction with ensuring both employment

opportunities for those that can work, and income dignity for those that cannot.

These key findings presented below serve to illustrate a compelling case that Australia

will face a crisis of poverty and disadvantage in the coming years. They carry with

them the implication that Australians are increasingly at risk of falling into poverty

and indeed more so now than at anytime during the post-war era.

What is most disturbing however, is the common theme that while poverty is

becoming more entrenched and more intractable, the Commonwealth is increasingly

abrogating its responsibility to tackle this great indignity inflicted on the Australian

people.

Conclusions and Selected Recommendations

Economic growth is vital but only because it represents the path to greater prosperity

for everyone. The evidence to this inquiry demonstrates that the kind of prosperity we

are achieving is being captured by a few at the long term expense of the many.

The Commonwealth’s indifference to, or acceptance of, increasing poverty and

inequality as the inevitable by product of a market economy in a globalised world, is

out of step with the views of Australians who believe in a fair go for all.

Indeed this has never been the Australian way. Modern Australia was founded on a

strong economy and a just society. Secure and dignified employment was the

cornerstone of this endeavour. The rise of the working poor due to casualisation, low

pay and the weakening of job security demonstrate how this thread in Australia’s

institutional fabric has been torn away.

We ought not automatically assume the solutions of the past will solve the problems

of today. However, this committee has made substantial recommendations to ensure

that we are able to give hope to those Australians living in poverty in line with our

traditions via:

Removing the poverty traps associated with the Government’s family

payments system that acts as barrier to increasing working families’

incomes (recommendation 15);

xxiii

Developing a national jobs-strategy to reverse the decline to a low-skill,

low wage economy (recommendation 1);

Provide employment security and social mobility to casual and part-time

workers through strengthening their employment entitlements

(recommendations 8, 9, 10); and

Poverty-proofing the minimum wage by linking it to adequate standards of

living and an inquiry into the nature of low-pay in Australia

(recommendations 6, 7).

The growing gulf between the headline economic figures and social outcomes at the

community level also requires that key Government social and economic responses to

build capacity be better joined and devolved. Without whole of government action

targeted at economic growth, job creation and improved social cohesion at a local

level, the geographic chasm the St Vincent de Paul Society describes as ’Two

Australias’ will only widen.

Nowhere is the ’Two Australias’ description more appropriate than in the level of

access to public services and institutions of social mobility. The committee has found

that those Australians living in . or at risk of . poverty are either finding that many

public services are either inaccessible or more poorly resourced than in areas of lesser

disadvantage. Resolving this requires political will, and it is incumbent on the

Commonwealth to ensure that all Australians are able to access the services they

deserve. In this regard the committee has recommended:

Ensuring that additional funding for schools is based on the socioeconomic

profile and resources of the school concerned (paragraph 7.102);

Recognising the need for a sustained commitment to bulk-billing, and for

additional population and preventive health measures (paragraphs 8.24-

8.25, 8.50);

The reestablishment of the Commonwealth dental health scheme

(paragraph 8.68);

Significant reform of the Job Network to ensure that it is able to provide

the necessary and appropriate assistance and training options for the

unemployed (paragraph 4.51);

The development of national standards of access and adequacy for public

services and a national public infrastructure development plan (paragraphs

14.43, 14.45); and

It also recommended that the Commonwealth’s presence in local

communities currently provided by Centrelink be bolstered and more

focused on building social and economic capacity (paragraphs 17.93-

17.94).

xxiv

It must also be stressed that a central reason why poverty is becoming more

entrenched and complex is because of the increasing prevalence of social risk. Risks

such as weak connections to the labour market, poor educational development and

family dysfunction are both symptomatic and causes of poverty. The ’cycle of poverty’

that these risks then create clearly demands interventions made at both the family,

community and individual level that are sufficiently localised and tailored to break the

cycle. Major examples and recommendations in this report are:

A national, community based early childhood and parenting skills and

support system (paragraph 11.94);

A series of initiatives focused around early childhood development and

literacy (paragraphs 7.49-52);

Measures to increase school retention and smooth school to work pathways

(paragraphs 7.103-7.104); and

Expansion of financial counselling services (paragraph 9.52).

There is also a failure on the part of the Commonwealth to harness institutions such as

the Council of Australian Governments (COAG), so crucial in a Federal system, to

coordinate effort to address disadvantage. If we are serious about tackling poverty and

poverty of opportunity, coordinated effort between Governments (including local

governments) is a must.

It is for this reason that the committee has recommended the development of a

National Poverty Strategy. Nothing else can harness the necessary political will to

comprehensively fight poverty. This report has found that piecemeal and inconsistent

responses to poverty are inadequate and ineffective as long term approaches. The

development of the National Poverty Strategy will involve:

a summit of Government and key interest groups to highlight the

importance and nature of the issues raised by poverty and poverty of

opportunity and to agree on a broad plan of action;

a whole-of-government approach through co-ordinated actions across

government and across policy areas; and

a commitment to action within 12 months.

Following on from this, it is the committee’s recommendation that a statutory

authority or unit reporting directly to the Prime Minister be established to:

develop, implement and monitor the National Poverty Strategy;

develop poverty reduction targets against a series of anti-poverty measures;

and

report regularly to Parliament on its progress.

xxv

Finally, the committee would like to stress there is little room for complacency or

delayed action. Although Australia by world standards is a wealthy country, the level

of poverty in our community is increasing and becoming increasingly entrenched. The

committee is compelled to this view after hearing the daily experiences of Australians

living in poverty, from pensioners who go to bed early because they cannot afford

heating and students slipping into prostitution to support their studies.  Indeed it is

often the most vulnerable Australians that are most at risk of poverty, such as:

children and youth;

families with more than one child;

single parent families; and

Indigenous Australians.

The indignities these Australians face must not be tolerated by Government as the

unfortunate, but acceptable by-product of modern society. In the same way that we

cannot afford continuing poverty as a nation, we cannot deny the same life chances to

those Australians who most need the opportunity for a fair go.

Poverty and inequality in Australia today represent a fundamental test of our national

resolve and values. If we are serious as a community about our claim to be a fair

society . indeed the land of the fair go . then concerted action is required.

xxvi

xxvii

RECOMMENDATIONS

Recommendation 1

4.32 That the Commonwealth Government develop a national jobs strategy

to:

. promote employment opportunities, particularly permanent full-time and

permanent part-time jobs;

. set long-term targets for increased labour force participation;

. develop better targeted employment programs and job creation strategies;

. ensure a substantial investment is made in education, training and skill

development; and

. bring a particular focus on improving assistance to young people making the

transition from school to work, training or further education to prevent lifelong

disadvantage.

Recommendation 2

4.33 That the Commonwealth conduct a review into the dynamics of the

labour force, especially in relation to skill shortages.

Recommendation 3

4.51 That the Commonwealth Government:

. introduce a training guarantee for long term unemployed or at risk jobseekers

under the Job Network;

. introduce quality controls in the form of case management provided to

jobseekers;

. provide automatic entitlement to case management for long-term

unemployed people and unemployed youth;

. provide caps on the number of unemployed persons a case manager can

assist within a job service environment to reduce the incentive to churn; and

. consider the feasibility of introducing a ’training and hiring’ model (referred

to in paragraph 4.65).

Recommendation 4

4.52 That the Commonwealth Government introduce a range of measures, in

addition to subsidised employment services, to address structural

problems in the labour market.

xxviii

Recommendation 5

4.66 That a transitional jobs scheme for the very long term unemployed be

introduced, whereby people who have been unemployed for over two years

would be provided with six months employment at a training wage in the not-forprofit

and public sectors.

Recommendation 6

4.90 That the Australian Industrial Relations Commission establish a new

minimum wage benchmark based on a wage level that enables a single full-time

worker to achieve an adequate standard of living relative to contemporary

community standards.

Recommendation 7

4.104 That the Commonwealth Government conduct an inquiry into low-paid

employment and that this inquiry examine:

. the nature and extent of low-paid employment in Australia;

. the introduction of a workable floor in relation to the minimum hours of

work offered by employers;

. the problem of casualisation and employment security;

. the feasibility of attaching standards in relation to wages and conditions to

Government funding of services; and

. the wages and conditions pertaining to contract labour.

Recommendation 8

4.122 That the Workplace Relations Act 1996 be amended to provide

definitions of ’full-time’ and ’permanent part-time’ work.

Recommendation 9

4.123 That the Commonwealth legislate to guarantee the right to standard

entitlements, such as annual leave and sick leave, for casual workers converting

to permanent part-time work.

Recommendation 10

4.133 That the Commonwealth legislate to guarantee the right to standard

entitlements, such as annual leave and sick leave, for labour hire workers.

Recommendation 11

5.30 That the Commonwealth Government:

. consider increasing the base rates of allowances to the level of pension

payments and that these payments be indexed to 25 per cent of MTAWE;

and

xxix

. consider the feasibility of introducing this reform by 2005.

Recommendation 12

5.41 That the Commonwealth and the States review their approach to

concessions by:

. establishing common eligibility criteria for concessions by removing

anomalies in the level and scope of concessions between pensioners and

allowees;

. that priority for access to concessions be directed to low income pensioners

and allowees; and

. that information be widely disseminated on the nature and extent of

concessions available.

Recommendation 13

5.50 That the Commonwealth Government introduce a means-tested

participation allowance, to broaden and replace existing payments, to meet the

additional costs, up to a prescribed level, associated with jobsearch, work

experience or further education and training activities of jobseekers.

Recommendation 14

5.70 That the breaching and penalty system be amended in line with the

recommendations of the Pearce Review; namely that:

. all penalties should be fully recoverable if the jobseeker takes reasonable

steps to comply with the relevant obligation;

. the duration of penalties should not exceed eight weeks; and

. the rate of reduction in allowance should not exceed 25 per cent.

Recommendation 15

5.84 That the Commonwealth Government review social security income

tests:

. to reduce the high effective marginal tax rates for many unemployed people

with casual or part time work;

. reduce the high effective marginal tax rates for families caused by the

combined effect of income tests for Family Tax Benefit A, Child Care

Benefit and Youth Allowance, in cases where a family has children attracting

more than one payment.

Recommendation 16

6.22 That the Commonwealth Government provide a commitment to the

continued operation of the Supported Accommodation Assistance Program.

xxx

Recommendation 17

6.43 That base funding arrangements for public housing be increased under

the Commonwealth-State Housing Agreement.

Recommendation 18

6.44 That the Commonwealth and the States:

. increase funding for the maintenance of current housing stock;

. increase funding for new public housing stock; and

. develop strategies to increase investment from the private sector into public

housing.

Recommendation 19

6.65 That, in supporting the current review being undertaken by the working

group into residential tenancy databases, the Commonwealth Government, in cooperation

with the States, develop national guidelines as a matter of priority in

relation to the operation of tenancy databases.

Recommendation 20

6.70 That the Commonwealth Government develop a national housing

strategy in consultation with key stakeholders including State Governments,

community housing providers, the construction industry and the finance sector;

and that this national strategy involve:

. the development of specific strategies to achieve growth in the supply of

affordable housing through both public and private investment, particularly

for low income groups;

. a review of the effectiveness of Commonwealth Rent Assistance in providing

affordability and access to the private rental market; and

. a review of the relative funding priorities in relation to social housing and

Commonwealth Rent Assistance.

Recommendation 21

7.30 That the Commonwealth work with State and Territory education

departments to identify those students who are at most risk of poor literacy and

numeracy attainment and provide additional funding to enhance literacy and

numeracy programs so as to meet the national literacy and numeracy goals.

Recommendation 22

7.31 That the National Report on Schooling in Australia provide the results

of literacy and numeracy benchmarking by socioeconomic group.

xxxi

Recommendation 23

7.49 That the Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing

develop as a matter of urgency a national program for early childhood education.

Recommendation 24

7.50 That the Commonwealth, in conjunction with the States and Territories,

develop initiatives to improve participation in early childhood education.

Recommendation 25

7.51 That the Commonwealth, in partnership with the States and Territories,

develop and contribute to the funding of early childhood education.

Recommendation 26

7.52 That the Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing

develop and implement special literacy programs for parents wanting to develop

the skills to assist their children with early childhood learning.

Recommendation 27

7.70 That the Commonwealth provide funding to establish school breakfast

programs in disadvantaged areas.

Recommendation 28

7.102 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for schools based

on the socioeconomic profile of the school community to improve services

provided to disadvantaged students.

Recommendation 29

7.103 That the Commonwealth work with the State and Territory

Governments to develop effective policies and identify successful programs that

improve retention rates of young people in danger of leaving school early and reengage

early school leavers to return to education at school or TAFE; and to

provide additional support for those programs.

Recommendation 30

7.104 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for the TAFE sector

aimed at providing support for those students wishing to complete their school

education in TAFE institutions.

Recommendation 31

8.50 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for preventive

health and related measures, and that this funding be directed particularly at

socioeconomically disadvantaged areas.

xxxii

Recommendation 32

8.68 That a jointly funded Commonwealth-State national dental health

scheme be established to improve access to dental services for people on low

incomes, and that it be modelled on the former Commonwealth Dental Health

Program.

Recommendation 33

9.8 That public and private utilities have in place hardship provisions that

provide for the reduction or waiver of debt to ensure that customers genuinely

unable to pay for the provision of utilities retain access to these essential

services.

Recommendation 34

9.21 That all States and Territories require credit providers to undertake a

satisfactory assessment process prior to an increase in the credit limit available to

a client to determine that person’s creditworthiness.

Recommendation 35

9.40 That the Consumer Credit Code be amended:

. to impose additional requirements for high cost loans provided by fringe

credit providers, relating to:

. disclosure of the comparison rate (the total cost of the loan, including

interest and all fees and charges to a single percentage rate) on the loan

offer;

. disclosure of a statutory warning on the loan offer that the particular

loan is an expensive form of credit; and

. disclosure of information regarding the cancellation of direct debit

authorities and avenues for complaints on the loan offer.

. to clarify that all credit providers must disclose an annual percentage rate

(APR).

. to prohibit the taking of security over essential household goods.

. to prevent fringe credit providers from circumventing the application of the

Code by setting up the credit transaction as a pawnbroking or broker

arrangement.

Recommendation 36

9.44 That a Ministerial Council on Pawnbroking be established to review the

adequacy of existing regulation of the industry.

xxxiii

Recommendation 37

9.48 That State and Territory Governments fund more community education

programs in relation to credit and credit-related matters.

Recommendation 38

9.49 That credit providers be required to provide clear, ’plain English’

information on credit products to potential clients.

Recommendation 39

9.52 That Commonwealth and State and Territory Governments increase

funding to financial counselling services.

Recommendation 40

9.74 That the Commonwealth Government, in co-operation with State

Governments through the Ministerial Council on Gambling, continue the

development of a national approach to problem gambling, and that this approach

examine:

. the adequacy of current regulatory mechanisms;

. the need for further harm minimisation and prevention measures; and

. the adequacy of support services for problem gamblers and their families.

Recommendation 41

10.31 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding to increase the

number of child care places available, particularly in disadvantaged areas.

Recommendation 42

10.98 That the Child Support Agency review its debt collection procedures to

ensure that debt repayment is made on a regular and timely basis so as to not

disadvantage custodial parents and their children.

Recommendation 43

11.94 That the Commonwealth, in cooperation with the States and Territories,

develop a comprehensive system of community-based early childhood and

parenting support for all families.

Recommendation 44

11.95 That the Commonwealth and State and Territory Governments

cooperate to ensure that additional intensive services are funded for

disadvantaged families experiencing multiple and complex problems which

impact on the care of children. Further, that the provision of such services in

Indigenous communities be given a high priority.

xxxiv

Recommendation 45

11.96 That the Commonwealth conduct an audit of existing rules relating to

parents receiving income support payments to ensure these do not place children

at risk of hardship.

Recommendation 46

11.97 That the Commonwealth develop and implement a community

education campaign for new parents aimed at improving the nutrition of children.

Recommendation 47

12.57 That the Commonwealth provide funding for the expansion of access to

the New Apprenticeships scheme, particularly in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 48

12.58 That the Commonwealth work with industry and unions to maximise the

take up of apprenticeships in areas where there are recognised skills shortages

and to ensure that training is relevant to enterprises and apprentices themselves.

Recommendation 49

12.59 That the Commonwealth undertake a review of New Apprenticeships to

evaluate the effectiveness of policies; recruitment and selection; progression

through the scheme; and employment outcomes after training.

Recommendation 50

12.82 That the Commonwealth initiate an employment assistance program,

based on the United Kingdom Gateway program, to provide youth with intensive

assistance and an agency providing comprehensive support for youth pathways.

Recommendation 51

12.86 That the Commonwealth and State Governments implement strategies to

improve access to employment opportunities for young unemployed people, in

particular those young people living in rural and remote areas.

Recommendation 52

12.88 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding to community

organisations to enable them to provide education, training and housing

assistance packages to young homeless people.

Recommendation 53

12.90 That the Commonwealth progressively lower the age of independence

test for Youth Allowance from 25 to 21 years.

xxxv

Recommendation 54

12.91 That the Commonwealth review its income support programs for young

people to fully recognise changes in the Australian labour market.

Recommendation 55

12.93 That Centrelink expand forms of service delivery which are responsive

to the needs of young people, particularly young homeless people.

Recommendation 56

12.108 That the parental income test for Youth Allowance be increased and

maintained as a percentage of Average Weekly Earnings.

Recommendation 57

12.119 That Rent Assistance be extended to those receiving Austudy payments.

Recommendation 58

13.13 That the Commonwealth, in conjunction with State Governments,

provide a range of incentives to stimulate the growth of industries and

employment in Indigenous communities.

Recommendation 59

13.14 That the Commonwealth and State Governments, in co-operation with

the private sector, establish partnerships with Indigenous communities to

promote employment opportunities.

Recommendation 60

13.21 That Community Development Employment Projects participants have

access to the full range of assistance available under the Australians Working

Together package in order to increase social and economic participation of

Indigenous people.

Recommendation 61

13.27 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for Indigenousspecific

housing programs.

Recommendation 62

13.50 That the Commonwealth work with the States and Territories to develop

strategies to improve access of Indigenous children to early childhood education

facilities.

Recommendation 63

13.51 That the Commonwealth provide additional funds specifically for

improving Indigenous literacy and numeracy.

xxxvi

Recommendation 64

13.52 That the Commonwealth investigate the impact of the changes to

ABSTUDY on the participation of Indigenous students and implement changes

to improve ABSTUDY assistance to Indigenous students.

Recommendation 65

13.57 That the Commonwealth and the States continue to implement programs

and strategies to improve access to health care services for Indigenous people.

Recommendation 66

13.66 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding to improve the

affordability of child care for Indigenous children.

Recommendation 67

13.78 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander Legal Services.

Recommendation 68

13.79 That the States provide additional assistance for programs that address

recidivism and post-prison release support services for Indigenous people.

Recommendation 69

14.42 That the Commonwealth and State Governments maintain and expand

services in such areas as health, education, housing and transport to rural and

regional areas.

Recommendation 70

14.43 That the Commonwealth and State Governments set national minimum

standards for access to essential community services, such as health, education

and welfare services in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 71

14.44 That State Governments maintain and expand regional development

strategies in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 72

14.45 That the Commonwealth Government develop a national public

infrastructure development program targeted to regional areas focusing on such

areas as transport, hospitals and schools.

Recommendation 73

14.46 That State Governments encourage the expansion of labour-intensive

private sector services in regional areas by improving education and training and

xxxvii

other public infrastructure and/or providing tax concessions or other subsidies to

encourage employers to relocate to regional areas.

Recommendation 74

14.47 That State Governments support local employment and social

development initiatives in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 75

15.27 That the Commonwealth increase support to educational and other

programs which enable older Australians to remain active members of the

workforce.

Recommendation 76

15.34 That the Commonwealth Government review the special needs of

ageing carers in relation to retirement income and income support.

Recommendation 77

15.39 That the Commonwealth, in conjunction with the State and Territory

Governments, ensure that there are adequate guidelines in place to protect older

Australians who use home equity conversion products.

Recommendation 78

15.50 That the Commonwealth Government provide additional funding for

programs which provide support services for the aged homeless including

additional funding to ensure greater access to aged care accommodation.

Recommendation 79

15.93 That the Commonwealth enable Temporary Protection Visa holders to

access English language training and employment assistance in addition to

existing services.

Recommendation 80

15.95 That the Commonwealth Government investigate additional avenues to

enable migrants and refugees to have qualifications recognised and to upgrade

skills to ensure that migrants and refugees are able to find appropriate

employment as soon as possible following arrival in Australia.

Recommendation 81

16.25 That the Commonwealth introduce a disability allowance to meet the

additional costs associated with disability.

xxxviii

Recommendation 82

16.36 That the Commonwealth re-commit to employ people with disabilities

in the public sector in proportions that reflect their representation in the wider

community.

Recommendation 83

16.37 That the Commonwealth Government and the States continue to

implement strategies to promote greater employment of people with disabilities

in the private sector.

Recommendation 84

16.52 That the Commonwealth and the States continue to implement programs

and strategies to improve access to educational opportunities for people with

disabilities, including the recommendations of the Senate Employment,

Workplace Relations and Education References Committee report on the

Education of Students with Disabilities.

Recommendation 85

16.77 That the Commonwealth Government review:

. the level of income support provided to carers, especially the rate of Carer

Allowance;

. the income support and other support needs of carers with special needs,

such as young carers and ageing carers (also the subject of a separate

recommendation); and

. the level of respite care provided for carers.

Recommendation 86

16.78 That where young carers have primary care responsibilities in their

families, adequate financial support measures be available, including removing

current restrictions that discourage young people from combining paid work or

study with their caring responsibilities.

Recommendation 87

16.79 That, as a matter of priority, the Commonwealth relax the rules for adult

carers who live adjacent or near to the person they are caring for to enable them

to receive Carer Allowance.

Recommendation 88

17.40 That the Commonwealth increase the current level of emergency relief

funds allocated to agencies.

xxxix

Recommendation 89

17.56 That the Commonwealth government streamline the funding

arrangements for all its community funding programs.

Recommendation 90

17.57 That the Commonwealth conduct an audit of its community funding

programs to determine:

. whether they are located in the areas of greatest need;

. the degree to which complementary services are co-located;

. that there is an identifiable continuum of services from capacity building

through to tertiary and crisis support.

Recommendation 91

17.58 That COAG conduct an audit similar to that in the previous

recommendation to determine the adequacy of Commonwealth, State and local

government funded community services in local communities.

Recommendation 92

17.93 That Centrelink Community Service Centres be resourced to establish

local management advisory committees with membership drawn from its

customer base, emergency relief providers, local schools, the police, employers

and community representatives to sensitise service delivery to local needs.

Recommendation 93

17.94 That Centrelink CSCs be resourced to act as community service hubs for

Commonwealth government-funded programs to ensure there is a greater

connection between income support and other human service delivery.

Recommendation 94

18.46 That a comprehensive anti-poverty strategy be developed at the national

level and that this involve:

. an initial summit of Commonwealth, State and local governments, the

welfare sector, unions, the business sector, community groups, income

support customers and relevant experts in the field to be held to highlight the

importance of the issue and agree on a timetable for action;

. a commitment to achieve a whole of government approach. That is,

coordinated action across policy areas such as employment, health,

education, income support, community services, housing and other relevant

areas to reduce poverty and poverty of opportunity;

. not longer than a 12-month period of consultation.

xl

Recommendation 95

18.47 That a statutory authority or unit reporting directly to the Prime Minister

be established with responsibility for developing, implementing and monitoring a

national anti-poverty strategy and that this entity:

. establish benchmarks and targets to measure progress against a series of antipoverty

objectives;

. report regularly to the Parliament on progress against the strategy; and

. undertake or commission research into a range of poverty-reduction

measures.

1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

Terms of reference

1.1 On 21 October 2002, the Senate, on the motion of the Committee Chair, Senator

Steve Hutchins, referred the issue of poverty and financial hardship in Australia to the

Committee for inquiry and report. The full terms of reference were to inquire into and

report on the following matters:

1. (a) the extent, nature and financial cost of:

(i) poverty and inequality in Australia,

(ii) poverty amongst working Australians,

(iii) child poverty in Australia, and

(iv) poverty in Australian communities and regions;

(b) the social and economic impact of changes in the distribution of work, the

level of remuneration from work and the impact of under-employment and

unemployment;

(c) the effectiveness of income-support payments in protecting individuals and

households from poverty; and

(d) the effectiveness of other programs and supports in reducing cost pressures on

individual and household budgets, and building their capacity to be financially

self-sufficient.

2. That, in undertaking its inquiry, the committee also examine:

(a) the impact of changing industrial conditions on the availability, quality and

reward for work; and

(b) current efforts and new ideas, in both Australia and other countries, to identify

and address poverty amongst working and non-working individuals and

households.

Conduct of the inquiry

1.2 The inquiry was advertised regularly through the Senate’s fortnightly column in

The Australian and through the Internet. Invitations were also sent to the

Commonwealth and State Governments and other interested organisations and

individuals. The Committee received 259 public submissions and 15 confidential

submissions. The Committee also received a large volume of additional information

both at and after the public hearings. A list of the individuals and organisations who

made a public submission to the inquiry and the additional information authorised for

publication by the Committee is at Appendix 1.

2

1.3 The Committee heard evidence on 17 days between April and August 2003 in all

State and Territory capital cities. The Committee also held hearings in regional centres

in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria. In addition, Committee members

visited a number of community centres to observe first hand the services provided at

these facilities. 340 witnesses gave evidence at the hearings representing a wide range

of organisations and perspectives in relation to the inquiry. Members of the

Committee were especially moved to hear the personal testimonies of many

individuals of the impact of living in poverty. The list of witnesses who gave evidence

at the Committee.s public hearings and the inspections undertaken by the Committee

is provided in Appendix 2. The transcripts of the public hearings can be accessed

through the Internet at: http://www.aph.gov.au/hansard.

1.4 The Committee has received much assistance through this inquiry and would

like to express its deep appreciation and thanks to a number of people:

To all those people who made submissions, provided additional material

and information, or gave evidence to the inquiry. In particular the

Committee would like to thank the representatives from the many

St Vincent de Paul Conferences and all the other individuals who appeared

and shared their personal stories;

To the community groups that opened their facilities for the Committee to

visit and who shared their valuable time in meeting and discussing issues

with the Committee members that provided them with a range of valuable

insights into the practical issues associated with poverty;

To Therese Postma, Newcastle City Council, Peter Prants, Holroyd City

Council and the Community Council on Palm Island for assisting with

arrangements for the inspections undertaken in their areas; and

To officers of the Parliamentary Library for their assistance with research

and the provision of statistical and other information.

Structure of the Report

1.5 The Committee’s terms of reference are extensive, reflecting that poverty is a

very broad concept. By necessity this has been a wide ranging and complex inquiry. In

reflecting this, the report has been divided into three main sections.

1.6 Firstly, chapters 2 and 3 deal with defining and measuring poverty and the nature

and extent of poverty in Australia. The second section, chapters 4 to 9, examines key

issues or indicators central to poverty . unemployment, income support, housing,

education and training, health and other issues of access to utilities, consumer credit,

and problem gambling. Groups within society that are at particular risk of poverty are

covered in the third section, chapters 10 to 16. They are women and sole parents,

children and families, youth and students, Indigenous Australians, rural and regional

communities, older people, migrants and refugees, and people with a disability.

Finally the Committee discusses the role played by and the impact that poverty has

3

had upon a range of service providers including community and welfare agencies,

local government and Centrelink, and concludes with an outline for future directions

and the need for a national approach to poverty alleviation.

The Committee’s approach to poverty

1.7 The discussion in chapter 2 notes that poverty as a concept is difficult to define

and many conflicting views were put to the Committee as to what constitutes poverty

and how best to measure it.

1.8 Poverty is broadly defined in absolute and relative terms. Absolute poverty

refers to people who lack the most basic of life’s requirements: food, housing or

clothing. With the exception of some remote Indigenous communities and homeless

people who sleep rough and have no material possessions, it is generally argued that

the meaning of poverty in Australia differs to that of absolute deprivation or

subsistence existence.

1.9 Relative poverty is defined not in terms of a lack of sufficient resources to meet

basic needs, but rather as lacking the resources required to participate in the lifestyle

and consumption patterns enjoyed by others in society. The Smith Family emphasised

this point by titling its submission ’Barriers to Participation’. Poverty in Australia is

regarded as fundamentally about a lack of access to the opportunities most people take

for granted . food, shelter, income, jobs, education, health services, childcare,

transport and safe places for living and recreation.1 However, poverty is a

multidimensional concept that goes beyond just material deprivation; it also includes

exclusion from social networks and isolation from community life.

1.10 The Committee agrees with these views, so that when it refers to poverty in this

report it is referring to a concept of deprivation, of lack of opportunity to participate

fully in society, of social isolation and exclusion.

1.11 The Committee has viewed poverty as an overarching concept, underneath

which are the range of many key issues or indicators of poverty . unemployment,

housing, health, education . that have often been treated as separate issues and

addressed individually in a number of inquiries and reports. The Committee has tried

to demonstrate the interconnectedness of these individual components . by focussing

from two angles: that of the key issues central to poverty and the groups at major risk

of poverty . and how these components link and impact upon each other under the

overarching banner that is poverty in Australia.

1 National Statement on Poverty by 13 major community service organisations, dated 31 January

2002.

4

5

CHAPTER 2

DEFINING AND MEASURING POVERTY

Poverty is essentially the lack of the means to live. At the heart of any

consideration of poverty lies the issue of what is needed to live "a decent

life" and, more fundamentally, what it is to be human.1

2.1 This chapter provides an overview of issues relating to poverty and the

measurement of poverty. Specifically, it addresses issues related to the differing

definitions of poverty, the ways in which poverty may be measured and various

problems that arise in any attempt to measure poverty. These issues have been the

subject of extensive debate and controversy over many decades. That this is the case is

not surprising. As one submission noted ’in effect the measurement of poverty and

inequality seeks to quantify a set of values, and value judgements, of a society’.2

What is poverty?

2.2 Poverty as a concept is difficult to define and during the Committee’s inquiry

there were differing views amongst participants as to what constitutes poverty or how

best to measure it (a problem shared with academic researchers and the community

generally). One study has argued that the only point of general agreement is that

people who live in poverty must live in a state of deprivation, a condition in which

their standard of living falls below some minimum acceptable standard.3

2.3 Submissions and other evidence to the inquiry provided a range of approaches to

the conceptualisation and definition of poverty. Poverty can be broadly defined in

absolute or relative terms. Absolute poverty refers to people who lack the most basic

of life’s requirements and is measured by estimating the numbers of individuals or

families who cannot provide for the necessities of life such as housing, food or

clothing. Commentators have generally argued that the meaning of poverty in a

relatively advanced country like Australia is quite different from the absolute

deprivation or subsistence which exists in many developing countries and therefore

the concept of absolute poverty has little relevance to conditions in Australia.4

However, the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission (ATSIC) noted that

some remote Indigenous communities are in absolute poverty in Australia, measured

by poor infrastructure with associated diseases that are largely eradicated in other

1 Submission 133, p.3 (UnitingCare Australia).

2 Submission 165, p.67 (FaCS).

3 Greenwell H, Lloyd R & Harding A, ’An Introduction to Poverty Measurement Issues’,

NATSEM Discussion Paper No 55, December 2001, p.10.

4 Submission 1, p.1 (Dr Mendes).

6

parts of Australia and with high child mortality rates.5 Another submission also

commented that instances of infant mortality and malnutrition amongst Indigenous

Australians, for example, indicate the presence of absolute poverty in Australia.6

Other examples of absolute poverty include the homeless or those at risk of

homelessness and/or those with very few material possessions who rely on social

security benefits and charities just to ’get by’.

2.4 In affluent Western countries like Australia poverty is usually conceived in

relative rather than absolute terms. Relative poverty refers to individuals or families

that have low incomes or other resources relative to other individuals or families.

Relative poverty is defined not in terms of a lack of sufficient resources to meet basic

needs, but rather as lacking the resources required to participate in the lifestyle and

consumption patterns enjoyed by others in the society.7

2.5 Evidence to the Committee has generally defined poverty in relative terms as is

illustrated in the definitions provided below.

Definitions of Poverty

ACOSS

Poverty is an enforced lack of socially perceived necessities. This definition has three core

elements:

a lack of necessities;

that necessities are socially defined;

that the lack of necessities is caused by limited material resources.

Submission 163, p.38 (ACOSS).

St Vincent de Paul National Council

Poverty has two elements:

financial and/or economic disadvantage for an individual or household; and

inequality of opportunity where the expectations of the poor and disadvantaged are well

below community norms and expectations.

While financial disadvantage is an important part of the problems for the poor and

disadvantaged, equally important is the inequality of opportunity. It is this lack of opportunity

which brings about poverty and/or prevents people from escaping the poverty cycle.

Submission 44, p.6 (St Vincent de Paul National Council).

5 Submission 244, p.10 (ATSIC).

6 Submission 98, p.1 (BSL).

7 See Harding A & Szukalska A, Financial Disadvantage in Australia . 1999, Smith Family,

2000, p.25.

7

Mission Australia

Poverty includes social, psychological and spiritual dimensions, in addition to financial

hardship.

The inevitable consequence of adopting such an inclusive understanding of the nature of

poverty is to appreciate the breadth of the impact which poverty has on a person’s ability to

function as a full member of society. It is not just a matter of being unable to buy things, but

of being unable to participate . of being excluded and isolated from one’s fellow human

beings.

Submission 169, p.8 (Mission Australia).

UnitingCare Australia

Poverty is essentially the lack of the means to live.

The Christian tradition understands that people have, in addition to basic physical needs such

as food, shelter and clothing, other basic needs, such as the need for education, the need to

participate in society and contribute to the common good, the need for intellectual, cultural

and creative activity, the need to participate in religious activity and community and the need

for rest and recreation. Without these other basic needs being met, human beings may survive

but do not flourish.

Submission 133, p.3 (UnitingCare Australia).

Brotherhood of St Laurence

Poverty is both:

the lack of access to an adequate material standard of living (in terms of food, shelter,

clothing and health) resulting primarily, but not only, from inadequate income; and

the lack of opportunity to participate fully in society (for example through employment,

education, recreation and social relationships).

"Adequacy" is defined in relation to community standards and may change over time, as do

standards of living for the community as a whole.

Submission 98, p.1 (Brotherhood of St Laurence).

2.6 While definitions of poverty vary, they generally share common features. As

noted above, ACOSS defines poverty as an enforced lack of socially perceived

necessities, which has a number of core elements which it shares with other

definitions of poverty.

2.7 Necessities are resources . goods and services . that people cannot reasonably

live without. The adequacy of resources and whether or not they are necessary needs

to be gauged according to people’s needs. Poverty is usually defined with reference to

a set of basic human needs . physical survival and comfort, and the need to participate

in the economic and social life of the community. This suggests that poverty has two

forms which ACOSS refers to as ’subsistence poverty’ . an inability to meet basic

physical needs, and ’participation or social poverty’ . an inability to meet social needs.

8

Examples of subsistence poverty include inadequate diet, sub-standard housing or

denial of basic health services. Examples of participation poverty include an inability

to meet regularly with family or friends, to travel to job interviews, to afford school

books and excursions for children, or to complete an education. These forms of

poverty are closely related but are distinct. People may have all the resources they

need to subsist but lack the resources required for social participation. Participation

poverty has much in common with the idea of social exclusion, a term that usually

refers to the exclusion of people from mainstream social and economic life.8

2.8 Similar arguments were provided by Professor Peter Saunders of the Social

Policy Research Centre who argued that despite the apparent diversity in the

definitions of poverty most encompass a number of core features. These are that

poverty is a situation in which resources are not adequate to meet basic needs and that

any definitions usually embody community perceptions of poverty in some way. He

argued that a definition of poverty as an enforced lack of socially perceived

necessities captures the critical aspects of poverty succinctly. It also emphasises the

fact that poverty is a situation which is forced onto people, not chosen by them.9 This

fundamental point was constantly raised in evidence to the inquiry.

2.9 Several submissions argued that the lived experience of the poor should also be

taken into account in defining poverty. One submission noted that ideally submissions

to a poverty inquiry such as this inquiry should not be written by professional social

analysts, economists or even welfare practitioners but should be written by the poor

themselves . ’only those who are, or have been, genuinely poor can do justice to the

experience of the suffering of those economically disadvantaged’.10 Another

submission referred to a number of social surveys of disadvantaged people which

demonstrated their capacity to present a detailed and multifaceted understanding of

what it means to be disadvantaged in Australian society.11

2.10 The Committee recognises these issues and was deeply moved by the personal

descriptions from those people experiencing poverty and those working directly with

the poor and disadvantaged ’at the coalface’. The Committee’s many hearings

conducted throughout urban and regional Australia provided an opportunity to hear

directly of the experiences and difficulties of people living in poverty and those

working closely with them, especially through welfare agencies. Their collective

insights were particularly valuable and provided a useful reference point for framing

many of the Committee’s approaches to poverty alleviation. A number of these

individual contributions are provided below.

8 Submission 163, pp.38-39, 48 (ACOSS).

9 Submission 95, p.15 (Professor Saunders). See also Submission 44, p.15 (SVDP National

Council).

10 Submission 148, p.7 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

11 Submission 71, pp.1- 4 (Dr Serr).

9

What it Means to be Poor

A lot of people that have been here have spoken of how they came to be in poverty. I am

speaking as someone who lives in poverty.It does not matter how a person comes to live in

poverty, and it does not matter what it says in the dictionary as its definition; poverty is

everything. You cannot afford basic needs. The first thing that you let go of is

yourself...When you are sitting down trying to work out a budget on $342, straightaway you

see $48 for groceries and $28 for toiletries and other necessities . that is $70 already. Then

you add rent on to that. That is not having a car . which is a luxury, I believe . or a

telephone, because it is not a necessity. The needs of life are not covered by what is put in. It

does not matter whether you are on unemployment or a pension. You break it down: it is not

enough for anybody to sustain a standard of living.

Committee Hansard 4.08.03, p.1198 (Miss Catherine Gammage, Brisbane).

I live in a moderately middle-class suburb.It is not totally affluent but I know some people

around me in the cul-de-sac and up the street who cannot afford heating. They go to bed at

dark. They cook their dinner early, they turn on their electric blanket and they take their

dinner to bed with them so that they will not have to turn on the heating. They cannot afford

wood. They cannot afford their oil heater and their oil heaters are sitting there unused and

going rusty. That is not just one or two people; there are many. People say, "What a good

idea! Right." So for quite a number of people that is the norm in what is not a poor suburb.

These are people who have worked hard all their lives. They are not on pensions, they are not

eligible for a pension, but they cannot afford heating.

Committee Hansard 2.05.03, p.222 (Tasmanian Poverty Coalition).

What I hear is absolute pain, the pain of poverty. Let us not walk away from that: it is a very

painful experience. I am still haunted by the story of a person who did not appear at but

whose story was told at a recent Just Jobs conference. This was a man who lived in the Huon

Valley who had become totally isolated by his poverty, to the degree that he did not leave or

very rarely left his home. He remained shut up in his house because of the shame, the feelings

of rejection and the sense of isolation from his community. When we have people who are

shut up in their homes because of the experience of poverty, people who are not interacting

with others, then I think we have a serious problem on our hands.

Committee Hansard 2.05.03, p.212 (Tasmanian Catholic Justice & Peace Commission).

Like millions of other low-income Australians, I am one of the hidden poor, just keeping

afloat. We are flat out treading water out here. We are making very little headway towards

our aspirations, and we are one crisis or catastrophe away from the poor box. We are living

on the edge.

We live in the shadows of the dismal statistics. We are not mad, bad, sad or totally

dysfunctionally overwhelmed by our life circumstances. Many of us are highly skilled and

well educated. We are all doing what we can to contribute to society with the resources we

have. Our poverty is poverty of resources, services and opportunities.it is getting too hard to

make ends meet, let alone work towards our dreams.

Committee Hansard 1.07.03, p.874 (Miss Margaret Clarke, Byron Bay).

10

I want to stress in relation to this delegation that we are not policy experts but we are experts

on the lived experience . the lived experience of these people who have suffered the pain and

heartache of poverty in the city of Sydney. It is clear from the stories we will hear today that

poverty is on the increase. I have a clear example of this. I am a coordinator of our night

patrol service. Here tonight in Sydney . at Martin Place, Kings Cross, Central Station and

down the back of Kent Street we work with homeless people. In 1998 we worked with

23,000 cases. In 2002 we worked with 43,000 cases. That is a 20,000 increase in the number

of people we work with every year. I am not just talking about men with alcohol and drug

addiction, I am talking about men, women and children. Only last Tuesday an unregistered

Commodore car followed us around the back of Kings Cross. It was a family of three

children and a single father, looking for something to eat and for some kind of support from

us.

Committee Hansard 26.05.03, p.357 (St Vincent de Paul Society . Sydney Archdiocesan Council).

I move on to poverty. Personal family stress, constantly juggling finances or being in debt, no

spare money to cover unexpected expenses, like the broken-down fridge or hot water service,

even birthdays and celebrations, never being able to make lifestyle choices like going to the

movies or going out for dinner. Because of those sorts of things people never develop a real

sense of hope.

Committee Hansard 29.05.03, p.570 (Salvation Army, Newcastle).

My memory of one instance of real poverty, which I guess is why we are all here today,

relates to a call for assistance we had from a client. We got a phone call from this fellow and

I said, ’Before we come and see you, what’s your problem?. He said, ’I’m hungry’ ’To save me

the time, could you tell us what your basic requirements are?’ This will stagger you. His

answer was, ’Seven loaves of bread, some pasta, some vegemite, some cereal, three litres of

milk, some meat sauce and a couple of incidentals.’ We went and bought it. It cost $39.71.

So we went around to this chap’s place in Pottsville, which is a pretty nice area to live, but it

was a run-down place. It was I guess earmarked for redevelopment. We went inside with the

client . and let us call him Trevor . and he was there with his two young boys. These kids

were perhaps 10 and 12. We walked in with the bags of food and their eyes just lit up. We sat

down at a battered camp table with four chairs . you know the fold-out gear . put the bags of

food on the table and then started to talk. The kids straightaway got the bags of food, looked

inside them and started to put the food away.So we were there and we were asking what

else we could do for him. ’You’ve done absolutely more than enough,’ he told us. ’I’ll be right.

There are more deserving people.’ My companion on that day was the mayor of a well-known

inland town in central New South Wales.he came away, like me, thinking that that was real

poverty, just to see the way those kids operated. That guy had pride. He did not want any

further help. He reckoned that was his help and that was going to get him over the line. They

got all those loaves of bread, and you can imagine what they were going to do.

Committee Hansard 1.07.03, pp.851-52 (St Vincent de Paul Society . Tweed Byron Regional

Council).

Poverty and inequality

2.11 ’Poverty’ and ’inequality’ are distinct concepts although the terms are often used

interchangeably. One submission has defined ’poverty’ as a state where people lack

11

access to the resources required to maintain a socially-defined ’acceptable’ standard of

life, whereas ’inequality’ may be defined as a condition where people have fewer

resources than others in society. It has been noted that poverty may increase even as

inequality is reduced. This may occur, for example, if reductions in income inequality

are brought about by increasing taxation to the point where it undermines economic

incentives. Equally, it is possible for poverty to be reduced even as inequality widens.

This has been the case in recent years in the United States, where child poverty has

been progressively reduced since the 1980s even though tax cuts have almost certainly

widened income differentials.12

2.12 The acceptance of poverty as a relative concept means that poverty and

inequality are related. One study notes that:

Relative poverty can exist only where there is inequality, but this does not

mean that poverty and inequality are the same. Not all forms of inequality

will imply relative poverty, only those in which some individuals or groups

fall well below the average. The eradication of relative poverty will require

some reduction in inequality, but how much and at what cost will depend

upon the nature and severity of the poverty problem.13

2.13 Many approaches to poverty are based on drawing a ’poverty line’ which makes a

distinction between the poor and the non-poor. Other researchers however tend to

focus on questions of inequality rather than poverty per se, giving emphasis to the

continuum of low incomes rather than to a single poverty line cut-off point and focus

on the consequences of low incomes for standards of material well-being and social

participation. Inequality of income, alone, then assumes relatively less importance as a

precondition for poverty, being combined with other dimensions of inequality,

including inequality of access to stable employment, affordable housing, quality

health care and government services more generally.14

2.14 Submissions to the inquiry noted that when discussing inequality it is important

to consider all aspects influencing the various dimensions of inequality, including but

not limited to income levels.15 One submission noted that measures of inequality that

focus on income can be misleading if they exclude other indicators such as access to

education, health, government services and infrastructure.16 Submissions also noted

12 Submission 45, p.4 (Centre for Independent Studies).

13 Saunders P, ’Povery and Deprivation in Australia’, in Year Book Australia, 1996, p.2. See also

Submission 30, pp.1-2 (Jesuit Social Services).

14 See Saunders P, Welfare and Inequality: National and International Perspectives on the

Australian Welfare State, Cambridge University Press, 1994, p.222.

15 Submission 30, p.1 (Jesuit Social Services).

16 Submission 32, p.1 (Tasmanian Catholic Justice and Peace Commission).

12

that traditional forms of inequality such as income inequality have been expanded in

recent years to include ’new’ inequalities such as the ’digital divide’.17

2.15 Submissions also emphasised that poverty in many cases is a precursor to other

forms of disadvantage. A study for Jesuit Social Services identified a concentration of

disadvantage using a composite measure of social disadvantage, including income

levels, educational levels, unemployment, low birth weight, child maltreatment,

childhood injuries, psychiatric admissions, mortality, crime and emergency relief. The

study found most of these indices of disadvantage to be cumulative and mutually

reinforcing. The broad concentration of disadvantage has been confirmed by a range

of other studies.18

Measuring poverty

2.16 There are a number of ways in which poverty may be identified:

The development of income-based poverty lines to measure income

poverty.

The development of budget standards . determining the income level

necessary to afford a clearly defined ’basket of goods’ which are required to

maintain a minimum acceptable lifestyle.

Consensual approach . determining what members of the community think

is a minimum necessary income and to draw a poverty line at this point.

Living standards studies . attempts to directly measure the living standards

of low income people and compare them to those in the wider community.

Each of these approaches is discussed below.

2.17 As noted earlier, estimates of poverty are usually estimates of relative poverty.

Relative poverty is generally measured by drawing a ’poverty line’ at an income level

considered necessary to maintain an ’acceptable’ standard of living. Professor

Saunders pointed out that any measure of poverty adopted must be independent of the

government of the day. He added:

.independent of government in the sense that we do not want to prejudge

what we get out of it at the end of the day. If we are going to develop a

measure that is going to endure, it has to last under today’s government,

tomorrow’s government and the government in 10 or 20 years time, and we

need to recognise that.19

17 Submissions 69, p.15 (Victorian Government), 172, pp.63-79 (The Smith Family).

18 See, for example, Submission 30, pp.6-7 (Jesuit Social Services).

19 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.440 (Professor Saunders).

13

Income-based poverty lines

2.18 Most Australian poverty research relies on income based poverty lines. These

measures set a poverty line at some fraction of a statistically derived reference point

derived from the overall distribution of income. They usually take the form of

measures such as incomes below half the mean (average) income, or half the median

income (that point where half earn more and half earn less than).

2.19 A common method of setting these poverty lines is to base the standard used on

a measure of average community income. Generally some group in the population,

such as a family comprising two adults and two children is chosen as the standard. For

them, poverty is defined as having an income less than some fraction of the mean or

median income. This is sometimes referred to as the ’headcount’ index and can be used

to measure the incidence of poverty among particular groups in the population, for

example, the elderly, single adults, or couples with children. This approach was

adopted by Professor Ronald Henderson when he developed his ’poverty line’ which

was originally set equal to the minimum wage plus child endowment in Melbourne in

1966.20

2.20 The advantage of income benchmarks are that they can be defined in terms of

well-known statistical indicators and the poverty line which results is simple to update

and understand. It also places the concept of poverty in the context of the distribution

of income or resources within the community. But the choice of a particular

proportion of average incomes to represent a ’low’ income is necessarily an arbitrary

decision.21

2.21 A major limitation of this measure of poverty is that it is sensitive to the level at

which the poverty line is set. As poverty lines are typically set in income ranges where

large proportions of social security recipients are clustered, small movements in the

poverty line can result in large apparent increases or decreases in poverty. Another

disadvantage of the headcount index is that it takes no account of the severity of

poverty, that is, how far below the poverty line the poor actually are. As a result,

government policies that raise the income of the very poorest will have no discernible

impact on the headcount poverty rate if they do not raise the incomes of the poor

above the poverty line.22

2.22 There remains a continuing debate as to whether such an approach should be

based on the mean or median income level. The most frequently used measures

include:

20 The poverty line developed by Professor Henderson is referred to as the ’Henderson poverty

line’. Professor Henderson was Chairman of the Commission of Inquiry into Poverty that was

established in 1972 and is discussed in more detail in chapter 3.

21 See Submission 95, p.12 (Professor Saunders).

22 Harding & Szukalska, p.29; Saunders, Welfare and Inequality, pp.258-59.

14

50 per cent of median income . this is the most frequently used in

international studies, such as those undertaken by the OECD;

60 per cent of median income . this benchmark has been used by Eurostat,

the European statistical agency, as its main indicator, and has been adopted

by the Social Protection Committee of the EU as the first of its primary

indicators of social exclusion; or

50 per cent of mean income . this is mainly used in the United Kingdom

where there has been a long tradition of publishing data on households with

below half mean income. This was also the main indicator used in the

recent Smith Family reports into financial disadvantage in Australia.

2.23 As noted above, many studies of relative poverty base their poverty line on some

proportion of the median income of the population. This is calculated by ranking all

income in descending order, establishing the income of the person in the middle of the

income distribution ranking, and then defining the poverty line as some proportion of

the income that they receive. As noted above, the proportion of median income chosen

varies between studies.23

2.24 The main argument in favour of the median is that it is less sensitive to extreme

(very low or very high) incomes. Against this, while mean income is more sensitive to

extreme incomes it is dependent on the level of all incomes. A rise in the incomes of

all those in the upper half of the income distribution would, for example, cause mean

income but not median income to rise. If the poverty line were tied to median income,

such a change would thus have no impact on the poverty line and hence on poverty,

even though the relative position of those on low incomes would clearly have

worsened.24

2.25 Some studies calculate poverty lines based on mean or average incomes. As

many people receive fairly modest incomes but only a relatively few earn very high

incomes, the mean income in the population is usually higher than the median. Basing

the measurement of poverty on some proportion of the mean income will therefore

usually produce a higher, more generous poverty line.

2.26 Defining poverty as some proportion of mean income is as arbitrary as using a

median-based measure. Because the mean is sensitive to extreme values at either end

of the income distribution, it follows that if a small number of people at the top of the

distribution significantly increase their incomes this will inflate the mean and will

therefore increase any poverty line based on it. This will in turn increase the number

23 Saunders P & Tsumori K, Poverty in Australia: Beyond the Rhetoric, CIS Policy Monograph

57, 2002, p.12.

24 Saunders, Welfare and Inequality, p.228. See also Submission 165, p.71 (FaCS).

15

of people found to be ’in poverty’, even though most people’s living standards will not

have changed.25

Poverty gap

2.27 In an attempt to overcome the disadvantages of the headcount approach an

alternative poverty indicator . the poverty gap . is sometimes used. The poverty gap

takes account of both the numbers below the poverty line and the depth of poverty.

The poverty gap estimates the total gap between actual incomes and the poverty line

for those who are in poverty. The poverty gap gives more weight to those whose

financial situation is worst relative to their poverty line. The aggregate money value of

the poverty gap indicates the minimum financial cost of raising all poor families to the

poverty line.

2.28 As a measure, the poverty gap overcomes some of the shortcomings of the

headcount ratio. It changes not only when people are moved from one side of the

poverty line to the other, but also as a result of any change that increases the income

of any poor family, where this is not offset by equal income reductions for other poor

families.

2.29 The poverty gap is useful when analysing the impact of changes to income

support payments on income poverty. The use of poverty gaps also makes poverty

estimates less sensitive to small changes in the incomes of those close to the poverty

line. This is because the poverty gap gives less weight to those closest to the poverty

line and is thus less sensitive to changes in their income relative to the poverty line. A

difficulty that the poverty gap does not overcome is that it is unaffected by

redistributions of income among the poor.26

Budget standards

2.30 A second research method is the budget standards approach. This approach to

defining poverty attempts to calculate ’objectively’ what level of income people need

to buy the goods and services they require to maintain an ’adequate’ standard of living

and construct a poverty line around this measure. The approach uses a combination of

expert judgements and surveys of actual expenditures of people on low incomes to

develop detailed ’minimum’ household budgets. This approach prescribes a basket of

goods and services that fulfils the ’necessities’ of a standard family and then

determines the average or minimum price of the basket. The basket of goods is usually

defined in terms of food, clothing, shelter and other items needed for basic survival.

2.31 A number of studies have argued that this minimum income approach appears to

provide a commonsense, simple and objective approach to poverty. One study notes

that it ’appears to be divorced from personal values of either harshness or compassion.

25 Saunders & Tsumori, pp.12-13.

26 Saunders, Welfare and Inequality, pp.259-60.

16

It seeks to describe poverty objectively as lack of the income needed to acquire the

minimum necessities of life. Those who lack the necessities to sustain life are by

definition poor’.27

2.32 Professor Saunders argued that the principal strength of this approach is its

explicit attempt to derive the cost of meeting needs at a given standard of living across

all areas of consumption. In addition, the fact that every item that enters the budget is

identified precisely, as are the assumptions used for costing, means that the approach

can be used to check what differences it makes if particular items are changed or

omitted altogether. The approach also utilises prevailing social norms and standards to

develop the budgets, thus building on existing knowledge about minimum standards

where they exist. Finally, the budgets can be disaggregated to examine how much is

needed to meet the standards in a limited range of areas, or to explore differences in

the consumption levels of individuals within the family.28

2.33 An example of this approach is the project completed in 1998 by the Social

Policy Research Centre (SPRC), funded by the former Department of Social Security,

which produced a low cost ’indicative budget standard’ for Australia. The work was

based on focus groups of low income people and by examination of the actual

expenditures of low and middle income households from ABS surveys.29 The standard

was derived by compiling a comprehensive list of items which most people buy or are

deemed to need. The standard was calculated by pricing each item and calculating the

total income which households of varying compositions require to pay for these items.

ACOSS commented on the usefulness of this approach and that the next step was

going to be a major study of living standards ’to look directly at what essentials people

miss out on’. This project, however, was not undertaken which ACOSS argued was

regretable as ’it leaves us to rely too heavily on income based poverty lines’.30

2.34 Several problems have been identified with this approach. A major problem is

disagreement amongst researchers over what constitutes a ’minimum’ amount of goods

and services that would provide an acceptable standard of living. Specifically, it has

been rarely possible for experts to specify minimum standards for necessities other

than food. Allowances for other items are usually based on observation of the

spending pattern of low income households . a procedure that is inconsistent and

unsatisfactory. One study notes that ’the claim that the subsistence approach is

scientific and pays minimum attention to value judgments is denied by the arbitrary

judgments which have to be made in applying it’.31 Professor Saunders also argued

27 See Saunders, Welfare and Inequality, p.223.

28 Submission 95, pp.11-12 (Professor Saunders).

29 Submission 163, p.55 (ACOSS).

30 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.676 (ACOSS).

31 Social Welfare Policy Secretariat (SWPS), Report on Poverty Measurement, AGPS, 1981, p.28.

17

that this approach is very complex to operationalise and requires a large number of

assumptions and judgements before the budgets can be specified and priced.32

2.35 Moreover, a subsistence standard has seldom been maintained over time .

poverty lines based on this approach have generally become more generous in their

poverty definitions in the light of changing circumstances. It is also argued that this

approach has little relevance in a society as diverse as Australia where living

standards are generally far above the minimum required for merely physical

survival.33

2.36 One study notes that a further problem with this approach is that there may be an

’upward bias’ in the minimum income estimate because it does not allow sufficiently

for the choices that are made between items that meet similar needs. The study

suggests that the SPRC’s calculation of a minimum low cost budget may be much

higher than what is actually required to maintain a reasonable standard of living.34

Consensual approach

2.37 Another approach to measuring poverty is to base it on the opinion of the general

population. Under this approach, sometimes referred to as the ’consensual approach’,

surveys are conducted where people are asked what they consider to be the minimum

amount of income they need to ’make ends meet’, and a poverty line is estimated

around the point where the answers converge.

2.38 A number of studies have argued that these survey-based approaches to defining

poverty lines appear logical given that the concept of relative poverty is defined with

reference to prevailing social norms. If poverty is a standard of living below a socially

accepted norm, it would appear to make sense to ask members of the public to define

what that level should be.35

2.39 However, it has also been argued that these approaches have major difficulties.

The answers to the questions asked have been found to be very sensitive to the

wording used in the surveys. The studies also generally find that there is little

consensus over what a minimum income might be . partly because people tend to be

over-generous when defining minimum incomes for others which they will not have to

pay for themselves, and partly because people’s perceptions of what is ’necessary’ for

others tends to reflect the standard of living to which they themselves are accustomed.

’Poverty lines’ based on this method tend as a result to be set at relatively ’generous’

32 Submission 95, p.11 (Professor Saunders). See also Submission 165, p.70 (FaCS).

33 See SWPS, pp.36-39.

34 Saunders & Tsumori, p.11.

35 For a discussion, see Saunders & Tsumori, pp.8-9.

18

levels.36 Given the diversity of opinion elicited in surveys the formulation of a

’consensual’ poverty line is difficult to identify. Consequently, few studies have

produced results using such poverty lines.37

Living standards studies

2.40 The weaknesses of income-based and budget standards methods have led many

researchers to advocate direct measurement of poverty through surveys of people’s

access to various necessities of life.

2.41 While no Australian study has systematically attempted to measure deprivation

(as distinct from living standards generally) across the community as a whole, many

research studies commissioned by community agencies and Governments have

examined aspects of deprivation within particular groups and communities. Some

have used survey questionnaires, while many are anecdotal in nature. In Australia, a

number of national studies relating to living standards in general (as distinct from

deprivation) have been conducted since Professor Henderson’s Melbourne survey.

The Australian Standards of Living Study (ASLS)

2.42 This study was conducted in the late 1980s by Richardson and Travers. It used a

set of indicators to evaluate the living standards of a representative sample of all

Australian households. The indicators ranged across economic resources, housing,

employment, education, family and social relations, and recreation. The indicators

were clustered into groups of common themes (e.g. social participation) and the

population was grouped according to households’ scores in regard to each cluster. The

scores were then compared across a number of clusters to establish whether some

people were consistently better or worse off.

2.43 The main advantages of this study were the breadth of indicators used, the ability

to check whether the different dimensions of deprivation were related in a consistent

way, and to compare them with the resources available to people in terms of income,

assets, and family support.

2.44 However, the study had a number of drawbacks. The first is common to most

general studies of living standards. Although many questions were asked to gauge

people’s general standard of living, few were developed specifically to measure

deprivation. The second drawback was the essentially arbitrary nature of the choice of

indicators of living standards, and the development of indices of deprivation from the

data. A third problem was that people were not asked whether they lacked an item

through choice or lack of resources, a critical question for deprivation studies.

36 Saunders & Tsumori, pp.8-9; SWPS, p.5; Submission 95, p.12 (Professor Saunders).

37 Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, p.19.

19

2.45 The study found that there were consistent relationships between deprivation in

different dimensions of life, such as lacking material goods, poor health, and social

participation. The study also found that there was a consistent relationship between

income and disadvantage especially at the lowest income levels.38

The Australian Living Standards Study (ALSS)

2.46 This study was conducted by the Australian Institute of Family Studies in the

early 1990s. It was also a comprehensive study of general living standards . using

similar ’dimensions’ of well-being to those adopted by Richardson and Travers.

2.47 One of the strengths of this study was the emphasis placed on how the

respondents perceived the importance of each item, which somewhat reduced the

reliance on the judgements of the researchers themselves. The researchers also asked

people whether they lacked items through choice or a lack of resources.

2.48 The ALSS study shared a major drawback of the ASLS discussed above. It is a

general living standards study with few indicators that go directly to deprivation.

Moreover, it was also narrower in scope in that it covered only households with

children in certain outer urban areas of Australia.

2.49 The ALSS study also found a consistent set of relationships between different

dimensions of deprivation, and a clear relationship between deprivation and low

income. The bottom 20 percent of households ranked by equivalent disposable income

were found to consistently lack ’basic’ resources and experience financial stress to a

much greater extent than the top 80 per cent. This included such items as lacking

money for school excursions, getting behind with bill payments and living in

overcrowded housing.39

The ABS financial stress study

2.50 In the mid 1990s, the former Department of Social Security and the ABS

collaborated to develop an official Australia-wide living standards survey, although

public funding was not secured to complete this project. However, on the basis of the

developmental work already under way, the ABS developed a module of 16 indicators

of financial stress, which it added to its regular Household Expenditure Survey. The

questions asked in the financial stress module included possession of certain

household ’essentials’, participation in social activities, the capacity to pay bills, raise

money for an emergency, save, and action taken by people when they lacked

resources to meet their needs (for example, pawning goods).

2.51 The main advantage of this survey is that it was incorporated into the ABS

collection of major surveys of income and expenditure, providing a rich data source

38 Submission 163, pp.56-58 (ACOSS).

39 Submission 163, p.58 (ACOSS).

20

for comparing financial stress with the income and expenditure of different groups.

The same survey (the HES) is often used by researchers to estimate the number of

people with household incomes below income-based poverty lines. The ABS found

that people’s level of financial stress was inversely related to income, with much

higher levels of stress being experienced among the bottom 20 per cent of households,

although only a minority of them suffered moderate or higher stress.

2.52 ACOSS argued that the main weakness of the survey from the standpoint of

poverty research is its small number of questions and narrow scope. Financial stress is

only one indicator of deprivation, and it may mislead if used on its own. The survey

did include indicators of a lack of basic household goods and restrictions on social

life. However, these were so few in number as to heighten the general concern about

the arbitrariness of the indicators used in deprivation studies. In such a small survey,

the choice of indicators, and the way in which indices of deprivation are derived from

them, is even more critical than in the larger living standards studies discussed

above.40

2.53 A study by Bray used the financial stress study to measure the extent of

deprivation across the community.41 This study found consistent relationships between

people’s responses to certain clusters among the 16 indicators of financial stress. One

cluster including items such as ’going without a meal’ suggested a more severe form of

deprivation, while another including such items as ’not having family and friends over

once a month for a meal’ suggested a less severe form of deprivation. On this basis,

Bray developed two separate sets of indices of ’hardship’ and ’missing out’. ACOSS

argued that while these methodological judgements made sense conceptually, they

were judgements based on limited data. The ’hardship’ index relied on just four

indicators, the lack of one of which constituted ’some hardship’ while the lack of two

or more constituted ’multiple hardship’. The results would be highly sensitive to the

choice of indicators and the method used to develop the indices.42

Problems in measuring poverty

2.54 There are a number of difficulties in measuring poverty. These relate to the data

sources used, questions related to the appropriate measure of income and other

resources, the use of expenditure data, the income unit and time period used and the

choice of equivalence scales. These issues are discussed below.

Data sources

2.55 Most poverty analysis in Australia is based on surveys of household income

conducted by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS). The ABS has conducted

40 Submission 163, p.59 (ACOSS).

41 Bray J, ’Hardship in Australia’, FaCS Occasional Paper No.4, 2001.

42 Submission 163, p.60 (ACOSS).

21

periodic income surveys since 1969. Detailed information relating to income from

these surveys was first released for the 1982 Income and Housing Survey, allowing

organisations to conduct analyses of income distribution and poverty. Since then,

information has been released for the 1986 Income Distribution Survey, the 1990

Survey of Income and Housing Costs and Amenities and the Surveys of Income and

Housing Costs conducted from 1994-95 to 2000-01, except for 1998-99.

2.56 Limitations in the scope and methodology of the income surveys affect the

accuracy of poverty measurement. Although the methodology used for each survey

has remained substantially the same over the years, the surveys have varied not only

in frequency but also in scope, sample size and definitions used. In particular, there

was a significant change in approach after 1990. The frequency of surveys was

increased . they were conducted annually for four years and are currently conducted

bi-annually . and the sample size has been halved. The definition of ’dependent

children’ has also changed over time.43 Reporting on the 2000-01 income survey, the

ABS stated that it had incorporated a range of methodological improvements in

household income distribution and measurement designed to bring the data into line

with international best research practice.44

Definition of income

2.57 The ABS income surveys measure gross cash income, which includes income

from wages and salaries, self employment, government cash benefits, investments and

other categories such as workers compensation, superannuation and royalties.

2.58 Some limitations of the ABS definition of income have been noted in several

studies:

The ABS collects data on only cash receipts, whereas household income

can include both cash and in-kind receipts from government (such as fringe

benefits and pensioner concessions), private businesses and other

households.

The ABS excludes most one-off payments, for example, loans, legacies and

capital gains and losses, but it includes regular annuities, private pensions

and superannuation.

ABS income surveys do not provide data for how incomes have changed

for the same sample of people. Successive income surveys comprise a

series of cross-sectional surveys rather than a longitudinal survey, which

would ask the same people questions in relation to their incomes at regular

intervals. As a consequence, it is not possible to determine whether a large

43 Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, p.2.

44 ABS, Household Income and Income Distribution, Cat. No. 6523.0, July 2003, p.2.

22

number of people are moving into and out of poverty or whether most of

the poor remain in poverty for extended periods.

Intra-household transfers of income are excluded.45

The measure of resources

2.59 A person’s standard of living depends on a number of factors both tangible .

such as access to income and/or wealth . and intangible such as the degree of

satisfaction derived from work and other activities, or the extent of interaction with

friends and/or the wider community. Such factors are difficult to measure directly so

poverty measurement relies on some proxy or ’indicator of resources’ that can provide

a reasonable approximation of each person’s standard of living.

2.60 Most poverty research examines the cash income received by families on the

assumption that income provides a good guide to living standards. One study notes,

however, that income is an indirect measure of poverty because it examines the

resources on which living standards depend but does not directly measure the living

standards actually experienced by families.46

2.61 Other studies have, however, emphasised the importance of income. The

Henderson poverty inquiry emphasised the point that an adequate income is

fundamental to a person’s security, well-being and independence. It enables a person

to provide for the basic essentials of life, permits freedom of choice and freedom to

participate in activities of choice. It also contributes greatly to personal freedom and

the extent of opportunities available.47

2.62 There are several measures of income that can be used to indicate a person’s

standard of living, including private income (such as wages and salaries, selfemployment,

interest, rent and dividends); gross income (private income plus

government cash benefits); disposable income (gross income minus income tax); and

final or social income (disposable income plus government non-cash benefits such as

health or education services). Final income ought to provide the most comprehensive

indication of a person’s well-being but it is difficult to define and measure. Disposable

income is easier to measure and like social income, reflects income after government

interventions, thus giving a better indication of the income people have available to

spend. Consequently, disposable income is the predominant indicator of resources

used in poverty studies.

45 Submission 165, p.78 (FaCS); Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, pp. 6-8; Saunders & Tsumori,

pp.24-36.

46 Harding & Szukalska, p.26.

47 Commission of Inquiry into Poverty, Poverty in Australia: First Main Report, April 1975, p.2.

23

2.63 As noted above, the living standards of individuals and families are affected by a

range of other factors in addition to their cash income, including the receipt of in-kind

income such as fringe benefits and pensioner concessions and the provision of

partially or fully subsidised government services such as Medicare. A recent study by

the Smith Family, discussed further in chapter 3, analyses the impact of not only cash

incomes and government transfer (social security) payments but also indirect taxes

and indirect benefits, such as health, education, housing and welfare.48 The ownership

of assets may also be important. The economic wellbeing of two individuals on a

similarly low income may be very different if one owns their home while the other is

renting. This is an important issue when looking at poverty amongst the aged.

Discretionary income

2.64 Some commentators have argued that expenditure on items that are essential to

living costs, such as costs related to housing, health, childcare, work-related costs and

child support payments, should be subtracted from income to give a better indication

of ’discretionary income’. Australian studies that have attempted to measure

discretionary income have generally adjusted income for only housing costs. This is

primarily because the income surveys only include housing costs and because the

Henderson poverty inquiry set an important precedent by calculating poverty both

before and after housing costs had been taken into account.

2.65 The case for using after-housing income relies on the fact that housing is such a

large and essential expenditure for most families.49 Families who are purchasing their

home or renting privately will have much of their income ’locked up’ in housing costs,

reducing their other general consumption and associated standard of living. Their

’after-housing income’ is significantly lower than their disposable income and so they

are more likely to be in ’after-housing poverty’. By contrast, those families who own

their own home or are in government housing typically have much lower housing

costs. More of their income is available for general consumption than would otherwise

be the case and so they are less likely to be in after-housing poverty. Another

advantage of using the after-housing income approach is that it will vary with the

different costs of housing in different regions, thereby reflecting one of the sources of

regional variations in the cost of living.

2.66 An argument against the after-housing income approach is that, although having

some form of housing is essential and not discretionary, there remains discretion in the

quality of housing and the corresponding housing costs. A family that places a high

priority on housing relative to other goods and services will spend more on housing

and thus will have lower after-housing income. In effect, the after-housing measure

48 Submission 172, pp.34-36 (The Smith Family).

49 The income that remains after all housing costs have been met is referred to as ’after-housing

income’. Disposable income is sometimes referred to as ’before-housing income’ to indicate that

housing costs have not been deducted.

24

distorts poverty measurement so that the families that place a high value on the quality

of housing are more likely to be in poverty.50

Alternative measures of poverty

2.67 Given the difficulties involved in devising a comprehensive measure of a

person’s standard of living, several researchers have suggested that studies of poverty

and deprivation should attempt to examine poverty using several indicators, try to

incorporate qualitative studies of the non-monetary factors that affect poverty and

incorporate life cycle and wealth studies that estimate the well-being of people over

the course of their lifetime. In practice, such comprehensive studies are rarely

conducted and poverty researchers generally content themselves with reporting on one

facet of the complex mix of elements that influence the standard of living of members

of society.51 One study notes that a full understanding of poverty can come only from

taking account of these varying approaches and attempting to blend them to give an

overall picture of deprivation in society.52

2.68 Two main alternative approaches to income poverty measures have been

suggested . these are the development of deprivation indicators and the use of

expenditure data.

Deprivation indicators

2.69 A number of submissions argued that deprivation indicators need to be

developed as alternatives to, or complementary measures to, income poverty statistics.

Observing the level of deprivation experienced by those on low incomes is a way of

identifying the income level that corresponds to poverty.53

2.70 Professor Saunders stated that deprivation measures provide a direct indicator of

poverty status because they reveal that basic needs are not being met. This is in

contrast with resource-based poverty indicators such as income, which are indirect in

the sense that they imply that poverty is present, but do not actually confirm this

through direct observation. Because deprivation reflects a situation of unmet need that

is actually observed and thus experienced, it provides strong support for the claim that

poverty exists. At the same time, it is possible to identify which forms of deprivation

are regarded as unacceptable in the community by surveying public opinion, thus

giving increased credibility to the measure.54

50 Submission 165, p.78 (FaCS); Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, pp.13-14.

51 See, for example, Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, p.15.

52 Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, p.15.

53 Submissions 163, pp.62-63 (ACOSS); 95, pp.17-19 (Professor Saunders).

54 Submission 95, pp.17-18 (Professor Saunders).

25

2.71 Deprivation indicators need to be broadly defined to include not only the

material goods needed to meet minimum consumption standards, but also those

activities that are broadly regarded as necessary to support participation in society.

The list thus needs to include such items as being able to send a child on school

excursions; having enough to afford to buy presents for family members on important

occasions; having enough to pay household bills on time; and not having to rely on

welfare agencies, or food or clothing banks to get by.

2.72 The deprivation approach has been employed in a number of recent European

poverty studies, particularly in the United Kingdom. The UK Poverty and Social

Exclusion Survey (PSE) provides a framework for defining poverty in terms of

deprivation and exclusion indicators. The survey conducted in 1999 measured

different dimensions of poverty and social exclusion in the lives of adults and

children. The PSE poverty measure was developed in two stages. In a first survey,

adults were asked which of a list of items and activities for children, and a second list

for adults, they considered everyone should be able to afford in Britain today and

which they should not have to go without. The list included food and clothing items;

items and activities to allow children and adults to participate in society; and for

children, items to assist educational development. In the second survey a different

group of respondents were asked to identify items and activities that children and

adults did not have because they could not be afforded. Results from both surveys

were used to construct a poverty measure based on items or activities that children and

adults had to go without to be defined as poor. For children and adults, a threshold of

lacking two or more items or activities was established for this poverty measure.55

Several submissions commented that the PSE was a good example of a recent survey

along these lines.56

2.73 A variation on this approach is the Irish ’consistent poverty’ approach, which

combines an income-based approach and a deprivation approach. The concept of

consistent poverty forms the basis of the Irish Government’s National Anti-Poverty

Strategy and defines a household as being in poverty if they have both low incomes

and have a score of 1 or more on the deprivation scale. The Irish scheme is discussed

further in chapter 18.

2.74 In Australia, the 1998-99 HES undertaken by the ABS collected data on a

number of indicators of financial stress. These items may be considered a form of

’deprivation’ measure in that they largely focus on items which a household may have

gone without due to financial constraints. In the HES, information was collected on a

number of items such as how households compared their standard of living with that

of two years ago; if households are usually able to afford such things as a week’s

holiday away from home; have a night out once a fortnight or have friends over for a

meal; and whether in the previous year, because of shortage of money, a household

55 Submission 95, pp.52-53, Appendix A (Professor Saunders).

56 Submission 163, p.62 (ACOSS); 95, p.19 (Professor Saunders).

26

was unable to pay utility or insurance bills; sought financial help from family or

friends or a community organisation; or went without a meal or heating.

2.75 Detailed analysis of the HES survey was reported in the study by Bray referred

to earlier. This analysis identified that the set of financial stress questions used by the

ABS fell into three discrete components. These are:

missing out on ’accepted’ social, cultural and recreational activities .

reported by 38.3 per cent of households;

experiencing cash flow problems . reported by 22.1 per cent of

households; and

hardship . where households have missed out on a meal, heating, have had

to pawn or sell items or obtain assistance from welfare agencies . reported

by 8.2 per cent.57

2.76 Submissions argued that a comprehensive set of deprivation indicators should be

developed in Australia. ACOSS noted that they should be designed to measure the

lack of key necessities required for subsistence as well as social and economic

participation. Ideally, these should be clustered into a number of dimensions of living

standards, or capacities to meet basic physical and social needs, for example, access to

education and shelter. ACOSS argued that the appropriateness of these indicators in

Australia should be tested by surveying the public as to whether they represent

community opinion as to what constitutes a lack of necessities according to the

definition of poverty used.58

2.77 Professor Saunders suggested that a step in this direction has already been taken

by the ABS through the inclusion of a series of questions on financial stress and

hardship in the latest 1998-99 HES (referred to above). He suggested that the ABS

should expand its coverage in future HES and other household surveys or that a

special social survey focusing on deprivation and its relationship to other indicators of

living standards similar to the UK Poverty and Social Exclusion survey could be

undertaken .59

2.78 FaCS suggested that deprivation approaches . although current data are

relatively limited . as well as longitudinal analysis of household incomes, offer

greater potential for policy and program development than income poverty

measures.60

57 Bray, p.ix.

58 Submission 163, p.62 (ACOSS).

59 Submission 95, p.19 (Professor Saunders).

60 Submission 165, pp.96-77 (FaCS).

27

Use of expenditure data

2.79 Some submissions argued that expenditure data could also be used to supplement

income data to measure living standards, given that reported incomes may be an

unreliable indicator of a person’s actual standard of living.

2.80 An expenditure poverty measure would rank people according to their

expenditure, such that people with particularly low spending would fall into the

category of ’expenditure poverty’. Evidence from ABS household expenditure surveys

indicates that expenditure is consistently more unevenly distributed than income. This

appears to be the case because people on high incomes devote some of their incomes

to savings while people on low incomes, especially those temporarily on low incomes,

may borrow to maintain their standard of living.61

2.81 A recent study for the Smith Family focused on the spending patterns of low

income households, based on the 1998-99 HES. The study found that:

Low-income households devoted proportionately more of their total budget

to the necessities of life than high-income households. More than half of

the weekly budget of low-income households is devoted to three spending

categories . food, housing and transport.

Low-income sole parent households devoted almost half of their weekly

spending to just two of the necessities of life . housing and food. Almost

half of them were in housing stress (paying more than 30 per cent of their

income on housing).

Low-income single persons living by themselves aged less than 30 years

were in severe financial disadvantage, with almost half of their weekly

budget devoted to two items . food and housing.62

2.82 The use of expenditure data, however, has a number of problems. The most

notable is that generally expenditure on consumption rather than consumption itself is

being measured. Furthermore, it may be possible to sustain a standard of living during

periods of low income by running down past savings or incurring debts, but this

situation will not be sustainable. Low consumption may thus conceal rather than

reveal the existence of poverty.63 Professor Saunders suggested that it may be fruitful

to consider income and expenditure not as alternative indicators of poverty, but rather

as complementary.64

61 Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, p.14.

62 Submission 172, pp.10-11, 17-38 (The Smith Family).

63 See Submission 165, pp.83-84 (FaCS).

64 Submission 95, p.21 (Professor Saunders).

28

The income unit

2.83 While poverty calculations rank people according to income and then identify

those who fall below a predetermined poverty line it is also important to establish

whose income they should be ranked by. The income unit refers to the group within

which income is assumed to be shared. The assumption widely accepted in academic

research is that in most families the income earned by each member of the family is

shared.

2.84 Possible income units include the individual, the nuclear family, the extended

family or the household. The income unit used in poverty studies can make a major

difference to poverty estimates. Generally, the broader the definition of the income

unit, the lower the level of poverty is likely to be. The most common income unit in

Australian poverty research is the ’ABS income unit’ The ABS defines an ’income unit’

as a couple (married or de facto) with dependent children; a couple without dependent

children; a sole parent; or a single person. Income is assumed to be shared by one

person or a group of related persons within a household. Income sharing is assumed to

take place within married or de facto couples, and between parents and dependent

children.

2.85 No income unit can capture the ’income-sharing group’ precisely. One problem

common to the ABS income unit, the extended family and the household is the

appropriate treatment of dependent children. As they get older, children gradually gain

greater financial independence but the exact point at which they are predominantly

self-sufficient will vary greatly between families. This suggests that each of the

potential income units may be too broad because they include people where little

income sharing remains.

2.86 Some commentators have argued that common definitions of the income unit are

too narrow. For example, young people living away from home, and therefore treated

as separate income units, may well receive substantial financial support from their

parents and thus not really be an independent unit. Similarly, it has been argued that

different cultural attitudes towards income-sharing, particularly among Indigenous

communities, often mean that income is shared much more widely amongst these

communities than the ABS income unit or even the household.

2.87 FaCS indicated that with most income analysis it prefers the household as the

basis of analysis. One reason for this is the structure of income support payments, for

example living at home rates, which acknowledge the presence of others in the

household. Further, even where income pooling might be partial, people living in the

house generally gain some benefits from the expenditure and assets of others, ranging

from the use of household appliances to sharing transport.65

65 Submission 165, p.81 (FaCS).

29

2.88 There has been little research undertaken in Australia that examines the most

appropriate definition of the income unit for poverty analysis as such a study requires

information on the intra-household allocation of resources . for which there is little

data.66

Time period

2.89 As household incomes fluctuate over time, the period over which the income is

received can influence results. The time period used is frequently dictated by the

available data. Time periods that are frequently used within sample surveys include

the week, the month, and the year. Generally, longer time periods result in more equal

income distributions. The ABS income surveys include both ’current weekly income’

(that is, income in the week immediately preceding the relevant survey) and annual

income from the previous financial year.67

2.90 FaCS noted that Australian income distribution analysis is unusual because of

the general reliance placed on using current income rather than annual income. The

main reason for this is the general view that current income is more accurately

reported, especially in relation to income support payments. The consequence of this

is that poverty estimates using current income may indicate greater income inequality

whereas the use of annual income would smooth out fluctuations in household

incomes.68

Equivalence scales

2.91 Equivalence scales attempt to account for the differences in the size and

composition of different income units . they show the amount of income required by

families of different size and composition. Larger income units need a greater income

than a small income unit to attain the same standard of living. The composition of

income units also needs to be accounted for as some members of the income unit

create greater ’costs’ than others. For example, it is likely that an income unit needs a

greater income to support older children than younger ones. Equivalence scales show

how much more income a couple requires to reach the same standard of living as a

single person. For instance, if an equivalence scale gives a single adult a value of 1

and a couple with no children a value of 1.7, then the assumption is that the couple

requires 70 per cent more income than the single person to reach a comparable

standard of living. The value is less than 2 because of assumed economies of scale,

such as the sharing of housing costs. The equivalence scale used can have an

important impact on the apparent degree of poverty and on the characteristics of those

66 Harding & Szukalska, pp.28-29; Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, pp.16-17.

67 Harding & Szukalska, pp.28-29; Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, pp.6-7.

68 Submission 165, p.79 (FaCS).

30

deemed to be in poverty, thus an equivalence scale that ascribes high costs to children

will tend to place more families with children in poverty.

2.92 There is no agreement in Australia about what is the most appropriate

equivalence scale to use. The Henderson equivalence scale has been used in many

poverty studies in Australia. The detailed Henderson scales take account of the needs

of families that vary with the age, gender, labour force status and number of adults

and children within a family.

2.93 The trend in international comparative studies has been towards simpler

equivalence scales that only vary with the number of people . or sometimes the

number of adults and children . within a family. The equivalence scale adopted by the

EC Eurostat poverty studies allows the assumed needs of a family to vary in line with

the number of adults and children . with the first adult being given a value of 1,

second and subsequent adults a value of 0.5 and children a value of 0.3 each. One

disadvantage of this equivalence scale is that it does not allow for economies of scale,

so that, for example, four children cost four times as much as one child.69

Updating poverty lines

2.94 Once a poverty line has been established it is important to determine how it

should be updated over time, especially to determine trends in poverty over time and

for assessing the adequacy of income support payments. Poverty lines can be updated

according to movements in prices or movements in incomes. Updating by movements

in prices adjusts the poverty line for changes in the cost of living whereas updating for

movements in incomes adjusts for changes in the standard of living. The consumer

price index (CPI) is typically used to update poverty lines in accordance with

movements in prices.

2.95 There are several ways to update poverty lines in accordance with movements in

incomes. Studies in Australia have variously used average weekly earnings, household

disposable income per capita and movements in average or median equivalent

disposable incomes. While there is debate about which of these methods is most

appropriate, updating in accordance with movements in incomes has generally been

preferred to movements in prices in Australia. This is related to the preference for

relative poverty lines.70

2.96 The poverty line used by the Henderson poverty inquiry to estimate poverty in

1972-73 was set at 56.5 per cent of seasonally adjusted AWE in 1972-73. The

Henderson poverty line was designed to be compared with after-tax or disposable

income but the poverty line was updated (until the 1980s) according to movements in

69 Submission 165, pp.81-82 (FaCS); Harding & Szukalska, pp.27-28; Greenwell, Lloyd &

Harding, pp.17-18.

70 Greenwell, Lloyd & Harding, p.20.

31

before-tax seasonally adjusted AWE. In response to criticisms of this method of

updating the poverty line, since 1981 the Henderson poverty line has been updated by

increases in seasonally adjusted household disposable income per capita. It had been

argued that movements in disposable income per capita provides a better measure of

changes in community living standards than movements in pre-tax average weekly

earnings.71

2.97 This measure has in turn been criticised by some researchers because it has led

to a substantial increase in the value of the poverty line, well in excess of increases in

the CPI or AWE . ’this means that the Henderson poverty line has become less and

less ’austere’ as time has gone on, for it has been inflating at twice the rate of the

CPI’.72 Other commentators have suggested, however, that if it is accepted that

poverty is relative, then it is logically appropriate that the poverty line should increase

in real terms when real community incomes are growing and that seasonally adjusted

household disposable income per capita or a similar index is the appropriate measure

to use in these circumstances.73

Conclusion

2.98 Poverty is difficult both to define and to measure. The varying concepts of

’poverty’ employed, data limitations and different methodologies all impose

limitations on the degree to which poverty can be quantified. Poverty relates to

individual standards of living which are influenced by a range of tangible factors .

such as access to income and other financial resources . and intangible factors, such

as social and family ties, which are largely unquantifiable but which can influence a

person’s overall standard of living. Despite these limitations, research into poverty and

the development of measures of poverty are important in establishing the nature and

extent of poverty in the community and in the development of appropriate policy

responses.

2.99 Further research in the area of poverty can only lead to a broader understanding

of its causes and effects and lead to improved ways to address the problem. The

St Vincent de Paul Society noted that ’regrettably, the polemical debate over poverty

lines has distracted rational discussion on solutions to a known problem’.74 The

Committee concurs with this sentiment and firmly believes that protracted debate over

various poverty measures or the suitability of different poverty lines should not

overshadow a thorough and ongoing discussion of solutions to a very serious national

problem.

71 See Saunders, Welfare and Inequality, p.252.

72 Saunders & Tsumori, pp.9-10. See also Submission 165, pp.74-75 (FaCS).

73 Saunders, Welfare and Inequality, pp.253-55.

74 Submission 44, p.14 (SVDP National Council).

32

33

CHAPTER 3

POVERTY AND INEQUALITY IN AUSTRALIA

The existing and growing gap between the rich and the poor in Australia is

obvious to even the most ardent of sceptics.1

3.1 This chapter provides an overview of the nature and extent of poverty in

Australia. It provides a discussion of the origins of poverty research in Australia,

especially the work of Professor Henderson beginning in the 1960s. The chapter then

analyses recent statistics related to poverty and inequality in Australia, including an

overview of the groups most at risk of being in poverty today and recent studies of

income and wealth distribution.

The origins of poverty research

3.2 The first systematic attempt to estimate the extent of poverty in Australia was

undertaken in the mid-1960s by researchers at the Melbourne University’s Institute of

Applied Economic and Social Research (IAESR). The research team, led by IAESR

Director Professor Ronald Henderson, conducted a survey of living conditions in

Melbourne and estimated the extent of poverty in Melbourne using a poverty line

based on a two-adult, two-child family set at an income equal to the value of the basic

wage plus child endowment payments. The study found that one in sixteen of

Melbourne’s population was living in poverty in 1966.

3.3 The poverty benchmark in this study was chosen because of its relevance to

Australian concepts of the minimum income, and also because as a proportion of

average earnings it was similar to poverty lines used in other countries. It was

regarded by the research team as an austere measure, likely to produce lower-bound

estimates of poverty. The equivalence scale used to derive poverty lines for other

family types was, in the absence of any reliable Australian estimates of relative needs,

derived from a survey of household budgets and costs undertaken in New York in the

1950s.

The Henderson Commission of Inquiry

3.4 Community and political pressure following the release of the 1966 survey into

poverty in Melbourne led to calls for a national inquiry to determine whether the

problems highlighted in this study applied to the nation as a whole. A Commission of

Inquiry into Poverty was established in August 1972 by the Prime Minister, Mr

McMahon. Professor Henderson was appointed as Chairman of the inquiry (the

inquiry was subsequently referred to as the Henderson Inquiry). After the 1972

election the new Prime Minister, Mr Whitlam, expanded the Commission’s size and

1 Submission 44, p.42 (SVDP National Council).

34

scope with specific responsibility to focus on the extent of poverty and the groups

most at risk of experiencing poverty; the income needs of people in poverty; and

issues related to housing and welfare services. These topics were addressed in the

Commission’s first main report, Poverty in Australia, released in August 1975.

3.5 The poverty line described above was subsequently used by the Henderson

Inquiry to produce the first authoritative estimates of poverty in Australia. The

information on poverty was based on data from an ABS income survey undertaken in

August 1973. The report’s main focus was on identifying the extent of poverty due to

inadequate income, in the sense of being low income relative to need. The income unit

chosen was a married (or defacto) couple or single person, with or without dependent

children. A unique feature of the Henderson poverty line was that it allowed poverty

to be estimated both before and after housing costs. After-housing costs were derived

by deducting actual housing costs from income and comparing the remaining income

with a poverty line that excluded the housing cost component.2

3.6 The Henderson Commission’s main findings were as follows:

Over 10 per cent of income units in 1972-73 were below the Commission’s

poverty line. A further 8 per cent were defined as ’rather poor’, having an

income of less than 20 per cent above that line.

About 7 per cent of income units were below the poverty line after housing

costs were taken into account. Those renting from private landlords were

the poorest group.

About three-quarters of those below the poverty line (before housing) were

not in the workforce.

Overall, female sole parent families comprised the largest proportion of

very poor people.

About one-third of the single aged were very poor before housing.

However, less than 10 percent were very poor after housing, because a

large number were home-owners.

The group with the largest percentage gap between its income and the

poverty line comprised large families on wages on or just above the

minimum wage.

There was significantly more poverty in rural areas on a before housing

basis. After housing, however, the difference was not as significant.

2 Fincher R & Nieuwenhuysen J, eds., Australian Poverty: Then and Now, Melbourne University

Press, 1998, pp.52-60; Saunders P, ’Poverty and Deprivation in Australia’, Year Book Australia,

1996, p.5.

35

Very few young men were voluntarily unemployed and thus below the

poverty line.3

Extent of poverty in Australia

3.7 There have been a number of recent studies that have attempted to estimate the

extent of poverty in Australia; however, these estimates vary widely. Submissions to

the inquiry, often drawing on these studies, have also presented a range of estimates.

A number of recent poverty estimates are presented in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Poverty in Australia . Selected Estimates

Year Numbers in poverty

Henderson poverty line1 1999 3.7 . 4.1 million (20.5 . 22.6% of population)

St Vincent de Paul Society2 - 3 million

Australian Council of Social Service3 2000 2.5 . 3.5 million (13.5 . 19% of population)

The Smith Family4 2000 2.4 million (13 % of population)

Brotherhood of St Laurence5 2000 1.5 million

The Australia Institute6 - 5 . 10% of population

Centre for Independent Studies7 - 5% of population in ’chronic poverty’

Sources: 1 Cited in Harding A & Szukalska A, Financial Disadvantage in Australia .

1999, The Smith Family, 2000, p.38.

2 Submission 44, p.44 (SVDP National Council).

3 Submission 163, p.9 (ACOSS).

4 Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia .

1990 to 2000, The Smith Family, 2001, pp.5, 22-23.

5 Submission 98, p.3 (BSL).

6 Committee Hansard 19.6.03, p.648 (The Australia Institute).

7 Submission 45, p.10 (CIS).

3.8 The table shows that the Centre for Independent Studies (CIS) has estimated that

5 per cent of the population can be considered to be in ’chronic poverty’.4 Other

estimates are much higher. The Smith Family has estimated that 13 per cent of the

population was in poverty in 2000 . this had increased from 11.3 per cent since 1990.5

3 Commission of Inquiry into Poverty, Poverty in Australia: First Main Report, April 1975,

pp.27-28.

4 Submission 45, p.10 (CIS).

5 Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia - 1990 to 2000, The

Smith Family, 2001, pp.22-23.

36

Poverty rates based on the Henderson poverty line estimate that 20.5 per cent of the

population was in poverty (after paying for housing costs) or 22.6 per cent in poverty

(before housing costs) in 1999.6 A study by King found that in 1996, 16.7 per cent of

income units were below the poverty line and very poor, with a further 13.7 per cent

classified as ’rather poor’.7

3.9 The CIS estimate of 5 per cent of the population in chronic, long term poverty is

based on a number of assumptions. These assumptions include that half to two-thirds

of those below the poverty line at any one time are transitional; perhaps half or more

are under-reporting their true income; and including the value of government services

would raise the final incomes of lower income groups by about 50 per cent. The CIS,

however, provides little quantifiable data to support their claims and concede that their

estimate of those in poverty is a ’guesstimate’.8

3.10 By contrast, as noted above, poverty rates based on the Henderson poverty line

have reported much higher estimates of poverty . up to 23 per cent of the population.

Serious concerns have been raised over how this poverty line has been updated over

time to account for changes in community incomes. It has been argued by some

researchers that updating this poverty line by increases in seasonally adjusted

household disposable income per capita grossly inflates the poverty estimates. The

Smith Family has argued that the Henderson poverty line produces a picture of an

’ever-rising tide’ of poverty because it is set at an ever-increasing proportion of family

income.9

3.11 ACOSS stated that depending on the poverty lines used and taking into account

housing costs there are between 2.5 million (13.5 per cent) and 3.5 million people (19

per cent) living in poverty in 2000, with between 800 000 and 1.3 million children in

poverty.10 The Brotherhood of St Laurence (BSL) estimated that even by the most

cautious estimate (using the half median income measure) more than 1.5 million

people were living below the poverty line in 2000 . ’whichever way it is measured,

this is simply too high for a wealthy country like Australia’.11 The SVDP National

Council stated that in Australia today approximately 3 million people are poor . and

’further to this, our nation is torn by inequality’.12

6 Harding A & Szukalska A, Financial Disadvantage in Australia - 1999, The Smith Family,

2000, p.38.

7 King A, ’Income Poverty since the early 1970s’, in Fincher & Nieuwenhuysen, p.78.

8 Submission 45, p.10 (CIS).

9 Harding & Szukalska, p.36.

10 Submission 163, p.9 (ACOSS).

11 Submission 98, pp.3-4 (BSL).

12 Submission 44, p.44 (SVDP National Council).

37

3.12 Recent studies commissioned by the Smith Family on poverty in Australia have

generally reported poverty estimates midway between the figures produced by the CIS

and the Henderson poverty line. One report, Financial Disadvantage in Australia .

1999, found that in 1999:

One in seven Australians or 2.4 million people lived in poverty, when the

poverty line is set at half the average family income of all Australians.

Income poverty had declined slightly since the 1980s . 13.3 per cent of

Australians were in poverty in 1999, compared with 14.6 per cent in 1982.

While there was a slight decline in poverty among adults during this

period, the major factor underlying this fall was a 20 per cent fall in the

poverty rate among dependent children.

Aged persons . of all poor Australians, only nine per cent live in a family

headed by a person aged 65 years or more. On an after-housing basis, only

six per cent of all poor Australians live in households headed by an aged

person.

Poverty mainly affects those of working age . almost one-third of those in

poverty live in families where the head is not in the labour force, while

over one quarter are in families where the head is unemployed.

While more than half of all Australians in poverty live in families with no

adult earners, over 40 percent live in families where one or both adults in

the family works. About one-fifth of all those in poverty live in families

where both parents work.

Just over one half of all of Australia’s poor live in families whose main

income source is government cash benefits.

About half of all poor people in Australia live in families that contain

children. Children living in sole parent and larger families continue to face

high poverty risks.13

3.13 The report defined ’financial disadvantage’ or ’poverty’ in terms of a family

whose income is less than half the average family income. The study justified its use

of the ’half average income’ poverty line arguing that it better captures relative

deprivation in times of rising income inequality than using a figure based on median

incomes. As the top income earners become better off, then the poor are relatively

worse off. That is, they are poorer in relative terms. Using the ’half average income’

poverty line denotes acceptance of the proposition that the living standards of the poor

should be measured against the living standards of all the population, including the

13 Harding & Szukalska, pp.8-9, 22-23.

38

very affluent.14 The data source for the study was the 1997-98 ABS national income

survey, updated to May 1999. Income in the study included wages and salaries,

workers compensation and superannuation, dividends and rents, income from selfemployment

and child support payments.

3.14 Another study commissioned by the Smith Family, Financial Disadvantage in

Australia . 1990 to 2000, examined trends in poverty in Australia during the 1990s.

The data sources for this study were various ABS national income surveys conducted

over the 1990s. Poverty estimates based on this study are summarised in Table 3.2.

The study also contains a large collection of other data on poverty in Australia.

Table 3.2: The Smith Family . Estimated Poverty Rates 1990-2000

1990 1995 1996 1998 2000

(percentage of population)

11.3 11.7 12.0 12.6 13.0 (a)

8.2 8.2 8.6 8.4 8.7 (b)

(a) half average income poverty line

(b) half median income poverty line

Source: Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia 1990-

2000, The Smith Family, 2001, p.5.

3.15 The table shows that poverty increased from 11.3 per cent to 13 per cent of the

population over the period from 1990 to 2000, when the poverty line is set at half the

average family income of all Australians (the study’s preferred measure). In 2000

almost one in eight Australians or 2.4 million people lived in poverty. The study

pointed to the persistence of poverty despite a decade of economic growth. The report

noted that ’strong economic growth over the past decade has not produced comparably

strong social outcomes for many different groups within Australia’.15

3.16 The data shows that estimated poverty rates are sensitive to the poverty line

used. As previously noted, the Smith Family studies justify their use of the ’half

14 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.2.

15 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.v.

39

average income’ poverty line on the grounds that it better captures relative deprivation

in times of increasing income inequality.16

3.17 The other main findings of the study are detailed below.

Poverty among adults increased steadily during the decade.

Child poverty fell during the first half of the 1990s but increased since that

time.

There was an increase in the poverty risk faced by families dependent on

government cash benefits, which increased from 24 per cent in 1990 to

31 per cent in 2000. As a result of this shift, by 2000 government cash

benefits were the main family income source for about 60 per cent of poor

Australians . up from 46 per cent in 1990.

Unemployment was a key generator of poverty . about half of all

Australians aged 15 years and over who were unemployed lived in poverty.

Poverty increased among the unemployed in the late 1990s.

The proportion of poor families that had wages and salaries as their

primary income source remained unchanged over the 1990s. Having a job

appeared less of a protection against poverty than in the past, with the risk

of being in poverty among all Australians aged 15 years and over and

working part time rising from 10.7 per cent in 1990 to 11.7 per cent in

2000. Part-time work appeared to be associated with greater vulnerability

to poverty than having full-time work. For the vast majority of wage and

salary earner families, having a full time job was sufficient to ensure that

the family was not in poverty.

The poverty rate for men was slightly higher than the poverty rate for

women, with the somewhat higher number of sole parents and older

women in poverty being offset by the large number of single men and men

aged between 15 and 64 years in poverty.

Poverty rates generally decrease with age, although for a large part of the

decade poverty among those in the 50 to 64 year age bracket was higher

than for people aged 25 to 49 or over 65 years.

A major change during the decade has been the steady increase in poverty

rates among the aged. While the risk of being in poverty was previously

much lower for the aged than for those of workforce age, now the risk is

relatively similar. However, if poverty is assessed after housing costs have

been met a different picture emerges. For the aged, due to their high home

ownership rates, the risk of being in poverty did not change during the

16 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.2.

40

1990s. Conversely, poverty among adults aged 25 to 44 years has become

more serious, with almost one-fifth of adults aged 25 to 44 years in poverty

on an after-housing basis.

The results by State fluctuate, and it is not clear whether the year-to-year

changes reflect real variation or sampling error for the smaller States. NSW

had the highest poverty rate in 2000, with 13.9 per cent of its residents in

poverty. Poverty also increased in the other States, with only Queensland

and Tasmania remaining relatively unchanged.

The depth of poverty did not change greatly during the 1990s, with the

average gap between a poor family’s income and the poverty line

increasing from $112 in 1990 to $118 in 2000 (after accounting for the

impact of inflation).17

3.18 The Centre for Independent Studies has criticised the above Smith Family study

into poverty trends arguing that the extent and nature of poverty identified in the study

has been exaggerated.

3.19 The CIS has three main criticisms of the study, namely:

The study has confused poverty and inequality by adopting a relative view

of poverty, whereas most people think of poverty in absolute terms.

By adopting a poverty line based on mean (average) rather than median

income the study has exaggerated the extent of poverty in Australia.

The ABS data on which the study relies are not sufficiently reliable for

conclusions to be drawn about the extent of poverty. The problems include

under-reporting of incomes especially by welfare recipients and the self

employed and the exclusion of certain sources of income, such as income

in kind and government benefits provided below cost.18

3.20 These arguments have been disputed by Professor Peter Saunders of the Social

Policy Research Centre. In relation to the first argument, he has argued that while

most people think of poverty in subsistence terms, this is not the same as supporting

an absolute definition of poverty. A subsistence notion of poverty emphasises that

poverty is a situation where basic needs cannot be met, but this is consistent with the

goods and services that are required to meet those needs being defined relatively . in

the sense that they will depend on the general lifestyles, living standards and values of

the community at a particular point in time.

17 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, pp.23-24.

18 Tsumori K et. al., ’Poor Arguments’, Issue Analysis, No.21, January 2002; Saunders P, ’Poor

Statistics’, Issue Analysis, No.23, April 2002. See also Submission 45, pp.5-6 (CIS).

41

3.21 In regard to the second point, Professor Saunders argues that neither the mean

nor median income alone provides information about how well needs are being met,

although the mean is preferred by some researchers because it better captures relative

deprivation in times of rising income inequality. He did concede, however, that most

poverty researchers prefer to link poverty lines to median income rather than mean

income. In relation to the third CIS argument, he argues that while the ABS data may

be unreliable there is no reliable research to support that claim. He also argues that it

is not clear what impact the inclusion of many subsidised services would have on the

distribution of income.19

Who is in poverty today?

3.22 Evidence to the Committee and a range of studies into poverty and deprivation

has shown that poverty is more likely to occur among particular groups in the

population.20 The major groups are identified in the table below and include

Indigenous Australians, the unemployed and people dependent on social security

benefits. This is not an exclusive list of those groups experiencing poverty, but serves

to identify those most commonly referred to in studies into poverty and evidence

received during the inquiry. Further discussion of poverty and disadvantage among

these groups and others is contained in later chapters of the report.

Groups at high risk of poverty

Indigenous Australians

people who are unemployed

people dependent on government cash benefits

sole parent families and their children

families that have three or more children

people earning low wages

people with disabilities or those experiencing a long term illness

aged people, especially those renting privately

young people, especially in low income households

single people on low incomes

people who are homeless

migrants and refugees.

19 Saunders P, ’Getting Poverty Back onto the Policy Agenda’, Smith Family Research and Social

Policy Briefing Paper, No.10, March 2002, pp.1-3.

20 See, for example, Submissions 1, pp.2-3 (Dr Mendes); 98, p.4 (BSL); 172, pp.37-38 (The Smith

Family); 163, pp.11-12 (ACOSS); 118, p.7 (VCOSS).

42

3.23 A study by the Smith Family/NATSEM has illustrated the distribution of poverty

as indicated in the table below.21

Who is poor in Australia?

A Smith Family study estimated that of every 100 poor Australians:

24 live in working-poor (wage and salary) families;

23 live in families with an unemployed head;

15 live in other families dependent on social security;

14 live in sole parent families;

9 live in self-employed families;

6 live in families headed by an aged person;

5 live in some other type of family; and

4 live in families reliant on superannuation and investment income.

3.24 Indigenous Australians face a far greater risk of poverty than other Australians,

and is indicated in high levels of joblessness, low levels of formal education, poor

health, inadequate housing and the experience of dispossession and racism.22 The

nature and extent of poverty among Indigenous people is discussed in chapter 13.

3.25 In addition to the groups listed above, other smaller population groups are also

vulnerable to poverty including people with drug and alcohol problems; domestic

violence survivors; people living in caravan parks; people with caring responsibilities,

including young carers; problem gamblers; recently released prisoners and some

groups whose poverty remains undocumented in any substantial way (for example

mentally ill people).23 One submission noted that while vulnerability to poverty occurs

amongst broad population groups it is likely that smaller population groups can

experience high levels of economic hardship where low incomes are compounded by

quite specific forms of disadvantage.24

3.26 Poverty is increasingly associated with low pay. The Australian Liquor,

Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union (LHMU) noted that the crisis of low

pay contributes strongly to poverty as low paid workers are often also the ’jobless

21 Harding & Szukalska, p.16. The data are based on after-housing poverty (that is, those in

poverty after paying for housing costs).

22 Submission 244, pp.9-10 (ATSIC). See also Submissions 163, p.11 (ACOSS); 98, p.4 (BSL).

23 Submissions163, pp.73-88 (ACOSS); 121, pp.2-12 (Victorian Alcohol & Drug Association);

69, p.14 (Victorian Government).

24 Submission 187, p.22 (SA Government).

43

poor’. Low-paid workers tend to ’churn’ through a series of low-paid jobs interspersed

with periods of unemployment . as such the unemployed and the low paid are often

the same people at different times. In addition, a large proportion of poor people live

in households with a wage earner (the wages of the low paid thus support the poor);

people who earn low pay are generally found in households which have a low income;

and low paid workers become retires . low wages project disadvantage into the future,

because low paid workers cannot adequately save for their retirement.25

3.27 Poverty is also associated with where people live. There is growing evidence of

regional disparities, with geographic concentrations of great wealth and great

disadvantage within areas of all major capital cities and between cities and rural

areas.26 Poverty in rural and regional communities is discussed in chapter 14.

Poverty by State/Territory

3.28 The extent of poverty varies between the States and Territories with evidence

indicating that the smaller, less populous States generally exhibit the highest incidence

of poverty and deprivation (although the extent of poverty often varies depending on

the indicator used). Table 3.3 reproduces Smith Family data on poverty levels in the

States.

Table 3.3: Poverty levels . States and Territories (1999)a

NSW VIC QLD SA WA TAS NT ACT

% % % % % % % %

Before housing costs 14.1 12.3 12.9 15.9 12.4 15.4 8.9 8.9

After housing costs 18.1 15.5 18.6 18.9 16.2 18.7 12.4 12.4

a half average income poverty line.

Source: Harding A & Szukalska A, Financial Disadvantage in Australia . 1999, The Smith

Family, 2000, p.17.

3.29 As the table shows, poverty levels (on a before-housing cost basis) were greatest

in South Australia, Tasmania and NSW. Poverty levels in all the States and Territories

increased after housing costs were taken into account, although the pattern of poverty

across the States was similar. South Australia, Tasmania and Queensland had the

highest proportion of people in poverty after housing costs are removed, while the

lowest proportion was recorded in the ACT and the Northern Territory (12.4 per cent).

3.30 ABS data show that, in 2001, the proportion of people in ’low income’

households (before housing costs) was highest in Tasmania (27 per cent) and the

25 Submission 120, pp.19-20 (LHMU).

26 Submissions 1, p.2 (Dr Mendes); 98, p.4 (BSL); 69, p.15 (Victorian Government).

44

Northern Territory (25 per cent), and lowest in the ACT (11 per cent).27 ABS data for

2000-01 indicate that average levels of incomes varied between the States. Three

States had disposable household incomes below the national average of $469 per

week. Tasmania was the poorest State with mean weekly income 17 per cent below

the national average income level, followed by South Australia (9 per cent below) and

Queensland (6 per cent below). NSW and Victoria both recorded incomes at 3 per

cent above the national average, with Western Australia at about the national level.

The ACT recording the second highest average income (24 per cent above the

average) after the Northern Territory.28

3.31 Submissions and witnesses commented on the particular features of poverty in

the various States. SACOSS noted that South Australia is a low income state with

average (mean) incomes, on both a before and after-housing basis, the lowest in the

country. High levels of poverty have been contained by the State’s lower housing

costs, although this is now at risk due to a reduction in the public housing stock.29

SACOSS stated, however, that the rate of poverty has doubled since the early 1980s.

Rates of inequality have also doubled, but South Australia is less unequal than the

other States, which is partly due to the fact that it has fewer high-income earners.30

3.32 Tasmania, like South Australia, is a low income State, with high levels of

unemployment (and low labour force participation), low rates of pay for those

employed and high levels of part-time and casual employment. Tasmania is also a

high-cost state in terms of the ’basket’ of essential goods and services required by all

households, such as food, energy and transport.31 Sea freight and transport charges can

increase the cost of consumables relative to those on the mainland.32 A further

indicator of disadvantage is the high take-up of welfare payments . some 40 per cent

of Tasmanian income units rely on government pensions and allowances.33

3.33 In Western Australia, WACOSS pointed to growing levels of deprivation within

the community, noting that it is the most geographically vast and isolated State in the

27 ’Low income households’ refers to those persons in the bottom 20 per cent of persons ranked by

their equivalised gross household income. See ABS, Australian Social Trends 2003, pp.6-8.

28 ABS, Household Income and Income Distribution, Cat. No. 6523.0, July 2003, p.9. The

Northern Territory had the highest mean income . 34 per cent above the national average .

although the ABS indicated that this probably overestimated average income levels as data

from sparsely settled areas of the NT were excluded from the study.

29 Submission 46, p.7 (SACOSS); Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.47 (SACOSS).

30 Submission 46, p.7 (SACOSS). See also Submission 187, pp.14-22 (SA Government).

31 Submission 176, p.7 (TasCOSS); Committee Hansard 2.5.03, pp. 207-11 (TasCOSS).

32 Submission 195 (Mr Peter Brohier).

33 Submission 185, p.9 (Tasmanian Government).

45

country and ’faces unique and complex issues’ in relation to poverty, especially related

to its remoteness, high living costs and the problem of poverty amongst Indigenous

communities.34

3.34 In Queensland the geographical differences in poverty and disadvantage were

highlighted. Submissions and other evidence noted that poverty is particularly

concentrated in a number of regions such as parts of the Cape and Gulf regions . both

areas with large Indigenous populations, certain regional centres and areas on the

urban fringe.35 QCOSS indicated that poverty in Queensland has risen steadily from

the 1980s to the mid 1990s, with poverty rates almost doubling during that period . ’of

great concern is that poverty rates in Queensland have been and continue to be

consistently high in comparison with national rates and in comparison with other

states and territories’.36

3.35 In Victoria, VCOSS pointed to the growing disparity in income levels between

regional/rural areas and metropolitan areas and specific areas within metropolitan

centres.37

3.36 In the Northern Territory, NTCOSS indicated that the level of poverty in the

Territory is often hidden and that on all indicators the Territory has the highest level

of poverty of any State or Territory. NTCOSS commented that poverty is influenced

by remoteness, a large Indigenous population, geographical distances with a small

population spread over a large area and high population mobility which poses

challenges in providing adequate physical and social infrastructure. These factors also

impose additional costs for those living in the Territory.38

Income inequality

3.37 Studies into trends in income inequality over recent decades and submissions to

the inquiry point to increasing income inequality in Australia. As the Salvation Army

noted ’strong economic growth over the last decade has not resulted in the highly

anticipated emergence of strong social outcomes for many Australians’.39

34 Submission 183, p.9 (WACOSS). See also Committee Hansard 28.7.03, pp.1027-30

(WACOSS).

35 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, pp.1192-93 (QCOSS); Submissions 160, pp.3-10 (QCOSS); 129,

p.4 (Queensland Government).

36 Submission 160, p.6 (QCOSS).

37 Submission 118, pp.6,12 (VCOSS).

38 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, pp.1081-83 (NTCOSS).

39 Submission 166, p.8 (Salvation Army). See also Submissions 44, pp.42-45 (SVDP National

Council); 98, pp.5-6 (BSL); 163, pp.67-71 (ACOSS).

46

3.38 Studies into the distribution of both earnings and of income have shown

increasing inequality. In relation to earnings, studies have found increasing inequality

since the 1980s. An ABS study concluded that inequality in the distribution of wage

and salary earnings of full-time adult employees increased in the 1980s and that this

trend continued through the 1990s.40 Another study by Professor Saunders found that

the inequality in full-time wage and salary earners incomes, as measured by the Gini

coefficient, increased from 0.224 in 1990, to 0.271 in 1994-95 to 0.275 in 1999-

2000.41 Analysis by FaCS confirmed these trends. The Department stated that there

has been increasing dispersion of earnings since 1979, with the top percentiles

recording stronger growth than the bottom percentiles. Since the mid 1980s three

trends were evident:

between 1985 and 1990, earnings at the bottom fell almost continuously in

real terms, while those at the top remained stable after an initial fall;

between 1990 and 1996, earnings at the bottom initially rose, but then

remained stable, while those at the top consistently increased in real terms;

and

between 1996 and 2000 earnings grew at all points, although more rapidly

at the top of the earnings distribution.42

3.39 Earnings distribution statistics reflect the impact of the market on the distribution

of economic rewards. A more complete picture is provided by taking into account the

impact of government tax and transfer (social security) programs. By assessing the

impact of these programs it is possible to determine the distributional impact of social

security benefits and the impact of income taxes on the distribution of income.

3.40 As noted above, income distribution statistics, which take into account the

impact of the tax-transfer system, show a trend towards increasing inequality in

Australia. This is indicated in recent ABS statistics as detailed in Table 3.4.43

3.41 As the table shows, one measure of the spread of incomes across the population

is indicated by the percentile ratios. The P90/P10 ratio shows that in 2000-01, the top

10 per cent of households received 3.97 times the income of the bottom 10 per cent.

40 ABS, Australian Social Trends 2000, p.x. See also Submission 94, p.8 (ACTU).

41 The Gini coefficient varies between 0, when income is equally distributed, and 1, when income

is most unequal. See Saunders, Year Book Australia, 2002, p.11.

42 Submission 165, p.56 (FaCS).

43 ’Income’ in the study refers to disposable income, that is income from employment, investments

and transfers from government (such as pensions, allowances and benefits), private institutions

and other households, after the deduction of income tax and the Medicare levy. See ABS,

Household Income and Income Distribution, Cat. No. 6523.0, p.29.

47

This ratio has increased from 3.77 in 1994-95, thus showing increasing inequality over

the period 1994-95 to 2000-01. 44

Table 3.4: Selected Income Distribution Indicators*

1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 1999-2000 2000-01

Ratios of incomes of

households at top of selected

income percentiles

P90/P10 ratio 3.77 3.74 3.66 3.77 3.89 3.97

P80/P20 ratio 2.56 2.58 2.54 2.56 2.64 2.63

P80/P50 ratio 1.55 1.57 1.56 1.56 1.57 1.56

P20/P50 ratio 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.59 0.59

Income share

Lowest quintile % 7.9 8.1 8.3 7.9 7.7 7.6

Second quintile % 12.8 13.0 13.1 12.8 12.6 12.5

Third quintile % 17.7 17.7 17.8 17.6 17.6 17.7

Fourth quintile % 23.7 23.9 23.7 23.8 23.7 23.6

Highest quintile % 37.8 37.3 37.1 37.9 38.4 38.5

All persons % 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

Percentage share of total

income received by persons

with:

Low income (a) % 10.8 10.9 11.0 10.8 10.5 10.5

Middle income (b) % 17.7 17.7 17.8 17.6 17.6 17.7

High income (c) % 37.8 37.3 37.1 37.9 38.4 38.5

Gini coefficient no. 0.302 0.296 0.292 0.303 0.310 0.311

* Equivalised disposable household income . disposable household income adjusted on the basis of

the household’s size and composition.

(a) Persons in the second and third income deciles.

(b) Persons in the middle income quintile.

(c) Persons in the highest income quintile.

Source: ABS, Household Income and Income Distribution, Cat. No.6523.0, July 2003, pp.10, 13.

44 P90 is the income level dividing the bottom 90 per cent of the population from the top 10 per

cent. P10 is the income level dividing the bottom 10 per cent of the population from the rest of

the population.

48

3.42 Another measure of income distribution is provided in the income shares going

to groups of people at different points in the income distribution. The table shows that,

in 2000-01, those on ’low incomes’ (that is, 20 per cent of the population in the 2nd and

3rd income deciles) received 10.5 per cent of household income, whereas those in the

’high income’ group (that is, the 20 per cent of the population in the highest income

quintile) received 38.5 per cent of the income.45 The income shares of the low income

group declined from 10.8 per cent to 10.5 percent of income over the period 1994-95

to 2000-01, whereas the income share of the high income group increased from 37.8

to 38.5 per cent over the same period. The ’middle income’ group’s share of income

remained relatively stable. The ABS concluded that its analysis of the latest income

distribution statistics support ’a conclusion of some increase in inequality’ since 1994-

95.46

3.43 Professor Saunders, commenting on the ABS data, noted that since 1995-96,

47 per cent of the total increase in income was received by those in the top quintile.

He added that ’almost half of the economy-wide increase in income generated by

economic growth under the Howard Government was of no benefit to the bottom fourfifths

of the population’.47

3.44 An earlier study by Harding and Greenwell reflected these trends. The study

based on ABS income surveys found that income inequality increased between the

late 1980s and the mid-1990s and there was some evidence to suggest that this trend

had continued (which was confirmed in the ABS study cited). The increase in

inequality was driven by declines in the income shares of the bottom 10 per cent, and

to a lesser extent, the middle 20 per cent of Australians during the 1990s, and an

increase in the income share of the top 10 per cent.48

3.45 This trend towards increasing inequality was reinforced in evidence from

ACOSS. Drawing on Smith Family research, ACOSS noted that using three different

poverty lines ’all three show a gradual but significant increase in income poverty over

the late 1990s’. This is illustrated in Figure 3.1.49

45 The ABS uses the second and third deciles and not the lowest decile to indicate ’low income’

because of some underreporting of income by low income households in the lowest income

decile and the reporting of low or negative business incomes in this decile which may distort

the income distribution. See ABS, Household Income and Income Distribution, pp.29-30.

46 ABS, Household Income and Income Distribution, p.11.

47 Saunders P, ’It’s Official: Inequality is Increasing Again’ Impact, Spring 2003, p 5.

48 Refers to disposable (after income tax) income, adjusted for differences in household size. See

Harding A & Greenwell H, ’Trends in Income and Expenditure Inequality in the 1980s and

1990s’, NATSEM Discussion Paper No 57, June 2002, p.21.

49 Submission 163, p.69 (ACOSS).

49

Figure 3.1: Trends in income poverty

3.46 Not only are income levels low for large numbers of Australians but critical

expenditures on a range of necessities have been rising at a faster rate than the level of

inflation. For example, Table 3.5 shows that since 1989-1990 the following costs have

increased.

Table 3.5: Cost Increases

Education

An Increase of 173 % higher than the increase in the CPI

Health

An Increase of 98 % higher than the increase in the CPI

Hospital and medical

An Increase of 137 % higher than the increase in the CPI

Dental

An Increase of 113. 5 % higher than the increase in the CPI

Urban Transport Fares

An Increase of 134 % higher than the increase in the CPI

Source: Submission 44, p.19 (SVDP National Council).

Impact of the GST

3.47 Submissions commented on the adverse financial impact that the GST is having

on low income groups. They noted that the costs for many products and services have

substantially increased since the introduction of the GST, especially in relation to

clothing and other necessities, utility prices, insurance, and household services

including repairs and maintenance. It was commented on that the compensation

50

arrangements in relation to tax cuts and pension increases for low income households

when the GST was introduced has been inadequate.50

3.48 FaCS advised the Committee that information on the distributional impact of the

GST on different income groups will not be available until the release of data from the

2003-04 ABS Household Income and Expenditure Survey. This data will not be

available until late 2005.51

Impact of taxes, transfers and other benefits

3.49 Studies have shown that the trend towards increasing earnings dispersion, in

particular, has been mitigated by the redistributive impact of taxes and transfer (social

security) payments and other benefits. One study noted that in 1999-2000, for

example, social transfers reduced income inequality (as measured by the Gini

coefficient) by 22.2 per cent, while income taxes reduced it by an additional 12.1 per

cent. In that year, the two main distributive instruments of the welfare state combined

to reduce income inequality generated in the market sector by around one-third.52

3.50 A comprehensive study in the Smith Family submission showed the

redistributive effect of taxes, transfers and indirect benefits. The study looked at the

impact of government cash transfers (such as pensions), income taxes, selected

indirect taxes and indirect benefits, such as health, education, housing and welfare.

This study is particularly valuable as previous studies referred to above generally

exclude the impact of indirect taxes and indirect benefits. Details of the study are

provided in Table 3.6.

3.51 The study shows that direct cash benefits, such as the age pension and

unemployment allowances, are heavily skewed towards lower income groups. Indirect

benefits, via the use of free or subsidised social services, are also skewed towards

lower income groups but are not nearly as targeted towards lower income groups as

the direct cash benefits. In particular, the second lowest and middle income quintiles

receive higher indirect benefits than the lowest income quintile.

50 Submissions 44, p.39 (SVDP National Council); 223, p.4 (APSF); 184, p.19 (COTA National

Seniors).

51 Submission 165, Supplementary Information, 13.8.03, p.10 (FaCS).

52 Saunders P, Year Book Australia, 2001, p.12.

51

Table 3.6: Estimated average value of benefits received and taxes paid by

equivalent income quintile, 1998-99a

Quintile of Equivalent Disposable Income

Bottom Next Middle Next Top All

20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%

$ pw $ pw $ pw $ pw $ pw $ pw

Direct cash benefitsb 252.3 202.4 68.8 25.5 6.5 111.0

Gross income 233.6 440.4 787.4 1132.2 1826.7 884.8

Disposable income 232.7 418.2 666.3 899.8 1311.9 706.3

Selected indirect benefits

- Education 43.5 85.8 106.8 81.0 51.0 73.6

- Health 92.8 106.2 87.6 74.0 61.8 84.4

- Welfare 49.3 45.6 26.4 12.1 2.3 27.1

- Housing 12.6 3.4 1.0 0.4 0.2 3.5

Total indirect benefits 198.3 241.0 221.8 167.5 115.3 188.7

Disposable income + indirect

benefits

431.0 659.2 888.0 1067.3 1427.2 895.0

Selected indirect taxes 38.8 60.8 86.1 95.4 114.7 79.2

Final income 392.2 598.3 802.0 971.9 1312.5 815.8

Ratio of final income to

disposable income

1.7 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.2

Average number of usual

residents

2.0 2.7 3.1 2.8 2.4 2.6

a Disposable income equals gross income minus income tax. Final income equals disposable income

plus indirect benefits minus indirect taxes.

b For low-income households average cash benefits are higher than gross income because some

households have negative private incomes (eg small businesses with losses).

Source: Submission 172, p.36 (The Smith Family).

3.52 The impact of selected indirect taxes including petroleum, alcohol and tobacco

taxes is also included in the study. Such taxes are regressive, taking a greater

proportion of the income of low income households than of high-income households.

Indirect taxes paid by low-income households, for example, amount to an estimated

$38.80 per week . or just under 17 per cent of disposable income. For high income

households, indirect taxes are much higher at $114.70 per week, but this represents

only 14 per cent of disposable income. ’Final income’ in the study refers to private

earnings, social security cash payments, indirect benefits such as education and health

and the impact of indirect and income taxes. As the table indicates, low income

households are net beneficiaries from these indirect benefits and taxes, with such

indirect benefits and taxes increasing final income by 70 per cent relative to

disposable income. For high income households, indirect taxes paid cancel out

indirect benefits received, leaving their disposable and final income at the same level.

52

The study shows that the incomes of low-income households are significantly raised

after taking into account taxes and benefits.53

Wealth distribution

3.53 Wealth plays an important role in generating well-being. Not only do assets,

such as investments, generate income for households, but others, such as owneroccupied

housing, provide a flow of benefits such as reduced housing costs. In

addition assets, if liquid, can be used to smooth consumption over periods of limited

earnings, or illiquid assets can be used as a source of collateral for such purposes. The

SVDP noted that:

There can be no rational discussion of poverty without consideration of

wealth.Poverty exits against a backdrop of wealth. To understand poverty

in our community, we need also to address the environment of wealth in

which poverty is produced.54

3.54 Wealth is more unevenly distributed than income and trends indicate that it is

increasingly concentrated in fewer hands in Australia.55 One study found that in 1967,

25 per cent of the wealth was concentrated in the hands of just 5 per cent of the

population . this had increased to 29 per cent by 1998. The wealth held by the top two

quintiles grew between 1967 and 1998 while the wealth of the bottom three declined.

The study concluded that ’the trend towards greater wealth equality from the start of

the century to the 1960s did not continue into the 1990s and may have reversed’.56

3.55 The estimated distribution of wealth in 2000 and projections to 2030 is detailed

in Table 3.7. The table shows that in 2000, the bottom 50 per cent of the population

held just 7 per cent of the wealth, whereas the top one percent held 13 per cent of the

wealth. The top 5 per cent of the population held 32 per cent of the wealth. The table

indicates that the distribution of wealth will become more concentrated over the next

30 years. The share of the bottom 50 percent is estimated to decline from 7 per cent in

2000 to 5 per cent in 2030, while the share of the top 10 per cent is projected to

increase from 45 per cent to 50 percent over the same period.

53 See Submission 172, pp.35-36 (The Smith Family). See also Submission 165, p.58 (FaCS).

54 Submission 44, pp.12,37 (SVDP National Council).

55 See Submission 44, p.45 (SVDP National Council).

56 Kelly S, ’Simulating Future Trends in Wealth Inequality’, Paper presented at the 2002

Australian Conference of Economists, October 2002, p.3.

53

Table 3.7: Estimated distribution of wealth by selected percentiles, 2000-2030

Wealth Percentile 2000 2010 2020 2030

% % % %

Top 1% 13.9 11.7 11.8 11.7

Top 5% 31.6 29.2 30.9 32.7

Top 10% 45.3 43.1 46.1 49.5

Top 20% 64.0 62.7 66.4 70.0

Bottom 50% 7.0 6.7 5.7 4.9

Note: ’Wealth’ refers to the value of owner occupied housing, equities, rental investment

property, superannuation and interest-bearing deposits.

Source: Kelly S, ’Simulating Future Trends in Wealth Inequality’, Paper presented at the

2002 Australian Conference of Economists, October 2002, p.12.

Conclusion

3.56 Evidence presented to the Committee and recent studies provide a profoundly

disturbing picture of the extent of poverty and deprivation in Australia. While the

numbers of those living in poverty varies between studies, even the most conservative

estimates point to substantial numbers of people in material deprivation, struggling to

make ends meet and largely excluded from social and economic participation in the

wider society. Those most at risk of poverty today cover a wide range of groups living

in various circumstances and spread throughout the country . ranging from

Indigenous Australians, the unemployed, sole parent families, people on low wages

and young people.

3.57 Evidence to the inquiry and specialist reports have also highlighted a trend

towards increasing income and wealth inequalities in Australia. Statistics indicate that

the dispersion of earnings and income have become more unequal in Australia,

especially since the 1980s. While the impact of taxes, transfers (social security

payments) and other benefits, such as education, health and welfare has resulted in

some redistribution of income, inequality remains unacceptably high in this country.

3.58 The wider society must now face the consequences of increasing levels of

poverty and disadvantage in this country. In succeeding chapters the Committee has

outlined a series of strategies to address the persistence of poverty and deprivation in

this country that sadly co-exists amid affluence and general material prosperity . a

prosperity that has failed to be adequately shared by all Australians.

54

55

CHAPTER 4

UNEMPLOYMENT AND THE CHANGING

LABOUR MARKET

.the lack of employment is the biggest single cause of poverty in Australia

at the moment. It is a key area that needs to be looked at in any poverty

inquiry.1

4.1 Unemployment, particularly long-term unemployment, is the most significant

cause of poverty and disadvantage in the Australian community.2 In the immediate

post-war years through to the mid-1970s, Australia, like most advanced Western

countries, maintained very low levels of unemployment. Since the mid-1970s the

achievement of full employment has progressively lost ground as a policy priority,

with the consequence that large numbers of Australians have been denied this basic

right to work. As a consequence, unemployment and underemployment have remained

at unacceptably high levels for over two decades and this has led to major social and

economic costs for the community.

4.2 Unemployment has serious economic, social and emotional impacts.

Unemployment puts severe financial and emotional stresses on families and leads to a

loss of self esteem and social status. These can lead to family conflict and separations;

to psychological and physical health problem; to homelessness and to a range of

disadvantages for children growing up in these families. The effects of

unemployment, however, reverberate beyond the jobless . unemployment reduces

economic output and national income and the wider community is adversely affected

with further demands placed on governments via the social security system and on the

charitable sector.

4.3 This chapter looks at the changing labour market over recent decades, the

definitional issues around unemployment and underemployment, and the relationship

between joblessness and poverty. The chapter then reviews various issues related to

unemployment and the changing labour market and strategies to address problems in

relation to these issues. These include:

the creation of more jobs;

role and effectiveness of the Job Network;

the problem of the long-term unemployed;

1 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.55 (BSL).

2 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, pp.55-56 (BSL); Submission 163, p.104 (ACOSS).

56

the problem of the ’working poor’;

increased casualisation of the workforce; and

the impact of recent industrial relations changes on wages and working

conditions.

The changing labour market

4.4 Over recent decades there have been significant changes in the nature of

employment in Australia. Evidence to the inquiry indicated the following trends:

Employment in business services, retailing, hospitality and health and

community services has grown, while that in the manufacturing and

utilities sectors has declined.

The proportion of jobs which are part-time or casual has increased, as has

the proportion of lower-paid jobs within the service sector. Casual

employment increased by 68 per cent in the 1990s. Permanent jobs

increased by only 5.3 per cent over the same period, but the number of fulltime

permanent jobs actually fell by about one per cent. By August 2002,

27.3 per cent of all wage and salary earner jobs were casual and 66 per cent

of these were part-time.

Unemployment rates have increased markedly since the 1970s as has the

average duration of unemployment (see below).

Significant changes in the skills mix of occupations occurred with increases

in both low and higher skilled jobs and decreases in intermediate skill level

jobs.

Earnings inequality increased during the 1990s. In 1991, low paid adults

employed full-time (10th percentile) earned 71.6 per cent of those in the

middle of the earnings distribution (50th percentile) of full-time adult nonmanagerial

employees; by 2002 the ratio had declined 4.1 percentage

points to 67.5 per cent. The pattern of rising wage inequality was

particularly pronounced in the male labour market.3

3 Submissions 94, pp.2-6 (ACTU); 98, pp.10-11 (BSL); Preston A, ’The changing Australian

labour market: developments during the last decade’, Australian Bulletin of Labour, vol.27,

no.3, September 2001, p.169; Department of Industry, Tourism & Resources, Key

Demographic and Labour Market Trends in Australia during the 1990s, 2002, p.7; and recent

ABS statistics.

57

Unemployment and underemployment

4.5 In January 2004, there were 574 100 unemployed people in Australia (582 700

in seasonally adjusted terms), with an unemployment rate of 5.6 per cent (5.7 per cent

in seasonally adjusted terms).4 The ABS defines an unemployed person as a person

aged 15 years and over who was working less than one hour a week in the survey

week, had been actively looking for work and was currently available for work.

4.6 As noted above, since the early 1970s unemployment rates have increased

significantly . the August unemployment rate averaged 3.7 per cent during the 1970s,

7.3 per cent during the 1980s and 8.9 per cent during the 1990s. There has also been a

very substantial increase in the average time spent unemployed. The average duration

of unemployment increased from approximately 12 weeks in the 1970s to 41 weeks

during the 1980s. Subsequently it rose to around one year during the 1990s. As a

consequence of this trend, the rate of long-term unemployment . an indicator of the

number of persons unemployed for more than one year . more than doubled between

1980 and 1998. In January 2004, the number of long-term unemployed equalled

1.2 per cent of the labour force, the number of long-term unemployed persons was

equal to 21.4 per cent of all those unemployed, and more than half (52 per cent) of

these people had been seeking work for over two years.5

4.7 The growth in unpaid overtime also contributes to unemployment, especially in

the services sector. One submission noted that in 2001-02 unpaid overtime had

overtaken the amount of hours all people who were registered as unemployed could

have worked and as such if this overtime had been ’paid’ it would have removed all

unemployment. The submission noted that ’if there is any sign that industrial

conditions have declined, then it is the amount of unpaid overtime. The [human] cost

of this unpaid overtime cannot be overestimated’.6

4.8 The official unemployment rate alone, however, underestimates the total number

of people wishing to work. An element of unemployment is ’hidden’ . that is,

individuals who have given up looking for work and/or jobs with suitable hours (also

known as discouraged job seekers) and others with marginal attachment to the

workforce (for example, students and care-givers). When hidden unemployment is

taken into account the adjusted unemployment rate is significantly higher. In

September 2002, while there were 628 500 people officially unemployed, there were

an additional 672 100 workers who preferred to work more hours (of these, 244 800

4 ABS, Labour Force, Australia, Cat. No. 6202.0.

5 Key Demographic Trends, pp.7-8; and recent ABS statistics.

6 Submission 158, p.43 (Disability Action). See also Submission 180, pp.5-6 (Tasmanian Poverty

Coalition).

58

had actively looked for more hours and were available to work more hours) and

808 100 who were ’marginally attached to the labour force’.7

4.9 Official unemployment statistics thus significantly underestimate the actual level

of unemployment, particularly among females. Over the last decade, hidden

unemployment accounted for, on average, 16 per cent of total male unemployment

(official plus hidden unemployment). For females, the share of hidden unemployment

as a proportion of total unemployment was much higher, equal to an average of 36 per

cent.8

4.10 ACOSS in a recent study noted that if hidden unemployment was included in

ABS statistics, the unemployment rate would be double the official rate. In September

2002, ACOSS estimated there were 1 344 000 unemployed, including the hidden

unemployed, corresponding to an unemployment rate of 12.9 per cent, compared to

the official unemployment rate of 6.3 per cent. Some groups, especially mothers,

mature age people, Indigenous Australians and people with disabilities have much

higher than average rates of hidden unemployment.9

4.11 The Australia Institute argued that the labour market statistics need to

incorporate information on how many hours people would prefer to work as well as

how many hours they do work. By collecting data on these items it would be possible

to measure the nature and extent of unemployment, underemployment and overwork

simultaneously.10

4.12 In addition to hidden unemployment there is the issue of underemployment.

Underemployment may be defined as a situation where individuals are employed, but

their skills and productive ability are not being fully utilised. Examples include

workers employed in jobs not commensurate with their skills and persons employed

part-time but wishing to work more hours. Data for August 2003 indicate that one

third of all male part-time employed persons would like to work more hours; the

corresponding proportion for female part-time employed persons is 22.3 per cent. The

Centre of Full Employment and Equity at the University of Newcastle (CofFEE)

estimated that in August 2002, while the official unemployment rate was 5.9 per cent,

the addition of hidden and underemployment increased the rate to 11.2 per cent.11

7 ABS, Labour Force, Australia, Cat. No. 6291.0.55.001.

8 Preston, p.163.

9 ACOSS, Hidden Unemployment in Australia, November 2003, pp.7-9.

10 Submission 68, Attachment B (The Australia Institute); Committee Hansard 19.6.03, pp.646-47

(The Australia Institute).

11 Submission 201, p.21 (CofFEE).

59

Joblessness and poverty

4.13 Evidence to the inquiry indicated that a strong relationship exists between

poverty and employment status. Smith Family data on poverty rates of all people aged

15 years and over by their labour force status reveal that only 4.6 per cent of

Australians who hold a full time job live in a family that is in poverty, however, the

poverty risk increases to 11.7 per cent among Australians aged 15 and over who are

working part-time. More than half of all Australians who are unemployed live in a

family that is poor.12

4.14 Professor Saunders of the Social Policy Research Centre, using a different data

set, stated that the poverty rate for jobless families, that is, with no employed member,

is almost seven times higher than the poverty rate among families with one employed

person. Having two employed persons in the family causes a further reduction in the

poverty rate.

4.15 Professor Saunders noted that there is a very large reduction in poverty

associated with having someone in full-time employment. The poverty rate is lower

when there is one full-time worker than when there are two workers in paid

employment. This highlights the fact that it is not so much access to any form of

employment that reduces the risk of poverty (although this does have a positive

impact) . but that access to full-time employment is the crucial factor.13

4.16 Professor Saunders emphasised the importance of increasing the number of fulltime

jobs and suggested that:

Generating high employment growth should thus be a crucial component of

any poverty alleviation strategy, but generating a growing number of fulltime

jobs is even more critical. These findings as to the significance of fulltime

employment for poverty reduction cast a warning given Australia’s

poor record of full-time job creation in recent decades. Although joblessness

is clearly a major contributing factor to poverty among working-age

families, it does not automatically follow that any form of employment

growth will produce substantial inroads into the poverty population. Job

creation is important, but creating full-time jobs is even more so.14

12 Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia, 1990 to 2000, The

Smith Family, 2001, p.12.

13 Submission 95, p.32 (Professor Saunders); Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.436 (Professor

Saunders). See also Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.553 (CofFEE).

14 Submission 95, p.32 (Professor Saunders).

60

4.17 One study noted that employment trends over the last decade reflected a decline

in full-time employment:

The growth of full-time employment continued to be low relative to the

growth of part-time employment. Over the decade 1990-2000, 25 per cent

of the employment growth occurred in full-time jobs while 75 per cent was

in part-time jobs.

Within the small increase of full-time jobs there was a striking movement

away from permanent full-time employment towards casual employment.

Over the decade the number of permanent full-time jobs fell by 51 000 but

the number of full-time casual jobs increased by 333 000.

The same movement towards casual employment among full-time

employees was evident among part-time employees. Part-time permanent

employment increased by 355 000 but part-time casual employment

increased by 492 000. The labour market has overwhelmingly moved away

from permanent to casual jobs.15

Creating more jobs

4.18 Evidence to the Committee indicated the importance of stimulating adequate

employment growth to address the problem of unemployment. The Brotherhood of St

Laurence (BSL) stated that:

There are not enough jobs. There is currently only one job available in the

economy for every six job seekers. No matter how good your labour market

programs, if you are not addressing the lack of jobs, then you are never

going to get huge results.16

4.19 In the period from the immediate post-war years to the mid 1970s Australia, like

most advanced Western countries, maintained very low levels of unemployment. The

era was marked by the willingness of governments to maintain levels of aggregate

demand that would create enough jobs to meet the preferences of the labour force.

Unemployment rates during this period were usually below 2 per cent.

4.20 Evidence indicated that the post-war commitment to full employment has now

been replaced by a government commitment to ’full employability’ only, that is, that

unemployed people should be able to be employed, not that they are employed.17

CofFEE argued that this policy is aimed at making people work-ready assisted

15 Gregory RG, ’Its full-time jobs that matter’, Australian Journal of Labour Economics, vol.5,

no.2, June 2002, p.275.

16 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.56 (BSL).

17 Submission 98, p.10 (BSL).

61

through a range of government programs that vary in their effectiveness . ’but we are

focusing on a diminished goal of full employability and we are forgetting that the

major aim is to create a macroeconomic environment in which you have enough jobs

and hours of work for those who want them’.18

4.21 Various proposals were advanced to increase the number of jobs. These

included:

making the achievement and maintenance of full employment a policy

priority;

developing targets for unemployment reduction, with an emphasis on the

quality of new jobs generated;

expanding employment in the public and community sectors in the areas of

health, community services, education and environmental programs;

formulating an industry development policy that links education and

training, skill development, high productivity, and high quality, high wage

employment; and

developing an incomes policy to moderate wages growth, including highincome

employees.19

Full employment

4.22 Many submissions argued that full employment should be a major goal of

government. Unemployment represents a significant underutilisation of valuable

human resources. In addition, high and persistent unemployment acts as a form of

social exclusion. The costs of unemployment are significant and include not only

income and output loss, but the deleterious effects on individual self-confidence and

skill levels. Many unemployed people feel demoralised and socially isolated. The

wider community is also adversely affected and there are increased burdens on the

welfare sector and social security budgets.20

4.23 The Australian National Organisation of the Unemployed (ANOU) stated that

full employment should be the centrepiece of national policy:

.[this] is founded upon our belief that every adult who wishes to engage in

paid work should have the right to do so. This right cannot be fulfilled

unless the work available meets the human need to obtain an income, to

18 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.554 (CofFEE). See also Submission 201, pp.13-16 (CofFEE).

19 Submissions 163, p.114 (ACOSS); 98, p.viii (BSL).

20 Submissions 210, pp.13-14 (CofFEE); 28, p.2 (ANOU); 76, p.7 (Unemployed Persons

Advocacy); 211, p.6 (Unemployed Workers Group -Townsville/Thuringowa).

62

contribute to society and to gain a status in the community through this

contribution.21

4.24 The BSL also stated that ’there needs to be a commitment to full employment,

which seems to have completely dropped off the agenda over the last 15 to 20 years.

That comes a lot from an overly narrow economic focus and the desire to control

inflation at all costs.22

4.25 Some groups, however, cautioned that a definition of full employment needs to

be relevant to contemporary circumstances. The Centre for Public Policy noted that:

.we would need to think about what we actually mean by full employment.

Many people working part-time chose to work part-time . they are not

working part-time in the sense that the Brotherhood suggested. They are not

necessarily looking for additional hours; they are looking for that part-time

option.23

Job creation schemes

4.26 Several submissions argued for the implementation of various job creation

schemes to increase the total quantum of jobs available. The CofFEE has developed a

comprehensive public sector job creation proposal. The proposal calls for the

introduction of a Job Guarantee for all long-term unemployed people and a Youth

Guarantee, which would provide opportunities for education, technical training and/or

a place in the Job Guarantee program for all 15-19 year old unemployed people.

Details of the proposal are provided below.

Public sector job creation . A path to full employment

The proposal for a Community Development Job Guarantee (CD-JG) has been developed by

the Centre of Full Employment and Equity (CofFEE) and requires that two new employment

initiatives be introduced. These are a Job Guarantee for all long-term unemployed (people

who have been unemployed longer than 12 months) and a Youth Guarantee, comprising

opportunities for education, technical training, and/or a place in the Job Guarantee program

for all 15-19 year olds who are unemployed.

These initiatives would significantly augment the current labour market policies of the

Federal Government.

21 Submission 28, p.7 (ANOU).

22 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.58 (BSL). See also 30.4.03, p.58 (VCOSS).

23 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.59 (Centre for Public Policy).

63

Under this proposal, the Federal Government would maintain a ’buffer stock’ of jobs that

would be available to the targeted groups. The CD-JG would be funded by the

Commonwealth but organised on the basis of local partnerships between a range of

government and non-government organisations. Local governments would act as employers,

and CD-JG workers would be paid the Federal minimum award. Any unemployed teenager

(15-19 year old) who was not participating in education or training would receive a full-time

or part-time job. Equally, all longterm unemployed persons would be entitled to immediate

employment under this scheme. CD-JG positions could be taken on a part-time basis in

combination with structured training.

The aim of the CD-JG proposal is to create a new order of public sector jobs that support

community development and advance environmental sustainability. CDJG workers could

participate in many community-based, socially beneficial activities that have

intergenerational payoffs, including urban renewal projects, community and personal care,

and environmental schemes such as reforestation, sand dune stabilisation, and river valley

and erosion control. The work is worthwhile; much of it is labour intensive requiring little in

the way of capital equipment and training; and will be of benefit to communities experiencing

chronic unemployment. It is in this sense that the proposal represents a new paradigm in

employment policy.

To implement the CD-JG Proposal at a national level would require an estimated net

investment by the Commonwealth of $3.27 billion per annum. The net investment required to

employ all unemployed 15-19 year olds under the Youth Guarantee component of the

proposal would be $1.19 billion. On the other hand, $1.96 billion is required to employ all

long-term unemployed persons aged 20 and over. Clearly, the stronger is the private sector

activity the lower this public investment becomes.

The creation of 265 300 CD-JG jobs would be required to eliminate youth unemployment and

to provide jobs for people aged 20 years and over who are long-term unemployed. As a

result, national output would rise by $7.71 billion; private sector consumption would rise by

$2.38 billion; and an additional 68 900 jobs would be created in the private sector. The full

implementation of the CD-JG proposal would thus yield an additional 334 200 jobs. The

unemployment rate would fall to 4.0 per cent, after taking account of the labour market

participation effects.

Submission 201, pp.7-11 (CofFEE).

4.27 CofFEE indicated to the Committee that its proposal had widespread local

support in Newcastle from the business community, unions and community and

welfare organisations. The Newcastle City Council also indicated its support for the

proposal to be piloted in the local Hunter region. CofFEE stated that to implement the

proposal in the Hunter would require net investment by the Commonwealth

Government of $120.4 million per annum.24

4.28 Evidence indicates that public sector job creation initiatives are an important

element in labour market policies in many OECD countries. One submission noted

24 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, pp.558-59 (CofFEE); Submission 201, p.11 (CofFEE).

64

that an OECD examination of the effectiveness of labour market programs concluded

that direct creation of jobs through public service employment programs may be the

only way to help many of the unskilled long-term unemployed. These job creation

programs have become more effective over time as they have become more flexible,

more targeted to local needs, and better linked to other labour market services.25 An

OECD study, however, concluded that direct job creation in the public sector shows

that this approach has been of little success in helping unemployed people get

permanent jobs in the open labour market. The study noted that as a result there has

been a trend away from this type of intervention in the recent past, but it appears to be

making a comeback now in some OECD countries, especially in Europe, usually as

part of a ’reciprocal obligation’ on the unemployed in return for continued receipt of

benefits. However, OECD countries continue to spend large amounts on public sector

job creation programs and the policy debate about the utility of this type of

intervention continues.26

4.29 Other job creation proposals were also discussed during the inquiry. Australia @

Work informed the Committee of its co-operative venture that combines low cost

housing initiatives and related job creation activities. The group pointed to its

Bulahdelah Working Village project which seeks to support a small community of 30

families in the rural town of Bulahdelah. The project will facilitate 45 new jobs for coop

members.27

Conclusion

4.30 The Committee believes that the Commonwealth Government needs to be more

pro-active in creating employment opportunities for Australians, especially in the

creation of full-time jobs. Meaningful employment for the country’s citizens is

fundamental to their economic and social well-being, and also that of the nation.

4.31 Breaking down the barriers to employment must be a national priority. This

requires a concerted effort on two fronts . increasing the total quantum of jobs by

building on the foundations of strong economic growth, and improving the

opportunities for disadvantaged people to get their fair share of secure and decent jobs

(which is discussed later in this chapter).

25 Submission 201, p.34 (CofFEE).

26 OECD, Policies Towards Full Employment, 2000, p.203.

27 Submission 206, pp.1-12 (Australia @ Work); Committee Hansard 28.5.03, pp.520-21

(Australia @ Work).

65

Recommendation 1

4.32 That the Commonwealth Government develop a national jobs strategy to:

. promote employment opportunities, particularly permanent full-time and

permanent part-time jobs;

. set long-term targets for increased labour force participation;

. develop better targeted employment programs and job creation strategies;

. ensure a substantial investment is made in education, training and skill

development; and

. bring a particular focus on improving assistance to young people making

the transition from school to work, training or further education to prevent

life-long disadvantage.

Recommendation 2

4.33 That the Commonwealth conduct a review into the dynamics of the labour

force, especially in relation to skill shortages.

Role and effectiveness of the Job Network

4.34 The Job Network provides subsidised employment services to Australia’s

unemployed, especially targeted at the more disadvantaged jobseekers. The Job

Network replaced the Commonwealth Employment Service in 1998. Most publicly

subsidised employment services were contracted out to for-profit and not-for-profit

agencies under purchaser-provider contracts determined by the Department of

Employment and Workplace Relations (DEWR). The first contract (JN1) with these

providers came into operation in May 1998, the second (JN2) in early 2000 and the

latest three-year contract on 1 July 2003 (JN3). Centrelink was established as a

Government operated gatekeeper to the system and as the single benefit payments

agency.

4.35 The Job Network has three major functions:

Job placement (or ’Job Matching’ in the first and second contracts) .

providers match and refer eligible jobseekers to suitable vacancies, notified

by employers. Under JN3, the job placement function is not directly part of

the Job Network as general recruitment agencies and others outside the

existing Job Network will fulfil this role.

Job Search Support . Job Network providers offer a job search training

program to jobseekers unemployed for at least 3 months.

Intensive Support (’Intensive Assistance’ in the first and second contract) .

this is the most personalised and intensive form of assistance offered by the

66

Job Network. The types of assistance provided includes work experience,

vocational training, job search techniques and language and literacy

training.

4.36 The major change in the new arrangements from July 2003 is that jobseekers

will be allocated to a single Job Network provider for the life of their unemployment

episode. They will automatically go through cycles of assistance of varying intensity

as their unemployment spell increases. Where jobseekers are referred to

complementary programs, such as Work for the Dole, Job Network providers will

retain contact with them and ensure continuing job search activities. Jobseekers

unemployed for 12 months, or those at very high risk of enduring unemployment, will

receive more extensive assistance for a period of 6 months through the customised

assistance component of Intensive Support. This can include job matching, training,

job search assistance, work experience and post-placement support. Job Network

providers will get access to a funding pool (the Job Seeker Account) to subsidise

particular forms of assistance to jobseekers . these services include fares, counselling,

wage assistance and training. Of the various functions, the intensive phase of

assistance (customised assistance) is the most important as it is targeted at the most

disadvantaged jobseekers.

4.37 JN3 implements an Active Participation Model of employment placement and

jobsearch. Under this new system there is an emphasis on guaranteeing access to a

’continuum of service’, with the nature of that service increasing over time if the

individual is at high risk of unemployment. It aims to provide assistance that is better

targeted and timelier.

4.38 In addition to paying commencement fees when job seekers start in the intensive

phase of assistance (which has been changed to fee-for-service payments in JN3), the

Government also rewards providers for outcomes. For example, under JN3, a provider

will receive outcome payments of over $6600 if it successfully gets a job that lasts at

least 26 weeks for a job seeker who has been unemployed for 3 years or more. This

will be supplemented by fee-for-service and Job Seeker Account payments for that job

seeker of around $4500 over the three years.28

4.39 With continued long-term unemployment, the role of labour market programs

has become even more important, especially in enabling disadvantaged job seekers to

become more competitive in the labour market and to get a foothold in paid work.

Current programs are performing poorly in this respect.

4.40 Submissions argued that the long term unemployed and highly disadvantaged

jobseekers have not been well served in terms of quality of assistance delivered and

employment outcomes by the Job Network to date.29 Some submissions noted,

28 Productivity Commission, Independent Review of the Job Network, June 2002, pp.xxii-xxii;

Parliamentary Library, Job Network, the 3rd Contract, August 2003, pp.1-4.

29 Submissions 98, pp.24-25 (BSL); 201, pp.22-23 (CofFEE).

67

however, that the reforms under JN3 may go some way to addressing these problems.

Catholic Welfare Australia noted that the intensive support initiatives under JN3

recognises that providing more active support earlier in a person’s experience of

unemployment will have greater potential to reduce the person moving into long term

unemployment.30

4.41 Studies indicate that the employment impact of Job Network programs for job

seekers has been negligible. A DEWR evaluation concluded that Intensive Assistance

provided only negligible benefits for job seekers, and the likelihood of being in

employment three months after completion was increased by only 0.6 per cent.31 The

Productivity Commission review of the Job Network also found that, using a variety

of assessment methods, the Job Network programs have to date had only a modest

effect on job seekers’ chances of gaining employment . ’this finding is consistent with

evaluations of previous Australian and overseas labour market programs, and is in line

with realistic expectations about their capacity to reduce aggregate unemployment’.32

While under the Job Network, intensive services are supposedly targeted to more

disadvantaged jobseekers, some groups have consistently lower employment

outcomes, including older job seekers (aged 55-64 years), those on unemployment

benefits for more than two years, job seekers with less than year 10 education,

Indigenous job seekers and those with a disability.33

4.42 A major objective of the Job Network is to reduce the numbers of long-term

unemployed. Several reports have highlighted the ineffectiveness of Job Network

programs on outcomes for the long-term unemployed. One study noted that long-term

unemployment statistics ’tracked the reduction in unemployment during the Working

Nation period, but there is evidence of persistence in the period following the

introduction of the Job Network, despite strong employment growth’.34 The failure of

this system to assist disadvantaged clients is clearly reflected in the increases in longterm

unemployment.

4.43 Several studies have compared the Job Network with previous labour market

programs. ACOSS stated that employment outcomes for long-term unemployed

people under the Job Network are less favourable compared with the former Working

Nation programs. Another study examined ABS data on unemployment levels for

males, females and long-term unemployed youth and concluded that ’it appeared that

30 Submission 148, p.22 (Catholic Welfare Australia), See also Submission 133, p.6 (UnitingCare

Australia).

31 Cited in Submission 98, p.25 (BSL).

32 Productivity Commission, p.xxvii.

33 Productivity Commission, pp.5.6-5.9.

34 Cited in Productivity Commission, p.5.10.

68

these groups had not benefited as much as under Working Nation’.35 While DEWR

argued that the Job Network has produced outcomes which are broadly similar to

those achieved under previous labour market programs, the Productivity Commission

noted that labour market conditions at the time of Job Network have been more

buoyant than during Working Nation.36

4.44 The BSL stated that the Job Network’s previous funding model provided strong

incentives to focus resources on people who are easy to place rather than those with

greater barriers to employment. By focusing on immediate outcomes, it discouraged

investment in quality services with the potential to address causes of labour market

disadvantage.37 Under the recent reforms Job Network services are more outcome

focused and the payment system provides the greatest rewards to those providers who

achieve long-term employment outcomes for their hardest to place clients.38

4.45 Evidence to the Committee suggested a decline in the quality of support

provided, a move away from holistic assistance, and a reduced focus on the broader

welfare and personal needs of jobseekers. The Productivity Commission’s review

found that many jobseekers under JN2 received little or no assistance while in

Intensive Assistance . the highest assistance category in the Job Network. The

Commission noted that ’when all the evidence is reviewed, including anecdotal

information provided by job seekers and providers, it still appears that a significant

number of job seekers do not get substantial assistance’.39 This led to large numbers of

jobseekers being ’parked’ . registered with the provider but provided with no

assistance . because the cost of removing barriers is too high relative to the outcome

payment. The Commission noted that many providers often direct their services to

jobseekers that are likely to be responsive and ’park’ those with either insurmountable

or high barriers to work. The former funding arrangements provided weaker financial

incentives to provide assistance to those limited job prospects. The Commission

argued that the Active Participation Model in JN3 is likely to reduce parking

problems.40

4.46 The Productivity Commission noted that although Intensive Support under JN3

offers a higher level of interaction with job seekers, some job seekers with large

barriers to employment may not get much direct assistance from the Job Network. The

35 Cited in Productivity Commission, p.5.12.

36 Productivity Commission, p.5.12.

37 Submission 98, p.25 (BSL).

38 DEWR, Employment Services: An Active Participation Model . Discussion Paper, May 2002,

p.3.

39 Productivity Commission, p.9.13.

40 Productivity Commission, pp.xxxii-xxxiii.

69

Commission suggested that there may be grounds for providing more tailored and

very intensive assistance outside the Job Network to a selective group of job seekers.41

4.47 A further concern raised in evidence, which may directly affect poverty levels of

disadvantaged jobseekers, is the removal of any notion of job quality from the

achievement of employment outcomes. For example, Job Network providers in the

past received the same payment for placing a job seeker in a low skilled, low paying

job with no prospects for development as for placing someone in a job offering good

training, reasonable pay, and possibilities for career development.42 The new funding

arrangements under JN3 do address this problem to some extent with, for example,

higher outcome payments payable to Job Network providers placing highly

disadvantaged jobseekers.

4.48 Active labour market programs, which aim to improve the ’employability’ of

young people and long-term unemployed are only one part of an employment strategy

. the other aspect of this strategy is the need to provide effective links between the

unemployed and sustainable jobs.

Conclusion

4.49 The Committee notes the concerns expressed relating to the inadequacies of the

Job Network in terms of quality of assistance delivered and employment outcomes for

the long term unemployed and highly disadvantaged jobseekers. The Committee notes

that changes introduced to Job Network arrangements in July 2003 may go some way

to addressing the concerns expressed, especially in providing greater flexibility and

individualised support services to jobseekers, but believes that further substantial

changes to the Job Network are required.

4.50 The Committee also considers that further measures to address the structural

failure of the labour market to create sufficient employment opportunities need to be

implemented to complement the employment services provided through the Job

Network.

Recommendation 3

4.51 That the Commonwealth Government:

. introduce a training guarantee for long term unemployed or at risk

jobseekers under the Job Network;

. introduce quality controls in the form of case management provided to

jobseekers;

41 Productivity Commission, p.9.29.

42 Submission 98, p.25 (BSL).

70

. provide automatic entitlement to case management for long-term

unemployed people and unemployed youth;

. provide caps on the number of unemployed persons a case manager can

assist within a job service environment to reduce the incentive to churn; and

. consider the feasibility of introducing a ’training and hiring’ model

(referred to in paragraph 4.65).

Recommendation 4

4.52 That the Commonwealth Government introduce a range of measures, in

addition to subsidised employment services, to address structural problems in the

labour market.

Long-term unemployed

4.53 One of the most disadvantaged groups in Australia is the long-term unemployed.

Evidence to the Committee emphasised that effective employment assistance policies

are vital in order to identify the barriers that are preventing their access to the labour

market and to improve the job prospects of this particularly vulnerable group. In

January 2004, there were 124 500 Australians who had been unemployed for

52 weeks or more, comprising 21.4 per cent of the total unemployed.

4.54 In Australia, unemployment rose substantially with recessions in each of the last

three decades. Jobs growth was too weak to reduce it to previous levels in the ensuing

recoveries. This and other factors led to a sharp increase in long-term unemployment

as shown in Figure 4.1.

Figure 4.1: Unemployment and long-term unemployment

Source: Submission No.163, p.105 (ACOSS).

71

4.55 The length of time people are unemployed directly correlates with their

likelihood of living in poverty. Some 79 per cent of people who have been

unemployed for over a year live in poverty.43

4.56 ACOSS stated that in February 2003, out of 663,600 people registered for

unemployment benefits with Centrelink, 394,500 people, or 59 per cent, had been

registered for 12 months or longer. This compares with July 1991 when only 23 per

cent of people were registered for over 12 months, indicating a large rise in the

proportion of long-term unemployed over the last decade. Further, of those who have

been out of work for at least a year, the majority have been unemployed for over two

years.44

4.57 The long-term unemployed are much more likely than employed people or shortterm

unemployed people to have low education and skill levels, a chronic illness or

disability, to live in a region of high unemployment, and to have an unstable

employment history. Reducing long-term joblessness therefore requires a combination

of strong jobs growth and labour market assistance and training policies to help these

disadvantaged job-seekers to secure a reasonable share of the jobs created.

4.58 Reducing long-term unemployment is critical to achieving economic outcomes

that are both efficient and equitable. In general, the longer a person is unemployed the

greater the costs of each additional period of unemployment, both to the person and to

society. Material hardship, and the physiological and psychological damage resulting

from unemployment, are all likely to increase as the duration of unemployment

grows.45

4.59 Persistent long-term unemployment has caused a large group of Australians to

live under extended economic hardship. A high proportion of long-term

unemployment among the unemployed indicates that the burden of unemployment is

concentrated on a relatively small number of people, who often are at risk of

permanent detachment from the labour market.

Skill development and work experience

4.60 Many submissions indicated that insufficient attention has been paid to

education, training, and skill development for unemployed people. They argued that

more training assistance should be provided for the long-term unemployed including

the upgrading of numeracy and literacy skills, as well as general communication skills

to enhance their employability. Catholic Welfare Australia proposed that cash

payments should be provided (of $1000 per year of study completed) for long-term

43 Submission 163, p.105 (ACOSS).

44 Submission 163, p.105 (ACOSS).

45 Submissions 163, pp.105-6 (ACOSS); 201, p.25 (CofFEE).

72

unemployed jobseekers who undertake and complete a recognised course which will

provide relevant skills.46

4.61 Submissions emphasised that effective employment assistance is critical to

enabling people who are unemployed to move into work as early as possible. ACOSS

and other groups argued that there is only limited assistance available to overcome

barriers to work. As noted above, a revised model of employment assistance was

introduced through the Job Network from July 2003. This provides, inter alia, for the

provision of higher level assistance for people who have been unemployed for one to

two years or who are identified as at very high risk of long-term unemployment. This

includes provision of a Job Seeker Account whereby Job Network providers will be

able to purchase or provide assistance for job seekers to address their barriers to

employment.

4.62 Groups argued that in order to combat the labour market disadvantage facing the

majority of long-term unemployed jobseekers, substantially more assistance is

required. The BSL argued that while the Job Seeker Accounts may improve the

situation, the amount provided for each jobseeker (up to $1200) is still modest.47

4.63 Of particular concern to many is the lack of assistance for those who are the very

long-term unemployed and who fail to get an outcome through customised assistance.

After two attempts at Customised Assistance there is no further substantial assistance

provided. A person who is unemployed for a very long time is so disadvantaged

within the labour market that moving into sustained employment is unlikely without

substantial intervention.48 ACOSS argued that an Employment Assistance Guarantee

should be introduced targeting long term unemployed or at risk jobseekers who have

not got an outcome within three months of undertaking Customised Assistance. The

Guarantee would provide incentives for Job Network providers to spend more on

appropriate training and on wage subsidies, and provide job seekers with appropriate

help that they need. The cost would be met in equal part by the provider and the

Government.49

4.64 Another gap identified during the inquiry is the lack of effective programs to

provide work experience for the long-term unemployed. Employers often prefer to

appoint jobseekers with recent work history, and the longer someone is out of work,

the more uncompetitive they become. Work experience can overcome this in part, and

provide on-the-job training in work practices and expectations of employers. A serious

46 Submission 148, p.24 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

47 Submission 98, p.25 (BSL).

48 Submissions 148, p.22 (Catholic Welfare Australia); 163, p.114 (ACOSS).

49 Submission 163, p.115 (ACOSS).

73

strategy to reduce long-term unemployment must provide for greater opportunities for

paid work experience.50

4.65 ACOSS suggested that a transitional jobs scheme could be introduced, whereby

people who have been unemployed for over two years would be provided with six

months employment at a training wage, and with significant wage subsidies, in the

not-for-profit and public sectors. Wage subsidies would be primarily funded through

direct savings on income support.51 The BSL suggested another option could be based

on the Swedish ’training and hiring’ model which provides public subsidies to

employers who temporarily release low-skilled workers to upgrade their qualifications

as long as they are replaced by an unemployed person.52

Recommendation 5

4.66 That a transitional jobs scheme for the very long term unemployed be

introduced, whereby people who have been unemployed for over two years

would be provided with six months employment at a training wage in the not-forprofit

and public sectors.

4.67 Submissions also argued that targeted policies to reduce the cost to employers of

employing long-term unemployed and disadvantaged jobseekers, for example, by way

of direct subsidies, tax exemptions or rebates need to be developed. These need to

operate over a reasonably long timeframe, as employers tend not to respond to shortterm

incentives.53

The working poor

4.68 Until relatively recently to be in paid work but poor used to be a contradiction in

Australia. In the 1970s, the Henderson poverty inquiry found that less than two per

cent of families with an adult in full-time employment could be described as poor.

Rather, poverty was mainly a problem for those who could not get waged work. Since

the 1990s, however, having employment is no longer a guarantee of staying out of

poverty. The phenomenon of the ’working poor’ refers to the situation where

households fall below a defined poverty line even when family members are in paid

employment.

4.69 ACOSS stated that some 365,000 Australians were living in ’working poor’

households in 2000. These are families and single people whose main source of

income is wages and salaries but whose incomes are below the poverty line, using the

50 Submission 135, p.8 (Salvation Army).

51 Submission 163, p.115 (ACOSS).

52 Submission 98, p.26 (BSL).

53 Submissions 98, p.viii (BSL); 135, p.8 (Salvation Army).

74

before-housing half average income poverty line. Although this represented just

3.2 per cent of people living in such wage-earning households, it represented 15 per

cent of all people living in poor households.54

4.70 Worsening wage inequality is a major contributor to the widening social

divisions in society. This problem has been exacerbated by the increasing numbers of

people unable to secure full time permanent work and forced to take casual and part

time jobs. 55 A Smith Family study showed that the risk of poverty for those working

either full-time or part-time increased slightly over the decade 1990-2000. While 10.7

per cent of all Australians working part-time were in poverty in 1990, by 2000 this

had increased to 11.7 per cent. For wage and salary earning families there was a

marginal increase in the risk of being in poverty in all four earnings category (namely,

one part-time earner, one full-time earner, two earners . at least one part time . and

two full-time or three earners) over the corresponding decade.56 Another study

commissioned by the Smith Family found that one in five poor Australians live in a

family where wages and salaries are the main source of income.57

4.71 The demographic characteristics of low-paid workers show that women, workers

with no post-secondary educational qualifications and younger workers are

overrepresented in this group. One study found that whereas 45 per cent of all wage

and salary earners are women, they make up 54 percent of low paid workers. Almost

half (46 per cent) of low paid employees are persons who had left school before

completing secondary school. Also, younger adults, those aged under 30 years, have a

higher representation in the low paid group than older workers. As to geographical

location, workers living in rural areas and small urban centres were more likely to be

in low paid jobs. Persons born in a non-English speaking country also have a slightly

higher likelihood of being in low paid employment.58

4.72 Severely limited opportunities are often part of the life experiences of low wage

working poor individuals and their families. A lack of financial resources often has

adverse flow-on effects for workers and their families. A lack of money can led to

reduced access to preventive health and other services; reduced educational

opportunities for their children and a disincentive for them to participate in postsecondary

education; and a reduced ability to participate in social activities and in the

54 ACOSS, Submission to the AIRC National Wage Case, March 2003, p.3.

55 Submission 163, p.115 (ACOSS).

56 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, pp.13-14.

57 Harding A & Szukalska A, Financial Disadvantage in Australia . 1999, The Smith Family,

2000, p.9.

58 Dunlop Y, ’Low-paid employment in the Australian labour market, 1995-97’ in Borland J et. al.

eds., Work Rich, Work Poor, Centre for Strategic Economic Studies, 2001, pp.99-100.

75

wider society generally. Lack of financial resources also reduces a worker’s asset base

with more likelihood that their financial difficulties will persist into old age.

4.73 A study by Eardley examined the growth of the ’working poverty’ in Australia

from the 1980s to the mid 1990s using ABS survey data.59 Although there are many

different measures of low pay in the literature, the most widely used approach is to

define an hourly earnings threshold level which reflects the level of remuneration for

work undertaken in a job. A person earning under this cut off is deemed to be working

for low pay. The study defines ’low pay’ as two-thirds of the median hourly rate for all

waged workers. The measure included both men and women, and full-and part-time

employees.

4.74 The study found that the phenomenon of working poverty in Australia is an

increasing problem with the proportion of low-paid workers who are also in poor

families increasing to about one in five in 1995-96. Only part of this is due to the

increasing prevalence of involuntary part-time and casual work. In 1981-82, one in ten

low-paid adult employees lived in poverty, as defined by the Henderson poverty line .

this had increased to one in five by the mid-1990s. The growth in poverty among

those in full-year, full-time work appears to have risen significantly, with a particular

increase among single person households. While the unemployed as a group are still

more likely to live in poor families than even low paid employees, employment seems

to be becoming a much less effective safeguard against poverty than in the past.

4.75 The current system of enterprise bargaining severely disadvantages low-paid

workers. The Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union

(LHMU) stated that bargaining at the enterprise level is most suited where workers are

employed in large enterprises providing long-term employment in fixed locations.

This does not exist in many service establishments which are characterised by indirect

employment relations, the dispersal of workers in the same industry across many

establishments, and high rates of casualisation and turnover. In addition,

subcontracting makes enterprise bargaining difficult because the employer for whom

workers perform their labour is not the direct employer with whom workers are

legally able to bargain.60

Life for the low paid

4.76 The Committee received a substantial amount of evidence during the inquiry

from many individuals in low wage employment. The personal experiences of these

people provided a very valuable insight for the Committee about the difficulties faced

59 Eardley T, ’Working but Poor? Low Pay and Poverty in Australia’, SPRC Discussion Paper No.

91, November 1998, pp.21-35. See also Eardley T, ’Low Pay and Family Poverty’, Family

Matters, No 51, Spring/Summer 1998, pp.29-32.

60 Submission 120, pp.11-13 (LHMU).

76

in making ends meet and providing for themselves and their families. Some of these

individual case studies are provided in the box below.61

4.77 This evidence of these people indicated that for low paid employees:

finances are always tight;

expenditure is modest and overwhelmingly on necessities (food, clothing,

housing and utilities); and

there is an ever present financial stress, which requires the low paid to

carry a level of debt in order to make ends meet and to go without things

and activities associated with full and active participation in society.

The working poor . doing it tough

Ms McScheffrey . I am 31 years of age. I am in a de facto relationship, with three children

under 10. I currently work at the Flinders Medical Centre Community Child Care Centre as a

child-care worker and I have been there for 10 years. I am also an LHMU member. I work on

a casual rate because I choose to, as I will get more money per hour, $15.35 an hour doing 24

hours a week, and I forgo my sick leave and holiday pay as I am better off getting the extra

hourly rate.

We used to get a health care card. We no longer do, because my partner’s and my combined

income is $50 over the limit. Due to not having a health care card, we get no help with school

fees and have to pay the full doctors fees, as there is no bulk-billing in my area. The family

payment system does not seem to support families where both parents are part-time or casual.

We have inadvertently incurred family allowance debts because we have to estimate our

future incomes, and quite often have had to pay back. A number of times we could have been

eligible for parenting payment but have not bothered to fill out the forms because it is too

much hassle to fill them out and it is only for one or two fortnights. The next fortnight you

are not eligible for it. You get knocked off. You have to go back and fill the forms out again.

My life could be worse, but when I see people like CEOs and managers earning so much

money, obviously the money is there for us to be paid better so that I could afford to take my

children on holidays, to go to the movies et cetera and to do household repairs, and maybe to

run two cars. I would like the committee to look into the reasons why, if the money is there to

pay CEOs and managers such large amounts of money, low-wage earners cannot have a

better lot.

Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.5 (Ms McScheffrey).

61 See also Submission 94, ACTU, Minimum Wages Case 2003: ACTU Witness Statements,

5 February 2003, tabled at hearing 30.4.03.

77

Ms Parajo . I work at the Sheraton on the Park, and I am a LHMU delegate there. I have

worked at the hotel for almost nine years. My job is in the uniform and/or valet attendant

area. I receive approximately $306 per week after tax. I work approximately 21 hours a week.

I have five dependent children between the ages of two and 13. I am a single parent,

unfortunately. I would like to work more hours a week, but I cannot manage due to my

parenting responsibilities. In any case, I try to work every second weekend just to get extra

money from the penalty rates to help pay the bills. I am sorry, but I am a bit upset. I cannot

remember the last time I was able to take a break or to have a holiday.

I find it very difficult to manage my basic costs such as clothes, health, transport and

education. The living wage pay rise I receive is so small. It is a bit of help, but it needs to be

bigger to make any real difference. What can the committee do to make sure that in any

future pay increase I receive real help? I have been forced to take unpaid leave for the birth of

my children. This has forced our family into financial hardship. What can the committee do

to make sure that working families do not continue to suffer when children arrive? Can you

ensure that paid maternity leave becomes a right for all workers, especially the low paid,

especially us? We are working for peanuts.

Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.318 (Ms Parajo).

Mrs Dewar . I work in the bar and in food preparation at the Queensland Turf Club and the

Brisbane Lions Club at the Gabba. I enjoy the customers and the social interaction in

hospitality. I am a casual worker. I used to work two shifts at the Queensland Turf Club, a

mid-week shift and a Saturday shift. I had worked at the turf club for seven years and I had

had these shifts for two years when the manager took me off the mid-week shift. This left me

with only one shift at the turf club and one shift at the Brisbane Lions Club. I now take home

$160 a week. I also receive some money from Centrelink. Losing a shift is a lot to someone

who is on their own and relying on this money. You do not have any choices when you are

casual. You do not want to cause trouble. Managers can make decisions based on personality

instead of on work ethic, and they do this all the time. I am an honest and hard worker. It is

not because of my work that I lost this shift; it is because of favouritism and personalities.

I am on my own.I am 54 years of age, and I would like to retire by the time I am 60. It is

difficult to be on your feet all day. I feel like I have done the hard work in life, but I have no

option but to stick it out.

I manage on the income that I get. I put away anything extra that I can. I am currently paying

off my house, but it is getting hard because everything is going up. It is getting harder to

manage day to day. I cannot afford a car, and it takes me 1½ hours to get from Green

Meadows to Ascot because I need to get a few buses. I also cannot afford to go on holidays.

Casuals in hospitality have no security. We want to be treated fairly. I would like to ask: what

can the government do to make sure that we can keep our shifts and that we have as much

security as other people?

Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1143 (Mrs Dewar).

4.78 The ACTU commissioned a study, based on HES data, on the financial stress

experienced by households whose principal source of income is employee income.

The study provides empirical evidence of the financial struggle experienced by

78

’working poor’ households. The data for the first quintile households is provided

below.

The working poor . survey of financial stress

When asked about the management of household income the majority of households .

58.5 per cent or 477,477 households . responded that they just managed to break even

most weeks while a further 17.9 per cent (146,100 households) said they spend more

money than they get. That is, more than three quarters of the first quintile households are

just breaking even or are spending in excess of their income.

When asked to compare their standard of living with two years ago, 69.2 per cent or

564,810 households said it was worse (27 per cent) or the same (42.2 per cent). Only

27.3 per cent felt their present standard of living better than 2 years ago.

34.9 per cent or 284,854 households said the reason they had not had a holiday away

from home for at least one week per year was that they could not afford to.

29.9 per cent or 244,044 households indicated that they had experienced cash flow

problems in the past year.

When asked if they could raise $2,000 in an emergency 26.0 per cent or 212,212

households reported that they could not.

22.0 per cent or 179,564 households said they could not afford to have a night out once a

fortnight.

20.4 per cent or 166,505 households reported having not paid utilities bills due to

shortage of money, and 10.3 per cent responded that they had not paid registration or

insurance bills on time due to shortage of money.

14.6 per cent or 119,165 households said they could not afford a special meal once a

week.

14.2 per cent or 115,900 households said the reason some members of the household

bought second hand clothes is that they couldn’t afford to buy new ones. The same

proportion . 14.1 per cent said they had sought financial help from friends or family due

to shortage of money.

11.5 per cent or 93,863 households said that the reason members didn’t spend time on

leisure or a hobby activity is that they couldn’t afford to.

When asked about the main source of emergency money 17.7 per cent or 144,467

households responded that they would need to rely on a loan from family or friends. A

further 15.6 per cent would need to rely on a loan from a bank/building society/credit

union, and 9.2 per cent a loan on a credit card.

Submission 94, pp.12-14 (ACTU).

4.79 The evidence indicates that for low paid, low income working families life is a

struggle involving significant levels of financial stress and disadvantage. It also shows

a lack of capacity to participate socially in activities enjoyed by others.

79

Addressing the problem of low pay

4.80 The Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union (LHMU)

argued that the low-wage labour market has emerged through the intersection of two

processes, namely:

the precarious organisation of much service work, with short and

inadequate hours, casual work, ’casualised’ part-time work, short job tenure,

contracting and undervalued, insecure employment; and

the restructuring of the industrial framework to benefit enterprise and

’individual’ bargaining over industry standards, with a diminished ’safety

net’ of low wages.62

4.81 The LHMU added that the low-paid labour market is characterised by the

interlocking dynamics of low pay . low hourly rates of pay and fragmented work

experiences that provide inadequate, insecure levels of employment. In the low-paid

labour market, many workers who may receive reasonable hourly rates of pay are

nonetheless unable to secure adequate weekly or yearly work to constitute a liveable

wage. The union noted that the consequences of an entrenched low-paid labour market

’go beyond employment. These consequences include poverty, inequality and

disadvantage’.63

4.82 As discussed in chapter 3, poverty is increasingly associated with low pay. The

LHMU stated that, in fact, the low-paid and the jobless poor are often the same people

at different stages in their lives, ’churning’ through a series of poorly paid jobs and

spells of unemployment. In addition, thousands of poor individuals, including

children, rely on the precarious incomes of low-paid workers.64

4.83 During the inquiry a number of options were suggested to address the problem of

low paid workers. These issues are discussed below.

Raising minimum wages

4.84 A number of organisations, including the LHMU, argued that there was a need to

raise minimum wages for low paid workers. The union argued that:

Achieving fair wages in our society in part depends on our ability to raise

wages at the bottom of the labour market. We must ensure that low-paid

workers enjoy the gains of the labour market as a whole.65

62 Submission 120, pp.i, 6-16 (LHMU); Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.315-17 (LHMU).

63 Submission 120, p.ii (LHMU).

64 Submission 120, pp.ii, 19-20 (LHMU).

65 Submission 120, p.26 (LHMU).

80

4.85 In order to raise minimum wages the LHMU argued that it would be necessary

to establish an adequate income benchmark. The LHMU pointed to research

conducted by the Social Policy Research Centre which calculated a ’modest but

adequate’ benchmark for a range of household types to achieve an adequate standard

of living relative to contemporary community standards. Australia has not had a

minimum wage calculated on an analysis of household budgets since the Basic Wage,

derived from the original Harvester judgement, was abandoned in 1967.66

4.86 ACOSS argued that the Australian Industrial Relations Commission should

establish a new minimum wage benchmark based on a wage level that enables a single

full-time worker to live in ’modest comfort’ and to participate in contemporary society.

This should be set well above the poverty income level for a single adult.67

4.87 Minimum full-time wages have fallen well behind average wages over the last

20 years, especially in the early years of the shift towards enterprise bargaining,

before the present round of ’Living wage’ cases was instituted in 1996. The minimum

wage has now fallen to just 50 per cent of average earnings, a reduction of 15 per cent

since 1983.68

Figure 4.2: Real average and minimum wages . 1983-1999

Source: Submission 163, p.117 (ACOSS).

66 Submission 120, p.26 (LHMU).

67 Submission 163, p.118 (ACOSS).

68 Submission 163, pp.117-18 (ACOSS).

81

4.88 The ACTU also stated that there has been an ongoing decline in the relative

value of the Federal minimum wage over the course of the last decade, and

particularly since 1996. The ACTU added that:

.the minimum rates adjustment process.concluded some time round the

early nineties, depending on which awards and classifications you are

talking about. Since that time, there has been an ongoing decline. An

indicator of that is that the federal minimum wage is now, for the first time,

worth less than half of average earnings. It has dropped to 49.9 per cent of

average earnings.69

4.89 There is continuing debate over whether higher minimum wages lead to higher

unemployment. The empirical evidence as to whether low paid workers are priced out

of the labour market due to higher minimum wages is equivocal. An OECD study

concluded that higher minimum wages are not a major cost on jobs, at least in the case

of adults but they do seem to have more of an impact on youth employment. Other

studies have reported that there is no clear evidence either way that higher minimum

wages affect employment levels.70

Recommendation 6

4.90 That the Australian Industrial Relations Commission establish a new

minimum wage benchmark based on a wage level that enables a single full-time

worker to achieve an adequate standard of living relative to contemporary

community standards.

4.91 The Committee believes that the establishment of a new minimum wage

benchmark is the foundation of a strong award system. It is essential that a new

benchmark be established on top of which relativities/margins are calculated.

4.92 The LHMU also argued that once a fair benchmark for minimum wages is

established, the wages of the lowest paid workers should be linked with wages growth

in the rest of the labour market. In addition, the LHMU argued that there should be a

new commitment to restrain the excessive wages of the highest paid executives and

managers . ’it is unjust that only the wages of the lowest-paid workers are subject to

community scrutiny and wage restraint’.71

Tax credits

4.93 Some submissions argued for the introduction of tax credits to address the issue

of low wage work. Catholic Welfare Australia pointed to the UK Working Families

69 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.99 (ACTU). See also Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.319

(LHMU); 29.4.03, p.9 (LHMU - SA).

70 Eardley study, p.33: Submission 120, p.26 (LHMU).

71 Submission 120, p.28 (LHMU).

82

Tax Credit Scheme (WFTC) and the US Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) Scheme as

possible models that could be adapted to Australian conditions. The EITC and WFTC

provide tax refunds to low income families that derive their income primarily from

wages, rather than welfare. As household income increases from employment, the tax

credit is reduced. Catholic Welfare Australia argued that tax credit schemes would

reduce the effect of high effective marginal tax rates on low income households.72

4.94 The BSL noted that while tax credit schemes have some merit, they have

significant limitations. The BSL submitted that:

An EITC would effectively mean that government replaced regulation with

business welfare as a means of protecting low-paid workers. It would also

provide a subsidy regardless of employers’ capacity to pay better wages, and

possibly result in a longer term effect on employer expectations, with

government seen to have primary responsibility for the adequacy of workers’

incomes.73

4.95 The LHMU was opposed to the use of targeted tax credits to raise the incomes of

low-paid workers, arguing that ’such measures respond to the failure of the industrial

system to produce adequate incomes by shifting the responsibility for pay from firms

to the government’.74 The union argued that tax credits contribute to the expansion and

entrenchment of the low-wage labour market . ’the answer is not to ask the social

security system to accommodate the failure of the industrial framework to deliver fair

pay, but rather to reimagine how we can provide decent work with fair wages and

adequate, secure employment’.75 The LHMU argued that a system of tax credits

entrenches low-paid work by artificially suppressing wages . employers no longer

have to provide a liveable wage to attract potential employees, because the

government makes up the difference in the pay rates.

4.96 The Committee does not favour the introduction of tax credits to address the

issue of low paid employment. Such measures provide a subsidy to low-wage

employers and are likely to expand the pool of low-wage jobs. It is essential that low

paid workers not become entrenched in a low-wage labour market. The Committee

considers that it is the role of the industrial relations system to ensure an adequate

wage for employees and not shift the responsibility to government. As noted above,

the Committee favours an approach that will raise minimum wages. Pay rates are,

however, only one of the dynamics driving low pay. Issues surrounding the

precariousness of work that many low-paid employees face also need to be addressed.

72 Submission 148, pp.18-20 (Catholic Welfare Australia) and Supplementary Information,

10.10.03, pp.1-9; Committee Hansard 20.6.03, pp.714-716 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

73 Submission 98, p.14 (BSL).

74 Submission 120, p.25 (LHMU).

75 Submission 120, p.24 (LHMU).

83

Precariousness of work

4.97 The LHMU and other unions argued that mechanisms need to be developed to

address the precariousness of work for those in low paid occupations to ensure

adequate, secure employment conditions. Concerns raised included:

the increase in short hour jobs;

increased casualisation;

wages and conditions in the personal services sector; and

the problems of contract labour.

4.98 The LHMU argued that action needed to be taken to address the problem of the

proliferation of short hour jobs. The union stated that thousands of its members and

other low-paid service employees work short hours due to the organisational structure

of particular industries. The LHMU stated that:

At present, employers can offer workers short and variable hours without

redress. They can choose to employ any proportion of their staff as casuals

and without any job security, without certainty of hours and therefore pay,

and without leave entitlements.76

4.99 The LHMU told the Committee that it is addressing the issue of short hour jobs

by seeking to increase minimum starts. The union added that:

One of the ways we can do that in the area of award regulation is minimum

starts. At the moment in the cleaning industry, for example, most of the

awards provide for a two-hour minimum start; that is to say the shortest

period that you can actually work is two hours. In our view that is

inadequate.So we are campaigning around increasing those minimum

starts.77

4.100 The LHMU argued that working conditions in these industries must include a

workable floor on the minimum hours which workers are offered by employers.

4.101 Submissions also argued that there needs to be greater employment security

through reduced casualisation. The LHMU noted that at present employers can

transform secure, permanent employment into casual work with almost no redress.

Some 30 per cent of working Australians are casuals and in some industries, such as

the hospitality sector, the proportion is double this figure . ’limiting casualisation must

76 Submission 120, p.29 (LHMU). See also Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.109 (SDA); 28.7.03,

p.1045 (LHMU).

77 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.322 (LHMU).

84

be a priority within any effort to provide decent work in this country’.78 This issue is

discussed later in the chapter.

4.102 In addition, the LHMU argued that it was important to ensure that employers

who receive Government funding to deliver personal services, such as in the aged care

sector, pay adequate wages in order to reduce staff turnover and provide for continuity

of care. The union argued that at present, both public and non-profit providers can use

Government funds to employ care workers in sub-standard conditions. The union

suggested that there was a need to attach wage and condition standards to public funds

used for care and support work.79

Conclusion

4.103 The evidence received during the inquiry has raised a number of important and

complex issues relating to low paid employment. The Committee believes that the

issues raised warrant an inquiry by the Commonwealth Government to fully address

the concerns raised. The Committee notes that the LHMU argued that there was a

need for an inquiry into the question of low pay . ’and that is something that we intend

to address over the next couple of months in the lead up to the ACTU congress and

the next [national wage] case’.80 Catholic Welfare Australia also called for an inquiry

into low-paid employment.81

Recommendation 7

4.104 That the Commonwealth Government conduct an inquiry into low-paid

employment and that this inquiry examine:

. the nature and extent of low-paid employment in Australia;

. the introduction of a workable floor in relation to the minimum hours of

work offered by employers;

. the problem of casualisation and employment security;

. the feasibility of attaching standards in relation to wages and conditions to

Government funding of services; and

. the wages and conditions pertaining to contract labour.

78 Submission 120, p.30 (LHMU). See also Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1045 (LHMU);

26.5.03, p.302 (AMWU).

79 Submission 120, pp.29-30 (LHMU).

80 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.317 (LHMU).

81 Submission 148, p.27 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

85

Casualisation

4.105 Evidence to the inquiry, as noted previously, commented on the trend towards

increasing ’casualisation’ of the workforce and the use of ’labour-hire’ employees and

the adverse implications these developments are having on the pay and working

conditions of workers.82

4.106 There has been a marked increase in casual employment, especially over the

last decade. Between August 1988 and 2002 total employment of casual workers in

Australia increased by 87.4 per cent (141.6 per cent for men and 56.8 per cent for

women). By August 2002 casual workers comprised 27.3 per cent of all employees, an

increase of 7 percentage points since August 1991.83

4.107 This form of employment has been most often associated with teenage and

female labour markets, however, the increase in casual employment during the 1990s

was due to the rapid growth in this form of employment among all types of workers,

especially among males and young adults. While levels of casualisation increased for

all age groups they have been most pronounced for younger workers aged 15 to 24

years.84

4.108 There is no standard number of working hours that defines a casual worker.

Consequently, casual workers can be employed on either a full-time or part-time basis.

Casual employment is most prevalent in the part-time labour market, accounting for

73.6 per cent of all male part-time jobs and 55.3 per cent of all female part-time jobs.

By August 2002, casual part-time employment as a proportion of total employment

was equal to 18 per cent. Permanent full-time employment accounted for 61 per cent

of total employment . 6.9 percentage points lower than the corresponding share in

1994.85

4.109 The main difference, at common law, between a permanent and a casual

worker is that a permanent employee has an ongoing contract of employment of

unspecified duration while a casual employee does not. The main characteristics of

casual employment that flow from this are:

limited entitlements to benefits generally associated with continuity of

employment such as annual leave and sick leave; and

82 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.302-303 (AMWU); 2.7.03, pp.957-60 (LHMU).

83 ABS, Employee Earnings, Benefits and Trade Union Membership, Cat. No. 6310.0. The ABS

defines ’casual employment’ as employment without paid sick or holiday leave entitlements.

84 Watson I, et.al., Fragmented Futures: New Challenges in Working Life, Federation Press, 2003,

p.67.

85 ABS, Employee Earnings, Benefits and Trade Union Membership, Cat.No. No.6310.0.

86

no entitlement to prior notification of retrenchment (no security of

employment) and only a limited case for compensation or reinstatement.86

4.110 Most casual workers are concentrated in a few occupations, and these tend to

be relatively low skilled . the retail trade, hospitality, property and business services,

and health and community services. Other industries, such as manufacturing,

construction and education also have sizeable concentrations of casual workers.

4.111 Casual employees do not necessarily have only a short term employment

relationship with their employer . many remain with their employer for a considerable

length of time. ABS data for 2001 indicate that 54.4 per cent of casual employees had

been in their jobs for a year or more.87

4.112 Evidence commented on the insecure and irregular nature of this type of

employment and its lack of ’job quality’. Submissions and other evidence indicated

that, in comparison with permanent workers, casual workers:

have less job security;

are less likely to have set hours on a weekly, fortnightly or monthly basis;

have less say in start and finishing times;

work less hours per week;

are more likely to be on-call or stand-by;

are less likely to be covered by workers compensation insurance;

have very low rates of union membership;

are less likely to receive training, particularly formal training;

are more likely to be paid by a labour hire firm;

earn considerably less than permanent employees;

contain a large proportion of workers wanting more hours or set hours;

are likely to have no guarantee for the number of hours they work; and

are more likely to have variable earnings.88

86 Parliamentary Library, Casual Employment, August 1999, p.1.

87 ABS, Forms of Employment, Cat. No 6359.0. See also Fragmented Futures, p.69.

88 Submission 156, p.7 (AMWU); Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.302-303 (AMWU); 2.7.03,

30.4.03, p.101 (ACTU); pp.957, 960 (LHMU); 30.4.03, p.54 (Jesuit Social Services).

87

4.113 Evidence highlighted the ’poverty dimension’ of casual employment, noting

that these jobs are most often low paid. The ACTU noted that ’most casual jobs are

part time. Most part-time jobs are casual. There is obviously a proportion in either

case that are not. [however].most casual jobs are low paid.It is unlikely that there

are many people out there who really want to work in a low-paid job with a low

number of hours’.89 The ACTU further submitted that:

You cannot think it [casualisation] is a good thing if you are a student and

have to work three or four casual jobs to survive through TAFE or

university. You cannot think it is a good thing if the only jobs you can get

are casual and do not pay enough to feed your family and pay the rent.90

4.114 The LHMU stated that ’workers want real jobs with some certainty of hours to

provide an income they can live on without the need to rely on the welfare system’.91

The BSL noted that while casual work may enable some unemployed people to gain

work experience and gain full-time work, the reality for many casual workers is a

series of short-term casual jobs interspersed with periods of unemployment . a trend

that appears to be growing.92

4.115 The growth in the casual workforce is due to a number of factors. Some

workers are attracted because of the loading that is sometimes offered in lieu of paid

leave and other entitlements. For other employees it allows flexibility by, for example,

allowing people to combine paid work with family responsibilities, study or other

interests. Alternatively, it offers a means to ’ease out’ of the labour force if nearing

retirement; or to supplement family income. One study noted, however, that it is the

preference of employers, not workers, which has driven the trend towards increasing

casualisation.

The growth of casual employment has had little to do with increased

turbulence in the labour market, or rising worker preferences for this form

of employment. The driving force has been the changing employer

strategies for utilising labour. Under the impact of increased competition in

their product markets, employers have increasingly sought greater flexibility

in hiring and deploying labour than prevailed in the era of labour

"hoarding". In some cases, engaging workers through non-standard forms of

employment has allowed employers to minimise their obligations to their

workers, but more often it has been the pursuit of cost savings which has

shaped their decisions.93

89 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.102 (ACTU).

90 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.101 (ACTU).

91 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.957 (LHMU).

92 Submission 98, pp. 10-11 (BSL).

93 Fragmented Futures, p.69.

88

4.116 The Australian Manufacturing Workers’ Union (AMWU) also argued that

casual work is less likely to be regulated than continuous employment thus making it

more attractive for employers to hire staff on a temporary basis. Temporary contracts

are less costly (non-wage benefits do not always apply and dismissal can be achieved

without severance payments) and they allow firms to exercise much greater flexibility

in hiring and firing staff.94 The union emphasised that the:

Increase in casualisation and labour hire arrangements are not about peaks

and troughs, they are not about quality management: they are about cheap

labour and exploitation, and it is becoming the norm.95

4.117 Evidence indicates that casual work is not the preferred work outcome for

many workers. ABS data for 2000 on the preferred working patterns of ’self-identified’

casual workers revealed that only one in five (22.8 per cent) want to work on a casual

basis. Some 67.8 per cent indicated a preference for ’predictable patterns of work’.96

Other ABS data for 2001 found that just over one-third (35 per cent) of part-time

employees preferred to work more hours. The preference to work more hours

increased to 43 per cent for part-time self-identified casuals.97 While for some people,

such as young people in education and women with family responsibilities, casual

work may be preferred, for others, such as the previously unemployed, older males

seeking full-time work and those with limited training and work experience, casual

work is often the only alternative available to unemployment when no permanent jobs

are available.98 Even for younger workers a perceived ’preference’ for casual work is

often argued mainly on the basis that a casual job is better than no job at all.99

4.118 A number of developments since 2000 have seen some improvement in the

employment conditions of casual workers. These include:

a number of unions have won an award right for casual workers to convert

to permanent employment after a specified period of employment, subject

to various conditions. The qualifying periods vary and include 6 months in

the case of the Metal Industry Award and 12 months in the Hotels Award.

the ACTU achieved unpaid parental leave for regular casuals with

12 months employment.

94 Submission 156, p.9 (AMWU).

95 Committee Hansard 6.5.03, p.303 (AMWU).

96 Cited in Fragmented Futures, p.67.

97 ABS, Forms of Employment, Cat. No.6359.0. See also Submission 94, Supplementary

Information, 1.5.03 (ACTU).

98 Parliamentary Library, p.3; Submission 156, p.8 (AMWU).

99 Submission 156, p.8 (AMWU).

89

the AMWU achieved three hour minimum engagement for part time

workers and a four hour minimum engagement for casuals in the Metal

Industry Award, and an increase in the casual loading from 20 to 25 per

cent.100

4.119 Evidence indicated the need for further improvements in the employment

conditions of casual workers. The ACTU argued that, in relation to casual and parttime

workers, a maximum engagement period should apply and a right to convert to

permanent employment. These workers should also have access to leave entitlements;

minimum and maximum hours of work; and improved loadings.101

4.120 The BSL also argued that legislation should be introduced to ensure equal

rights to standard entitlements, such as annual leave, sick leave, maternity leave, long

service leave and superannuation, regardless of employment status; and the portability

of entitlements should be improved.102

Conclusion

4.121 The Committee believes that the employment conditions for casual workers

need to be substantially improved. To this end the Committee considers that the

Workplace Relations Act 1996 should be amended to provide definitions of ’full-time’

and ’permanent part-time’ work. This would enable casual workers to convert to

permanent part-time work and ensure that they have access to entitlements such as

holiday leave and sick leave. Evidence to the Committee indicated that many casual

workers would like to convert to permanent part-time work but are currently

prevented from doing so. The amendment to the Workplace Relations Act would

allow the Industrial Relations Commission to make awards which would allow casuals

to do that. The Committee envisages that these changes would not affect genuine

seasonal casual workers but is intended to apply only to those casual workers who

have regular patterns of part-time work. It is also envisaged that while casuals

converting to permanent part-time work would be eligible for sick leave and holiday

pay they would not be entitled to the casual wage loading.

Recommendation 8

4.122 That the Workplace Relations Act 1996 be amended to provide definitions

of ’full-time’ and ’permanent part-time’ work.

100 www.actu.asn.au

101 www.actu.asn.au

102 Submission 98, p.viii (BSL).

90

Recommendation 9

4.123 That the Commonwealth legislate to guarantee the right to standard

entitlements, such as annual leave and sick leave, for casual workers converting

to permanent part-time work.

Labour-hire

4.124 The increase in casualisation of the workforce has been mirrored by the

increase of ’labour-hire’ employees, especially over the last decade. The ABS

estimated that in November 2001 (the latest statistics available) there were 161 800

who were ’paid by an employment agency/labour-hire firm’.103 Only a small minority

of these workers have any entitlement to paid sick leave or paid annual leave. Over

three quarters of these workers are casuals. About 6 per cent of all casual workers are

organised through labour hire arrangements.104 The AMWU noted that labour hire

workers now represent 19 per cent of the manufacturing industry workforce . ’that is

nearly one in five manufacturing workers having no employment relationship with the

person directing their work’.105

4.125 An increasing number of firms are using labour-hire workers. In 1990 the

proportion of workplaces making use of these workers was 14 per cent . by 1995 this

had increased to 21 per cent. The use of labour-hire employment is growing most

rapidly in large workplaces. In workplaces with 500 or more employees, the

proportion of agency workers grew from 16 per cent to 55 per cent between 1990 and

1995, an increase of 39 per percentage points. In smaller workplaces, of under

500 employees, the numbers increased from 14 per cent to 42 per cent, an increase of

28 per percentage points. The labour-hire approach is also becoming more widespread

across many sectors of the economy. Traditionally, temporary employment agencies

have been concentrated in the clerical labour market, whereas today they are found in

sectors as diverse as metal and engineering, fruit picking, nursing and routine clerical

work (not simply overflow clerical work).106

4.126 The growth of labour-hire is posing increasing problems in the areas of labour

law and industrial relations, especially arising out of the nature of labour-hire

arrangements . particularly the fact that workers are paid by one employer but work

for another . ’confusion over lines of responsibility in exercising the employer role are

103 ABS, Forms of Employment, Cat. No.6359.0. Another ABS survey, Employment Services, Cat.

No.8558.0 estimated that there were 290 115 labour hire employees in 2001-02 (this survey

counts jobs so would have double counted any persons employed by more than one labour hire

company, whereas the former survey counts persons).

104 Fragmented Futures, p.73. See also Submission 156, pp.9-10 (AMWU).

105 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.302 (AMWU).

106 Fragmented Futures, pp.73-74.

91

evident, with serious consequences for worker conditions and entitlements’.107 These

workers lack any effective bargaining power over wages and conditions.

4.127 The growth of labour-hire arrangements has also led to a decline in wages and

working conditions. The AMWU noted that labour-hire workers engaged as casuals

by a labour hire agency or providing ’contract services’ to the agency have

employment conditions characterised by ’insecurity, precariousness, no career path,

low or below award pay and substandard conditions’.108 The union noted that:

Labour hire is proliferating, not as a short-term solution to meet seasonal

demands and flexibility of requirements, but as an alternative to the

employer/employee relationship, around which our award safety net of

minimum wages and conditions is structured.As the level of

precariousness attached to a job increases, there is a proportional decline in

job quality and reward. Research and experiences of casual labour hire

workers have identified the features attached to casual work. These traits,

combined with employer practice, combine to drive down wages and

conditions.109

4.128 The union argued that examples of the exploitation of labour-hire workers

abound. The union cited the case of a large optical lens manufacturer in NSW.

This company employs more than 70 staff, of whom just 11 were permanent

employees...most of the labour hire employees had worked for the company

for at least 12 months. Many had worked there for more than 2 years. These

workers are highly skilled yet as labour hire employees, they were forced to

forgo holidays, sick leave and other normal arrangements that apply to

workers. [the workers] were paid substantially less than the permanent

workers and worked longer hours.110

4.129 The AMWU argued that labour-hire workers should be entitled to the same

rights and conditions enjoyed by other workers . ’the families of labour hire workers

have the same rights to financial security as the families of other workers’.111 The

ACTU also argued that labour-hire workers should have the right to receive the same

pay and conditions as directly employed workers in an enterprise and there is a need

107 Fragmented Futures, p.72.

108 Submission 156, p.10 (AMWU). See also Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1149 (LHMUQueensland

Branch).

109 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.302-03 (AMWU).

110 Submission 156, p.10 (AMWU).

111 Submission 156, p.10 (AMWU).

92

for legislative change to protect the employment conditions and job security of these

workers.112

4.130 The LHMU argued that there was a need to compel employers who contract

out labour services to be legally responsible for the wages, conditions, and

entitlements of contract workers. At present, employers can contract out responsibility

for the wages and conditions of workers such as cleaners and security guards who

perform work at their establishments.

4.131 The LHMU stated that:

.in recent times there has been more of a tendency of those companies [in

cleaning, security etc.] to try to use variations on employment structures to

avoid awards, whether they be subcontracting arrangements, franchising or

whatever.it is part of the general problem of the more precarious

employment and there have not been the mechanisms, particularly within

the commission, to regulate those changes in employment relationships.113

4.132 The AMWU stated that casual workers, and in particular casuals sourced

through labour hire, are more likely than permanent workers:

to be paid at the minimum award rate rather than the enterprise rate paid to

permanent workers;

to be paid at the lowest classification or skill level even though they are

equally qualified and perform work of equal value alongside permanent

employees paid at the appropriate higher paid classification;

are denied access to training and advancement through skill based award

classification structures;

are denied opportunities to increase their earnings through overtime as

permanent workers are given preference; and

are less likely to receive appropriate allowances.114

Recommendation 10

4.133 That the Commonwealth legislate to guarantee the right to standard

entitlements, such as annual leave and sick leave, for labour hire workers.

112 www.actu.asn.au

113 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.320 (LHMU). See also Submission 156, pp.9-11 (AMWU).

114 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.303 (AMWU).

93

Changing industrial relations environment

4.134 Evidence to the inquiry commented on the impact of changing industrial

conditions on the availability, quality and reward for work in Australia.

4.135 Australian labour market and industrial relations policy is shaped

predominantly at the federal level. The centrepiece of the Government’s industrial

relations policy is the Workplace Relations Act 1996, which was intended to reduce

the role of tribunals and unions in the bargaining process, and subject labour to market

forces in determining wages and conditions.

4.136 Submissions and other evidence to the inquiry noted the negative impact of the

Workplace Relations Act, including:

growing inequality between those covered by enterprise or individual

bargaining versus those reliant on awards;

narrowed award coverage, with a failure to provide adequate basic

protection for casual and award-free employees, dependent contractors and

other workers in non-standard employment;

failure to legislate for minimum conditions of employment for all

employees;

an award system that is becoming increasingly irrelevant and outdated as a

consequence of the AIRC being limited to awarding minimum safety net

adjustments targeted at the low paid;

an inadequate range of collective bargaining arrangements available to

employers and employees to meet specific circumstances;

a bargaining process that is unnecessarily adversarial and where parties are

unable to receive assistance from the AIRC when negotiations break down;

and

a severely restricted AIRC, with limited powers to set fair and reasonable

wages and conditions.115

4.137 The BSL stated that deregulation within the context of decentralised bargaining

has focused not so much on reducing the level of regulation, as on changing the way

in which the labour market is regulated. The aim has been to remove regulations that

provide external protection for employees, in favour of systems of internal regulation

which promote bargaining between employer and employee directly, leading to a shift

in the balance of power to management. There has been a continuing decline in the

115 Submissions 129, p.14 (Queensland Government); 150, pp.10-15 (TWU); 156, pp.11-13

(AMWU).

94

numbers covered by the award system, which now includes less than 25 per cent of

employees, compared with 68 per cent ten years ago.116

4.138 The LHMU stated that:

The current industrial framework limits the gains in wages and conditions

that can be made through the award system, and instead encourages workers

to engage in enterprise or "individual" bargaining. The framework

encourages bargaining irrespective of the specificity of work and the levels

of bargaining power that accompany different forms of work

organisation.117

4.139 Similarly, the AMWU argued that:

The Government’s response to increasing precariousness and insecurity

amongst Australian workers has been to minimise the effectiveness of

Industrial Awards, promote enterprise and individual agreement making and

seek to limit union activities. The promotion of enterprise bargaining occurs

in a policy vacuum devoid of recognition of the issues faced by precarious

workers.118

4.140 The major effect of this changed industrial relations environment has been the

redistribution of the benefits of work. Submissions noted that the main beneficiaries

have been business, through increasing profit margins from improvements in

productivity, and upper income earners with the market power to negotiate favourable

conditions. Low skilled, part-time and casual employees have become increasingly

vulnerable to low wages and inferior employment-related conditions, such as lack of

access to leave entitlements. A study of minimum pay rates in Victoria during the

Kennett era highlighted the adverse effects of deregulating the industrial relations

system. The findings showed that, compared to workplaces under federal jurisdiction

those workplaces which were subject to the old State industrial relations system had

more unequal minimum pay rates and lower employment benefits. The study

suggested that labour market deregulation contributes to earnings inequality and that it

also weakens the situation of workers who are already structurally disadvantaged in

the labour market.119

DEREGULATION WAS ADVERSE TO WORKIERS

116 Submission 98, pp.12-13 (BSL). See also Watts M, ’Wages and wage determination in 2001’,

Journal of Industrial Relations, vol.44, no. 2, June 2002, pp.228-44.

117 Submission 120, p.11 (LHMU).

118 Submission 156, p.11 (AMWU). See also Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.305-06 (AMWU).

119 The group subject to the State industrial relations system were termed ’Schedule 1A’ workers .

they were subject to a very minimalist form of protective regulation, prescribed in a set of

legislative minimum conditions and by the internal regulations operating within enterprises. See

Watson I, ’Kennett’s industrial relations legacy: impact of deregulation on minimum pay rates

in Victoria’, Journal of Industrial Relations, vol.43, no.3, September 2001, pp.294-306.

95

4.141 There is evidence that wage dispersion has increased significantly since the

take-up of enterprise bargaining. The ACTU noted that over the period from 1990 to

2000, while there were dramatic real increases in weekly earnings for managers and

administrators (41.5 per cent over the period), a range of occupational categories,

including clerical, sales and service workers suffered real earnings declines over the

same period.120 One study noted that earnings inequality is particularly marked within

the male labour market. By 1998, low paid male adults earned 62 per cent of male

adult median earnings, a fall of 5 percentage points since 1991.121

4.142 Submissions noted that for workers who are already in vulnerable labour

market circumstances, the impact of labour market deregulation is likely to compound

their disadvantage.122 One study noted that:

For those groups in the labour force whom market forces have always

treated favourably, the impact of "deregulation" was minimal..On the

other hand, in those industries which have traditionally exposed workers to

more adverse conditions and paid lower wages . such as agriculture and

hospitality . [these] workplaces paid very low minimum rates and provided

very little in the way of benefits.The critics of labour market

"deregulation" have always contended that those who are industrially weak

will be the main victims of any changes which weaken external regulation

and this study.appears to confirm those fears.123

4.143 The picture that emerges is of an economy leaving behind the low-skilled and

less talented jobseekers, resulting in greater polarisation of income and employment

outcomes. Australia is moving towards a core/periphery labour market model with a

large group of the workforce permanently excluded from, or only marginally attached,

to the labour force and at high risk of experiencing financial hardship. The legislative

changes that have occurred since the early 1990s appear to have directly contributed

to this situation.124

120 Submission 94, p.9 and Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.96 (ACTU); Submission 98, p.13 (BSL).

121 Preston, p.174.

122 Submissions 150, pp.10-11 (TWU); 156, pp.11-12 (AMWU).

123 Watson, p.306.

124 Submissions 98, p.13 (BSL); 50, pp.4-7 (SDA).

96

97

CHAPTER 5

INCOME SUPPORT

The adequacy of social security payments is the most important direct

influence on poverty levels. In this way gaps and anomalies in the social

security system continue to be a major contributor to poverty and hardship

in Australia.1

5.1 Australia’s social security system plays an important role in ensuring that

Australians without adequate income from employment or other sources are able to

afford the basics of life . food, clothing and housing. The social security system is

designed to address the objective of the alleviation of poverty and hardship, in contrast

to many overseas countries . based on the social insurance model . which are more

geared to the aim of earnings replacement. This inquiry has highlighted that,

nevertheless, for many people the assistance provided by the income security system

is barely adequate to ensure a reasonable standard of living and that serious gaps

persist that need to be addressed.

Income support arrangements

5.2 Australia’s income support system is categorical in its structure, that is, it

consists of quite distinct programs with specific eligibility directed at particular

groups in the community, the main categories being: unemployed people, older people

without jobs, the aged, people with disabilities, parents with primary care

responsibilities, people with short-term illness and students.

5.3 The social security system distinguishes between pensions (such as the Age

Pension and Disability Support Pension), which have traditionally been assumed to

last for an extended period of time, and allowances (such as Newstart Allowance for

jobseekers), which have been seen as short-term payments. Pensions are paid at a

higher rate than allowances. In addition, many recipients receive allowances for rent

and other costs as well as financial support for children.

5.4 Pensions are adjusted in line with movements in the Consumer Price Index (CPI)

twice a year but are ’topped up’ to maintain the maximum rate of pension at a level of

at least 25 per cent of Male Total Average Weekly Earnings (MTAWE). Allowances

are adjusted in line with movements in the CPI. As average weekly earnings have

been rising faster than the CPI in recent years, increases in allowances have not kept

pace with pension increases. Table 5.1 summarises the major social security payments

and their eligibility criteria.

1 Submission 163, p.124 (ACOSS).

98

Table 5.1: Main Income Support Payments and Allowances

Payment Eligibility Recipients as at June

2003

Income support payments

Age Pension Men aged over 65 and women aged over 62, subject to

residency, income and assets tests.

1,854,012

Parenting Payment Carers of children under 16 years, primarily in single

income families (including sole parent families) with low

income. Parenting Payment Single is paid according to

pension rates and conditions; Parenting Payment Partnered

is an allowance.

Parenting Payment

(Single) 436,958

Parenting Payment

(Partnered) 181,405

Newstart Allowance Unemployed persons aged over 21 and actively looking for

work.

521,677

Disability Support

Pension

People with a physical, intellectual or psychiatric

impairment that prevents them from working full-time (30

hours per week) for the next two years.

673,334

Carer Payment People who provide full-time care to someone with a

severe physical, intellectual or psychiatric disability who is

expected to require this care for at least 6 months. Paid

under pension conditions.

75,937

Youth Allowance Full-time students under 25 and unemployed people aged

16-20 years. Income tested on both individual and parental

income.

400,980

Sickness Allowance People aged over 21 who are temporarily unable to work or

study because of illness, injury or disability.

8,927

Austudy Students aged 25 years and over; paid as an allowance. 39,092

Special Benefit People ineligible for other assistance and in severe

financial need due to circumstances beyond their control.

Paid as an allowance.

12,228

Widow Allowance Women aged over 50 who become widowed, divorced or

separated and have no recent workforce experience.

43,209

Other payments

Family Tax Benefit

(A)

Families with children under 16 or full-time dependent

students aged 16-24; income tested on family income

1,783,278 families

Family Tax Benefit

(B)

Single income families, including sole parent families,

especially those families with a child under the age of five

(who receive a higher rate of payment). Income tested on

second earner’s income only in two-parent families.

1,223,560 families

Childcare Benefit Families using either formal child care or informal

(registered) child care. This subsidy either reduces fees at

a child care service, or can be paid as a lump sum to

parents at the end of the year. Income tested on family

income.

517,000 families

Rent Assistance Pensioners and beneficiaries boarding or renting (excluding

public housing)

940,708 (number of

persons or couples

receiving assistance)

Source: Submission 165, p.36 (FaCS); FaCS, Annual Report 2002-03, Vol 2.

99

5.5 During the inquiry three main aspects of the effectiveness of income support in

protecting people from poverty were identified. These were:

the adequacy of income support payments;

compliance requirements, especially the level of penalties applied to people

who do not meet the conditions of income support; and

poverty traps . the disincentive effects of the rate at which benefits are

withdrawn when a person moves from unemployment to paid employment.

Adequacy of income support payments

5.6 Issues concerning the adequacy of income support payments were raised in

evidence. It was argued that for many income support recipients these payments are

insufficient to provide an adequate standard of living to meet individual or household

needs.

5.7 This section reviews the adequacy of payments and the measures used to

determine ’adequacy’; and questions related to the payment structure and level of

payment as they apply to social security benefits. The concessions available to income

support recipients and the need for a participation allowance are also reviewed.

Payments . how adequate is the ’safety net’?

5.8 Advocacy groups and evidence from income support recipients commented on

the inadequate nature of pensions and allowances. In relation to pensioners and

superannuants, the APSF noted that:

However poverty is measured, it is reasonable to assume many people on

pensions and superannuants/retirees receiving incomes in the same range as

pensions can be defined as living in poverty. Unless they holds assets . such

as their own home, or have investments (which would, at any rate, reduce

the pension payment) and do not have large expenses going towards health

or other essential services, pensioners and superannuants should be

considered as living in poverty or, at the very least, vulnerable to poverty.2

5.9 COTA National Seniors also stated that:

Older people on full pensions and allowances continue to struggle to make

ends meet. People have reported to COTA Seniors Information Services in

the last 2-3 years that the GST, increased user pays, removal of some

medications from the PBS and pressures on services such as dental care

have all played a part.3

2 Submission 223, p.3 (APSF).

3 Submission 184, p.19 (COTA National Seniors).

100

5.10 Other evidence presented a similar picture of hardship and struggle:

Pensions and allowances . just how adequate?

Many .talk about the inadequacy of income support payments. Many of us are calling for

increases in the basic help that people need. The loss of dignity in having to rely on so many

other people because you cannot make ends meet, having to rely on family and community

support...the loss of independence and losing control of your life is very real.

Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.212 (Tasmanian Catholic Justice & Peace Commission).

I receive the disability pension and, everything considered, there is not really enough money

to be able to get to that very first step. I am referring to rent, furnishings, food, deposits for

electricity and gas, bus and train fares, prescriptions and doctors’ bills. Simply put, there is

just not enough money there.

Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1197 (Mr M Brennan).

Social security for old age is becoming more and more difficult. To live on 25 per cent of the

adult wage at the moment is very difficult.

Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.224 (Tasmanian Poverty Coalition).

5.11 In addition to the individual testimonies from those attempting to live on social

security benefits, there are a number of other indicators that can be used to assess the

adequacy of income support payments including:

income based poverty measures;

budget standards; and

direct measures of deprivation and hardship.

5.12 Given the complexity and diversity of people’s circumstances determining

adequacy benchmarks are inherently difficult and it is not realistic to expect to

establish a single ’perfect’ measure of adequacy.

Income based poverty measures

5.13 ACOSS and other welfare groups pointed out that social security payments for

many households are significantly lower than income poverty benchmarks.4 ACOSS

noted that a simple comparison between the Henderson poverty line and social

security payments shows that, in many cases, payments fall short of that benchmark

4 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility: Reform of Workforce Age Social Security Payments in

Australia, September 2003, pp.40-42. See also Harding A & Szukalska A, Financial

Disadvantage in Australia . 1999, The Smith Family, 2000, p.5.

101

especially in the case of single unemployed people or students, and young people

living independently of their parents - see Table 5.2.

Table 5.2: Comparison of Social Security Payments to the Henderson Poverty

Line (including housing costs) . $ per week, September quarter 2002

Family/Income Unit Base Rate FTB A

and/or B

Rent

Assistance

Total

Payment

$ per week

Poverty

line

$ per week

Rate as %

of poverty

line

Head in Workforce

Single adult unemployed $185 N/A $45 $230 $294 78%

Single, away from home,

18-20 unemployed

$150 N/A $45 $196 $294 67%

Couple unemployed . 0

children

$333 N/A $43 $376 $393 96%

Sole Parent unemployed .

1 child

$211 $101 $53 $365 $378 97%

Sole Parent unemployed .

3 children

$211 $228 $60 $499 $536 93%

Couple unemployed . 1

child

$333 $63 $53 $449 $473 95%

Couple unemployed . 3

children

$333 $190 $60 $583 $632 92%

Head not in Workforce

Single adult student $151 N/A 0 $151 $238 63%

Single student, away from

home, 18-25

$151 N/A $45 $196 $238 82%

Single Age/Disability

Pensioner

$211 N/A $45 $256 $238 108%

Age/Disability Pensioner

couple . 0 children

$352 N/A $43 $395 $338 117%

Sole Parent not in labour

force . 1 child

$211 $101 $53 $365 $322 113%

Sole Parent not in labour

force . 3 children

$211 $228 $60 $499 $481 104%

Source: ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, September 2003, p.41.

Budget standards

5.14 Budget standards have also been developed to assess the adequacy of payments.

The Social Policy Research Centre (SPRC) has developed ’low cost budgets’ based on

assessments of the minimum cost of essential budget items. Table 5.3 compares some

of the key budget standards with social security payments. As the table shows, all of

the payments compared fall below the low cost budget standards. The pattern of risk

102

in relation to hardship is similar . couples without children do relatively well whereas

single people on allowances fare relatively badly

Table 5.3: Low cost budget standards and social security payments (2002)

Low Cost Budget

-

$ per week

Unemployment

allowance -

$ per week and

as a % of Low

Cost Budget

Pension -

$ per week and

as a % of Low

Cost Budget

Single adult $341 $230 (67%) $256 (75%)

Couple without children $443 $376 (85%) $395 (89%)

Sole parent, two children $564 $428 (76%) $428 (76%)

Couple, two children $698 $512 (73%) $531 (76%)

Source: ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.42. The data are based on SPRC data for 1998

updated to 2002 values.

Hardship measures

5.15 Other Australian research has compared the circumstances of different lowincome

groups using direct measures of hardship or financial stress. This data

includes:

a study of financial hardship by Bray, based on recent ABS data;

a study by Travers and Robertson, commissioned by the Department of

Social Security in the mid-1990s.

emergency relief data collected by ACOSS.

5.16 The study by Bray into financial hardship, referred to in chapter 2, found that

lower income households experienced a greater degree of hardship than higher income

households; households that were mainly dependent on pensions and benefits reported

much higher levels of hardship than those that received no government assistance; and

jobless households experienced very high levels of hardship compared with

households with members in employment.5

5.17 Figure 5.1 presents data from the study relating to hardship experienced by

households mainly reliant on social security. Risk refers to the proportion of each

group experiencing hardship.

5 Bray J, ’Hardship in Australia’, FaCs Occasional Paper No.4, December 2001, pp.x-xi.

’Hardship’ refers to not being able to afford heating and meals as well as having to pawn items

or needing to obtain assistance from community organisations.

103

Figure 5.1: Risk of hardship by social security payment

43%

35%

29% 28%

22%

20%

5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

Sole parent Unemp. adult Disability Youth/Austudy Parent/married Carer/wife Age

Risk of hardship (%)

Source: Bray J, Hardship in Australia, FaCS Occasional Paper No. 4, 2001, p.42.

5.18 The study by Travers and Robertson compared the living standards of age

pensioners, unemployed people, people with disabilities, and students. The study

examined deprivation in terms of a range of items, including lack of basics of life,

financial strain, income and health. The study found that students, the unemployed

and people with disabilities were particularly disadvantaged (see Figure 5.2). The

’former unemployed’ also had high deprivation scores, reflecting in part a range of

new expenses incurred in the move from unemployment to employment.6

Figure 5.2: Deprivation score by DSS payment category

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Students,

partners

Full-rate

unemployed

Part-rate

unemployed

Former

unemployed

Sick,

Disability

Full-rate age

pension

Part-rate age

pension

No. of deprivation items

Source: Travers P & Robertson F, Relative Deprivation among DSS Clients, Flinders

University of SA, Adelaide, 1996, p. 27.

6 Travers P & Robertson F, Relative Deprivation among DSS Clients, Flinders University of SA,

Adelaide, 1996. No families with children were included in the study.

104

5.19 Emergency relief data collected by ACOSS and other agencies provide another

indication of hardship in the community. Figure 5.3 shows that people reliant on

income support payments are the main recipients of emergency relief. Such data

suggests that for many people income support payments are insufficient, with many

increasingly reliant on welfare agencies for additional support and assistance.7

Figure 5.3: Composition of emergency relief applicants by social security

payment - ACOSS survey (1999)

30%

35%

20%

3% 2%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

Sole parent Unemployed Disability Age pension Youth/Austudy

Note: Composition refers to the % of all applicants, out of a total of 50 159 applicants.

Source: ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, September 2003, p.44.

5.20 Evidence from individual emergency relief agencies reported substantially

increased demand for services over recent years.8 Fairfield Community Aid, for

example, which administers the largest emergency relief grant in Australia, stated that

their funding ’isn’t anywhere near enough to cope with the demands placed on it by the

poor in the area let alone the working poor or those who find themselves in sudden

emergency situations’.9 The impact of increased demand on welfare agencies is

discussed further in chapter 17.

7 See also Submission 169, p.15 (Mission Australia).

8 Submissions 75, pp.2-3 (Fairfield Community Aid); 189 pp.1-2 (Holroyd Community Aid);

226, pp.1-3 (Anglicare Illawarra).

9 Submission 75, p.2 (Fairfield Community Aid). The Committee heard stories of hardship firsthand

from the workers at Fairfield Community Aid during its visit to their facilities.

105

Conclusion

5.21 Although the data sources and methods used in the above studies vary, some

consistent patterns emerge. The studies that examined the relative position of different

types of family found that single people were generally more financially

disadvantaged than couples. Those studies that examined the relative position of

recipients of different types of social security payment consistently found that

unemployed people are relatively disadvantaged.

5.22 In relation to the ’hardship’ studies, sole parent families emerged as a relatively

disadvantaged group (compared, for example, to couples with children). This is

consistent with anecdotal evidence from community agencies and many local studies

of financial hardship. The hardship studies also suggest that people with disabilities

face a relatively high risk of hardship. This may reflect additional costs associated

with having a disability that are not picked up in traditional poverty studies.

5.23 The findings with regard to young people and adult students show that these

groups are also disadvantaged. While the level of benefits payable to these groups is

relatively low, the extent of disadvantage faced may be mitigated for some by the

extent to which they can draw on family support for assistance. Anecdotal evidence

from community agencies suggests, however, that poverty among young people who

are not living with their parents has increased in recent years.10 The Brotherhood of St

Laurence (BSL) stated that ’the payments for young people, particularly those under

21, are so low that it is almost impossible for them to live and they rely on agencies

like ours, emergency relief and a whole bunch of things just to get by’.11

Payment structure

5.24 Several submissions and other evidence argued that the large and growing gap

between allowance and pension rates was contributing to increasing financial hardship

for many people. Submissions commented that the argument that people receive

allowances for only a short period of time is no longer tenable . the casualised labour

market and the incidence of long-term unemployment mean that people must rely on

allowances for an extended period. Given these changes, submissions argued that

there was no rationale for the continued difference in payment rates between pensions

and allowances.12 Table 5.4 illustrates the major anomalies in current base rates of

payment.

10 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.45. See also Submissions 187, p.27 (SA Government);

Victorian Government, p.11 (Victorian Government).

11 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.63 (BSL).

12 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, pp.63-64 (BSL); Submissions 163, p.128 (ACOSS); 98, p.17

(BSL).

106

Table 5.4: Major anomalies in base rates of payment (June 2003)

Single rates Married rates

Payment Maximum rate

($ per week)

Amount below

pension rate

Maximum rate

($ per week)

Amount below

pension rate

Pension $220 0 $184 0

Newstart

Allowance

$190 $30 $171 $13

Austudy $155 $65 $155 $29

Youth Allowance

(away from home

rate)

$155 $65 $155 $29

Source: ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, September 2003, p.52.

5.25 Welfare and advocacy groups argued that allowances should be increased up to

the level of the pension and indexed to 25 per cent of MTAWE, with some arguing

that this should be extended to all allowances.13 ACOSS argued for ’targeted increases’

in social security payments . ’our proposal is that for particular groups and

unemployed people . and youth in particular . the income support available to them is

progressively raised to the rate of the pension’.14 ACOSS noted that raising allowance

rates to pension levels ’would help some of the most financially disadvantaged groups

of recipients . unemployed people, adult students, and independent young people .

and reduce some of the worst income poverty’.15

5.26 Other groups argued that the major adult payments should be aligned with

pension rates. SACOSS argued that priority should be to bring single unemployed

adults and single adult student rates up to pension levels and that the independent rate

Youth Allowance should be progressively increased to align with pension rates.16

5.27 Others proposed that increasing allowances to pension rates could be introduced

progressively, with the BSL suggesting that this reform should be introduced by

2010.17 ACOSS argued that as a first step Austudy rates should be aligned with those

of Newstart Allowance and the single adult rate of Newstart Allowance and the away

13 Submissions 98, p.17 (BSL); 163, p.133 (ACOSS).

14 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.674 (ACOSS).

15 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.51.

16 Submission 46, p.21 (SACOSS).

17 Submission 98, p.viii (BSL).

107

from home rates of Youth Allowance should be increased. Other allowances would

then be increased progressively.18

5.28 FaCS advised the Committee that the cost of increasing allowances to 25 per

cent of MTAWE as currently applies to pensions would be $1.4 billion for 2004-05.

The cost would continue to grow from 2004-05 due to the effect of MTAWE

indexation.19

Conclusion

5.29 The Committee believes that there is a pressing need to remove anomalies in the

income support payments for allowees in comparison to pension payments. This

reform would address the severe financial difficulties faced by many people receiving

allowances, especially unemployed people, independent young people and adult

students. The Committee considers that allowances should be progressively increased

to pension levels and that they should be indexed to 25 per cent of MTAWE.

Recommendation 11

5.30 That the Commonwealth Government:

. consider increasing the base rates of allowances to the level of pension

payments and that these payments be indexed to 25 per cent of MTAWE;

and

. consider the feasibility of introducing this reform by 2005.

Level of payment

5.31 Some evidence suggested that, in addition to the need to increase allowances to

the level of pension payments, there was a need, at least over the longer term, to

increase social security payments generally to a higher level than the benchmark of

25 per cent of MTAWE currently applied to pension levels.

5.32 The SVDP National Council argued that social security benefits should be

gradually increased in yearly increments, for example, by 0.01 per cent, until ’social

justice’ is achieved.20 COTA National Seniors argued for an increase of $300 (which

would be indexed) or 3 percent annually for those on full pensions and allowances.

This would be paid to all people aged 50 years and over reliant on social security

payments.21

18 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.52.

19 Submission 165, Supplementary Information, 13.8.03, p.7 (FaCS).

20 Submission 44, p.71 (SVDP National Council).

21 Submission 184, p.19 (COTA National Seniors).

108

5.33 Several pensioner groups argued that the rate of pension should be increased to

35 per cent of MTAWE to better reflect the cost of living faced by pensioners. These

organisations pointed to the higher pension payments provided in overseas countries.22

The CPSA conceded that this would represent a ’considerable rise’ . ’but we feel that

would do a lot in terms of alleviating poverty. It would mean that people would have a

better quality of life’.23

5.34 FaCS advised the Committee that the cost of increasing social security payments

to even 30 per cent of MTAWE would be substantial. Increasing pensions and

allowances to this level would cost $11 billion for 2004-05. The cost would continue

to grow from 2004-05 due to the effect of MTAWE indexation.24

Conclusion

5.35 The Committee believes that while the cost of increasing the rates of social

security payments would be substantial, the Commonwealth Government should have,

as a long-term goal, a commitment to increasing the rate of both pensions and

allowances to a substantially higher rate than the current 25 percent of MTAWE

benchmark at present applied to pension payments.

Concessions

5.36 In addition to the direct payment of income support, many social security

recipients are eligible for a range of non-cash benefits. These include assistance with

the costs of prescription medicines through the PBS, and concessions from State and

local governments and discounts from private providers, such as reduced local

government rates and charges and discounts for transport costs.

5.37 Over three million pensioners have Pensioner Concession Cards, while

1.7 million allowees and low income households have Health Care Cards, with the

Commonwealth Seniors Health Card (CSHC) providing concessions to over 275 000

self-funded retirees.25 In total, 31 per cent of the adult Australian population is in

receipt of a Health Care Card or Pensioner Concession Card, increasing to 33 per cent

with the inclusion of CSHC holders. Data by State on the receipt of Commonwealth

concession cards is provided in Table 5.5.

22 Submissions 223, p.13 (APSF); 29, p.11 (CPSA).

23 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.283 (CPSA).

24 Submission 165, Supplementary Information, 13.8.03, p.7 (FaCS).

25 Submission 165, p.41 (FaCS).

109

Table 5.5: Commonwealth Concession Card holders by State, June 2002(a)

State Health Care Card &

Pensioner Concession

Card

%

All Cards(b) %

NSW 1 490 550 29.6% 1 593 178 31.7%

VIC 1 165 225 31.4% 1 234 131 33.2%

QLD 902 015 32.6% 950 512 34.3%

WA 427 861 29.7% 454 037 31.5%

SA 415 197 35.5% 434 593 37.2%

TAS 143 635 40.6% 149 310 42.2%

NT 41 798 30.3% 42 572 30.8%

ACT 46 454 19.1% 52 083 21.4%

TOTAL 4 632 735.00 31.2% 4 910 416 33.0%

a Numbers of adult Australians (aged 18 years and over) in receipt of a concession card as a

proportion of this age group.

b Includes Commonwealth Seniors Health Card holders.

Source: Submission 165, Supplementary Information, 13.8.03, p.1 (FaCS).

5.38 Problems in relation to the wide variation in the nature and eligibility for

concessions across the States and the interaction between Commonwealth payments

and the various State programs were raised in submissions. NCOSS noted that in

NSW transport concessions under the NSW Half Fare Entitlement Card are limited to

people in receipt of the maximum rate of certain Centrelink payments. This excludes

many people on low incomes with transport needs, including many young

unemployed people and unemployed people who have been breached by Centrelink.

ACOSS noted that recipients of allowances generally receive concessions that are

vastly inferior to those available to pensioners, despite the fact that transport and

communication concessions are of particular importance to unemployed people to

help with job search.26

5.39 NCOSS recommended that the Commonwealth should negotiate an agreement

with State Governments in relation to concessions that established minimum standards

for concessions, for example, in relation to transport concessions for students and

jobseekers; that concessions should be targeted on the basis of need rather than being

targeted solely to pension recipients; and that easily accessible information on the

26 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.62.

110

concession regimes in each State and their linkages to the income support system

should be available.27

5.40 The Victorian Government raised concerns in relation to the Commonwealth’s

extension of concessions to seniors of independent means. The Victorian Government

stated that this approach ’would undermine the Victorian concessions policy

framework by re-directing limited funds from vulnerable households to relatively

affluent seniors’.28 ACOSS also noted that the extension of concession cards to these

groups has the effect of undermining their value for the neediest recipients, as

suppliers in the private and public sectors progressively withdraw or diminish

discounts for cardholders.29

Recommendation 12

5.41 That the Commonwealth and the States review their approach to

concessions by:

. establishing common eligibility criteria for concessions by removing

anomalies in the level and scope of concessions between pensioners and

allowees;

. that priority for access to concessions be directed to low income pensioners

and allowees; and

. that information be widely disseminated on the nature and extent of

concessions available.

Participation costs

5.42 Many people on income support lack the financial resources to meet expected

obligations placed on them by Government through activity test requirements for

income support payments, or to meet the extra costs incurred, for example, in job

seeking activities. Submissions indicated the need for the introduction of a

participation allowance in recognition of the costs of such participation.30

5.43 A number of such payments to assist with participation costs exist already,

including the Pensioner Education Supplement (which is payable to Centrelink

income support payees who are undertaking full-time or part-time study) and the

Work for the Dole Supplement (which is a supplement to income support for eligible

27 Submission 143, pp.3-4 (NCOSS).

28 Submission 69, p.28 (Victorian Government).

29 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.63.

30 Submissions 169, pp.17-18 (Mission Australia); 166, p.34 (Salvation Army); 163, pp.128-29

(ACOSS).

111

jobseekers who participate in activities of value to local communities).31 ACOSS

noted, however, that under the present system, unemployed people on Newstart

Allowance, for example, are usually expected to apply for several jobs a week, and be

prepared to search for jobs that require substantial travel yet there is no supplement to

meet these costs. While some costs associated with participation requirements, such as

education courses for pensioners, are directly subsidised, others are not.32

5.44 As noted above, increased participation requirements can impose an additional

financial burden on people whose incomes are already severely limited, especially in

the areas of transport and education. The Salvation Army argued that incentives or

payments should be provided, given that the costs of participation often outweigh

income support and the incentives currently provided. Ancillary support in the form of

financial supplements for travel and other costs ’are critical for people to truly

participate and seek employment’.33

5.45 The Australians Working Together welfare reform package goes some way to

recognising participation costs through the introduction of a Language, Literacy and

Numeracy Supplement which provides a payment to eligible people who undertake

approved language, literacy and numeracy training to overcome barriers they may

have in gaining employment. This payment is to assist people with the incidental costs

of undertaking training such as transport, parking costs or meals, though it is not

intended to fully cover all the costs associated with undertaking the training.

5.46 ACOSS noted that there are a number of ways to address the issue of

participation costs. One approach is to extend cash supplements to all recipients of

workforce age payments engaged in an approved economic participation activity. For

example, the Work for the Dole Allowance could be replaced by a more generous

jobsearch and work experience allowance to assist with the costs of meeting job

search requirements and participating in work experience programs. The Pensioner

Education Supplement could be replaced by an education and training allowance for

recipients of workforce age payments, to assist in the ancillary costs of participation in

approved further education and training courses.

5.47 An alternative approach suggested by ACOSS would be to provide an

entitlement for jobseekers and participants in approved education, training and work

experience programs by way of a series of payments designed to reimburse key costs,

such as transport fares, student union fees and books. The advantage of this approach

is that assistance could be targeted towards those facing the highest costs. The main

31 Submission 165, Supplementary Information, 13.8.03, p.6 (FaCS).

32 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.64.

33 Submission 166, p.34 (Salvation Army).

112

disadvantage is that it would be more complex and costly to administer than a cash

supplement.34

Conclusion

5.48 The Committee believes that there is a need for the introduction of a

comprehensive participation allowance in recognition of the costs associated with

jobsearch, work experience or further education and training activities of jobseekers.

While a number of participation payments already exist these supplements need to be

replaced by a broader and more generous payment for those engaged in jobsearch and

related activities. The Committee envisages that the proposed participation allowance

would subsume existing payments.

5.49 The Committee believes that the allowance should be means-tested and

reimburse certain ancillary costs up to a prescribed level associated with jobsearch and

other activities, as noted above. Those eligible for the allowance would need to

provide receipts with respect to expenditure incurred.

Recommendation 13

5.50 That the Commonwealth Government introduce a means-tested

participation allowance, to broaden and replace existing payments, to meet the

additional costs, up to a prescribed level, associated with jobsearch, work

experience or further education and training activities of jobseekers.

Compliance requirements and penalties

5.51 Evidence highlighted the impact harsh breach penalties have on unemployed

income support recipients for failure to comply with the various requirements linked

to the receipt of these payments, and the financial impact this has on already

vulnerable groups in society. The breaching regime also has flow-on effects to

community welfare agencies that provide assistance and support to those impacted by

the current breaching regime. This is discussed further in chapter 17.

5.52 There are two types of breaches . activity test breaches and administrative

breaches. Activity test breaches relate to failing to meet certain obligations such as

failure to accept a reasonable job offer or to attend a job interview with a prospective

employer. An administrative breach relates to failing to comply with some procedure

or administrative requirement, for example, failure to attend an interview at Centrelink

34 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, pp.64-65.

113

Breaching . penalising the poorest

.overall, the system as it operates at the moment relies far too much on obligations and

compulsion, based on the idea that people have to be banged over the head or they will not do

anything. From our experience that is just nonsense. We know that people want to work,

they are trying the best they can to find jobs, and they face a whole lot of barriers to getting

into employment, including, as we have heard, the fact that there are six people for every job

vacancy. The system of providing more compulsion and more obligations is just obscene.

When you think that with the breach penalties, we are talking about $800, $1,200 or $1,500

being applied to people who are the poorest in our society.

Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.64 (BSL).

Breaching seems to be a government KPI . key performance indicator. No amount of

discussion from our clients, as related to us, makes any difference. Nothing works: there are

no excuses if you breach: "Bang! There is another one. Caught you! Performance review

appraisal? Well, that will look good". They are fairly cynical comments but that is the way it

seems to come across to the people and to us. . The frustration of not having and not being

able to find a job is soul destroying on its own without being subjected to this injustice of

being breached.

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.963 (SVDP Society . Central Illawarra).

.it [breaching] does so much harm to the community. I have talked to young people who

were at the edge of committing suicide. I have talked to young people who have actually

acquired disabilities as a result of breaching because they were put out on the streets. If you

have eight weeks with no income, what are you going to do? Where are you going to live?

Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.21 (Disability Action).

5.53 Current activity test penalties for unemployed jobseekers on Newstart and Youth

Allowance are:

18 per cent rate reduction in base payment for 26 weeks for the first breach;

24 per cent rate reduction for 26 weeks for a second breach in the two years

prior; and

a non-payment period for 8 weeks for third and subsequent breaches.

Current penalties for administrative breaches are set at a 16 per cent rate reduction for

13 weeks or one fortnight of non-payment.

5.54 Under the welfare reform package, Australians Working Together, passed in the

Senate on 27 March 2003, the participation/activity test and breaching regime has

been extended to sole parents and older unemployed people. From September 2003,

people receiving Parenting Payment whose youngest child is aged 13 to 15 years are

subject to a participation requirement to plan for a return to work. Parents with older

children are required to do a part-time activity of up to 150 hours in each 6 month

114

period to increase their employment prospects. The requirements do not apply to

parents caring for a child with a serious disability.35

5.55 If a person has not complied with the requirements under a participation

agreement then a penalty will be applied. Parenting Payment recipients are subject to

the same activity test penalties applying to Newstart and Youth Allowance recipients.

The main difference is that in relation to these breaches where the recipient complies

with the requirement in the breach period within 13 weeks, the breach is revoked and

full arrears in payments are made. This does not apply in the case of Newstart and

Youth Allowance recipients, where once the breach penalty is imposed the full period

is served. In addition, Parenting Payment recipients are not subject to administrative

breaches.

5.56 Mature age Newstart Allowance recipients (aged 50 years and over) are also

subject to activity test requirements and penalties. Recipients are required to look for

work but the activity test is flexible, especially for those with no recent workforce

experience. Participation agreements will take into account a person’s circumstances,

skills and abilities.

5.57 Where a person fails to comply with the terms of the agreement, a penalty will

be imposed. Mature age Newstart Allowance recipients are subject to the same

activity test penalties applying to Newstart and Youth Allowance recipients. However,

the remaining penalty is waived on compliance, but full arrears of payment is not

made (as is the case with Parenting Payment).

5.58 Commenting on the recent changes, ACOSS noted this reflected a ’significant

softening’ of the breaching regime as it applies to sole parents and older unemployed

people.36

5.59 Submissions noted that the number of breaches increased dramatically between

1997 and 2001. ACOSS stated that there was a 189 per cent increase in the rate of

breaching in the three years from 1998, culminating in a record 348 000 breaches in

2000-01.37 While the number of breaches has started to decline after reaching this very

high peak, the impact of breaches on those subject to them is still very severe. As

noted above, for a third ’activity test’ breach, the penalty is no payment at all for 8

weeks.

5.60 Submissions and other evidence noted that penalties affect groups in society that

are already vulnerable, such as homeless people, people who have a mental illness,

and others who may not have the capacity to comply with Centrelink requirements

35 Parenting Payment recipients whose youngest child is aged between 6 and 12 years are required

to attend an annual participation interview but they are not subject to breaches and penalties.

36 Submission 163, p.132 (ACOSS).

37 Submission 163, p.131 (ACOSS).

115

and who subsequently incur a penalty that further marginalises them from social and

economic participation.38

5.61 Evidence shows that the application of breach penalties pushes many Australians

into poverty and increases the pressure on charities and welfare agencies. A Salvation

Army survey found that of the people who approached them for emergency assistance

because they had been breached:

84 per cent said they were unable to afford food and/or medication as a

result;

63 per cent said they were unable to pay gas, electricity, water, and/or

phone bills;

17 per cent indicated that they had become homeless as a result of being

breached; and

11 per cent said they resorted to crime to make up for the money lost as a

result of being breached.39

5.62 A joint research project undertaken by the BSL, St Vincent de Paul Society and

the University of Melbourne on the impact of breaching reported similar findings. The

study found that people coped with the reduced income as a result of breaching by

cutting basic expenses, relying on welfare organisations, using up savings or

borrowing money from family or friends. Most respondents said it was very difficult

and frustrating coping with the loss of that money and it was a struggle to pay for

essentials such as food and transport.40

5.63 A number of welfare and advocacy groups argued that the current breaching and

penalty regime needs to be reviewed to reduce the impact of breaching on the most

vulnerable groups in society.41 They pointed to the Independent Review of Breaches

and Penalties in the Social Security System (the Pearce Review) recommendations in

relation to breaches as providing a useful model for a breaching regime, especially in

its emphasis on assisting and reinforcing compliance rather than identifying and

punishing non-compliance.

5.64 The Pearce Review was established in 2001 by nine leading charities and other

organisations. The purpose of the review was to identify factors affecting, and the

38 Submissions 133, p.7 (UnitingCare Australia); 98, pp.17-18 (BSL); 163, p.131 (ACOSS). See

also Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.64 (BSL).

39 Submission 135, p.4 (Salvation Army).

40 Submission 98, p.17 (BSL). See also Committee Hansard 2.5.03, pp.219-220 (Anglicare

Tasmania); 1.5.03, p.135 (Knox City Council).

41 See, for example, Submissions 163, p.134 (ACOSS); 166, p.36 (Salvation Army).

116

consequences of, recent changes in the incidence of breaches and penalties relating to

unemployed people receiving income support payments; and to recommend

improvements in the effectiveness and fairness of the system.

5.65 In relation to breaches, the Pearce Review recommended that:

all penalties should be fully recoverable if the jobseeker takes reasonable

steps to comply with the relevant obligation;

the duration of penalties should not exceed eight weeks and the rate of

reduction in allowance should not exceed 25 per cent;

if penalties are not made fully recoverable, the duration of penalties should

not exceed eight weeks and the rate of reduction should not exceed 15 per

cent;

penalties should not commence until at least 14 days after written

notification to the jobseeker; and

the combined rate of a jobseeker’s reduction in allowances through

penalties and Centrelink recoveries should not exceed 20 per cent.42

5.66 The Committee recommended in its 2002 report that the recommendations of the

Pearce Review should be implemented in full.43 ACOSS has also argued for full

implementation of the Pearce Review recommendations and that, in particular,

penalties should be fully recoverable if a jobseeker takes ’reasonable steps’ to comply

with reasonable requirements not later than four weeks after imposition of a breach;

the duration of penalties should not exceed eight weeks; and the rate of reduction in

allowance should not exceed 25 per cent of income.44

5.67 The BSL also argued that the breaching regime should ensure that breach

penalties do not reduce payments for longer than eight weeks.45 The BSL added that

the Government’s recent changes do not go far enough . ’we would say there is a need

to reduce some penalties for second breaches. The Government has introduced

something for first breach penalties, which is a positive initiative, but it does not go

far enough’.46

42 Independent Review of Breaches and Penalties in the Social Security System (Pearce Review),

Making it Work, 2002, pp.83-86.

43 Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Report on Participation Requirements and

Penalties in the Social Security System, September 2002, chapter3.

44 Submission 163, p.134 (ACOSS). See also Submission 46, p.21 (SACOSS).

45 Submission 98, p.ix (BSL).

46 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.64 (BSL).

117

Conclusion

5.68 The Committee believes that the current breaching regime and associated

penalties remain harsh and inequitable, especially for Newstart and Youth Allowance

recipients, and contribute to increasing poverty and financial hardship for many of the

most vulnerable people in society, as well as placing an increased burden on the

services of welfare agencies. The Committee notes some softening in the breaching

regime for sole parents and older unemployed people but believes further changes are

needed.

5.69 The Committee considers that the conclusions and recommendations in its 2002

report remain valid and that the recommendations of the Pearce Review provide a

fairer and more effective compliance system and are less punitive than current

arrangements and therefore should form the basis of a more balanced breaching

regime.

Recommendation 14

5.70 That the breaching and penalty system be amended in line with the

recommendations of the Pearce Review; namely that:

. all penalties should be fully recoverable if the jobseeker takes reasonable

steps to comply with the relevant obligation;

. the duration of penalties should not exceed eight weeks; and

. the rate of reduction in allowance should not exceed 25 per cent.

Poverty traps

5.71 Submissions noted that the tax and transfer system in Australia interact in a way

that imposes high effective marginal rates of tax for people moving from or

combining income support and work. Some people on social security payments can

lose up to 87 per cent or more of every extra dollar they earn from working. This

creates a disincentive to move into work and is often described as a ’poverty trap’ that

locks many people into welfare dependency.47

5.72 All income support payments, except for people who are legally blind, are

subject to an income and assets test to ensure that payments are targeted to those most

in need. The balance between targeting payments to those most in need while still

encouraging self provision and financial rewards is a fundamental issue in designing

any income support system.

47 Submissions 98, p.18 (BSL); 187, p.28 (SA Government).

118

5.73 The rate of income support a person receives depends on a number of factors,

such as whether they are single or partnered, have dependent children and how much

income they earn. Income tests comprise:

a ’free area’ . this is the amount of private income a person can receive

from earnings or other sources before their income support payment is

reduced;

a ’taper rate’ . this is the rate at which income support payments are

withdrawn or ’tapered away’ over the range of private income between the

free area and the final cut-out point; and

a ’cut-out point’ . this is the amount of private income at which a person

ceases to receive any income support payment.

5.74 A tight income test . such as with a steep taper and a low cut-out point . ensures

strong targeting of assistance to those with little or no income, but can reduce the

financial rewards from increasing private income (such as through earnings). This is

because of the interaction of the income test and increased tax liability. For example,

for each extra dollar a person earns, they lose part through the reduction in income

support payment and the tax they pay on the income.

5.75 Conversely, a more generous income test . for instance, having a low taper rate

and high cut-out point . will reduce the net effect of the interaction between the

withdrawal of payments and tax liability, and hence increase financial rewards from

working. Moreover, a more generous income test will also reduce the extent to which

assistance is targeted to those with the lowest incomes.

5.76 In essence, a balance needs to be struck in designing income tests between

encouraging people to work and maintaining an affordable system that does not

require an increase in taxes or a withdrawal of goods and services provided elsewhere

by government.

5.77 One measure of the proportion of income that is lost to income tax and income

tests when a person increases their income is the effective marginal tax rate (EMTR).

In effect, an EMTR is how much money people will lose from each additional dollar

of private income. When EMTRs are high, and especially if EMTRs are sustained

over wide income ranges, they will reduce the incentive to work since people get to

keep only a small amount of the additional income they earn. In cases where the

EMTR is 100 per cent, there is no gain from earning additional income over the range

covered by that EMTR. In some cases EMTRs are more than 100 per cent, and people

would actually lose money from working more hours. Given that income support and

family payment rates differ according to a person’s family circumstances, EMTRs also

differ across different family types.

119

5.78 An increase in EMTRs has two possible effects on work incentives:

The ’income effect’ arises because an increase in the tax rate reduces the

amount of disposable income from a given amount of work and so might

encourage greater work effort to make up for this loss; and

The ’substitution effect’ recognises that the return for giving up an extra

hour of ’leisure’ in order to work has been reduced by the increase in the

EMTR and so people may be inclined to work fewer hours.

5.79 These two effects work in different directions and the net effect on work

incentives will depend on an individual’s preferences and their circumstances. For

example, it may be that mothers who are second income earners and face the demand

of family responsibilities will be more influenced by the substitution effect. On the

other hand, primary earners may give greater weight to the income effect.48

5.80 ACOSS stated that taper rates for people on unemployment benefits are a very

real disincentive to paid work. For fortnightly income between $62 and $142 the taper

rate is 50 cents in the dollar, for income above $142 per fortnight it is at the higher

rate of 70 cents in the dollar. Partner income which exceeds the cutout point reduces

the fortnightly allowance by 70 cents in the dollar. The 70 per cent withdrawal rate,

when combined with a 20 per cent tax rate, leads to very high effective marginal tax

rates for many unemployed people seeking employment.

5.81 By contrast, people in receipt of a pension payment are subject to a withdrawal

rate of 40 cents in the dollar for all income over a free area of $116 a fortnight.

Unemployed people thus have a much higher effective marginal tax rate than age and

disability pensioners, despite the fact that they face extra expenses in looking for work

and improving their work skills. They also have much higher marginal tax rates than

Australians on the highest incomes. ACOSS agued that poverty traps could be reduced

by easing the social security income tests for unemployed people with casual or part

time work.49

5.82 The BSL argues that the problem could be diminished by raising the earnings

threshold at which people begin to lose some of their benefits (the ’free area’) and by

introducing a standard withdrawal rate (for example, 60 per cent) instead of the

current two-tier rates of 50 and 70 per cent. These two changes would mean that

people who worked part-time would retain more of their earnings.50

48 Reference Group on Welfare Reform, Interim Report: Technical and Other Appendices,

Appendix 4, pp.38-48.

49 Submission 163, pp.133-34 (ACOSS).

50 Submission 98, p.18 (BSL).

120

5.83 ACOSS also argued that the interaction of income tests for Family Tax Benefit,

Youth Allowance and Child Care Benefit also contributes to poverty. This has

implications for work outcomes, as mothers with children in low and middle income

families are particularly sensitive to employment disincentives. Where a family has

more than one child attracting these payments, these income tests ’stack’ . together

with personal income tax . to produce very high effective marginal tax rates on family

income, often in excess of 80 per cent. Family Tax Benefit A is withdrawn at the rate

of 30 cents in the dollar of family income. When combined with personal income tax,

this leads to effective marginal tax rates of 60 per cent for many families.51

Recommendation 15

5.84 That the Commonwealth Government review social security income tests:

. to reduce the high effective marginal tax rates for many unemployed people

with casual or part time work;

. reduce the high effective marginal tax rates for families caused by the

combined effect of income tests for Family Tax Benefit A, Child Care

Benefit and Youth Allowance, in cases where a family has children

attracting more than one payment.

51 Submission 163, p.133 (ACOSS).

121

CHAPTER 6

HOUSING

Housing is a linchpin of social inclusion. Until security of tenure is stable,

other issues relating to economic vulnerability cannot be addressed. Shelter

is a basic requirement and it is the foundation on which one’s sense of

belonging is established.1

6.1 Housing is a basic human need and plays a crucial role in determining whether

or not people live in poverty and in a society’s ability to realise broader social

outcomes. The fundamental role of secure housing was described in one submission:

Affordable housing can play an important role in reducing poverty by

providing households with more income to access essential services and

enjoy opportunities to participate in the economic, social and cultural life of

their community. In this way, access to affordable housing has the potential

to prevent the inter-generational transmission of poverty and disadvantage.2

6.2 Housing can provide, inter alia, a stable base for people to find a job, undertake

study and training, participate in family and community activities, and access local

services.3

Housing and poverty

6.3 There is an extensive literature on the links between housing and poverty. In

most studies of ’before’ and ’after housing’ poverty . that is, after housing costs are

included . the rates of after housing poverty are significantly higher than those of

before housing poverty. A study commissioned by the Smith Family estimated that in

2000, 17.5 per cent of the population were in ’after housing’ poverty while 13 per cent

were in poverty prior to housing costs being taken into account.4 These figures reflect

the fact that the housing costs of the poor are a more significant proportion of their

income than for middle and upper income families. Taking housing costs into account

thus increases the relative financial deprivation suffered by lower income households.

Figure 6.1 shows the poverty rates for renters and boarders are significantly higher

than for homeowners or purchasers and increases significantly for this group after

1 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.228 (Salvation Army).

2 Submission 129, p.33-34 (Queensland Government).

3 Submissions 163, pp.145-46 (ACOSS); 144, p.10 (Tenants Union of Victoria). See also AIHW,

Australia’s Welfare 2003, pp.162-165.

4 Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia, 1990 to 2000, The

Smith Family, 2001, p.18.

122

their housing costs have been taken into account . from 18 per cent (on a before

housing basis) to 28 per cent (on an after housing basis).

Figure 6.1: Estimated poverty rates for individuals in 2000, by housing tenure,

before- and after- housing costsa

a Using the half average income poverty line (Henderson equivalence scale).

Source: Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia, 1990 to

2000, The Smith Family, 2001, p.19.

6.4 Tenants in public housing, as well as being poor, also often face compounding

stress factors in their lives. One witness noted that a significant stress factor on public

housing estates is loneliness . and loneliness brings isolation, fear and a lack of

confidence. People are often afraid to go out in the larger housing estates, and many

residents, particularly female sole parents, are preyed upon by others due to their

vulnerability.5

6.5 Housing is usually the single greatest cost facing most households, particularly

for low income earners. Housing costs have increased rapidly over the last decade. At

the same time, however, the availability of ’affordable housing’ . that is housing that

low income households can afford without experiencing housing stress . has declined.

’Housing stress’ refers to people having to pay such a significant proportion of their

income for housing that they suffer severe financial consequences. It generally refers

to those households who pay 30 per cent or more of their household income in

housing costs. Households in the bottom 20 percent of the income distribution are

especially vulnerable to housing stress. ACOSS stated that a quarter of a million

people currently experience housing stress and if this trend continues the number will

be one million by 2020.

5 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.362 (SVDP . Riverwood Conference).

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Poverty rate %

Owner Purchaser Renter/Boarder Other

Before housing

After housing

123

Housing and poverty

The cost of housing is a major contributor to poverty. Housing affordability in the major

population areas is at an all-time low.

Today’s Australian housing market is characterised by:

relentlessly rising housing prices and a growing ’housing affordability crisis’;

an increasing ’mismatch’ between housing need and housing outcomes, resulting in both

over-crowding and rising short-term and chronic homelessness;

a decrease in private rental low-rent dwellings, especially in our capital cities;

increasing social segregation expressed spatially in the creation of homogeneous

enclaves of rich and poor residents within the metropolitan areas and in greater socioeconomic

divisions between city and country; and

the creation of a vicious circle of multiple disadvantage in marginalised areas, raising the

spectre of ’social exclusion’ and the inter-generational perpetuation of unemployment

and disengagement.

Submission 102, pp.9-10 (Shelter NSW).

6.6 Despite the recent housing boom, Australia has experienced a continuing decline

in the stock of affordable housing and is facing a housing affordability crisis.

Nationally there is an estimated shortage of 150 000 units of affordable housing.6

Those living in private rental are most affected by the housing crisis. A recent joint

study by National Shelter and ACOSS found that in 2001-02:

over one-third (35 per cent) of Commonwealth Rent Assistance (CRA)

recipients (approximately 330 360 people) spent more than 30 per cent of

their income on rent and were in housing stress;

almost one in ten (9 per cent or approximately 85 000 people) spent more

than 50 per cent of their income in rent and were in extreme housing stress;

and

in most of the major population areas the maximum amount of CRA paid is

insufficient to ensure that households can live free of housing stress . this

is especially so in inner Sydney and inner Melbourne.7

6.7 An earlier study by the Brotherhood of St Laurence (BSL) reported similar

findings. The study found that in 1996, almost three-quarters of lower income private

tenants in Melbourne were in housing stress, an increase of 13.5 percent from a

6 Submission 163, p.145 (ACOSS).

7 National Shelter & ACOSS, Rent Assistance: Does it Deliver Affordability?, September 2003,

pp.4,10.

124

decade earlier. Similarly, in Sydney, 47 per cent of lower income households were

estimated to be experiencing housing stress in 1999, an increase of 50 per cent since

1986.8

Homelessness

6.8 The most extreme example of housing stress is being homeless. Homelessness in

Australia was described during the inquiry as a ’national disgrace’.

It is an appalling sight to see men setting up a tent city in Talbot Place in Sydney, outside the

Matthew Talbot Hostel, which is the largest men’s hostel in the Southern Hemisphere. Men

from our area [Lismore] go to Sydney to get accommodation because they cannot find it in

our area. They also cannot find it in Sydney. We are at risk of mirroring cities in India where

people sleeping on the street is almost the norm and is accepted.

Committee Hansard 1.7.03, pp.853-54 (St Vincent de Paul, Lismore).

6.9 Since the 1980s the issue of homelessness has been the subject of several

significant reports. A major report by the Human Rights and Equal Opportunity

Commission into youth homelessness, chaired by Brian Burdekin, reported in 1989.

The report highlighted the plight of homeless youth, estimating that there were at least

20 000 to 25 000 homeless children and young people nationally at that time. The

report called for urgent government and community responses to this extremely

serious social problem.9 Evidence to this inquiry confirmed many of findings of the

Burdekin report, including the link between homelessness and poverty. Several of the

issues raised in the report are still current and need to be addressed.

6.10 One of the most significant causes of homelessness in Australia is the inability of

some people to access affordable housing. Other key factors are poverty and

unemployment. Any of these factors alone or together place people at risk of

homelessness. Combined with other factors such as poor health, disability or the

experience of violence, people are at higher risk of homelessness.

6.11 The estimated number of homeless people in Australia on Census night in 2001

was 100 000. While this has declined slightly from the estimated 105 300 homeless

people identified on Census night in 1996,10 it remains an unacceptably high number.

8 Submission 98, p.19 (BSL).

9 Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission, Our Homeless Children: Report of the

National Inquiry into Homeless Children, 1989.

10 Chamberlain C & MacKenzie D, Counting the Homeless 2001, ABS, November 2003, p.2. See

also Submission 57, 8 (AFHO); Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.723 (AFHO).

125

Homeless in Australia . An Analysis of 2001 Census data on homelessness

There were 74 280 homeless households in the 2001 Census, compared with 72 850 in

1996. In 2001, 78 per cent were single person households, 13 per cent were couples, and

9 per cent were families. These findings are similar to 1996.

Over half (54 per cent) of the homeless population were aged 25 years or older,

including one-quarter (24 per cent) who were 45 years or over. However, 36 per cent

were young people aged 12-24 years, and another 10 per cent were children under 12

years accompanying adults.

Overall there were more males in the homeless population (58 per cent), but women are

now a substantial minority (42 per cent), compared with 30-40 years ago.

Indigenous people are more likely to experience homelessness than other Australians .

overall, 2 per cent of the population identify as Indigenous, but 9 per cent of the

homeless were Indigenous.

Approximately 60-70 per cent of people in improvised dwellings, boarding houses and

SAAP experience a sustained period of homelessness (six months or longer).11

6.12 The study of the 2001 Census data concluded that there are now more women in

the homeless population, more young people, and a significant minority of families .

although there are still homeless people who confirm to the old ’skid-row’ stereotype.

The study also stated that it is clear that the homeless population ’has increased over

the past 40 years, but there is no quantitative data on the rate of increase’.12

6.13 Evidence to this inquiry confirmed that the rate of homelessness has increased in

recent years, although this is not reflected in the latest Census figures. The SVDP

Society indicated that in Sydney the Society worked with 23 000 homeless people in

1998, however, this had increased to 43 000 cases in 2002.13 QCOSS also stated that

there had been a ’massive increase’ in homelessness in Queensland . ’this is borne out

by supported accommodation data, although that data only counts the number of

people that are being serviced by the service system that is funded under SAAP and

therefore only counts quite a small proportion of the real level of homelessness’.14 The

BSL also noted that in 2001-02 there had been an increase of 5 per cent in the number

of people using homelessness services over the previous year.15

11 Counting the Homeless, pp.1-8.

12 Counting the Homeless, p.8.

13 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.357 (SVDP . Sydney). See also Committee Hansard 2.7.03,

pp.967-68 (SVDP . Wollongong).

14 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1194 (QCOSS).

15 Submission 98, p.20 (BSL).

126

6.14 Various population groups experience homelessness differently:

for Indigenous Australians, various forms of discrimination and extreme

socio-economic disadvantage, are central causes of homelessness;

for women, homelessness is most often closely linked to domestic and

family violence;

for young people, homelessness is strongly linked to family abuse and

violence, family conflict and unemployment; and

for families, the lack of suitable rental housing, low vacancy rates in the

private rental market, gambling and unemployment are central causes of

homelessness.16

6.15 Many long-term residents of caravan parks are also at increased risk of

homelessness . the range of risk factors include failure to pay rent, park closures, and

lack of security of tenure, including lack of written occupancy agreements and often a

lack of appeal rights. Many long-term residents move to caravan parks because there

is no other suitable alternative accommodation . many are unemployed or on sickness

benefits or no longer in the active workforce.17

Living in a caravan park

Several families I have worked with live in the local caravan park. Moving into this

environment is usually a financial decision, a last resort and an embarrassment to all family

members. These families became more isolated from all their previous associations because

of distance, the cost and the irregularity of public transport, and not wanting others to know

about their depraved living situation. Children will not invite their friends over, saying, there

is not enough space and I will be harassed about our "povo life". Children roam the street

connecting with anyone who is in the same situation.

Consider having to walk up the road to go to the toilet or have a shower, allowing your young

children to play in the street because there is no room in the one bedroom caravan that

accommodates 4 people.

Family members feel bad about themselves they start to take medication (legal and illegal) to

get through the day. Family life falls apart, children stop going to school, there is lots of

fighting and then violence, children run away and attach to undesirable groups of people, or

anyone who provides a roof overhead.

Submission 131, Hunter Council of Social Services, case studies provided as additional information,

29.5.03.

16 Submission 57, p.9 (AFHO). See also AIHW, Australia’s Welfare 2003, pp.389-90.

17 AHURI, On the Margins? Housing Risk among Caravan Park Residents, August 2003, pp. i-v.

See also Submission 16, pp.1-3 (Mr Bollard).

127

6.16 The Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations (AFHO) argued that

Commonwealth and State Governments need to increase private rental and home

purchase assistance for lower income people to address the issue of homelessness.

AFHO cautioned, however, that the provision of housing alone is unlikely to address

issues of homelessness and poverty for many people. Access to general support and

counselling services, access to mental health and other health services, and legal

assistance and advocacy are critical in assisting a significant proportion of the

homeless population to secure and maintain appropriate housing over the longer

term.18

Supported Accommodation Assistance Program

6.17 The Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP), which is jointly

funded by the Commonwealth and the States, provides transitional supported

accommodation and other services to people who are homeless or at risk of

homelessness. In 2001-02, there were some 1300 SAAP agencies across Australia,

assisting on average some 20 000 people per day. SAAP agencies not only offer

accommodation services, but other services such as employment and training

assistance and a range of counselling services.19

6.18 The current SAAP (SAAP IV) is currently being evaluated and AFHO indicated

that ’to date we do not have a commitment to there being a SAAP 5’.20 The evaluation

is due to be completed in April 2004. AFHO expressed strong support for the

continuation of SAAP arguing that it is a ’world-class’ program with an effective

national focus. AFHO added that:

SAAP as a crisis program interfaces with a whole lot of other mainstream

programs, and we believe it is crucial that that is linked up at a national

level.We also believe that the value of SAAP is that it is a joint

Commonwealth-state program and it is a special purpose payment. We

would certainly like to see SAAP remain that way.We do believe that

homelessness is a national issue and we see that one of the values of SAAP

has been the working together of the Commonwealth and the states and

territories.21

6.19 The Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) also noted that SAAP

’has been widely recognised as a world-class program...It is not only an important part

of Australia’s overall response to homelessness, but also an integral part of Australia’s

18 Submission 57, p.14 (AFHO).

19 Submission 165, p.43 (FaCS).

20 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.724 (AFHO).

21 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.724 (AFHO).

128

broader social safety net’.22 While supporting crisis accommodation programs, it was

emphasised during the inquiry that the solution to homelessness cannot solely centre

on these programs. One witness noted that ’crisis accommodation only hides the

problem. That is not to suggest that we should not be providing crisis accommodation,

but the solution must be affordable, accessible, long term housing’.23

Conclusion

6.20 The Committee believes that SAAP provides a range of valuable services to

homeless people and is an important part of the social security ’safety net’

arrangements for a particularly vulnerable section of the community.

6.21 The Committee notes the evaluation of the program is due to be completed in

April 2004 and considers that the Commonwealth Government should give a firm

commitment to the continuation of the program.

Recommendation 16

6.22 That the Commonwealth Government provide a commitment to the

continued operation of the Supported Accommodation Assistance Program.

Groups with special housing needs

6.23 In addition to homeless people or those at risk of becoming homeless, as

discussed above, several other groups on low incomes who, because they suffer from

social or physical disadvantage, often find it difficult to access affordable housing.

These groups include Indigenous people, people with disabilities, people from certain

ethnic backgrounds, single people with children, and the aged . especially the frail

aged.

6.24 The particular housing needs of these groups are discussed in more detail in

chapters 11, 13, 15 and 16. These groups often find it difficult to access the private

rental market and increasingly rely on public and community housing to address their

housing needs. Issues relating to public housing and access and affordability generally

are discussed below.

Addressing housing access and affordability

6.25 A number of measures were suggested during the inquiry to address housing

access and affordability for people on low incomes. These included:

the provision of public and community housing;

22 Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.401.

23 Committee Hansard 30.4 03, p.46 (Anglicare Victoria).

129

rent assistance;

private investment in low-cost housing;

homeownership;

tenants’ rights and tenancy databases; and

the development of a national housing strategy.

Public and community housing

6.26 Public housing comprises those dwellings owned (or leased) and managed by

State and Territory housing authorities. Australia has relatively low levels of public

housing . about 5 per cent of all households live in public housing tenures, the

proportion ranging from 3 per cent in Queensland to 13 per cent in the Northern

Territory.24

6.27 Community housing is rental housing provided for low to moderate income or

special needs households managed by community-based organisations that are at least

partly subsidised by government. Community housing models vary across

jurisdictions. This form of housing aims to provide a choice of housing location,

physical type and management arrangements. Some forms of community housing also

allow tenants to participate in the management of their housing. As at June 2003, there

were some 337 959 public housing dwellings occupied nationally with a further

29 367 community housing dwellings.25

6.28 Public housing is funded jointly by the Commonwealth and the States under the

Commonwealth State Housing Agreement (CSHA). Under this program, public

housing tenants pay no more than 25 per cent of their income in rent. The new fiveyear

CSHA commenced on 1 July 2003. The Agreement provides funding of $4.75

billion over five years for primarily public housing, but also for community,

Indigenous and crisis housing. The Agreement includes provision for bilateral housing

agreements between the Commonwealth and the State/Territories, allowing each

jurisdiction more flexibility in delivering housing assistance according to its priorities

and circumstances.26

6.29 Public housing provides an essential avenue by which many low income

households are able to secure affordable and appropriate housing of an adequate

standard. Evidence indicates, however, that the steady decrease in funding to public

housing; increased maintenance costs and the costs of upgrading the public housing

24 Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.188.

25 Report on Government Services 2004, Vol.2, pp.16.9-16.11.

26 Report on Government Services 2004, Vol.2, pp.16.9-16.11.

130

stock; and increasing demand for affordable housing, is threatening the long-term

viability of the system.27

6.30 Table 6.1 shows Commonwealth and State funding for the CSHA and funding

for Commonwealth Rent Assistance (CRA) over the period 1992-93 to 2001-02. The

Table indicates that real funding for the CSHA has been generally declining over the

period under review.

Table 6.1: Government expenditure on CSHA assistance and CRA

CSHA assistance CRA

$m 2001-02 $m $m 2001-02 $m

1992-93 1485.4 1758.7 1199.0 1419.6

1993-94 1419.6 1662.5 1401.0 1640.8

1994-95 1509.6 1649.4 1453.0 1688.2

1995-96 1489.8 1688.4 1552.0 1758.9

1996-97 1353.4 1510.1 1647.0 1837.7

1997-98 1207.4 1328.4 1484.0 1632.7

1998-99 1276.6 1402.3 1505.0 1653.2

1999-2000 1331.0 1431.0 1538.0 1653.6

2000-01* 1406.5 1442.7 1717.0 1761.2

2001-02* 1392.3 1392.3 1815.0 1815.0

*CSHA expenditure in 2000-01 and 2001-02 contained $89.7 million of GST compensation

paid to State and Territory Governments.

Source: Department of Family and Community Services, Annual Reports (various years);

Housing Assistance Act 1996, Annual Reports (various years); ABS, National Accounts:

National Income, Expenditure and Productivity, Cat. No. 5206.0.

6.31 Submissions also commented on the decline in funding for the CSHA. ACOSS

stated that expenditure on the CSHA has declined in real terms since the 1980s, and

between 1984-85 and 1994-95 ACOSS estimated that per capita levels of spending on

social housing via the CSHA declined by 25 per cent.28 This decline in funding levels

was confirmed in the recent Report on Government Services 2004. The report stated

that expenditure on CSHA assistance declined in real terms by approximately 18.6 per

cent between 1993-94 and 2002-03. Expenditure on CRA increased by approximately

9.8 per cent in real terms over the same period.29

27 Submissions 163, p.144 (ACOSS); 144, p.10 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

28 Submission 163, p.144 (ACOSS). See also Submission 98, p.21 (BSL).

29 Report on Government Services 2004, Vol 2, p.16.6.

131

6.32 The Queensland Government noted that historically CSHA grants have not been

indexed for inflation, and have declined in absolute terms since 1996 when the

Commonwealth began applying ’efficiency dividends’. As a result, the States are left

with public housing infrastructure that can no longer be sustained with current levels

of funding. The Queensland Government, referring to features of the 2003 CSHA

which introduces indexation, but also continues to apply efficiency dividends . noted

that the Agreement ’will still result in a decline in the real value of funding’.30 Waiting

lists for public housing have also increased . the waiting list for public housing in

NSW alone is 90 000 to 100 000.31

6.33 Concerns were also expressed at the increasing ’welfarisation’ of public housing.

Over the last decades public housing has been increasingly rationed to the most

disadvantaged in the community whereas historically it provided affordable housing

for low to moderate income households.32 Most new tenants are now on some form of

Centrelink payment or benefit . being on a low income of itself is therefore no longer

the main criteria for being eligible for public housing. Approximately 80 per cent of

households renting from State housing authorities in 1997-98 relied on pensions and

benefits as their principal source of income. Although people with a disability

represented 17 per cent of the total population aged between 15-64 years in 1998,

39 per cent of public housing tenants of this age group in 1998 were people with a

disability.33 In June 2002, of all income units in public housing almost one in three

contained an adult with a disability.34

6.34 Submissions noted that current Government policy favours the targeting of

scarce affordable housing resources to those with the highest . and often the most

complex . needs and with low incomes. The Tenants Union of Victoria noted that

because of the tight targeting, households experiencing only affordability problems,

and ’working poor’ households are either waiting for excessively long periods for

allocation of a property, or are excluded from the system altogether.35

6.35 ACOSS noted that the social housing system cannot be sustained if both incomerelated

rents and targeting remain. ACOSS also noted that public housing is carrying

significant unfunded maintenance and redevelopment liabilities, and faces a cash flow

crisis which has meant virtually no new stock has been added nationally as capital

30 Submission 129, p.34 (Queensland Government).

31 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.456 (Shelter NSW).

32 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.49 (Catholic Social Services Victoria); 27.5.03, p.456 (Shelter

NSW).

33 Report on Government Services 2004, vol 2, p.16.9.

34 Australia’s Welfare 2003, pp.191-92.

35 Submission 144, p.11 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

132

funding has been used to meet this gap.36 The level of public housing stock at the

national level has declined from 362 967 dwellings in 1999-00 to 354 124 dwellings

in 2001-02.37 The BSL advised that annual additions nationally to public housing have

declined from between 10 000 and 15 000 to less than 5000 dwellings in the last few

years. The Brotherhood noted that internal revenue now generated in Victoria’s public

housing only covers the cost of rental operations but is not sufficient to fund the

acquisition of new stock, improvements to older stock or redevelopment of estates.38

6.36 Submissions argued that it was vital that a viable public housing system be

maintained and be adequately funded.39 Shelter NSW stated that:

It is.vital for capital funding levels to increase substantially, given that

funding reductions together with increased targeting of public housing to atrisk

groups have led to a steep decline in new construction (combined with a

blow out in waiting lists) and an equally steep decline in rental returns with

higher percentages than ever of tenants on statutory benefits.40

6.37 The provision of a viable public housing system would, however, require

considerable expenditures. Shelter NSW estimated that it would cost $2 billion a year

to provide a sustainable system in NSW alone . ’you have 130,000 units of public

housing and we are talking about tripling that. It is a lot of money. But then you would

end up with a sustainable social housing system which would house not just very poor

people but up to moderate income people’.41

6.38 The use of private capital to finance public and community housing is sometimes

cited as a way of increasing stock without increasing the level of government funding.

This Committee’s 1997 report into housing assistance drew attention to a number of

overseas countries, for example, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, where

private institutional investors are a significant source of funding for public and social

housing.42

6.39 Recent CSHAs have encouraged the States to use Agreement funds for

arrangements involving investment from the private sector into public housing. In

36 Submission 163, p.145 (ACOSS).

37 Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.188.

38 Submission 98, p.21 (BSL).

39 Submissions 166, p.22 (The Salvation Army); 77, p.6 (Melbourne Citymission); 144, p.12

(Tenants Union of Victoria).

40 Submission 102, p.17 (Shelter NSW); Committee Hansard 27.5.03, pp.455-57 (Shelter NSW).

41 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.460 (Shelter NSW).

42 Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Report on Housing Assistance, December

1997, p.80.

133

recent years there has been a trend towards greater involvement of the private sector in

the provision of this form of housing. Indeed, one of the objectives under the 2003

CSHA is to ’promote innovative approaches to leverage additional resources into

Social Housing, through community, private sector and other partnerships’.43

6.40 Several States have promoted greater private and community sector involvement

in the area of public housing provision. In Victoria, the 2000-01 State Budget

provided $94.5 million over three years (2000-03) for the Social Housing Innovations

Project. The aim of the Project is to develop joint housing ventures with local

government bodies, non-government organisations and private sector companies. At

June 2002, 66 such joint ventures had been announced across the State. Queensland is

also looking at ways of using the community and private sectors in the provision of

affordable housing. One example is the establishment of the Brisbane Housing

Company, which procures homes in inner Brisbane to rent to people on low or

moderate income. It is a ’partnership’ arrangement between government, community

groups and the private sector. Western Australia is also increasing the range of

alternative housing solutions by expanding its community housing sector and bond

assistance scheme, as well as maximising the ability of housing providers to access

private investment. In 2000-01, private investments in public/community housing

totalled $450 000 compared to $300 000 in 1999-2000.44

6.41 Some reservations were expressed with the concept of public-private

partnerships. The Tenants Union of Victoria stated that while there were many

theoretical models ’there is no real practical experience in the Australian context of

that working’. The Tenants Union pointed to the experience of the redevelopment of

the Kensington public housing estate in Melbourne’s west, which was a public-private

partnership between Becton and the Victorian Office of Housing, noting that ’the

compromise that was required there to make that work was significant control for the

developer around the nature of public housing, the nature of allocations of the

residents of the estate . lots of qualifications that are around social engineering’.45

Conclusion

6.42 The Committee believes that public and community housing provides a vital

element in addressing the housing needs of some of the most disadvantaged people in

the community, especially those with low incomes and those with special needs. The

Committee is strongly supportive of continuing Commonwealth and State government

funding for public housing. The Committee also believes that partnerships should be

developed with the private sector to jointly finance public housing developments.

43 Cited in Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.161.

44 Housing Assistance Act 1996, Annual Report 2000-01, pp.40-61; Annual Report 2001-02,

pp.39-68.

45 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.190 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

134

Recommendation 17

6.43 That base funding arrangements for public housing be increased under the

Commonwealth-State Housing Agreement.

Recommendation 18

6.44 That the Commonwealth and the States:

. increase funding for the maintenance of current housing stock;

. increase funding for new public housing stock; and

. develop strategies to increase investment from the private sector into public

housing.

Rent assistance

6.45 Commonwealth Rent Assistance (CRA) is designed to assist those on income

support payments with housing affordability in the private rental market. It is a

supplementary payment, payable in addition to most classes of income support

payments to assist with private rental costs. In 2002-03, Commonwealth outlays on

CRA to income support recipients was $1.8 billion. There were 940 708 recipients of

CRA (as at June 2003).

6.46 Despite significant Commonwealth outlays, evidence to the inquiry expressed

concerns about the effectiveness of the CRA program in addressing the housing

affordability problems experienced by people on low incomes.46 A major concern was

that a large proportion of people in receipt of CRA still experienced considerable

housing affordability problems. Shelter NSW stated that CRA is not keeping up with

rising rents in most capital cities and some regional areas.47 FaCS data for December

2002, indicate that 34 per cent of CRA recipients spent more than 30 per cent of their

income in rent and 9 per cent spent more than 50 per cent of their income on rent.48

Similar figures were reported in the recent study by National Shelter and ACOSS

referred to earlier in this chapter.

6.47 Concerns were also raised that CRA has no real effect on the supply of

affordable housing in the private sector. The Tenants Union of Victoria commented

that the decline in affordable housing stock across Australia has two features. It shows

a decline in absolute numbers of low cost private rental at a time when the private

rental market experienced strong growth overall, and it demonstrates that there is also

46 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.50 (Centre for Public Policy); 27.5.03, p.457 (Shelter NSW).

See also National Shelter & ACOSS, Rent Assistance, pp.18-19.

47 Submission 102, p.14 (Shelter NSW).

48 FaCS, Annual Report 2002-03, Vol. 2, p.107.

135

a problem for low income renters accessing low cost stock, as they are competing with

other renters in the market.49 Evidence also indicated that flexibility of location is

often not provided. One witness, referring to the situation in NSW, commented that

CRA ’does not provide people with flexibility as to location. People have to go where

the poor housing is and strangely enough, low-cost housing is way out of the way of

any jobs’.50 The Queensland Government also noted that the private market for low

income households is in decline . ’when combined with the decline in social housing,

this inevitably means that an increasing number of households will face higher levels

of housing stress and poverty’.51

6.48 Submissions argued that the Commonwealth’s shift in funding priorities away

from public housing programs to demand driven programs like CRA may be counterproductive

in the longer term. As Table 6.1 indicates, Commonwealth expenditures on

the CRA have increased substantially in real terms since the 1990s, whereas

expenditures on the CSHA have declined over the same period. The Queensland

Government stated that in fiscal terms, there is evidence that over the longer term,

housing needs can be more efficiently addressed through capital based programs

rather than recurrent programs as capital programs create a portfolio of dwellings that

can assist many households over time. Furthermore, the portfolio can be realigned

over time through upgrades, sales and new constructions to remain responsive to

changing client profiles .’in contrast, demand driven programs such as income

supplements represent cash payments with no resulting asset and no capacity to

provide ongoing assistance over the long term. The move towards income

supplements may therefore ultimately result in greater costs to governments’.52

6.49 Equity issues were also raised in relation to CRA, as it only assists some income

support recipients and only those in the private rental market. People experiencing

hardship purchasing a home are not assisted, nor are low income working households

assisted with private rental costs. Some witnesses argued that CRA should be

extended to these groups.53

6.50 Despite the criticisms of the program, several groups acknowledged that CRA

does assist private renters with the cost of rental accommodation, at least to some

degree.54 It was also argued that CRA needs to be increased to keep pace with rent

49 Submission 144, p.9 (Tenants Union of Victoria). See also Submission 166, p.22 (Salvation

Army).

50 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.457 (Shelter NSW).

51 Submission 129, p.35 (Queensland Government). See also Submission 185, p.26 (Tasmanian

Government).

52 Submission 129, p.35 (Queensland Government).

53 Submission 144, p.9 and Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.182 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

54 See, for example, Submission 144, p.9 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

136

increases.55 A major concern, however, related to the possibility that increases in CRA

would result in landlords ’creaming off’ the increase by putting rents up as soon as

CRA was increased with the result that there would be no improvement in

affordability for low income renters. This concern was not necessarily supported by

evidence that suggests that increases in CRA have not led to corresponding increases

in rents. Data from FaCS indicates that from June 2000 to June 2002, average CRA

payments increased by 16 per cent, while average rents for CRA recipients increased

by 12 per cent. By comparison the CPI increased by 9 per cent in the two years to

March 2002.56

6.51 A review of CRA was called for in a number of submissions. The Tenants Union

of Victoria argued that such a review should address the effectiveness of CRA as a

housing program in improving affordability and access; the cost of the program; the

relationship of CRA to income support and to the private rental market; and the

eligibility criteria.57

Conclusion

6.52 The Committee is concerned at the Commonwealth Government’s shift in policy

emphasis from social housing to CRA, especially as this policy shift has not addressed

affordability and access issues for low income people attempting to rent in the private

market. The Committee believes that the overall operations of CRA, especially in

relation to access and affordability for low income households, should be reviewed as

part of the Committee’s recommendation for a national housing strategy.

Private investment in low-cost housing

6.53 A number of submissions argued that the Commonwealth should develop

strategies to increase the level of private finance directed to providing affordable

housing for low income earners. There are a range of schemes that have been

proposed but these were not canvassed in any detail during the inquiry.58 SACOSS

suggested the introduction of tax credit arrangements for investment in low-cost

housing.59 It was also emphasised that initiatives in this area should be in addition to a

commitment by governments to maintain a viable social housing sector.

55 Submission 46, p.25 (SACOSS); Submission 98, p.ix (BSL).

56 FaCS, Annual Report 2001-02, Vol. 2, p.111. See also Senate Report on Housing Assistance,

p.40.

57 Submission 144, p.10 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

58 Submissions 163, p.146 (ACOSS); 166, p.22 (Salvation Army).

59 Submission 46, p.25 (SACOSS).

137

Home ownership

6.54 Submissions argued that there should be greater encouragement for low income

households to purchase their own homes. The Tenants Union of Victoria argued that

home ownership remains the most cost-effective housing tenure for all households. It

is the only tenure that ensures that housing costs reduce over the lifetime of the

household, as purchasers pay out their mortgages and secure a substantial asset as a

result.60 The Tasmanian Government offers assistance for home ownership by

providing access to finance through its Home Ownership Assistance Program (HOAP)

and equity grants to assist public housing tenants to purchase their homes. Eligibility

under the HOAP is restricted to those earning $700 per week or less and the maximum

loan is set at $80 000.61

6.55 The Commonwealth’s First Home Owner Grant (FHOG), which provides a nonmeans

tested grant to eligible first homebuyers, was criticised by some groups,

essentially because of the untargeted nature of the program. It was also argued the

FHOG may have simply assisted households who would have purchased a home

anyway to do so earlier, rather than providing a genuine opportunity for low income

households to buy a home.62 Some submissions argued that the scheme should be

replaced with a subsidy for social and low cost housing.63

Tenants’ rights and tenancy databases

6.56 A number of concerns were expressed during the inquiry that the rights of

tenants were being undermined by the increasing abuse of residential tenancy

databases by real estate agents. Concerns included inappropriate listings, unfair or

poor database operating practices and privacy concerns. The Tenants Union of

Victoria stated that:

The difficulty with those databases is that they still operate in a largely

unregulated environment. The information exchange is not subject to the

scrutiny that it should be to ensure that at least, if it is about management of

risk on the part of lessors, there is not unnecessary discrimination against

tenants. What we would certainly see as necessary is greater regulation of

those databases.64

60 Submission 144, p.11 (Tenants Union of Victoria); Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.188 (Tenants

Union of Victoria).

61 Submission 185, p.26 (Tasmanian Government).

62 Submission 144, pp.11-12 (Tenants Union of Victoria); Committee Hansard 27.5.03, pp.460-61

(Shelter NSW).

63 See, for example, Submission 46, p.25 (SACOSS).

64 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.191 (Tenants Union of Victoria). See also Submission 53, pp.6-7

(Queensland Shelter . North Queensland Branch).

138

6.57 Residential tenancy databases are lists of tenants who real estate agents believe

to be bad tenancy risks. Real estate agents who subscribe to a tenancy database can

use the database to check the names of prospective tenants, or to list details of tenants

they believe are a bad tenancy risk. A number of tenancy databases operate in

Australia . these include the Tenancy Information Centre Australasia (TICA), RP

Data, Remington White and Tenant Reference Australia.

6.58 Tenants may be listed on a tenancy database for a range of reasons. For example,

the TICA website lists a range of potential breaches including rental arrears or

breaking a lease; poor periodic inspections; or dishonoured cheques. The website also

explains how long tenant details will remain on the database. Tenants who allegedly

breach their tenancy agreement but who do not have a debt are listed for 3 years. If a

tenant has an alleged debt their name remains on the database until the debt is paid.

When a debt is cleared this is noted on the TICA database but the tenant’s personal

details will remain on the database for a further 5 years.65

6.59 A particular concern raised during the inquiry was that some people had

problems accessing rental accommodation after being placed on tenancy databases.66

One witness stated that ’...discrimination is a significant part of the private rental

market, so what tends to happen is information can very quickly be used to exclude

someone from housing’.67 A Queensland Government report found that there is a very

real risk that any adverse database listing will render it difficult for a tenant to secure

appropriate private rental accommodation. This is particularly so if the rental market

is experiencing a period of low vacancy and competition for accommodation is high.68

6.60 The Tenants Union of Queensland cited a number of concerns with tenancy

databases. These include:

There are currently no requirements on database operators to verify

information listed on the database. Tenants can therefore be listed for

trivial or retaliatory reasons.

Real estate agents and database operators have no legal obligation to notify

tenants that they have been listed on a tenancy database.

Tenants do not have an automatic right to access, change or delete

information on the database. If tenants want to dispute a listing they must

65 www.tica.com.au

66 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.56 (Shelter SA).

67 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.191 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

68 Report of Special Government Backbench Committee, Tenancy Databases, August 2002, p.9.

139

negotiate with the agent who listed them. Only the listing agent has the

power to remove, delate or amend information on tenants.69

6.61 Database operators and real estate agents have respective responsibilities for the

collection, use and disclosure of data under the provisions of the Privacy Act 1988 and

must comply with the National Privacy Principles that cover the fair handling of

private information. The Tenants Union of Queensland claimed, however, that

database operators often fall short of the voluntary standards.70

6.62 There have been calls for a co-ordinated approach in the development of national

guidelines applicable to the operation of tenancy databases. A Queensland

Government Backbench Committee argued that a national approach was the most

desirable outcome for both tenants and the industry through the application of national

standards, possibly by way of template legislation. The Committee suggested that a

mechanism to achieving national standards could be through respective Ministerial

Councils as well as the convening of a forum as a starting point for a national working

group of relevant Commonwealth and State departmental officers. The Committee

argued that with the development of national databases, together with the mobility of

the Australian population, individual State responses will be less effective and

equitable than a national response.71 The Real Estate Institute of Australia has also

called for the development of national guidelines governing the operation of tenancy

databases. The Institute stated that ’consumers have a right to know what information

about them is kept on a database and to have information corrected swiftly if

information is inaccurate on any database kept by a database operator or agent’.72

6.63 In December 2003 the NSW Government released draft regulations to ensure the

fairer use of tenancy databases by real estate agents in NSW. The draft regulations

provide that an agent must notify a tenant that they are going to be listed on a tenancy

database; tenants are to be given a reasonable opportunity to review and correct

information which will be listed; a tenant can only be listed on a database for specified

reasons, such as owing rent exceeding the rental bond; an agent must notify a database

operator within 7 days after becoming aware that a debt listed on that database has

been paid; and an agent can only use a database if the database provides tenants with

free access to information about themselves, amends inaccurate, out of date or

incomplete information without charge to the tenant, and deletes listings within certain

69 www.tuq.org.au. See also Submission 53, pp.6-7 (Queensland Shelter - North Queensland

Branch).

70 www.tuq.org.au

71 Report of Special Government Backbench Committee, pp.6-10.

72 REIA, ’Tenancy databases: REIA calls for co-ordinated government approach’, Media Release,

21.1.03.

140

specified periods of time. It is proposed that the new laws will come into effect in

May 2004.73

6.64 The Committee notes that the Commonwealth Attorney-General announced in

August 2003 the establishment of a joint working group involving the Standing

Committee of Attorneys-General and the Ministerial Council on Consumer Affairs to

examine issues surrounding tenancy databases.74 Specifically, the working group will

report on the role and operation of these databases; examine the existing framework

for regulating the use of databases with regard to issues relevant to tenants, database

operators, real estate agents and landlords; and develop, where necessary, options for

a nationally consistent framework.75 The working group is due to report in June 2004.

The Committee supports the aims of this review and considers that a national

approach to residential tenancy databases is urgently needed.

Recommendation 19

6.65 That, in supporting the current review being undertaken by the working

group into residential tenancy databases, the Commonwealth Government, in cooperation

with the States, develop national guidelines as a matter of priority in

relation to the operation of tenancy databases.

National housing strategy

6.66 Evidence to the inquiry indicated that the Commonwealth should play a key role

in co-ordinating a process to advance national housing outcomes, and in particular, to

respond to the emerging crisis in the supply of affordable housing for low income

groups. It was argued that there was a need for the development of a national housing

strategy as part of this process. The Queensland Government stated:

Currently, there is no national housing policy framework. On the contrary,

there is a divergence between the Commonwealth and State/Territory

housing policy directions. An agreed policy framework and funding

priorities.would maximise the use of public funds and deliver improved

housing outcomes for those most in need.76

6.67 The Tenants Union of Victoria also pointed to the need for a coordinated and

strategic policy approach at the Commonwealth level . ’current housing policy

73 NSW Office of Fair Trading, ’Proposed tenant database laws’, Media Release, 23.12.03.

74 Commonwealth Attorney-General, ’Working Group to Examine Tenancy Database Privacy’,

News Release, 8.8.03.

75 Ministerial Council on Consumer Affairs, Residential Tenancy Databases . Issues Paper,

November 2003, p.2.

76 Submission 129, p.35 (Queensland Government).

141

initiatives are dispersed across departments and Ministers, leading to a lack of

strategic focus, and minimising the potential for effective outcomes’.77

6.68 ACOSS argued that such a strategy should be developed with the aim of

ensuring that all households have access to appropriate and affordable housing,

particularly low income households. The elements of the strategy would include

specific strategies to achieve growth in the supply of affordable housing through both

public and private investment, rental and home ownership; an increase in the supply of

public housing; development of housing affordability measures; and addressing

discrimination issues, including the development of core principles for good private

rental market management and monitoring of residential tenancy databases.78

Submissions emphasised that the strategy needed to be developed in consultation with

State Governments, community housing providers, the construction industry and the

finance sector.79

Conclusion

6.69 The Committee is strongly of the view that the Commonwealth needs to take a

co-ordinating role, in consultation with the States and other key stakeholders, in the

development of a national housing strategy. This strategy should aim to ensure that

low income and disadvantaged households, in particular, have access to appropriate

and affordable housing.

Recommendation 20

6.70 That the Commonwealth Government develop a national housing strategy

in consultation with key stakeholders including State Governments, community

housing providers, the construction industry and the finance sector; and that this

national strategy involve:

. the development of specific strategies to achieve growth in the supply of

affordable housing through both public and private investment, particularly

for low income groups;

. a review of the effectiveness of Commonwealth Rent Assistance in providing

affordability and access to the private rental market; and

. a review of the relative funding priorities in relation to social housing and

Commonwealth Rent Assistance.

77 Submission 144, p.12 (Tenants Union of Victoria).

78 Submission 163, p.147 (ACOSS).

79 Submission 98, p.ix (BSL).

142

143

CHAPTER 7

EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Education is fundamentally important to the life chances of individuals and

plays a key role in social and economic mobility from generation to

generation.1

7.1 Education and training are critical pathways into employment and social

participation and a means of escaping poverty. Education is also critical to creating

economic growth, generating higher standards of living and creating the basis of a

socially cohesive society:

Education is absolutely crucial in terms of future employment. People with

low levels of education are more likely to be unemployed and to be

unemployed for longer. But a good education also leads to the development

of personal strengths, personal skills and self-esteem, which develops

resilience throughout the whole life course and cannot be underestimated in

its importance.2

7.2 The relationship between education and poverty is ’one of double jeopardy: not

only are the poor unlikely to participate in all levels of the education system to the

same extent as the advantaged, but their experience in education is less likely to result

in favourable outcomes’.3 This ’double jeopardy’ perpetuates the cycle of poverty.

7.3 This chapter discusses the impact of poverty on educational attainment and the

means to improve educational outcomes for low income students.

The relationship between education and poverty

7.4 There is much evidence that clearly demonstrates the impact of poor educational

attainment on the risk of poverty. Table 7.1 shows that poverty rates among those

aged 15 years and over decline sharply as educational qualifications increase, with the

risk among those with university education being less than half that for those with no

post-secondary qualifications.

1 Submission 108, p.6 (AEU).

2 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.68 (Anglicare Victoria).

3 Foster L & Hawthorne L, ’Poverty, Education and Training’, in Fincher R & Nieuwenhuysen J,

Australian Poverty: Then and Now, Melbourne University Press, 1998, p.204.

144

Table 7.1: Estimated poverty rates by highest education qualification for

persons aged 15 and over (using half average income)

1990 1995 1996 1998 2000

No post secondary qualifications 12.1 12.2 13.0 13.6 14.7

Still at school 14.2 11.9 16.0 16.1 14.0

Diploma, certificate, trade qualifications 8.7 9.8 10.2 10.6 10.5

Bachelor degree or higher 6.0 7.4 6.8 8.1 6.0

Source: Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.14.

7.5 While poverty rates for graduates have remained fairly constant in the 1990s,

those with no post-secondary school qualifications have seen their poverty risk

increase from 12.1 to 14.7 per cent.4 The high risk of poverty for people who leave

school early and/or who do not acquire further education is due to the restricted

employment opportunities available to those without qualifications and the greater risk

of unemployment. As ACOSS noted, over the last decade, there has developed ’a

labour market where secure full-time jobs are increasingly being rationed to those

with the highest skills.people with limited formal education and vocational training

are disadvantaged’.5

7.6 The restructuring of the labour market, the shift to a professionalized economy

and emergence of the ’new economy’ have had significant impacts on the level of skill

required by employers. Employers are demanding higher skill levels to meet the

challenges of changes in technology, relevant personal attributes and the capacity to

be quickly productive. Even at entry level, many jobs now require higher levels of

educational attainment with year 12 completion now being considered as a basic

requirement.

7.7 At the same time there has been a shift away from unskilled or semi-skilled work

with these jobs becoming increasingly scarce. The Queensland Government, for

example, noted that skilled employment rose from 38 per cent of total employment in

1980 to around 58 per cent in 2000.6

7.8 Low educational attainment and lack of training is also reflected in

unemployment rates. In 2002, people who have not completed secondary school had

4 Harding A, Lloyd R, & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia 1990-2000: The

persistence of poverty in a decade of growth, Smith Family, 2001, p.14.

5 Submission 163, p.118 (ACOSS).

6 Submission 129, p.10 (Queensland Government).

145

an unemployment rate of 6.2 per cent, while people with a bachelor degree had an

unemployment rate of 4 per cent.7 In addition, those who have not completed

secondary school have a much higher likelihood of becoming long-term unemployed

once they are unemployed.8

Table 7.2: Level of highest education attainment of people aged 15-64 years, by

labour force status, 2002a b

Labour force

status

Unit Bachelor

degree or

higher

Advanced

diploma/

diploma

Certificate

III or IV

Certificate

I, II or nfd

Year 12 Year 11

or below Total

c

Employed % 85.5 78.5 83.1 61.8 71.1 56.5 70.3

Unemployed % 2.4 4.0 3.6 8.4 5.4 6.2 4.8

Not in labour

force

% 12.1 17.6 13.3 29.8 23.6 37.3 24.9

Total ’000 2 296.1 949.4 1911.1 129.7 2565.7 4 954.0 12806.0

a At May. b School year estimates include some people with certificate I & II qualifications.

c Includes people who never attended school & those whose highest level of educational attainment

could not be determined.

nfd = not further defined

Source: Report on Government Services 2004, p.B.16

7.9 Studies by the Business Council of Australia reveal the long-term impact of

leaving school early. The Council found that seven years after leaving school,

approximately 7 per cent of those who completed year 12 were unemployed. But for

early school leavers, unemployment is a likely prospect: after seven years, 21 per cent

of young men who left school in year 9 were unemployed; and 59 per cent of young

women who left in year 9 were also unemployed.9

7.10 While completing school provides some protection from poverty, those who

obtain tertiary level qualifications are least likely to be unemployed and at a risk of

poverty. The attainment of tertiary level qualifications and the impact on employment

was illustrated by the National Tertiary Education Union (NTEU). Figure 1 shows that

those Australian States and Territories with the highest levels of educational

attainment have lower unemployment rates and a higher proportion of the population

earning above average incomes.

7 SCRGSP (Steering Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision), Report on

Australian Government Services 2004, Productivity Commission, p.B.16.

8 Submission 163, p.118 (ACOSS).

9 Submission 169, Attachment 1, pp.8-9 (Mission Australia).

146

Figure 1: Educational Attainment and Unemployment Rates

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

ACT

NSW

NT

Vic

Australia

WA

SA

Qld

Tas

State

Unemployment Rate (%)

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Educational Attainment (%)

Unemployment Rate (2001)

% of 15-64 Year Olds with a Bachelors Qual or higher

Source: Submission 178, p.4 (National Tertiary Education Union).

7.11 The data clearly shows the negative relationship between educational attainment

and the unemployment rate and that ’while it might be argued that people with higher

educational qualifications are more mobile and prepared to move to those States with

the best employment opportunities for graduates (which probably explains the ACT’s

outcome) there is little ambiguity that there is strong negative association between the

unemployment rate and higher education attainment’.10

7.12 Studies of earnings provide a further measure of the impact of educational

attainment. ACOSS indicated that on average, completing 12 years of education or a

TAFE qualification raises people’s earnings by around 10 per cent, while tertiary

qualifications boost earnings by around 40 per cent.11

7.13 The Department of Family and Community Services (FaCS) also provided

details of outcomes for those with different levels of educational attainment. This

reinforces the evidence received by the Committee and clearly indicated the impact on

earnings: in 1997-98, those with a degree or higher earned $946 per week while those

with less than year 12 earned $602 per week.12 The NTEU added that data shows a

10 Submission 178, p.3 (NTEU).

11 Submission 163, p.119 (ACOSS).

12 Submission 165, p.19 (FaCS).

147

strong association between educational attainment and average income levels in the

States and Territories. For example, Tasmania with 11.6 per cent of the population

holding a bachelor degree has the lowest Average Weekly Earnings in Australia of

$788.8, while NSW, with 17.9 per cent of bachelor-holders, has AWEs of $901.6.13

7.14 It is clear from this discussion that educational attainment is a significant factor

in determining the risk of poverty faced by an individual. It is also clear that those

living in poverty experience poor educational outcomes. Studies of literacy and

numeracy levels and retention and participation rates provide an indicator of the

impact of poverty on educational outcomes.

Literacy and numeracy

7.15 Achievement in literacy and numeracy are of crucial importance to a young

person’s educational outcome and consequently their chance of completion of

secondary school, entry to university or to TAFE. In each case those with low

attainment experienced strong disadvantage.14 For example, research found that

literacy and numeracy achievement in year 9 has the strongest influence on tertiary

entrance performance.15 Achievement in literacy and numeracy has also been linked to

a range of labour market outcomes:

Making a successful transition from school to full-time employment, the

type of occupation obtained, and earnings are positively related to literacy

and numeracy. Conversely, persons with lower literacy and numeracy levels

are more likely to be outside the labour force or unemployed, and to

experience longer periods of unemployment.The demands in the

workplace for, and rewards associated with, increasing levels of literacy and

numeracy are likely to continue due to factors such as globalisation,

technology change, and changes in employment and work organisation.16

Literacy and numeracy are also essential for effective communication and

participation in society.

7.16 Australian school children generally perform well in international comparisons

of literacy and numeracy, with the exception of Indigenous students. However, it was

found that in Australia the gap between those achieving the highest level and those at

13 Submission 178, p.4 (NTEU).

14 Travers P, ’Inequality and the futures of our children’, in Fincher R & Saunders P, Creating

unequal futures? Rethinking poverty, inequality and disadvantage, Allen & Unwin, 2001,

pp.123-24.

15 Smyth C, Zappala G & Considine G, ’School to adult life transitions through work and study: A

select review of the literature’, Background Paper No. 4, Smith Family, p.5.

16 Rothman S & McMillan J, ’Influences on Achievement in Literacy and Numeracy’,

Longitudinal Surveys of Australian Youth, Research Paper 36, ACER, October 2003, p.2.

148

the lowest level was amongst the largest.17 The Australian Education Union (AEU)

concluded:

[The OECD] study also again emphasised the link between socio-economic

background and achievement. The conclusion is clear. Both equity and the

national interest require public policy to be directed towards improving the

performance of those with lower achievement. These are generally those

from poor financial backgrounds and they are predominantly attending

public schools.18

7.17 A survey conducted in 1996 by the then Department of Education, Training and

Youth Affairs provided data by subgroups. The results for reading in Table 7.3 clearly

show the impact of socio-economic status.

Table 7.3: Results of sample reading standards, 1996

Percentage not

meeting the

standard

Year 3

Total of sample

27

Language background other than

English

38

High socio-economic background 12

Medium socio-economic background 28

Low socio-economic background 38

Year 5

Total of sample

29

Language background other than

English

44

High socio-economic background 13

Medium socio-economic background 29

Low socio-economic background 53

Source: Literacy Standards in Australia, DETYA

7.18 Research on numeracy also indicates that socio-economic background has an

influence. Persons from lower socioeconomic backgrounds display lower than average

17 The Program of International Student Assessment (PISA) survey conducted by the OECD.

Submission 108, p.8 (AEU).

18 Submission 108, p.8 (AEU).

149

numeracy achievement in all levels of school from kindergarten to the final year of

secondary school and into adulthood.19

7.19 In April 1999 the Commonwealth, State and Territory Education Ministers

endorsed new National Goals for Schooling. In relation to literacy and numeracy it

was agreed that when students leave school they should have:

attained the skills of numeracy and English literacy; such that, every student

should be numerate, able to read, write, spell and communicate at an

appropriate level.

To help support the achievement of the National Goals, a National Literacy and

Numeracy Plan was endorsed calling for a coordinated approach to improving literacy

and numeracy standards and consisting of key inter-related elements. The

development of benchmarks and the reporting of nationally comparable benchmarking

data are important parts of the National Plan.

7.20 The benchmarking results for literacy and numeracy are reported in the annual

National Reporting on Schools, though results are not currently provided by

socioeconomic status. However, work is being undertaken so that disaggregated

reporting (including by socioeconomic background) will be implemented in time for

the 2005 school year.20

Retention and participation rates

7.21 Retention and participation rates of students from low income families show the

impact of poverty. Beyond the compulsory school age of 15 years (16 in Tasmania)

retention rates fall. Government policy since the 1980s at both the Federal and State

and Territory level has been directed at improving school retention rates and there

have been improvements in retention rates to year 12. In 1985, year 12 retention rates

were 46.4 per cent. The rate rose significantly throughout the 1990s to 70 per cent in

1997 and 75.4 per cent by 2001.21

7.22 Following difficulties with the measure of retention rate, the Commonwealth

developed a method for estimating the proportion of students who complete year 12.

In 2002, year 12 completion rates in Australia were around 69 per cent. This varies

across jurisdictions with the Northern Territory having a year 12 completion rate of

only 41 per cent.

19 Rothman & McMillan, p.5.

20 www.dest.gov.au/schools/literacy&numeracy/. Additional Information, Department of

Education, Science and Training, 24.2.04.

21 Yenchen D & Porter L, A Just and Sustainable Australia, Melbourne, September 2001, p.26;

SCRGSP, p.3.32.

150

7.23 Disaggregation of completion rates by socioeconomic status clearly show

marked variations from low to high socioeconomic status. Completions by students

from low socioeconomic backgrounds (63 per cent) are significantly lower than for

students from high socioeconomic backgrounds (80 per cent). Rates for low

socioeconomic completions ranged from 71 per cent in Queensland to 18 per cent in

the Northern Territory.

Table 7.4: Year 12 estimated completion rates, by socioeconomic status and

gender, 2002 (per cent)a b

NSW VIC QLD WA SA TAS ACTc NTd AUST

Low socioeconomic status deciles

Male 57 57 65 45 49 55 .. 15 56

Female 70 71 77 54 68 75 .. 22 79

All students 63 64 71 49 58 65 .. 18 63

High socioeconomic status deciles

Male 74 75 78 78 80 86 76 Na 76

Female 80 88 80 84 95 95 83 Na 84

All students 77 81 79 81 87 90 79 Na 80

Total

Male 61 64 69 59 69 64 75 36 63

Female 72 79 76 69 79 82 81 47 75

All students 66 71 73 64 69 73 78 41 69

a The ABS IRSD has been used to calculate socioeconomic status on the basis of students’ home

addresses. Low SES is average of three lowest deciles and high SES is average of three highest

deciles. b Data are estimates only. c ACT has only medium and high SES deciles. d Small increases

in estimated resident population can cause significant fluctuations in the data. As a result, high SES

rates for the NT are unreliable and have been combined with medium SES rates. na . Not available..

Not applicable

Source: Report on Government Services 2004, p.3.49.

7.24 Year 12 completion rates show that males are more likely to leave school early.

There is a difference in male and female completion rates by location with male

completion rates being 20 per cent lower than females in ’other rural and remote’ areas

and 10 per cent lower in capital cities. This is, in part, explained by the fact that males

are more likely than females to leave school to do an apprenticeship. Completion rates

were higher in capital cities than other areas.22

22 Report on Australian Government Services 2004, p.3.49.

151

7.25 VCOSS also stated that the rate of early school leavers ’is particularly high in

Victorian metropolitan areas of low socio-economic status: 30 per cent for girls and

more than 40 per cent for boys’.23 Other research indicates that the percentage of male

non-completers from lower socioeconomic backgrounds had increased from 35 per

cent to 44 per cent between the early 1980s and the mid 1990s.24

7.26 Indigenous youth, truants and homeless youths, and young people born in

Australia are almost twice as likely to leave school early compared to those born

outside Australia.25 Students are also more likely to leave school early if their parents

lack tertiary education, if their parents work in semi-skilled or unskilled manual

occupations, and if their parents’ incomes are relatively low. Government schools have

a higher rate of early school leavers than do non-government schools.

7.27 Some students who leave school early proceed to other educational options.

However, a large number of young people who leave school early do not proceed to

further training or education. For example, of those who left school in the year to May

2002, 67.8 per cent of year 12 leavers went on to post-school education and training

and only 31.0 per cent of early school leavers undertook further study.26

7.28 The number of students entering higher education has expanded; however, the

proportion of people from lower socioeconomic backgrounds has remained stable over

the last decade. In 1991, 14.7 per cent of domestic students were identified as people

from lower socioeconomic backgrounds. In 2001, the participation rate was similar,

14.6 per cent. This is well below the defined population reference point of 25 per

cent.27 There is also evidence of a similar trend in participation in vocational

education, albeit less sizable.28

Conclusion

7.29 There is clear evidence that improving educational attainment protects against

the risk of poverty with the risk of poverty for those with a university qualification

being less than half that for those with no post-secondary qualification. Literacy and

numeracy is a key indicator of the likelihood of a person completing school and

moving on to gain a post-secondary qualification. Students from low socioeconomic

23 Submission 118, p.15 (VCOSS).

24 James R, Socioeconomic Background and Higher Education Participation: An analysis of

school students’ aspirations and expectations, DEST, April 2002, p.6.

25 Smyth et al, p.5.

26 Report on Australian Government Services 2004, p.B.10.

27 Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and Education References Committee, Hacking

Australia’s future, November 2003, p.60.

28 James, p.7.

152

backgrounds still lag behind in this area, to their great disadvantage. The Committee

considers that it is imperative that students at risk of poor outcomes be identified and

additional funds be made available to improve their literacy and numeracy skills.

Recommendation 21

7.30 That the Commonwealth work with State and Territory education

departments to identify those students who are at most risk of poor literacy and

numeracy attainment and provide additional funding to enhance literacy and

numeracy programs so as to meet the national literacy and numeracy goals.

Recommendation 22

7.31 That the National Report on Schooling in Australia provide the results of

literacy and numeracy benchmarking by socioeconomic group.

7.32 There have been significant improvements in both year 12 completion rates and

participation in post-school education. However, there remains worrying evidence that

students from lower socioeconomic backgrounds are failing to move into higher

education and training. Of most concern is the large number of teenage boys who fail

to complete year 12.

7.33 The following discussion looks at each of the three stages of education . early

childhood education, school and post-school . and what role poverty plays in

reinforcing educational disadvantage.

Poverty and early childhood education

7.34 The impact of poverty on education starts early and is exhibited in many ways.

For example, research indicates that poverty in early childhood can lead to impaired

cognitive development.29 Behavioural difficulties, isolation and exclusion can be

found in pre-school age children from low income families. The Committee received

evidence of many factors that contribute to this, ranging from family conflict to

financial stress which impacts directly and indirectly on children through their parents’

experiences and behaviour. Young children from low income families may not have

access to educational toys or books. Parents may not read to their children because

they do not have the time or the ability. As a result children from low income families

are not prepared for the important transition from home to school and are therefore at

risk of having a poor experience from their first encounter of school. This may

continue to colour their experience of school for many years.

7.35 The barriers that many children from low income families face can be overcome

and access to early childhood education can have a significant and lasting impact on

outcomes for children. QCOSS stated that ’early schooling can contribute by helping

29 McClelland A, .No child.. Child poverty in Australia, Brotherhood of St Laurence, 2000,

p.16.

153

overcome the initial handicaps of poverty or a disadvantaged social or cultural

environment.Foundation skills for social and economic participation are developed

from early childhood and throughout the school years’.30

7.36 The AEU also pointed to research findings which stated:

preschool has a positive effect on intellectual and social skills, independent

of background, when centres provide quality in terms of physical

surroundings and adult/child interactions;

preschool improves children’s ability to think and reason as they enter

school, enabling them to learn more in the early grades. Even if the IQ

advantage fades (this was not conclusive), their learning accumulates and

their success keeps them ’on track’ toward high school completion;

for children from very deprived socioeconomic backgrounds, preschool

makes a difference in intellectual progress and the acquisition of positive

attitudes and motivation to succeed in school.31

7.37 Mission Australia put a very strong view in support of early intervention:

Mission Australia is convinced that the development of adequate early

intervention and prevention strategies available at the known steps of social

and economic disadvantage and at significant life transition points would

significantly reduce the impact of poverty for many Australians.32

7.38 While attendance at preschool is recognised as important in preparing children

for school, not all Australian children attend preschool. In 2002-03, the attendance at

preschool in the year immediately before commencing school was high (83.5 per

cent). However, only around 17 per cent of children aged 3 years attended preschool

in that year.33 Research indicates that those not attending are often from disadvantaged

families and regions.34

7.39 NCOSS argued that ’universal access to early childhood education is vital’. This

view was supported by many witnesses who pointed to the need to improve access to

early education so that children are ready for, and can participate fully in, formal

primary schooling. However, there is a lack of a consistent approach across the States

and Territories to early childhood education, particularly the funding and cost of

services. In some States, preschool education is not part of the public school system

30 Submission 160, p.8 (QCOSS).

31 Submission 108, p.9 (AEU).

32 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1215 (Mission Australia).

33 Report on Australian Government Services 2004, pp.14.9-10.

34 Submissions 108, p.9 (AEU); 163, p.121 (ACOSS).

154

and fees are imposed. This results in large differences in affordability across the

country, with hourly fees ranging from as little as 28 cents in the Northern Territory to

$1.95 in NSW in 1999-2000. 35

7.40 NCOSS stated that the differences in affordability are largely explained through

differences in the level of investment by State and Territory Governments. Quoting

from the NSW Commission for Children and Young People, NCOSS submitted:

NSW invests a total of $150.90 per child for child care and preschool,

comparing unfavourably with the average investment made by other States

and Territories of $350.74. While this can partially be explained by the fact

that NSW has not taken the initiative of providing a free year of preschool

for all 4 yr olds, NSW also contributes considerably less to other forms of

child care per child than a number of other States and Territories do.36

7.41 It was also noted that Australia has lower than average rates of expenditure on

preschool education, spending 0.1 per cent of GDP compared to the OECD average of

0.4 per cent.

7.42 NCOSS concluded, ’unless the level of state and territory expenditure in key

areas such as early childhood education is monitored and influenced, the capacity of

the Commonwealth to alleviate poverty through taxation and Centrelink payments will

be hampered. Just as there are National Goals for Schooling, it is time to adopt

national goals for preschool education’.37 Another researcher went further and stated:

No doubt the weakness of early learning in Australia undermines universal

student achievement and fosters an ’underclass’ of students who are less

likely to benefit from education in the later years. By rendering early

learning more dependent on private finance and private cultural resources

than is the case in most other OECD countries, it magnifies the potential for

social difference in educational attainment.38

7.43 For many children from disadvantaged backgrounds, the attendance at preschool

may not be enough to ameliorate the impact of poverty. Many organisations provide

early intervention programs which have a broader approach. One such program, the

Queensland Pathways to Prevention Program provided by Mission Australia, is aimed

at preschool age children, their families, schools and community. The Program is

designed to help children make a successful transition from home to school. A suite of

early intervention programs have been developed and implemented within a

35 Submissions 133, p.6 (UnitingCare Australia); 143, p.5 (NCOSS).

36 Submission 143, p.5 (NCOSS).

37 Submission 143, p.5 (NCOSS).

38 Marginson S, Pathways to Failure: The Educational Disadvantage of Children from Lowincome

Families, The Ronald Henderson Research Foundation, Monash University, 2002, p.10.

155

community development framework in a highly disadvantaged community in

Brisbane. Approximately 300 children took part in the project in 2002.

7.44 The project attempts to increase knowledge, improve skills and build resilience

in the community. One component of the program, the Family Independence Program,

aims to create a stimulating home environment that is harmonious and conducive to

learning through the provision of culturally sensitive services. School based programs

aim to enhance children’s communication and social skills and to build strong,

equitable relationships between families and schools that empower parents to

participate actively in their children’s education.

7.45 Mission Australia indicated that the project had made very good headway in

working towards reduction of risk factors leading to abuse and neglect. There has been

a reduction in childhood behaviour problems; it has improved parenting skills; it has

strengthened community networks and achieved better outcomes for children and

families in accessing other services, and generally, it has improved the integration of

early childhood, child protection and family support services in the local area. School

outcomes show improvement in language and skills of participating children.39

7.46 Governments have also targeted early childhood. FaCS stated that the

establishment of a Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing

recognised the importance of early childhood and the need to address children’s issues

coherently across many different parts of the Commonwealth. The Task Force will

oversee the development of a National Agenda for Early Childhood which will

highlight national direction for action in three key areas: child and maternal health;

early learning and care; and child-friendly communities.40

7.47 In October 2003, the Task Force released a paper on feedback from its

consultation paper. Participants called for greater coherence between early learning

and care services. Parents without paid jobs also commented that cost was a

significant barrier to formal early learning programs. There was strong support from

the education sector for a nationally consistent approach to early education and care.41

Conclusion

7.48 Investment in early childhood education and intervention programs can have a

lifelong impact on children. It provides an opportunity for children to access services

that will best prepare them for school. Children from disadvantaged backgrounds can

gain crucial skills through intervention programs which lessen the impact of poverty.

39 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, pp.1209-15 (Mission Australia).

40 Submission 165, p.17 (FaCS).

41 Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing, Towards a National Agenda for

Early Childhood . What you told us, October 2003, p.6.

156

The Committee considers that investment in early childhood education will benefit all:

children, parents, and the community generally.

Recommendation 23

7.49 That the Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing develop

as a matter of urgency a national program for early childhood education.

Recommendation 24

7.50 That the Commonwealth, in conjunction with the States and Territories,

develop initiatives to improve participation in early childhood education.

Recommendation 25

7.51 That the Commonwealth, in partnership with the States and Territories,

develop and contribute to the funding of early childhood education.

Recommendation 26

7.52 That the Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing develop

and implement special literacy programs for parents wanting to develop the

skills to assist their children with early childhood learning.

School education

7.53 Those children entering school from low income families face considerable

barriers. Family dysfunction and social exclusion adversely impact on children in

school. Children feel isolated, suffer poor self esteem, exhibit disruptive behaviour

and may become truants. Anglicare Victoria noted:

Kids coming from low-income families are much more likely to be affected

by issues such as poor mental or physical health, unsuitable housing and

conflictual family relationships. It is really hard to learn if what is going on

in your mind is the fight that your parents had that morning; it is really hard

to concentrate on what you are meant to be doing at school.42

7.54 When money is tight, there is not very much left for low income households to

invest in the education of their children. The Smith Family submitted that low income

households spend about $11.10 per week on education while high income households

spend $51.30.43

7.55 Lack of financial means results in children, at the most extreme, coming to

school hungry. Unfortunately, this is not an uncommon occurrence. Disadvantaged

42 Committee Hansard 30.5.03, p.68 (Anglicare Victoria).

43 Submission 172, p.32 (Smith Family).

157

children are also excluded from participating in many school activities such as

excursions, sports activities, school camps and educational events presented at schools

by outside organisations for a fee.

Max is 12 years old and attends a public coeducational high school. He had not attended any

of the school discos or after hours activities arranged during the year and when he refused to

attend the end of year party the teacher became concerned. She referred Max to the school

liaison officer (social worker) who asked why he did not participate in social activities. Max

informed her that the only clothes he had to wear were his school uniforms, that he was too

embarrassed to attend and feared being bullied.

Submission 112, p.12 (Australian Society of Social Workers).

Educational costs

7.56 Many witnesses pointed to the costs of public education and the widespread

enforcement of ’user pays’. This was seen as an additional burden for low income

families and a barrier to children’s participation in education programs. In a study

undertaken by Anglicare Tasmania, people on low incomes were asked about the

major triggers for financial stress. Anglicare stated that it was surprised to find that the

costs of public education were a large cause of stress.44

7.57 The school costs that parents found most difficult to afford were uniforms,

excursions and camps, fees and books:

[It is] sometimes hard buying the uniform, [with] pants $50 each. (What do

you do?) Save money for the uniform. Otherwise they won’t go to school if

they don’t match.

Camp? They’ve never been with the school, we have never been able to

afford it. They can’t take part in everything. It makes them and me feel

bad.45

7.58 The financial cost of students varies but Knox City Council provided this

example:

The average cost I am seeing for a year 7 student is probably about $1,100

to start off. A family that is living on a pension cannot do it.Uniforms,

books, the school camp . okay, they do not need to go on the school camp

but, again, if you do not go the school camp, you are ostracised in year 7,

right from the word go. You are on the back foot.46

44 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.216 (Anglicare Tasmania).

45 Submission 98, p.24 (BSL).

46 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.151 (Knox City Council).

158

7.59 The Salvation Army Southern Territory stated increasing fees and charges at

public schools had resulted in many more families experiencing hardship. The

Salvation Army also noted that schools were using collection agencies to pursue

parents for outstanding money.47 In Queensland, evidence was received that when a

family could not afford book hire for their children, the textbooks were taken back

until the money is paid. St Vincent de Paul indicated that at one school alone some

50 students, whose parents had not been able to pay book hire, did not have books

until the Society interceded and paid the hire charge.48

7.60 Other organisations also indicated that they helped parents with the costs of

educational needs. Knox City Council advised that $30,000 had been allocated to

educational needs of children in the Knox area in 2001-02. However, while demand

for assistance was increasing, the amount available for distribution had decreased

because a major funding source had disbanded; as a result not all families were able to

be assisted.49

7.61 In some States, students from low income families receive government financial

assistance for school costs. In Tasmania the Student Assistance Scheme, a meanstested

grant scheme, offsets all levy costs faced by parents enrolling their children in

full-time education. Forty per cent of government school students in Tasmania

accessed the scheme in 2002 as did 14 per cent of students at non-government

schools.50

7.62 The Brotherhood of St Laurence submitted that low incomes families who

participated in its Life Chances study indicated that subsidies were inadequate. In

Victoria, while most children in low income families attended government schools

and received an Educational Maintenance Allowance, half the low income families

found it difficult to afford school costs. In 2003, the allowance was $254 for

secondary students and $127 for primary school students. The allowance is split

between parents and the school.51

7.63 Anglicare Victoria commented that children from families who struggle with

annual start up costs, voluntary fees and affording school activities ’feel very much

excluded from their class’ and concluded that the impact on these children ’cannot be

underestimated in terms of their experience of school and whether or not it is a

47 Submission 166, p.19 (Salvation Army Southern Territory).

48 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1170 (SVDP).

49 Submission 138, p.12 (Knox City Council).

50 Submission 185, p.21 (Tasmanian Government).

51 www.det.vic.gov.au

159

positive experience.Experience of school is, I think, an absolutely crucial issue in

terms of kids staying at school.’52

7.64 In order to improve participation of students, it was suggested that there is a need

to restrict the use of fees in school and to increase the level of financial assistance to

low-income families with children. This would reduce the negative impact of fees and

costs on school participation and on family living standards.

Breakfast clubs for schoolchildren

7.65 Nutrition is another area where poverty impacts on school children. Children go

to school without breakfast because parents do not have the time to ensure that their

children have breakfast before they go to school or they do not know what constitutes

a nutritious breakfast. Children also miss breakfast because the family cannot afford

food. A recent study by Anglicare provides an indication of the extent of the problem.

More than half the families with children in the study reported that they didn.t have

enough to eat with one in five families indicating that this occurred ’often’. 41.8 per

cent of the surveyed families indicated that their children went hungry, with 7.6 per

cent indicating that their children had gone without food for a whole day in the last

12 months.53

7.66 The impact on children of poor nutrition includes not just health consequences

but a range of psychological/behavioural, learning and academic consequences:

higher levels of aggression, hyperactivity and anxiety as well as passivity

difficulty getting along with other children;

increased need for mental health services;

impaired cognitive functioning and diminished capacity to learn;

lower test scores and poorer overall school achievement;

repeating a grade in school; and

increased school absences, tardiness and school suspension.54

The AEU stated ’it goes without saying that if you are hungry you are not too good at

learning how to read, and sometimes you need to deal with the first problem’.55

52 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.69 (Anglicare Victoria).

53 Anglicare, Food Insecurity . A Welfare Agency Perspective, November 2003, p.22.

54 Anglicare, p.20.

55 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.72 (AEU).

160

7.67 The Committee heard that breakfast clubs are run in many areas. In Victoria, for

example, there are clubs run by the AEU and CFMEU and funding is provided by St

Vincent de Paul for other clubs. St Vincent de Paul also assists groups to provide

school based breakfast programs in other States, for example, with the Red Cross in

the Hunter region of NSW. The United Kingdom has been providing breakfast clubs

in schools through the Food in Schools Healthier Breakfast Club project.56

7.68 Some programs are community based but many schools are also recognising the

need to ensure that children have breakfast. Some schools have brought forward lunch

times so that children can have brunch. Other schools provide breakfast as part of their

before school programs. However, the AEU stated that the move from funding

provided through the disadvantaged schools program to an emphasis on literacy and

numeracy decreased the flexibility of schools to provide certain programs.57

7.69 Children need adequate nutrition to ensure that they are alert and ready for

school and have improved educational outcomes. Unfortunately, many children bring

to school their family problems whether it be lack of income or disadvantage because

of drug or alcohol issues or mental illness. The Committee supports programs which

not only provide breakfast through breakfast clubs but also support families in

providing for their children. The Committee considers that as lack of food has such an

impact on the school life that nutrition programs should be integral to school services.

Recommendation 27

7.70 That the Commonwealth provide funding to establish school breakfast

programs in disadvantaged areas.

Quality of education

7.71 Witnesses also noted children from low income families are likely to receive a

lower quality of education than students from wealthier families. For example, lack of

access to home computers is a major educational issue for children from low-income

families. The Smith Family stated that the unequal access to and usage of information

and communications technologies (ICT) is compounding disadvantage for some as:

.having access to ICT is becoming central to being able to fully participate

in the economic, social, political and cultural spheres of society. Access to

ICT also influences participation in education/lifelong learning and access

to services.58

56 Submissions 108, p.6 (AEU) and 214, p.1 (SVDP Lower Hunter Region); Committee Hansard

30.4.03, p.72 (AEU and SVDP Victoria) and 29.5.03, p.577 (SVDP). For information on the

UK program see www.educationextra.org.uk/breakfast_clubs/.

57 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.72 (AEU).

58 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, pp.387-88 (Smith Family).

161

7.72 Studies by the Brotherhood of St Laurence and The Smith Family found that low

income families had lower levels of access to the Internet compared with medium

income families and high income families with one parent households being the least

likely to have access to the Internet. Although most schools have computers, access to

these is often limited and so they do not necessarily compensate for lack of access at

home. Without access to a computer at home and the Internet, students are at a

disadvantage in terms of access to information, skill development and the ability to

meet educational expectations. As a result, poverty leads to considerable exclusion

and loss of opportunity for a large number of children.59

I now have a son who is in high school and I feel he is greatly disadvantaged because I

cannot afford to own a computer. There was a situation only recently at my son’s school when

the computers were down. It affected my son handing in his assignment on time as school

was his only resource, whereas if I could have afforded to have my own computer I feel this

would not have happened. I often feel that in the education system the low-income families

are forced to keep up with the Joneses, so to speak, otherwise your children will suffer. It

should not be that way.

Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1173 (Julie).

7.73 The Smith Family concluded that ’finding ways to increase the home access of

low-income families to the Internet should therefore remain a policy priority for all

sectors (government, private and nonprofit) aiming to bridge the digital divide’. The

Smith Family stated that there should be a focus on reducing the cost of ICT and

ensuring that programs which provide appropriate parenting support emphasise the

importance of having home access to computers and the Internet.60

7.74 It was also argued that the introduction of information and communications

technologies has the potential to allow institutions to push costs onto students, for

example, by the substitution of online for face-to-face delivery and the substitution of

internet data sources for library holdings. As a result, ’such cost transfers have the

potential to force economically marginal students and families out of formal

education, and need to be monitored closely’.61

7.75 There is evidence that the educational opportunities and outcomes of students are

affected by the educational levels of their parents and the socioeconomic background

of other students at the school. Parental education is strongly associated with factors

59 Taylor J & Fraser A, Eleven Plus Life chances and family income, Brotherhood of St Laurence;

Submission 172, p.13 (Smith Family).

60 Submission 172, p.78; Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.388 (Smith Family).

61 Marginson, p.14.

162

such as the home literacy environment, parents’ teaching style and investment in

resources that promote learning.62

Public education

7.76 The need for a strong public education system as a means of combating poverty

was supported by many witnesses. However, it was argued that the declining

investment in education, the increasing movement of Commonwealth resources from

public to private education and the expansion of the private school sector was a further

educational disadvantage for children from low socioeconomic backgrounds.

7.77 Witnesses pointed to the generous funding support of non-government schools

by the Commonwealth. The Brotherhood of St Laurence stated that by 2004,

government schools which educate about 70 per cent of Australia’s children, will

receive only about one-third of Commonwealth funding. The Brotherhood concluded

’this is an extremely inequitable distribution of federal government resources,

reinforces divisions based on wealth, and displays little commitment to building

equitable educational outcomes for all young Australians’.63

7.78 UnitingCare Burnside commented that there was a resource gap between public

and many private schools and it is also evident between schools in the public sector.

Private schools and public schools in more affluent areas enjoy high levels of

resources as they can combine government funding with substantial resources from

parents, whether through fees, voluntary contributions and/or fundraising. Schools in

low socioeconomic areas must almost completely rely on public funding, there being

much less scope to draw on parental resources whether monetary or social. Schools in

very disadvantaged areas cannot offer the same conditions and environments as other

schools.64

7.79 The AEU stated:

The resource differences between schools have become more critical. The

introduction of the SES model by the Commonwealth is increasing the gap

between some very well resourced private schools and some very poor

public schools. Policies of choice and diversity have become linked to

buying the level of school resourcing that parents can afford. There is an

increasing concern among parents about the socioeconomic milieu of a

school and an increasing tendency for schools to become polarised in terms

of the communities they serve.then you have the additional factor of the

hollowing out of those schools, because those parents who can afford it

move into private schools. The more difficult the school is, the more

62 Submission 163, p.120 (ACOSS).

63 Submission 98, p.24 (BSL).

64 UnitingCare Burnside, Because Children Matter: Making a case for addressing child poverty in

Australia, June 2003, p.34.

163

pressure there is on the parents who can afford it to move out, leaving the

school with a harder and harder group of students.65

7.80 The problem is compounded for schools in disadvantaged areas as they tend to

have higher numbers of students with learning and behavioural problems. These

schools then become branded as low performing schools and are increasingly seen as

’sites for the concentration of social and educational disadvantage’.66 Schools with this

reputation and facing an over-representation of children with special needs or

programs without adequate resources, are unlikely to be able to offer the same level of

education or even the same equity of expectations, for their students.67

7.81 The AEU stated:

There is very little incentive for schools to give much attention to the people

who are in need of the most attention. Therefore, poverty, disadvantage and

equity are issues at a school level, not just an individual level. It is possible

to talk of impoverished schools. These are schools with large numbers of

students experiencing financial hardship, lower literacy and other academic

achievement, a greater number of disengaged or alienated students and more

students with high needs but less capacity to raise funds locally. They then

become hard to staff schools. There is an accumulation and compounding of

problems. We need programs directed at those schools suffering the greatest

accumulations.68

7.82 Anglicare Victoria noted that private schools are well resourced, but ’are not

obliged to consider the needs of students with disabilities, learning difficulties or

economic or cultural disadvantage. Where such services are provided it is at a cost to

the user’.69 UnitingCare concluded:

One result of these factors operating together is that the capacity for public

schools in vulnerable communities to create an enriching and stimulating

educational environment for all students is diminished. In short, the NSW

community is witnessing a move more towards a tiered educational system.

In this system some students (often those who are already advantaged in

other ways) enjoy an excellent school and learning environment while those

at the bottom end are more likely to have a less enriching education at

comparatively poorly resourced public schools.70

65 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.70 (AEU).

66 Marginson, p.6.

67 Marginson, p.12; Submission 108, p.8 (AEU).

68 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.70 (AEU).

69 Submission 89, p.14 (Anglicare Victoria).

70 McClelland, p.34.

164

7.83 Witnesses also stated that the reduced overall funding of schools by both the

Commonwealth and State Governments has increased schools reliance on voluntary

fees and other charges. Voluntary fees place a significant demand on family budgets.

Families on low incomes find it difficult to pay voluntary fees with the non-payment

of fees compromising many children’s and young people’s education.71

Programs to improve educational outcomes

7.84 The need to provide equitable access to education and training to Year 12 has

formed the basis of government policy at both the Commonwealth and State and

Territory levels. A range of programs and pilot projects have been introduced. These

include improving institutional funding and funding arrangements, building stronger

community relationships and piloting initiatives designed to identify and support

students at risk of leaving school early with no future plans. The introduction of

vocational education and training in schools and school-based apprenticeships has also

improved retention rates.

7.85 For example, the Tasmanian Government’s Equity in Schooling policy

encompasses five goals: improve access and attendance; increase access and

participation in the curriculum; increase retention at school; encourage parent

participation; and improve attainment and success at school.72

7.86 The Queensland Government has recently announced reform of the education

and training systems. These reforms are aimed at accelerating progress towards an

88 per cent completion target, re-engaging young people at risk and ameliorating the

factors that contribute to departure from learning. The Government stated that the

’reforms contrast with the Commonwealth approach of increasing funding to non-state

schools at the expense of state schools’.

7.87 The reforms will include new laws making it compulsory for young people to

stay at school until they finish Year 10 or turn 16, whichever comes first. Young

people will then be required to participate in education and training for a further two

years until: they have gained a Senior Certificate; gained a Certificate III vocational

qualification; or turn 17. Exemptions will be provided for young people who enter

full-time work after they have completed Year 10 or turned 16. These changes will

take effect for students who enter Year 10 in 2006.

7.88 The Queensland budget has allocated $745.4 million for vocational education

and training in 2002-03 to build a job ready workforce with relevant up to date skills.

This includes funding for the Youth Access Program to support some 2200 students at

risk of not completing secondary school in the 2002 and 2003 school years.73

71 Submission 118, p.15 (VCOSS).

72 Submission 185, pp.21-22 (Tasmanian Government).

73 Submission 129, pp.10-11 (Queensland Government).

165

7.89 Despite these initiatives, witnesses voiced concern that more remained to be

done. The Tasmanian Government stated that ’despite targeted programs, the

relatively poor performance of students from backgrounds of poverty has not

improved’.74

7.90 The AEU stated that over the last decade public policy has tended to move away

from improving equity. It submitted that policies have been implemented which:

at the Commonwealth level, rolled Disadvantaged Schools Program and

other equity programs into ’literacy funding’;

have left public schools inadequately funded and reliant on ’voluntary fees’;

have given large increases to private schools, especially the more wealthy;

have encouraged competition and choice between educational institutions

which in turn can discourage schools from taking students that may not

enhance their image;

have failed to address the need to ensure a national commitment to

universal access to public preschool education;

have increased the personal costs of Higher Education and in some cases,

TAFE;

have made both Austudy and ABSTUDY less adequate and more difficult

to obtain;

have seen the number of Indigenous students at Universities fall between

1997 and 2000; and

have made Australia more dependent on private education expenditure.

7.91 The AEU recommended that the Commonwealth through MCEETYA initiate a

national strategy to achieve the social justice elements of the National Goals for

Schooling and that this include specific strategies in relation to differences arising

from students’ socioeconomic background.75

7.92 ACOSS stated that policies directed at improving prospects for people moving

out of poverty need to be directed at improving educational outcomes at every stage of

a young person’s development. Greater equity in educational outcomes will overcome

the inter-generational poverty and unemployment experienced by many people.

74 Submission 185, pp.21-22 (Tasmanian Government).

75 Submission 108, pp.13, 20 (AEU).

166

7.93 The National Education and Employment Forum (NEEF) has made a range of

recommendations to increase the educational and employment outcomes of

disadvantaged groups. These include:

collaborative work towards targets for higher educational outcomes for

young people who are disadvantaged and for geographical areas of

concentrated disadvantage;

increased investment in education to an average level of OECD spending as

a percentage of GDP;

increased access to supports and option for young people through

education;

recognition of the importance of early childhood learning;

increase access to information and communication technology;

increase in the quality of teacher education;

develop specific priorities and targets for Indigenous education.76

7.94 The Business Council of Australia stated that the challenge is to put concerted

and coordinated effort into providing:

all young people with the opportunity to access education and training to

Year 12 or equivalent through school or vocational education and training,

including apprenticeships and traineeships, or through adult and

community education;

support to all young people who need guidance to help them decide an

appropriate option to make the move form school to further education or

training or work;

young people, who leave school early, with the opportunity to return to

education and training through flexible qualifications and programs; and

young people with access to careers advice and job search training.77

7.95 Welfare organisations are also directing attention to improving educational

outcomes through a variety of mechanisms, including direct aid for individual students

such as provision of school clothing and books, and more comprehensive intervention

programs. The Smith Family’s Learning for Life program is one such program

76 Submission 163, p.123 (ACOSS).

77 Business Council of Australia, The Cost of Dropping Out: the Economic Impact of Early

School Leaving, January 2003, p.11.

167

providing financial assistance, educational support for students and their families, and

mentoring. Since its beginning in 1988, the program has been implemented primarily

for school and tertiary education, but now, through a number of demonstration

projects and pilots, it is being extended into the preschool and early childhood areas as

well as into critical life transitions, such as the very important transition from school

to work.78

7.96 The Committee heard of many programs to provide direct assistance. For

example, St Vincent de Paul’s school-bridging program provides financial assistance

for the transition from primary to secondary school and from secondary school to

tertiary education. It is particularly focussed on non-metropolitan areas where there

are additional travel costs, computer costs etc for students.79

Conclusion

7.97 The Committee considers that there is an urgent need to combat educational

disadvantage. Low educational attainment is not only a major cause of poverty but

also children from disadvantaged backgrounds face significant barriers to educational

achievement.

7.98 Children from disadvantaged backgrounds often cannot fully take part in school.

They may suffer from feelings of isolation and be disruptive. Lack of means results in

exclusion from school activities and access to vital resources such as computers.

Students are arriving at school without breakfast, making them less able to participate

in normal school activities.

7.99 Schools in disadvantaged areas have fewer resources to provide already

disadvantaged students. Student outcomes are poorer and these impact adversely on

future employment prospects.

7.100 Policy initiatives that focus on the most disadvantaged students in our schools

are important to breaking this cycle of social disadvantage and poverty.

7.101 Initiatives through the TAFE sector can provide students with an alternative to

school from completion of year 12.

Recommendation 28

7.102 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for schools based on

the socioeconomic profile of the school community to improve services provided

to disadvantaged students.

78 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.379 (Smith Family).

79 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.73 (SVDP Victoria).

168

Recommendation 29

7.103 That the Commonwealth work with the State and Territory Governments

to develop effective policies and identify successful programs that improve

retention rates of young people in danger of leaving school early and re-engage

early school leavers to return to education at school or TAFE; and to provide

additional support for those programs.

Recommendation 30

7.104 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for the TAFE sector

aimed at providing support for those students wishing to complete their school

education in TAFE institutions.

Poverty and access to tertiary education

Lack of income is an important determinant of educational participation at

the post school level, and in higher education in particular. The increasing

cost of higher education and the inability of most students to access income

support schemes such as youth allowance, Austudy and Abstudy and the

low level of payments made to those who are able to access these schemes

sends the wrong message to potential students from poorer families who

aspire to higher education.80

7.105 Research also indicates that income levels are an important determinant of

participation in higher education. Students from low income families are less likely to

participate in higher education and the lower the income, the more unlikely the

progression to higher education. For example, Tasmania has the lowest AWEs and the

lowest higher education participation rate.81

7.106 Evidence submitted by FaCS indicated that between 1992 and 1999 there was a

20.9 per cent increase in the number of students from lower socioeconomic

backgrounds at university, though the share of places at university during this period

remained fairly constant, between 14.4 and 14.7 per cent. FaCS suggested that this ’is

likely to reflect the opportunities generated by overall increased number of university

places’.82

7.107 NUS disagreed, stating that the figure of 14.7 per cent was ’well below the

population reference value used by DEST of 25 per cent. This means that Australians

80 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.113 (NTEU).

81 Submission 178, p.6 (NTEU).

82 Submission 165, p.17 (FaCS).

169

from lower socioeconomic backgrounds have about half the likelihood of attending

university as Australians from medium or higher socioeconomic backgrounds.’83

7.108 Other witnesses also argued that students from lower socioeconomic groups

were still underrepresented at universities and pointed to the significantly larger

number of students from medium or higher socioeconomic backgrounds. NUS for

example, noted that a study of Monash University students found that only 11 per cent

of students from government schools receive ENTER (Equivalent National Tertiary

Education Rank) scores of 90 or more. By contrast, 51 per cent of private school

students achieved this score or above.

7.109 A recent study of socioeconomic background and education participation noted

that ’this degree of inequity has remained relatively stable for over a decade, despite

extensive equity initiatives across the system as a whole’. Other findings included that

students from lower socioeconomic backgrounds are less likely to gain admission to

the nations most prestigious, traditional universities.84

7.110 The poor success rate of students from lower socioeconomic backgrounds

impacts not only on the individual student but reinforces inequity and leads to greatly

increased stratification of higher education. Anglicare Victoria stated that high rates of

failure among poorer students, both at school and in the struggle for tertiary entrance

tend to depress aspirations for university ’thus partly reserving higher education to

upper socio-economic status groups through a process of discouragement and selfexclusion’.

85

7.111 The perceived cost of higher education appears to be a major deterrent for

students from lower socioeconomic backgrounds. Many students do not believe that

their families can afford to support them at university and that they would have to

support themselves.86

7.112 Proposed changes to higher education funding and continued poor levels of

income support were also seen as deterring students from lower socioeconomic

backgrounds and from other disadvantaged groups from seeking university

education.87

7.113 Recent studies have found that high levels of university students seek loans to

cover costs and the majority of students undertake paid employment to support

83 Submission 130, p.12 (NUS).

84 James, p.ix.

85 Submission 89, p.15 (Anglicare Victoria).

86 James, p.x.

87 Submission 163, p.121 (ACOSS).

170

themselves while at university. Other issues such as eligibility criteria for Youth

Allowance and Austudy and lack of access to Rent Assistance for those receiving

Austudy also impact on students seeking to undertaker higher education. (See Chapter

12 for a further discussion of student issues.)

7.114 High levels of HECS debts also deter potential students from low

socioeconomic backgrounds from taking up tertiary study. While HECS debts do not

have to be repaid until a certain level of income is earned, students from lower

socioeconomic groups may be averse to taking on such a debt when already faced

with the prospect of financing living costs while undertaking study.

7.115 Student unions also noted the low participation rates of students living in

regional and remote communities.88 As a percentage of all commencing students in

1997, at the national level students from rural and isolated backgrounds had a low rate

of access (18.3 per cent) relative to their population share (24.3 per cent).

7.116 Students from rural and regional areas face more barriers to accessing higher

education with cost a major deterrent. Their lower socioeconomic background means

that they have less capacity to meet university fees and charges and in many regional

areas part-time employment is not available. Students from rural and regional areas

are more likely to attend local campuses but due to shortfalls in funding many courses

may no longer be available. In such instances, students will either have to leave their

communities to attend other campuses and incur greater expenses or forego a higher

education altogether. Those enrolling at campuses in major cities often encounter

minimal social and support networks. Coupled with inadequate income support the

transition from rural life to that in a large city is extremely difficult.89

7.117 In addition, higher education is seen as less personally relevant by rural or

isolated students, particularly those from lower or medium socioeconomic

backgrounds. As NUS stated, they are likely to have less ’push’ factors for them to

attend university arising from the perceived value of a higher education amongst their

families and communities.90

7.118 James concluded, ’the relatively low higher education participation rates of

people from lower socioeconomic backgrounds, and the apparent resistance of these

participation rates to equity programmes, presents a major challenge for education

policy’.91

88 Submissions 64, p.4 (UTSSA); 130, p.15 (NUS).

89 Submissions 64, p.5 (UTSSA); 130, p.15 (NUS).

90 Submission 130, p.16 (NUS).

91 James, p.xi.

171

Conclusion

7.119 Although there has been an improvement in the number of students from low

socioeconomic backgrounds gaining entry to higher education institutions, they still

remain under-represented. Poor high school success rates mean that fewer

disadvantaged students gain tertiary entry. The perceived high costs of a tertiary

education including HECS debts, act as a significant deterrent. Students who must

fully finance their living costs while completing their study and who have little

financial support from family face a particularly difficult time in surviving while

undertaking tertiary education.

172

173

CHAPTER 8

HEALTH

Health is an essential component of active citizenship as without health a

person cannot access other rights and cannot enjoy quality of life. Equitable

access to health prevention services and care is therefore vital.1

8.1 Affordable and timely access to healthcare services is vital for all Australians,

including the poor and the disadvantaged. It was emphasised during the inquiry that

the provision of healthcare should be on the basis of need and not the capacity to pay;

and that Australia needs to avoid the development of a two-tiered healthcare system

where an inferior and underfunded health system would be reserved for the poor and

disadvantaged.2

Poverty and health

8.2 The link between health and socioeconomic status has been clearly shown in

studies both in Australia and overseas, with lower socioeconomic status generally

being associated with poorer overall health. For example, people from lower

socioeconomic status are more likely to have serious chronic illnesses than people

from higher socioeconomic backgrounds. Australian Institute of Health and Welfare

(AIHW) data show that the proportion of people who report their health as only ’fair’

or ’poor’ shows a marked trend across socioeconomic groups. People who are less well

educated, unemployed or living in households with low income report poorer health.3

8.3 Poor health can in turn lead to a compounding of poverty, because illness

reduces an individual’s capacity to take up opportunities such as employment or

training. The ill-health of children within families may also result in a cycle of poverty

that is difficult to overcome. The extent to which illness may be said to cause poverty

depends largely on the type of illness and the preparedness of the community to

support the economic participation of people who are ill and the living costs of people

who are unable to work. The onset of illness can, however, profoundly affect

individuals and families and place them at high risk of poverty.4

1 Submission 118, p.16 (VCOSS).

2 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, pp.76-81 (Centre for Public Policy/Salvation Army/Catholic

Social Services Victoria). See also Submissions 118, p.16 (VCOSS); 41, pp.5-6 (Dianella

Community Health).

3 AIHW, Australia’s Health 2002, p.14. See also Submission 129, pp.37-38 (Queensland

Government).

4 Submission 163, p.139 (ACOSS). See also Submissions 44, p.31 (SVDP); 118, p.16 (VCOSS);

Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1220 (Doctors Reform Society).

174

8.4 A range of health and related social problems, including suicide, are also linked

to poverty. One witness noted that a number of clients, who are experiencing financial

difficulties, actually present to the local council with issues relating to suicide,

depression, family breakdown and domestic violence . ’so they may not come in and

say, "Look, we can’t afford to eat" . they are presenting with other issues . but when

you get to the underlying cause, it is financial’.5

8.5 The importance to people’s lives of ensuring access to healthcare services was

emphasised in evidence, with advocacy groups indicting that many people are missing

out on a range of health services. SACOSS told the Committee that:

.the issues of health for a growing number of [poor] people are evident,

particularly in the homelessness sector, where we are constantly paying for

people to have prescriptions filled and constantly calling doctors into our

services because people do not have money to visit doctors.6

8.6 Another witness noted that:

We had two women who were sharing a pair of glasses. It was not quite

down to the dentures. It is not just for prescriptions.7

8.7 Even for those people in employment, affordable healthcare is often problematic.

One witness in a low paid job stated that:

I have got no health care for my children. I dread every sniffle and cough

because I cannot afford to go to the doctor and, if I do go to the doctor, I

cannot afford to pay for the prescriptions that they are going to need when I

am finished. We may be at the top end of the poverty scale but we are on a

downward slide and, if something is not fixed, then that is where we will

end up.8

8.8 A number of issues were raised in relation to ensuring equitable and accessible

health care to people in poverty, including:

access to Medicare;

access to public hospitals;

access to ancillary and specialist health services;

5 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.135 (Knox City Council). See also Committee Hansard 30.4.03,

p.85 (Salvation Army).

6 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.66 (SACOSS).

7 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.66 (Lutheran Community Care).

8 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, pp.581-82 (Mrs Cox).

175

access to preventive health and related services;

access to maternal and child health services; and

access to dental care.

Access to Medicare

8.9 It was emphasised during the inquiry that the role of Medicare in providing free

or reduced-cost hospital and medical services is of great value to all Australians but

particularly important for people on low incomes. Medicare provides people with

access to free treatment as public (Medicare) patients in hospitals, and free or

subsidised treatment by medical practitioners and participating optometrists. People

on low incomes often cannot afford private health insurance and even relatively small

medical costs can be a serious obstacle in accessing health services.9 Concerns were

expressed that that the Commonwealth Government is increasingly moving towards a

’two-tier’ health system in which Medicare will become a ’second-class’ system

reserved for the disadvantaged.10

8.10 Despite the many positive features of Medicare, a number of submissions and

other evidence identified gaps in relation to Medicare coverage and services. Firstly,

Medicare does not cover a number of important heath care services such as dental

care, counselling, physiotherapy and podiatry. Access to these services is severely

limited in the public system but widely available to people who can afford to pay

privately, either out of their own pocket or through private health insurance. Secondly,

Medicare permits the unregulated levying of patient co-payments for medical services,

including specialist, diagnostic and GP services. Thirdly, Medicare has not delivered

equitable access to health services for certain sections of the community, especially

ATSI people and people living in certain areas of the country, such as rural and

remote areas and outer urban areas.11

Decline in bulk-billing

8.11 Another key concern identified during the inquiry impacting on the lives of all

Australians but particularly many poorer Australians is the decline in the numbers of

GPs who provide bulk billing.12 Bulk billing is vital to the health of people

experiencing poverty and disadvantage . it enables people to seek medical checks and

9 Submissions 166, p.28 (Salvation Army); 98, p.22 (BSL); 118, p.16 (VCOSS).

10 Submissions 29, p.7 (CPSA); 223, p.9 (APSF). See also Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.76

(Centre for Public Policy).

11 Submission 163, p.140 (ACOSS).

12 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, pp.76-77 (Centre for Public Policy); 4.8.03, p.1219 (Doctors

Reform Society).

176

assistance as the need arises and allows continuity of care, which improves the success

of any intervention. Welfare agencies noted that their work with people on low

incomes shows that people in these circumstances rely on bulk billing by GPs for

access to affordable medical services.

8.12 Since the introduction of Medicare, bulk billing had grown to cover 80 per cent

of GP services by 1996. In recent years bulk billing rates have declined . by the

September quarter 2003, only 66.7 per cent of GP services were bulk-billed, a decline

of 3.7 per cent compared with the September quarter 2002. The rate had declined

further to 65.7 per cent by the December quarter 2003.13

8.13 In addition to the decline in the proportion of bulk-billed out-of-hospital

services, there is a marked geographic disparity in access to bulk-billed services, with

bulk-billing rates varying widely between regions (see Table 8.1). As a general rule,

people in capital cities are much more likely to be bulk-billed than those outside cities,

that is, those in rural centres and remote areas.

Table 8.1: Proportion of non-referred attendances to GPs bulk-billed, by region

1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-01 2001-02

Capital city 85.9 85.6 85.4 85.2 83.8 80.8

Other metro centre 81.3 80.1 79.5 78.6 76.2 72.3

Large rural centre 65.7 63.7 61.7 60.8 59.8 59.0

Small rural centre 64.8 63.1 61.7 61.7 60.9 59.3

Other rural area 62.1 59.6 59.1 58.6 57.7 56.6

Remote centre 56.0 56.7 57.6 59.0 60.0 58.9

Other remote area 70.1 69.6 70.1 70.1 69.5 70.0

Unknown 68.8 70.3 71.4 73.4 72.7 71.5

Australia 80.6 79.8 79.4 79.1 77.6 74.9

Source: Productivity Commission, Report on Government Services 2003, January 2003,

Table 10A.36 available at www.pc.gov.au/gsp/2003

8.14 Submissions noted that this decline in bulk-billing results in uneven access to

health services for people on low-incomes, especially in country areas where there is

little choice of GP. The decline in bulk billing also impacts on older people, families

with children, and people with a chronic illness and/or disability. COTA National

Seniors stated that ’for an individual on a full age pension needing to see a doctor once

or twice a week, his or her income can be reduced by amounts in the order of $6-$12

13 Department of Health & Ageing (DoHA), Medicare Statistics, September & December

Quarters 2003.

177

per week or more. This is yet another factor contributing to the financial hardship

reported by many older people’.14

8.15 VCOSS cited anecdotal evidence of people delaying visiting a GP to seek

diagnosis and treatment. This means that people are not able to access preventive

health care measures or receive early intervention treatment or support, raising the

likelihood of longer-term health costs due to reliance on treatment at later stages of an

illness.15 Statistics show that the total number of GP visits declined by 1.3 per cent in

the December 2003 quarter compared with the December quarter 2002 which may

indicate that many people are avoiding visiting the doctor because of the cost.16

8.16 Patients are facing increasing out-of-pocket costs for GP visits. The out-ofpocket

contribution made by patients for GP services increased from an average of

$5.61 in 1984-85 to $12.46 in 2002-03 and to $13.57 by the December quarter 2003.17

8.17 The decline in bulk billing is also resulting in people turning to already overstretched

community health centres and the emergency units of public hospitals. The

Queensland Government stated the emergency departments in that State are currently

being ’inundated’ with people who should be treated by GPs . ’these people are

reporting that they can not get access to, or can not afford a general practitioner’. The

Government stated that over the past three years there has been a 10.3 per cent

increase in the number of patients treated by emergency departments, and a

14 per cent increase in the number of non-urgent or semi-urgent cases presenting to

the emergency departments.18

8.18 The Victorian Government expressed similar concerns. The Government stated

that there was an 11.5 per cent growth in emergency department presentations

between June 2001 and June 2002 in Victoria and it is estimated that around 30 per

cent of emergency department presentations could be better serviced by a GP . ’this

suggests that significant numbers of people are not receiving the accessible and

responsive primary care they require in a setting most appropriate to their needs’.19

14 Submission 184, p.21 (COTA National Seniors). See also Submissions 29 p.8 (CPSA); 223,

p.10 (APSF).

15 Submission 118, p.17 (VCOSS).

16 DoHA, Medicare Statistics, December Quarter 2003.

17 DoHA, Medicare Statistics 1984/85 to September Quarter 2003, p.41; Medicare Statistics,

December Quarter 2003.

18 Submission 129, p.39 (Queensland Government).

19 Submission 69, p.24 (Victorian Government).

178

8.19 Submissions argued that it is vital that bulk billing is maintained and expanded

to ensure access to health services for all Australians.20 The Brotherhood of St

Laurence (BSL), while suggesting that bulk billing be maintained, also argued that it

should be extended to a wider group of practitioners, particularly specialists, and be

available to people on low incomes in all geographical areas.21

Addressing the decline in bulk-billing

8.20 Measures to amend Medicare and address declining bulk-billing have been the

subject of considerable debate between the major political parties since the

Government released its A Fairer Medicare package as part of the May 2003-04

Budget. The package aimed to reduce the costs of accessing health care, particularly

for concession card holders. The key element of the Government’s proposals was a

system of incentive payments for practices that agree to bulk-bill all concession card

holding patients and the capacity for participating practices to receive rebates for all

their patients directly from the HIC.

8.21 The ALP announced a policy in May 2003 in response to the Government’s

package that proposes to immediately lift patient rebates to 95 per cent of the schedule

fee, with a subsequent increase to 100 per cent for every bulk-billed GP service by

2006-07. In addition, GPs who meet bulk-billing targets would receive additional

incentive payments. The ALP initiatives are designed to reach a national target level

of bulk-billing of 80 per cent. Overall, the ALP policy represents a rejection of all

elements of the A Fairer Medicare package except for the workforce initiatives aimed

at alleviating doctor shortages, and measures to increase the GP rebate for veterans

and war widows.22

8.22 The Senate established a Select Committee on Medicare to review the

Government’s package of reforms. At a practical level, the Select Committee found

that the Government’s policy ’is focused on ’guaranteeing’ bulk-billing of concessional

patients in a way that is quite simply unnecessary, since the majority of these people

are in all likelihood already bulk-billed’. The Committee concluded that the scheme as

proposed would trigger a fall in bulk-billing for all those who are not concession

cardholders . ’many Australians in genuine need of bulk-billing will fall just outside

the threshold of concessional status . including many working families and those with

chronic illnesses. These people will face both more gap payments, and overall, a rise

in the level of such payments’.23

20 Submissions 98, p.22 (BSL); 166, p.28 (Salvation Army).

21 Submission 98, p.ix (BSL).

22 ALP policy cited in Senate Select Committee on Medicare, Medicare . Healthcare or

Welfare?, October 2003, pp.115-16.

23 Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare?, p.xiii.

179

8.23 In response to criticisms of its original proposal, the Government announced

changes to its reform package. Under the new MedicarePlus arrangements, announced

on 18 November 2003, the Government will pay GPs an additional $5 for every bulkbilled

medical service provided to concession card holders and to children aged under

16 years. New safety net arrangements were also announced. The MedicarePlus

proposals were also considered by the Select Committee that reported in February

2004.24 The Senate had yet to debate the legislation at the time of drafting this report.

Conclusion

8.24 The Committee believes that bulk billing is a cornerstone of access to primary

health care in Australia, playing an indispensable day-to-day role for all Australians

and particularly for the poor and the disadvantaged. Bulk billing has been important in

limiting barriers to low income people for mainstream health care by minimising outof-

pocket costs and thus impacting positively on the living standards of the poor and

disadvantaged in the community.

8.25 The Committee notes that the two reports by the Select Committee on Medicare

contain a range of recommendations to improve bulk-billing, in addition to other

measures to improve access to health services by low income and other disadvantaged

groups and people in society.

Access to public hospitals

8.26 Submissions and other evidence to the inquiry noted the importance of ensuring

timely access to hospital services for those on low incomes and commented on the

increasing pressures placed on public hospitals in providing adequate services as a

result of, inter alia, a general lack of funding, the diversion of funds to the private

system and the funding complexities arising out of the Commonwealth-State division

of responsibilities in the area of health.25 The Doctors Reform Society stated that:

Public hospitals cannot meet the demands on them. Despite promises that

propping up the private health insurance industry with an enormous public

hand-out . somewhere between $2 billion and $3 billion annually . would

take pressure off the public system, the demands are still increasing.26

8.27 This Committee’s 2000 report into public hospital funding concluded that public

hospitals in Australia need an urgent injection of funds. The Committee found that:

24 Senate Select Committee on Medicare, MedicarePlus: the Future for Medicare?, February

2004.

25 Submissions 134, p.2 (Centre for Public Policy); 184, p.20 (COTA National Seniors). See also

Committee Hansard 30.4.03, pp.76-79 (Centre for Public Policy).

26 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1220 (Doctors Reform Society).

180

Whilst the current funding shortage has arisen because of the

Commonwealth’s failure to properly index hospital grants, the problem is

deeper. There has been a long term pattern of cost shifting by both the States

and the Commonwealth which has continually squeezed the public hospital

system..Evidence presented to the inquiry has indicated that the key

problems that needs to be addressed as a priority is the fragmented nature of

the roles and responsibilities of the Commonwealth and the States and

Territory Governments in the funding and delivery of public hospital

services.27

Australian Health Care Agreements

8.28 Under the Medicare arrangements, public hospital services are provided under

Australian Health Care Agreements (AHCAs) with the State and Territory

Governments. Under the 2003-08 AHCAs, the Commonwealth will provide funding

of $42 billion to the States, a 17 per cent real increase over the 1998-2003 AHCAs.

The AHCAs provide funding growth on the basis of inflation, population growth,

ageing, and other demand factors such as increased availability of medical technology.

AHCA expenditure in 2002-03 was over $7.240 billion.28

8.29 State Governments argued that the 2003-08 AHCAs fail to provide an adequate

level of funding to the States. The NSW Government argued that the new AHCAs left

NSW about $1.3 billion worse off than the previous five year Agreement and will

place further pressure on the public hospital system in that State. The Government

argued that the Agreement did not take sufficient account of the impact on the public

hospital system of increased health-related costs, the ageing population and the cost of

new technologies.29

8.30 While the Commonwealth and States continue to argue over funding levels and

cost-shifting within the public hospital system, it is Australians at the lower end of the

socio-economic spectrum that are further disadvantaged in accessing timely and

appropriate health care.

8.31 The latest AHCAs have been criticised for not including health reform proposals

and should have had an emphasis ’on illness prevention strategies and developing a

new model of "continuous care’’’.30

27 Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Healing our Hospitals: Report on Public

Hospital Funding, December 2000, p.x.

28 DoHA, Annual Report 2002-03, pp.83-84.

29 NSW Health, ’NSW response to Commonwealth Medicare proposal’, Media Release, 23.4.03;

’Federal Government cuts NSW hospital funding by $1.3 billion’, Media Release, 2.5.03.

30 AHRA, ’Health industry and consumers in last ditch effort to rescue $42 billion care

agreements’, Media Release, 17.7.03.

181

8.32 A number of access and equity issues in relation to public hospitals were

identified during the inquiry and by commentators in the healthcare area. These

include:

the increasing occurrence of hospital access block and hospital ambulance

bypass . ’the effects of access block on acute hospital services are most

disturbingly reflected by patients on trolleys in emergency department

corridors and ambulances circling hospitals, waiting to deliver ill

patients...Access block has been with us since the 1980s, but in recent

years, in Australia, it appears to have become both endemic and critical

across all our major cities’.31

increasing waiting times for elective surgery . ’public hospital waiting lists,

which disproportionately apply to those without private health insurance,

constitute a real problem of equity’.32

the problem of hospital exit block, reflecting the short supply of

community-care services, particularly for older people . ’concurrently with

decreasing acute hospital bed numbers, access to residential care beds in

the community has decreased, especially beds designed for highdependency

patients. This has increased demand on acute hospital services

as elderly inpatients wait for long term placement or are inappropriately

sent back to the community to avoid pressure on an already congested

residential care system’.33

the inability of a system organised for acute, episodic care to efficiently

provide continuous long-term care.34

8.33 Evidence and commentators also pointed to the need to improve public hospital

infrastructure, including substantial additional capital funding, as well as ongoing

funding.35

31 Cameron P & Campbell D, ’Access block: problems and progress’, Medical Journal of

Australia, Vol. 178, No.3 2003, p.99.

32 Leeder S, ’Achieving equity in the Australian healthcare system’, Medical Journal of Australia,

Vol.179, No.9, 2003, p.477.

33 Cameron & Campbell, p.99.

34 Van Der Weyden M, ’Australian healthcare reform: in need of political courage and

champions’, Medical Journal of Australia, Vol. 179, No.6 2003, p.280; Leeder S, p.477;

Australian Health Reform Alliance, ’New "Health Reform Council" is a test of leadership for

today’s COAG meeting’, Media Release, 29.8.03.

35 Submission 134, p.2 (Centre for Public Policy); Leeder, p.477.

182

Impact of the private health insurance rebate

8.34 Submissions also argued that the introduction of subsidies for private health

insurance further undermine the capacity of the health system to provide equitable

access to health care. VCOSS claimed that the current funding of private health care is

’unsustainable, inequitable and, arguably, an inappropriate use of public funds.’36 The

Commonwealth has estimated that it will spend $2.26 billion on the private health

insurance (PHI) rebate in 2003-04.37

8.35 The Doctors Reform Society noted that the major users of public hospitals are

people from lower SES groups who suffer from chronic illnesses . ’it is the same

people who cannot afford private health insurance who do not get the alleged benefits

of the private health insurance rebate. Public hospitals are in crisis because the money

spent on the private health insurance rebate is not being spent on health’.38 The Centre

for Public Policy similarly noted that ’if private insurance was funded at a lower level

or not funded at all by the state, there would be funds available to pay for a great deal

more of the sort of universal public health provision which the poor are most in need

of’.39

8.36 The Select Committee on Medicare, which reviewed the impact of the PHI

rebate, concluded that while there was limited data on the equity and effectiveness of

the rebate to make unequivocal judgements:

.sufficient evidence has already been presented to cast doubt on the overall

effectiveness of the PHI rebate in contributing to the improvement of

Australia’s health system. In the light of the large amount of money involved

in the subsidy, and the alternative uses to which it could be put, these

criticisms must be taken seriously.40

8.37 Submissions emphasised that for efficiency and equity reasons it is essential that

public hospitals continue to provide a viable and quality alternative to the private

system. The Victorian Government stated that, for these reasons, ’balance needs to be

exercised in ensuring that incentives to take up private health care through the health

care rebate are not achieved at the expense of efficiency or the wellbeing of the public

health system’.41

36 Submission 118, p.17 (VCOSS).

37 DoHA, Portfolio Budget Statements 2003-04, p.217.

38 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1220 (Doctors Reform Society).

39 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.78 (Centre for Public Policy).

40 Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare?, p.167.

41 Submission 69, p.24 (Victorian Government).

183

Conclusion

8.38 The Committee believes that the public hospital system needs to be adequately

funded and supported and that the Commonwealth should re-examine its funding

priorities vis-à-vis the public and private health systems to ensure equitable access to

hospital services for low income and other disadvantaged Australians.

Access to ancillary and specialist health services

8.39 Ancillary or allied health services play an important role in overall health care.

Allied health professionals can provide both primary care services and a wide range of

specialist diagnostic and treatment services for both referred and unreferred patients.

These services are provided in an effort to create a more integrated and preventionfocused

health care system. Allied health services presently included on the Medicare

Benefits Schedule (MBS) are limited to prescribed psychiatry and optometry services.

No other allied health services are funded under Medicare.42

8.40 Submissions and other evidence raised concerns that people on low incomes

have limited access to a range of ancillary or allied health services such as dental and

optical services, chiropractic and out-of-hospital specialist medical practitioner

services.43

8.41 COTA National Seniors Partnership illustrated the problem as it relates to older

Australians. COTA stated that:

Medicare also does not cover many important areas of treatment under the

umbrella of allied health services such as physiotherapy, podiatry,

chiropractic and psychology. Low income, older people have difficulty

accessing these services if they have not taken out "extras" in private health

insurance. However insurance is expensive and may not offer a large

enough rebate to make the premium affordable, especially for people paying

health insurance out of a full age pension.44

8.42 A NATSEM study found that a range of ancillary and specialist health services

are more heavily used by people on higher incomes than those on lower incomes.

Most notable were dental, chiropractic and out-of-hospital specialist medical

practitioner services. There was also less use made of podiatry and optometry services

by lower income groups, although this was less marked than for the services

previously referred to. The study found that differences in access between high and

low income groups was largely due to the high out-of-pocket costs as these services

are mainly provided through private practices. The study concluded that there are

42 Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare?, p.134.

43 Submission 118, p.16 (VCOSS); Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.76 (Centre for Public Policy).

44 Submission 184, pp.20-21 (COTA National Seniors).

184

some ancillary and specialist health services which, because of their high out-ofpocket

costs fall into a ’second tier’ of health services that are less accessible to people

with low incomes.45

8.43 It has been argued that there should be an extension of the MBS to cover allied

health services. A reform of this nature has, however, considerable economic and

financial consequences.46 The Select Committee on Medicare noted that the cost

implications would be substantial, requiring an increase in Commonwealth funding of

potentially $3-4 billion, depending on the scope of the additional services covered.

While the measure would in all likelihood result in overall savings from reduced

demand for GP and public hospital services, these savings would be difficult to

quantify.

8.44 Secondly, the broader cost effects of wide scale additions to the MBS are

difficult to predict. An extensive range of allied health services included on the MBS

could lead to a substantial rise of supply-induced demand for allied health services,

with attendant stress on Medicare funding. Thirdly, extending the MBS to cover allied

health services also raises the issue of which services would receive priority for

Medicare funding and which would not qualify. The decision about which allied

health services to include on the MBS is difficult because of, inter alia, the varying

allied health needs of different regions in Australia. Finally, given the problems

inherent in the fee-for-service model of payment used by Medicare, it is not desirable

to exacerbate the issue by increasing the number of MBS rebateable items.47

8.45 Accepting the arguments of the Select Committee, this Committee also does not

favour any immediate broadening of the scope of services covered by the MBS. While

there is a need to enhance accessibility to allied health services, the Committee

considers that there are more targeted and effective mechanisms for addressing the

issue. These include enhancing successful aspects of current initiatives, such as the

More Allied Health Services Program. This program began in 2000-01 as part of the

Commonwealth’s Regional Health Strategy: More Doctors, Better Services. The

program has facilitated links between rural GPs and allied health professionals by

allocating targeted funding to employ additional allied health professionals in rural

areas. Other initiatives that should be further encouraged include the funding of

primary health care teams, and providing funding for shared access to resources via

groups such as the Divisions of General Practice.48

45 Schofield D, ’Ancillary and Specialist Health Services: Does Low Income Limit Access?’,

NATSEM Discussion Paper No. 22, June 1997, pp. 1-3, 18.

46 For a discussion see Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare?, pp.133-43.

47 Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare? , pp.143-44.

48 For further discussion see Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare?, pp.137-38, 169-205.

185

Access to preventive health and related services

8.46 Preventive health services/public health interventions focus on prevention,

promotion and protection rather than on treatment; on populations or population

groups rather than on individuals; and on factors and behaviours that affect health and

cause illness and injury. Well-structured health priorities and interventions have the

ability to reduce illness, cut healthcare costs and improve quality of life. Studies have

demonstrated the value to the community of such interventions, in particular the

substantial benefits, relative to costs, flowing from immunisation and tobacco control

campaigns.49

8.47 Submissions pointed to the value in promoting preventive health strategies,

especially for people from socio-economic disadvantaged backgrounds. Data indicate

that people from these backgrounds make greater use of doctors and

outpatient/casualty services, but are less likely to use preventive health services.

8.48 Socio-economic disadvantaged people generally experience greater ill-health

than people from higher SES groups. The mechanisms by which socioeconomic status

influences health status are many and varied. However, those most often postulated

are diet, health behaviour, education, access to heath services (both preventive and

treatment), quality of housing and psychosocial factors. On all these indices people

from disadvantaged backgrounds perform less well than people from higher SES

groups. Socioeconomic disadvantage as a risk factor for ill health also interacts with

other risk factors. People from lower socioeconomic groups, when compared with

people of higher socioeconomic status groups, are more likely to smoke and smoke

regularly; report less physical activity during their leisure time, and are more

overweight or obese, all of which are significant risk factors for a number of major

health conditions, such as cardiovascular disease and respiratory diseases.50

8.49 The Committee believes that preventive health measures as well as other

measures such as early childhood programs; nutrition programs; and other programs

to assist families, the elderly and people with disabilities and others in the community;

especially community-centred programs where services are provided at the local level

are important in addressing poverty and disadvantage, especially in more

socioeconomically disadvantaged areas.

Recommendation 31

8.50 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for preventive health

and related measures, and that this funding be directed particularly at

socioeconomically disadvantaged areas.

49 AIHW, Australia’s Health 2002, pp.323-24.

50 AIHW, Australia’s Health 2002, pp.212-13.

186

Access to maternal and child health services

8.51 Evidence indicates the importance of universal maternal and child health

services. Increasingly, research demonstrates that maternal health influences health

outcomes for the child. Recent research has given new insights into the long term

health outcomes which relate to birth weight and growth through infancy. For the

child, low birth weight is associated in the short term with delayed growth, and in the

long term, with the development of conditions such as adult hypertension, coronary

heart disease and diabetes.51

8.52 Improving the accessibility and appropriateness of health services for children is

important especially for children living in socioeconomically disadvantaged families,

Indigenous children, children with chronic illnesses and/or disability and children

living in rural and remote areas. This recognises the poorer health outcomes of

children from these backgrounds. Improving health outcomes for children requires a

reorientation of health services to focus on prevention and early intervention

strategies.

8.53 One example of a successful strategy in this area is home visiting. This has been

advocated as a means of supporting the development of healthy parenting; as a

strategy to promote child health; and as an intervention to protect children from abuse

and neglect. These programs have been shown to impact positively on a number of

health indicators including breastfeeding rates; decreased accidental injury rates;

increased immunisation rates; decreased behaviours among parents associated with

physical abuse and neglect; and decreased Emergency Department visits and

paediatric inpatient admissions.52

Access to dental care

8.54 Evidence to the Committee highlighted the serious lack of access to affordable

dental services for people on low incomes.53 Under current arrangements, dental

health care in Australia is largely performed by privately billing dentists, with

relatively small public dental programs provided by State and Territory Governments.

8.55 The Centre for Public Policy, commenting on the parlous state of dental care for

the poor in Australia, submitted that:

.[it] is an absolutely extraordinary and worldwide scandal. If you are poor,

your teeth can rot.They rot because it is impossible to get an appointment

51 NSW Health, The Start of Good Health: Improving the Health of Children in NSW, September

1999, p.22.

52 The Start of Good Health, p.36.

53 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.78 (VCOSS); 4.8.03, p.1220 (Doctors Reform Society); 2.7.03,

pp.922-24 (Illawarra Dental Health Action Group).

187

with a publicly funded dentist within the period of time when the condition

can be repaired Even emergency cases are often in a situation where they

have to put up with pain and bleeding if they cannot find a pro bono private

dentist.54

8.56 Submissions noted that people living on low incomes visit dentists less

frequently than the rest of the community; are likely to have teeth extracted rather than

filled; and are less likely to get preventive care. Some people who have all their teeth

removed during emergency treatment may wait up to a year to receive dentures.55

8.57 These observations were reflected in the findings of this Committee’s 1998

report into public dental services. The report found that:

people aged 45-64 in the lowest quintile of household incomes are eight

times more likely to have no natural teeth and 1.7 times more likely to wear

a denture, than people from the wealthiest quintile;

Health Card holders aged 45 years and over are more than 1.7 times more

likely to be edentulous (without teeth) and 1.4 times more likely to wear a

denture than non Health Card holders; and

people from disadvantaged backgrounds are more likely to have poor oral

health than the general population and are about twice as likely to have lost

their natural teeth.56

It is evident from the submissions received that the situation with oral health has not

improved since the 1998 report, indeed it appears to have deteriorated.

8.58 Poor dental health causes a range of consequences including pain, difficulty in

eating and the avoidance of certain foods (which can lead to wider health problems),

and is associated with a range of serious medical conditions. It also affects selfesteem,

employability and social and community participation. Generally, a person’s

overall quality of life is affected.57

8.59 For many people on low incomes the high dental fees charged by private dentists

are prohibitive and thus they are reliant on public dental services. However, access to

public dental services has declined dramatically since the cessation of the

54 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.78 (Centre for Public Policy).

55 Submissions 98, p.22 (BSL); 166, pp.28-29 (Salvation Army).

56 Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Report on Public Dental Services, May

1998, p.6.

57 Dental Services report, p.4; Submissions 143, p.6 (NCOSS); 29, pp. 9-10 (CPSA); 69, p.24

(Victorian Government); 230, pp.1-5 (Illawarra Dental Health Action Group). See also

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, pp.922-23 (Illawarra Dental Health Action Group).

188

Commonwealth Dental Health Program (CDHP) in 1997 with a significant increase in

waiting lists since that time. One witness noted that with the abolition of the CDHP

’all those who were on, below or in the vicinity of the poverty line found themselves

disadvantaged to a degree comparable to a Third World country’.58

8.60 The CDHP was introduced in 1994 and provided basic levels of dental care for

holders of Health Cards and their dependants aged 18 years and over and

Commonwealth Seniors Health Card holders. Full and partial dentures were excluded

from the Program, as were specialist services such as crowns, bridges, and

orthodontics. Under the Program a total of 1.5 million services were provided to

eligible adults. A total of $245 million was provided by the Commonwealth under the

Program over the four years from 1993-94 to 1996-97 inclusive. The Commonwealth

ceased funding the Program on 31 December 1996, following which the States

resumed full responsibility for public dentistry.59 Evaluation studies of the Program

found that it was generally successful in providing improved access to services for

low income groups; a reduction in waiting lists; and a shift in treatment options away

from extractions and towards restorative treatments.60

8.61 Waiting lists and waiting times have increased significantly since the cessation

of the CDHP. There are currently about 500 000 people on waiting lists around

Australia for public dental treatment and only about 11 per cent of those eligible for

treatment receive it each year. Waiting times are three to four years in some areas.61

In NSW, NCOSS stated that in 1997, when the CDHP ceased, there were 111 8504

people on the waiting list in that State for public dental treatment. This number had

increased to over 250 000 by March 2001.62 In Victoria, waiting lists for dental health

services provided through community health services are up to three years or longer in

certain regional areas as well as in some urban centres.63

8.62 Submissions noted that it was ironical that since the abandonment of the CDHP

access to public dental care has decreased, however, tax subsidies are provided for

private dental care to assist wealthier members of the community. The Victorian

Government stated that the Commonwealth Government has spent some $360 million

58 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.922 (Illawarra Dental Health Action Group).

59 The States were required to maintain their baseline level of recurrent funding to adult dental

services under the Agreement with the Commonwealth. See Dental report, pp.27-29.

60 For further details see Dental report, pp.29-32.

61 Submission 98, p.22 (BSL). See also Submission 166, p.29 (Salvation Army).

62 Submission 143, p.6 (NCOSS).

63 Committee Hansard 30.4.03 (VCOSS).

189

over the period 1997 to June 2000 subsidising private dental treatment through the

private health insurance rebate.64

8.63 Submissions argued that there is a need for the establishment of a publicly

funded national dental health scheme to improve access to dental services for people

on low incomes.65 While the States direct funding into dental health services, funding

is clearly not sufficient to meet unmet need and there is a clear case for

Commonwealth involvement in this important area to reduce the numbers of people

on low incomes who experience poor oral health without access to adequate dental

treatment.66

8.64 ACOSS suggested that funding needs to be targeted to disadvantaged groups

with particular dental health needs including nursing home residents, Indigenous

people, people living in rural and remote areas, people with a disability, homeless

people, people with a mental illness and people on social security benefits.67

8.65 NCOSS proposed that a public dental program should incorporate a number of

targets, including:

that no person should have to wait more than 24 hours for emergency

dental care;

that treatment should be available for preventive care in time to avoid

expensive, complicated dental care or tooth loss; and

that regular dental checkups should be available, at least every three

years.68

Conclusion

8.66 Dental health plays a crucial role in a person’s overall health, and the Committee

is concerned that many low income Australians experience significant problems in

accessing timely and effective dental care. The Committee believes that there is an

urgent need for the Commonwealth and the States to address the dental health care

needs of low income Australians. The Committee sees public dental care as a

responsibility that is shared with the States, and one in which the Commonwealth

should take an active leadership role.

64 Submission 69, p.25 (Victorian Government). See also Submission 98, p.23 (BSL).

65 Submissions 98, p.ix (BSL), 143, p.6 (NCOSS).

66 Submissions 69, p.25 (Victorian Government); 143, p.6 (NCOSS).

67 Submission 163, p.143 (ACOSS).

68 Submission 143, pp.6-7 (NCOSS).

190

8.67 The Committee considers that a national dental health scheme needs to be

established to provide dental services to people on low incomes and that such a

scheme should be jointly funded by the Commonwealth and the States. Evidence to

the inquiry pointed overwhelmingly to the benefits of the earlier Commonwealth

Dental Health Program. This program represented a targeted measure of limited cost

that was shown to achieve significant increases in access to dental care for those most

in need. As with the original scheme, the introduction of a new public dental health

program needs to be developed in close consultation with State Governments to

ensure that it does not simply substitute for current dental funds.69

Recommendation 32

8.68 That a jointly funded Commonwealth-State national dental health scheme

be established to improve access to dental services for people on low incomes,

and that it be modelled on the former Commonwealth Dental Health Program.

69 Similar conclusions and recommendations were made by the Select Committee on Medicare

that examined issues relating to allied and dental health care, Medicare . Healthcare or

Welfare?, pp.121-132.

191

CHAPTER 9

OTHER ISSUES . UTILITIES, CREDIT, GAMBLING

9.1 A number of other issues were raised during the inquiry that particularly affect

people on low incomes and impact on the incidence of poverty in the community.

These issues include:

access to utilities such as electricity, gas and water for people on low

incomes;

the availability of credit and the adequacy of consumer credit regulation;

and

gambling, especially problem gambling, and its impact on poverty among

low income groups.

Access to utilities

9.2 Evidence indicated the importance of ensuring access for low income

households to essential utilities such as electricity, gas, water and telephone services.

These services provide the basic means by which any household is able to function in

a modern society.

9.3 Submissions and other evidence argued that the application of the National

Competition Policy to essential utility services in recent years has led to debt recovery

practices which penalise low income households and result in disconnection for

inability to pay for these services. This in turn adversely affects the living standards of

many low income households. The impact of power supplies being cut-off was

graphically illustrated in evidence . loss of refrigeration, inability to keep fresh food,

frozen food being spoiled, no hot water for cooking or washing, no heating or light.

Indeed, submissions argued that access to light, heating and cooking are essential

elements to a reasonable standard of living.1 One submission noted that disconnection

is particularly stressful for people with young children, the elderly and infirm and

those living alone.2 Another submission noted that if a household is unable to pay a

utility bill ’then modern views of what constitutes a reasonable standard of living

requires that policies and programs are in place to ensure on-going access to essential

services’.3

1 Submissions 105, pp.1-6 (Energy Action Group); 91, pp.1-6 (Ms Romeril). See also Committee

Hansard 1.5.03, pp.192-199 (Energy Action Group/Ms Romeril); 28.7.03, p.998 (St Vincent de

Paul WA).

2 Submission 212, p.2 (SVDP . Riverwood Conference).

3 Submission 91, p.2 (Ms Romeril).

192

9.4 WACOSS stated that in the past 12 months emergency relief agencies in

Western Australia have paid approximately $1.34 million to utility service providers

to prevent disconnection or restriction of supply to low income and disadvantaged

customers.4 The escalating nature of this issue was exemplified in one submission that

noted that in Victoria in the 1980s, electricity disconnections averaged 0.7 households

per thousand domestic customers each month. The rate of domestic disconnections

increased in the late 1980s when Competition Policy was introduced. By 1994, the

disconnection rate had doubled to 1.6 households disconnected per month per

thousand domestic customers. Later data show that in Victoria there was a 30 per cent

increase in electricity disconnections for residential household customers in 2001

compared with the previous year.5

9.5 The need for a national approach to ensuring that low income households have

guaranteed access to essential utilities has been argued for some time. Consumer

advocates have pushed unsuccessfully for many years for mandatory hardship

provisions which would require utilities to reduce or waive debt for people who are

unable to pay their bills for reasons outside their control. It was indicated in one

submission that, to date, no company provides a satisfactory system to meet the needs

of people in hardship.6 In Victoria there is an agreement that the utilities will not

disconnect for debts of under $100, however it was claimed ’that is kept a dark secret,

for fear that low income households will exploit that knowledge.what it does mean

is that the utilities can trick households into thinking that, even for debts of under

$100, they can lose access to this essential service’.7 It was noted that, as a public

service, the former publicly owned Victorian State Electricity Commission had a

policy of not disconnecting customers who were genuinely unable to pay their

electricity bills.8

9.6 Evidence also indicated that advice needs to be provided via home energy

advisory services and/or utility companies to assist low income households in relation

to energy efficiency. One witness commented that one of the water companies in

Victoria operates a particularly effective program for its low-income customers .’it is

a combination of assisting them to identify ways of reducing water consumption while

negotiating regular payments that are affordable to the household....They are keeping

good relationships with the customers, getting the maximum payment from those

4 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1028 (WACOSS). WACOSS has just completed a report Would

you like some heat with your trickle of water? About the cost of utility services and the nature

and impact of those costs on emergency relief agencies and their clients.

5 Submission 91, pp.2-4 (Ms Romeril).

6 Submission 91, p.4 (Ms Romeril).

7 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.194 (Ms Romeril).

8 Submission 91, pp.2-6 (Ms Romeril). See also Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.198-99 (Ms

Romeril).

193

households and assisting the households to keep their consumption at an affordable

level’.9

9.7 Submissions noted that the energy concessions provided by State Governments

often exclude some categories of people on low incomes. NCOSS advised that in

NSW the State Government provides energy concession rebates of $112 per year but

this is limited to people who hold a Centrelink or DVA Pensioner Concession Card;

receive a DVA Disability Pension; and whose electricity account at their principal

place of residence is in their name or jointly in their name. NCOSS stated that these

criteria exclude some people on low incomes from receiving the rebate, such as

unemployed people, students, sickness beneficiaries and people unable to have an

electricity account in their name because of the nature of their housing, such as

caravan park and boarding house residents.10

Recommendation 33

9.8 That public and private utilities have in place hardship provisions that

provide for the reduction or waiver of debt to ensure that customers genuinely

unable to pay for the provision of utilities retain access to these essential services.

Consumer credit regulation

9.9 Concerns were expressed during the inquiry at the lending practices of some

credit providers and the problems caused by the easy availability of credit, especially

as it impacts on low income households. One witness noted that:

The financial cost to individuals who use credit, payday lenders or sell or

pawn their belongings in order to survive is excessive and again highlights

the inequalities in this society that allows the financially vulnerable to be

exploited.11

9.10 The Australian Consumers’ Association (ACA) articulated this concern:

.we have become increasingly alarmed at levels of debt among Australian

households. While that is certainly spread across all income levels and

encompasses a variety of sources of credit . not just credit cards but

personal loans and, of course, mortgages . we are particularly concerned

about the impact on low-income households who have quite high debt to

income ratios and their capacity to manage that debt, particularly in the case

9 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.197 (Ms Romeril). See also Submission 212, p.2 (SVDP .

Riverwood Conference).

10 Submission 143, p.4 (NCOSS).

11 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.147 (Knox City Council).

194

of illness or other unexpected life events such as unemployment, and to

maintain their capacity to stay out of bankruptcy in particular.12

9.11 The ACA stated that, based on numerous studies, it was single parents, renters

and others on low incomes that experienced the most difficulties in managing credit

card debt. The ACA noted that not only are increasing numbers of these people

presenting to financial counsellors with problems arising out of credit card use and

other inappropriate levels of lending by financial institutions, but it is also

exacerbating the degree to which they can be caught in a poverty cycle through debt

traps.

Not only are these people going through the stress of being in a situation of

being overcommitted when it comes to their debt levels and their credit card

use, but they then become targets for refinancing and the churning that goes

on by a variety of agencies wishing to charge them fees to put them into

other credit products and further exacerbate the extent to which they are

caught in that debt trap.13

9.12 Another emerging problem is the increasing debt levels of young people through

the use of mobile phones. One financial counselling service noted that many of its

younger clients have multiple mobile phone contracts, and they have no understanding

of the real costs, the cancellation fees or the consequences of non-payment of these

arrangements.14

9.13 Regulation of most personal credit is covered by the provisions of the Consumer

Credit Code which is a set of uniform acts and regulations passed by all the States and

Territories. The legislative structure is based on a template scheme. All States have

passed enabling legislation which adopts the template legislation and applies it in the

particular State or Territory. Any amendments to the Code or Regulations only need to

be made to the template legislation; they will then automatically apply in other States

without amendment to the States’ Enabling Acts.

9.14 The Code covers most types of personal loans and credit arrangements from

banks and other financial institutions but does not cover loans for business or

investments. It stipulates what sort of information should be disclosed in loan

contracts and provides procedures for defaults. States are able to pass legislation on

related matters or matters not contained in the Code but cannot pass legislation which

conflicts with the Code. Under the Australian Uniform Consumer Credit Laws

Agreement 1993 (AUCLA) the Ministerial Council for Uniform Credit Laws has to

12 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, pp.735-36 (ACA). See also Submissions 182, p.7 (CFA); 99, p.2

(FCRC).

13 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.736 (ACA).

14 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.822 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

195

agree to amendments to the Code by a two-thirds majority. All States are required by

the AUCLA not to introduce legislation which conflicts with or negates the Code.15

9.15 The Code does not set maximum annual interest rates. States and Territories are

free to set their own rates. In Victoria, for example, the Consumer Credit (Victoria)

Act 1995, stipulates that the annual interest rate should not exceed 48 per cent for most

matters and 30 per cent for mortgages.

9.16 A number of issues were raised relating to consumer credit availability and

practices including:

the availability of credit;

loan defaults;

fringe credit providers;

pawnbrokers;

the need for more consumer education; and

the need for more funding of financial counselling services.

Availability of credit

9.17 Evidence indicated that credit from a variety of different sources is too readily

available and that many people on low incomes are overcommitted and are at risk of

default on their loans.16 The ACA noted that:

While we see a very rapid rise in levels of credit card spending and credit

card indebtedness among [low income] households, we are very concerned

that those people are least able to manage what is often very high cost

credit. It is the experience of caseworkers and also more detailed analysis of

outstanding levels of debt that show it is particularly low-income

households who are most at risk of default and of overcommitment when it

comes to their credit card usage.17

9.18 While the Consumer Credit Code requires an initial credit assessment to be

conducted it is silent in relation to any subsequent increases in credit limits. Witnesses

argued that the onus should be on credit providers to do adequate credit checks, with

15 www.creditcode.gov.au

16 Submissions 217, p.1 (Lifeline . Northern Rivers); 99, p.2 (FCRC).

17 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.736 (ACA).

196

one witness asserting ’they are fast enough to chase people when they do not pay; they

should be put in the situation of checking’.18

9.19 The ACA stated that there is a need to extend nationally the legislation currently

in operation in the ACT concerning assessment of capacity to repay . ’to ensure that

when people are granted additional credit it is actually done with reference to their

income levels and what other levels of debt they might already have’.19

9.20 The ACT’s Fair Trading Amendment Act 2002 requires ACT lending

institutions to undertake a satisfactory assessment of a borrower’s capacity to repay an

amount of credit on offer. This has meant that the execution of a satisfactory

assessment process has become an integral part of the lending process. A credit

provider who fails to comply with these requirements may be subject to criminal

penalty provisions under the Act. The Act states that:

a credit provider must not enter into a continuing credit contract for a credit

card unless the credit provider has carried out a satisfactory assessment

process; and

a credit provider must not increase the amount of credit available under a

continuing credit card contract unless the debtor has requested the increase

in writing, or the credit provider has offered the debtor the increase and the

debtor has accepted the offer in writing; and the credit provider has carried

out a satisfactory assessment process.

Recommendation 34

9.21 That all States and Territories require credit providers to undertake a

satisfactory assessment process prior to an increase in the credit limit available

to a client to determine that person’s creditworthiness.

Loan defaults and debt recovery

9.22 Concerns were raised regarding the debt recovery practices of some debt

collection agencies.

9.23 Loan default procedures are addressed under the Consumer Credit Code. When a

default in payment occurs, the credit provider will usually have to serve a default

notice before they commence enforcement proceedings. This default notice will give

30 days to allow the debtor to meet the payments, seek further advice or apply to the

credit provider for a change to the contract on the grounds of hardship. Before a credit

provider or lessor can repossess goods, they have to give 30 days notice and, in some

circumstances, obtain a court order.

18 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.819 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

19 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.736 (ACA).

197

9.24 Evidence to the inquiry indicated that there is an increasing trend for debt

collectors to use intimidation and fear tactics and to make threats to clients that have

no legal basis.20 One witness noted that ’scare tactics are the order of the day, not

resolution. If a debtor makes a realistic offer, based on their budget, to pay back a

debt, they are routinely rejected’.21

9.25 The outsourcing of debt collection was also cited as exacerbating the problem by

removing the link between the granting of the credit and the collection of the debt.

The outsourced debt collectors, it was argued, are less responsive to the needs of

clients and the lending agencies are removed from the need to seek solutions when

their customers have problems meeting repayments.22 One witness also argued that

many debt collectors have little understanding of the law governing debt collection or

bankruptcy.23 Submissions argued that there is a need for stricter rules and monitoring

of debt collectors to ensure compliance with the code of practice.24

Fringe credit providers

9.26 Evidence drew attention to increasing problems associated with the insufficient

regulation of fringe credit providers, especially payday lenders. Payday lenders offer

short term loans of relatively small amounts of money to be repaid on the borrower’s

next payday.

9.27 There are various credit products available in the fringe credit providers market

such as payday loans, cash advances, short term loans and micro-loans. These

products generally have the following characteristics:

money is lent for any purpose, including purposes where traditional lending

is typically not available;

money is typically lent in exchange for a fixed fee rather than charging an

annual interest rate;

some credit providers require security for loans, including bills of sale over

motor vehicles or goods (including essential household goods) . others

offer unsecured loans;

the ease and speed with which money can be obtained is promoted;

20 Submission 113, p.5 (FCAN); Committee Hansard , 27.5.03, p.413 (FCAN).

21 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.820 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

22 Submission 222, p.2 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service); Committee Hansard 1.7.03,

pp.819-20 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

23 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.820 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

24 Submission 222, p.3 (Lismore Financial Counselling Sevice).

198

money is lent to consumers who have a regular source of income, which

includes social security payments;

loans are for a short term ranging from one week to several months; and

the most common method of repayment is via a direct debit authority.25

9.28 Fringe credit providers often charge excessively high rates of interest on short

term loans (often in excess of 200 or 300 per cent per annum and in some cases

higher). One witness noted that ’the worst part of some of those payday lending

products is that they apply interest rates of between 200 and 2,000 per cent’.26 These

organisations also appear to often target poorer members of the community in need of

ready cash to address a debt situation.27 The problems associated with this form of

credit were described in evidence:

’Pay Day’ lenders are now preying on the weakest in our communities. High

interest (some up to 240 %) secured over vehicles or household furniture

further impacts on their already dire circumstances..They advertise as

being able to help anyone, whatever their circumstances, and this appeals to

desperate people needing a quick fix.28

People who cannot access credit are now using payday lenders to get

advances on their incomes. They then are unable to repay this and they are

sometimes charged up to 897 per cent interest on those particular debts.29

9.29 Evidence also pointed to other fringe lending operations, often franchise

organisations providing relatively small loans of up to $2000 and charging very high

interest rates.30 Other evidence pointed to some organisations attempting to

circumvent the laws in one State by operating in another.31

9.30 In 2001 the Consumer Credit Code was amended to cover fringe credit providers

who were previously exempt from its provisions. The Code now requires that

25 Standing Committee of Officials on Consumer Affairs, Fringe Credit Providers: Discussion

Paper, August 2003, pp.5-6.

26 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.738 (CFA).

27 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, pp.820-22 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service); 20.6.03, p.738

(CFA).

28 Submission 222, p.2 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

29 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.137 (Knox City Council).

30 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, pp.821-24 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service); 27.5.03,

p.414 (FCAN).

31 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.836 (Lifeline Northern Rivers).

199

contracts be in writing and that fees and charges be disclosed. The Code also provides

borrowers with the legal capacity to challenge harsh and unfair contracts.32

9.31 However, a number of continuing concerns with fringe credit providers were

raised with the Committee, including:

borrowers’ difficulties in determining the true cost of credit loans;

the imposition of fees that translate to exorbitant rates of interest;

fringe credit providers taking security over essential household items;

fringe credit providers use of direct debit authorities; and

fringe credit providers attempting to circumvent the application of the

Code.

9.32 Many consumers have problems in establishing the ’real cost’ of loans provided

by fringe credit providers. The Code requires interest to be disclosed as an annual

percentage rate (APR). This allows consumers to make comparisons between credit

providers and to better understand the cost of credit. However, in the fringe credit

market, a number of fringe credit providers do not charge borrowers an APR but a flat

fee or sometimes a monthly interest rate. For example, a typical payday loan of $200

over 2 weeks which attracts a ’fee’ of $40 translates to an APR of 522 per cent. A

study prepared for the Ministerial Council on Consumer Affairs in August 2003 noted

that there is ’uncertainty’ surrounding whether or not fringe credit providers who

impose a flat fee only are required to disclose an APR under the Code.33

9.33 This study proposed that extra disclosure requirements should be imposed for

’high cost’ loans provided by fringe credit providers. These loans would require credit

providers:

to state the comparison rate in the high cost loan offer. A comparison rate is

a method of calculating the total cost of a loan, including interest and all

fees and charges, to a single percentage rate. This would allow consumers

to compare the overall cost of the loan with other loan products in the

market.

to disclose a statutory warning before the contract is signed which would

warn consumers that the particular loan is an expensive form of credit.34

32 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, p.10.

33 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, pp.11, 19-20.

34 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, pp.29-30.

200

9.34 Another concern is the imposition of fees charged for fringe credit loans which

can range upwards of 200 per cent per annum. This is a problem in those jurisdictions

which do not have an interest rate cap. Currently only three jurisdictions have

implemented interest rate caps. In NSW and the ACT the maximum APR that can be

charged by a credit provider is 48 per cent. In Victoria, the maximum APR for a

mortgage relating to a credit contract is 30 per cent, and for all other credit contracts it

is 48 per cent. Interest rate caps are not covered by the AUCLA on which the Code is

based.35

9.35 The study for the Ministerial Council stated that one way to address the problem

of the imposition of fees that translate to exorbitant rates of interest is for jurisdictions

to implement an interest rate cap. The study noted that if a cap is to be introduced,

fees and charges need to be included in the calculation of the cap. This would prevent

rogue fringe credit providers from reducing interest rates and increasing fees and

charges to get around the interest rate cap.36

9.36 An additional concern raised is the practice of some fringe credit providers that

are taking bills of sale over essential household goods. Bills of sale of this nature have

been described as ’blackmail securities’ as the goods required as security are often

worth very little and are only taken as security to ensure payment by the borrower

through fear of losing their most basic and essential household possessions. One

witness argued that there should be a prohibition on bills of sale over household

goods.37 The prohibition would remove the threat of repossession of essential

household goods.

9.37 Another problem raised is the use of direct debit authorities by fringe credit

providers. Some credit providers repeatedly access bank accounts even when there are

insufficient funds available in the account. As a result, fees and charges are imposed

on the borrower by the bank. Other concerns raised are that fringe credit providers

often access borrowers’ accounts as soon as their wage or pension is deposited into the

bank account. This may leave insufficient funds to pay for the necessities of life, such

as food or rent.38

9.38 The study for the Ministerial Council argued that if a consumer signs a direct

debit authority, the credit provider should be required to disclose the following in

writing to the consumer:

35 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, pp.12, 18.

36 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, pp.12, 43. See also Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.738

(CFA).

37 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.822 ((Lismore Financial Counselling Service). See also Credit

Providers Discussion Paper, pp.25-28.

38 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, pp.13, 20.

201

the consumer can cancel a direct debit authority at any time by contacting

their bank;

the consumer can lodge a complaint with their bank if there has been an

unauthorised debit; and

the consumer can contact the Australian Banking Industry Ombudsman for

assistance in resolving complaints regarding unauthorised debits.39

9.39 A further emerging problem is that some fringe credit providers are attempting

to avoid the application of the Code by setting up the credit transaction as a quasipawnbroking

arrangement or broker arrangement.40 The study for the Ministerial

Council argued that the Code should be amended to prevent fringe credit providers

from circumventing the Code in this manner.41

Recommendation 35

9.40 That the Consumer Credit Code be amended:

. to impose additional requirements for high cost loans provided by fringe

credit providers, relating to:

. disclosure of the comparison rate (the total cost of the loan, including

interest and all fees and charges to a single percentage rate) on the loan

offer;

. disclosure of a statutory warning on the loan offer that the particular

loan is an expensive form of credit; and

. disclosure of information regarding the cancellation of direct debit

authorities and avenues for complaints on the loan offer.

. to clarify that all credit providers must disclose an annual percentage rate

(APR).

. to prohibit the taking of security over essential household goods.

. to prevent fringe credit providers from circumventing the application of the

Code by setting up the credit transaction as a pawnbroking or broker

arrangement.

39 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, p.30.

40 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, pp.824-826 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

41 Credit Providers Discussion Paper, p.38.

202

Pawnbrokers

9.41 Concerns were also raised in relation to the operation of pawnbrokers and the

high interest rates often charged. The Financial Counsellors Association of NSW

(FCAN) stated that:

.they do charge quite large interest rates . something like 25 per cent a

month.Quite often people cannot manage that interest either and they end

up signing over those goods to the pawnbroker. Except for legislation

changes, I do not know what would be possible to stop that happening.42

9.42 One witness noted that people struggling to ’make ends meet’ and other people,

such as those with a gambling problem, often use pawnbrokers.43 Cash Converters,

which operates through a series of franchised shops and offers both pawnbroking

facilities and trading in second hand goods was also referred to as a source of ready

cash for many low income people.44

9.43 Pawnbrokers are not generally regulated by the Consumer Credit Code, except

for unjust transactions. Pawnbrokers (those who advance money on the security of

pledged goods) and traders in second hand goods are regulated by separate State and

Territory legislation. Pawnbrokers are seen primarily as dealers in second hand goods

rather than credit providers and some jurisdictions combine the regulation of

pawnbrokers and second hand dealers into the one Act. For example, in Victoria they

must be registered and abide by the provisions of the Second-Hand Dealers and

Pawnbrokers Act 1989 and the Second-Hand Dealers and Pawnbrokers Regulations

1997. Some brokers are members of the Pawnbrokers Guild of Australasia, a self

regulating industry body.

Recommendation 36

9.44 That a Ministerial Council on Pawnbroking be established to review the

adequacy of existing regulation of the industry.

Consumer education

9.45 Evidence pointed to the need for more community education programs, starting

in schools, to be available to focus on educating people generally in understanding

credit contracts; understanding their rights as consumers of banking and finance

products; and providing the means for people to take control of their spending. FCAN

noted that:

42 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.412 ((FCAN).

43 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.412 (FCAN).

44 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.137 (Knox City Council).

203

When we go out and do education for community groups, people do not

understand how credit is charged. They do not understand the debt recovery

process. They do not understand that a signature binds them to a contract.

These are the things that are really important about financial literacy for

people. It should start in schools.45

9.46 People from low SES backgrounds or with a low standard of education are

particularly vulnerable and often have ’no idea’ what a contract entails . ’they just

want the money. They have no ability to understand the contract’.46

9.47 Witnesses argued that more information should be provided by credit providers

to allow borrowers to make informed choices when purchasing credit. Clear, ’plain

English’ information on the contract to be entered into needs to be given to the

purchaser by the credit provider before a contract is signed.

Our clients know nothing about their rights. Day after day and week after week we have to go

through the very basics of the law on debt recovery. This means that disenfranchised people

in poverty are easy prey to pressure, scare tactics and undue harassment.[These people] do

not have a clue what their rights are. The credit providers damn well know that and exploit

that to the maximum.

Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.820 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

Recommendation 37

9.48 That State and Territory Governments fund more community education

programs in relation to credit and credit-related matters.

Recommendation 38

9.49 That credit providers be required to provide clear, ’plain English’

information on credit products to potential clients.

Funding of financial counselling services

9.50 Groups argued that there needs to be increased funding for financial counselling

services to enable them to provide for the high level of unmet need that currently

exists in the community.47 One financial counselling service noted that in the first half

45 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.410 (FCAN).

46 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.823 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

47 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.415 (FCAN).

204

of 2003 they experienced a 30 per cent increase in the number of people approaching

the service experiencing severe financial stress.48

9.51 Financial counselling is a very cost effective way to alleviate financial crises and

to deliver strategies to allow people in poverty to address their financial problems.

FCAN noted that a recent cost-benefit analysis of financial counselling services found

that the ratio of benefits to costs for the community generally was 2:1 . every $1

provided for these services yielded $2 in benefits in terms of costs of bankruptcy

avoided; reduced debt recovery costs; reduced demand for social security benefits;

reduced absenteeism; and reduced illness and related Medicare costs.49

Recommendation 39

9.52 That Commonwealth and State and Territory Governments increase

funding to financial counselling services.

Conclusion

9.53 Evidence to the inquiry raised concerns in relation to the easy availability of

credit and the lending practices of some credit providers and the adverse financial

impact this has had on low income households in particular.

9.54 The Committee believes that there needs to be greater regulation of credit

providers to minimise the ’debt traps’ often faced by low income people; improved

consumer education on issues related to credit; and additional funding for financial

counselling services so that these services can expand their important work in

delivering strategies to allow people in poverty to address their financial difficulties.

The Committee believes that the recommendations it has made will address the

concerns expressed during the inquiry caused by the easy availability of credit and the

lack of effective regulation in this area.

Gambling

9.55 Gambling, and especially problem gambling, was identified during the inquiry as

a significant problem for many people on low incomes and a contributor to the

incidence of poverty amongst this group. While gambling in Australia takes many

forms, the primary focus of evidence to the Committee related to the proliferation of

poker machines in casinos, clubs and hotels.50

48 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.816 (Lismore Financial Counselling Service).

49 Study cited in Submission 113, p.7 (FCAN).

50 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.228 (Salvation Army); pp.273-76 (Mr Booth MHA); 29.4.03,

p.62 (SACOSS).

205

9.56 Submissions emphasised the many negative impacts of gambling on the

individual concerned, their family and friends and the wider community, including

relationship breakdowns, problems at work, bankruptcy, violence, crime, depression

and even suicide.51 Evidence to the Committee argued that problem gambling is often

a reflection of other underlying financial, social or personal problems for the

individual involved.

You find that gambling, like any addiction, is usually secondary to the initial

problem. When you look at poverty, you look at family breakdown and at

unemployment. So you look at all these other triggers of which gambling is

just one of the symptoms.52

9.57 Social reasons such as the need to combat loneliness also play a part. One

witness stated that :

...gambling is there but all it is doing is putting people further into debt . it

is not making them poor; they are already poor. They are poor people

reaching out for some joy in their life . a quick fix . and gambling is just

one of the many that happen to be there.53

9.58 A Productivity Commission report into gambling estimated that there are over

290 000 people or 2.1 per cent of Australian adults that can be classified as ’problem

gamblers’. This number comprises 130 000 Australians (about one per cent of the

adult population) with ’severe’ problems with their gambling and a further 160 000

adults estimated to have ’moderate’ gambling problems. Problem gamblers comprise

15 per cent of regular (non-lottery) gamblers and account for $3.5 billion in

expenditure annually . about one-third of the gambling industries’ market. They lose

on average $12000 each per year, compared with just under $650 for other gamblers.

The Productivity Commission report found that the prevalence of problem gambling is

related to the degree of accessibility of gambling, especially gaming machines. It

argued that policy approaches to the gambling industries need to be directed at

reducing the costs of problem gambling . through harm minimisation and prevention

measures . while retaining as much of the benefit to recreational gamblers as

possible.54

9.59 Some evidence to this inquiry also suggested that while gambling is a problem

for some people, the gaming venues such as clubs and hotels, provide a useful social

51 See, for example, Committee Hansard 2.5.03, pp.275-76 (Mr Booth MHA); Submissions 190,

Appendix 1 (Mr Booth MHA); 110, pp.62-64 (Darebin City Council).

52 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.171 (Laverton Community Centre).

53 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.861 (SVDP . Lismore). See also Committee Hansard 2.5.03,

p.234 (Tasmanian Poverty Coalition); Submission 110, pp.62-63 (Darebin City Council).

54 Productivity Commission, Australia’s Gambling Industries, 1999, pp.2-3.

206

outlet for many people on low incomes who cannot afford other forms of

entertainment.55

9.60 Submissions pointed out the disturbing trend of the reliance of State

Governments on gaming revenues. The Productivity Commission noted that gambling

taxation revenue nearly doubled over the last 10 years and accounted for just under

12 per cent of State and Territory governments’ own-tax revenue in 1997-98, ranging

from 5.7 per cent in Western Australia to 15.2 per cent in Victoria.56 In Tasmania

alone, State Government revenue from gaming was $29 million in 1997-98,

$46 million in 2000-01 and $40 million in 2001-02.57 Submissions noted that

gambling taxation is a regressive form of tax, with lower income groups generally

spending proportionately more on gambling . and thus shouldering more of the

burden of this tax impost.58

Response to problem gambling by increased State regulation

9.61 In response to growing community concern about the social impact of gambling

some States have introduced increasing legislative controls in recent years. The notion

of ’responsible gambling’ . the provision of gambling services in a way that seeks to

minimise harm to customers and the community associated with gambling . has been

imported into legislation and industry codes of practice.59 In New South Wales,

Victoria, Queensland and the ACT legislation has been introduced to implement

responsible gambling programs. However, responsible gambling in South Australia,

Western Australia, Tasmania and the Northern Territory continues to be dealt with

through self-regulatory codes of practice.60

9.62 The States have adopted varying approaches to gambling regulation. NSW has

adopted a ’whole of industry’ approach, with legislative amendments for all forms of

gambling in that State. The Gambling Legislation Amendment (Responsible

Gambling) Act 1999 enables the Minister for Gaming and Racing to make regulations

on responsible gambling. These regulations can be made with respect to the adoption

55 Committee Hansard pp.171-73 (Chelsea Neighbourhood House).

56 Productivity Commission, pp. 9, 52.

57 Submission 190, Appendix 2 (Mr Booth MHA).

58 Submission 166, p.27 (Salvation Army).

59 For an outline of measures introduced at Commonwealth and State levels since the Productivity

Commission report to address problem gambling, see Minister for Family and Community

Services, Senator Vanstone, answer to Question on Notice no.1484, Senate Hansard, 11.8.03,

pp. 13068-071.

60 Legislation passed in these jurisdictions also provides for some degree of industry selfregulation.

See McMillen J &. McAllister G, ’Responsible gambling: legal and policy issues’,

Paper presented at the 3rd National Gambling Regulation Conference, May 2000, p.8.

207

of responsible practices in the conduct of gambling; the standards to be observed for

the purpose of preventing the misuse and abuse of gambling activities; and prohibiting

specified inducements that encourage the misuse and abuse of gambling activities.

9.63 The gaming machine regulations include detailed provisions on the provision of

player information, including the chances of winning prizes; the cashing of cheques;

the payment of winnings by cheque; cash dispensing facilities; advertising; gambling

promotions; and the display of information about problem gambling support services.

The Government also introduced a requirement for a social impact assessment to be

prepared where clubs or hotels apply to increase the number of gaming machines they

can operate.61 In 2001, the NSW Government announced caps on the total number of

gaming machines in NSW and a cap on the number of machines in each club venue,

while maintaining the current limit on gaming machines in hotels. A number of harm

minimisation measures were also announced including a ban on 24 hour-a-day gaming

with gaming machine operations in clubs and hotels to be closed down for 6 hours

each day; a ban on off-premises gaming machine-related advertising by clubs, hotels

and the Casino; a ban on the advertising, signage and other material which may be

seen from the outside of clubs and hotels and a requirement that the Casino and all

clubs operating gaming machines establish formal links with one or more problem

gambling counselling services.62

9.64 In Victoria, the Gambling Legislation (Responsible Gambling) Act 2000 restricts

the number of gaming machines at the Melbourne Casino to 2500 . while retaining

the State ’cap’ of 30 000 machines; allows for the imposition of regional limits on

gaming machines in areas considered vulnerable to problem gambling; prohibits 24-

hour gaming venues in rural and regional areas (in metropolitan areas, venues can

apply for a 24-hour licence on certain conditions); provides for a mechanism for local

councils to have input into the placement of gaming machines in their area; and gives

the Government power to make regulations with respect to the provision of relevant

information about gaming to the players of gaming machines; and the advertising of

gaming.63

9.65 The principal harm minimisation measures that have been introduced are

detailed below.

smoking is banned in gaming machine areas in gaming venues;

the provision of player information on the odds of winning is to be

provided; and a reduction in gaming machine spin rates below current

levels is prohibited;

61 McMillen & McAllister, pp.8-9.

62 NSW Government, ’Gaming Reform’, Media Release, 26.7.01.

63 McMillen & McAllister, p.11.

208

gaming venues must be adequately lit and all gaming machines must have

the time of day displayed;

limits apply on access to cash from ATMs and EFTPOS facilities; cash

withdrawals are prohibited from credit accounts from ATMs and EFTPOS

facilities; $100 note acceptors are banned on gaming machines; loyalty

card schemes are subject to tighter controls;

all venues, except those approved for 24-hour trading, are required to shut

down for a minimum of four hours;

restrictions on advertising apply . including a ban on inappropriate

advertising relating to the playing of gaming machines and a ban on

advertising that glamorises gambling; promotes gambling as a strategy to

improve a person’s social status or financial position; or offers inducements

to start gambling on gaming machines.64

9.66 Witnesses commented favourably on recent Victorian Government initiatives,

especially the smoking ban which it was argued would have a significant positive

effect.65 Darebin City Council stated, however, that the issue of trading hours remains

a problem with local government unable to restrict trading hours for hotels and clubs

in Victoria. The Council noted that ’we have a venue directly opposite the council that

operates 24 hours a day, and we know a lot of people in our area will end up there on

a winter night for the free coffee, which is still being provided, even though they have

to smoke outside now’.66

9.67 South Australia recently introduced strict new Gambling Codes of Practice, to be

implemented early in 2004, to address problem gambling. The Codes will require

gambling venues to show the time of day in all gambling areas; display a warning

message in the form of a Helpline sticker on each machine, on gaming tables and on

ATMs; display responsible gambling information in English and five other languages;

prohibit the serving of alcohol to patrons at gaming machines; ensure all staff receive

training to help them identify problem gamblers and on intervention techniques; and

introduces advertising restrictions.67

9.68 The deleterious effect of the widespread availability of gaming machines in

hotels and clubs and the lack of effective regulatory controls in some States were

commented on during the inquiry. In the case of Tasmania, Mr Booth MHA

64 Gambling Research Panel, Harm Minimisation Policies in Victoria, n.d., pp.1-8.

65 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, pp.134-45 (Darebin City Council).

66 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.147 (Darebin City Council).

67 SA Minister for Gambling, ’Tough new gambling codes of practice for SA’, News Release,

7.12.03.

209

commented that ’poverty will not be overcome whilst the community is exposed to the

current level of readily accessible gaming machines’.68 Anglicare Tasmania also

commented that Tasmania:

.has all the worst practices that you see on the mainland, so we have buses

running from disadvantaged areas to the casino on payday, free tea and

coffee and child care provided, movies with children and those practices.

We have no betting limits on our machines and we have a monopoly by

Federal Hotels to provide all the machines.the community has consistently

indicated in surveys that they want no more gambling machines.69

9.69 A number of possible approaches were referred to during the inquiry to address

the problem of gambling, especially in relation to gaming machines. These included:

the banning of gaming machines in hotels, clubs and other venues;

a moratorium on further increases in gaming machines in hotels and clubs

and a moratorium on further licensed premises being granted gaming

licenses;

various harm minimisation measures, such as restrictions on trading hours

and improved information to gamblers, including the chances of winning

prizes, as outlined above;

a ban on gambling advertising or limits placed on the promotion and

advertising of gambling;

social and economic impact studies on the immediate and long-term effects

of any proposed expansion of gaming machines; and

a review of the adequacy of current funding and services for problem

gamblers and their families.70

9.70 The need for a national approach to gambling with the Commonwealth taking a

leadership role in co-operation with the States, especially in light of the varied

approaches adopted by the States in relation to the regulation of gambling, was argued

in evidence.71 The Salvation Army noted that the Commonwealth had taken a positive

68 Submission 190, p.6 (Mr Booth MHA). See also Committee Hansard 2.5.03, pp.273-76 (Mr

Booth MHA).

69 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.235 (Anglicare Tasmania). See also Committee Hansard 2.5.03,

pp.234-35 (Tasmanian Poverty Coalition/Tasmanian Catholic Justice & Peace Commission).

70 Submissions 190, Appendix 1 (Mr Booth MHA); 110, p.64 (Darebin City Council); 166, pp.27-

28 (Salvation Army).

71 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.62 (SACOSS).

210

leadership role in relation to the Partnerships Against Domestic Violence initiative

and suggested that a similar approach would be useful in response to gambling and its

impact on individuals, families and the community.72

Conclusion

9.71 The Committee is concerned that gambling, and especially problem gambling, is

having an adverse impact on the lives of many Australians and is impacting on the

incidence of poverty and hardship in the community. The Committee recognises that

gambling provides a useful social outlet for many people unable to afford other forms

of entertainment and its concern is primarily focused on problem gamblers.

9.72 The Committee considers that there needs to be a national approach to problem

gambling that addresses current deficiencies in the various State regulatory regimes

without interfering in the legitimate rights of recreational gamblers to participate in

this form of social activity. The Committee notes that at a recent meeting of the

Ministerial Council on Gambling the Commonwealth and the States supported the

development of a ’national framework’ on problem gambling and requested officials to

develop a structure for the framework by April 2004, with a view to it being endorsed

by Ministers at the next meeting of the Council in 2004.73

9.73 The Committee acknowledges the positive role played by the Commonwealth in

the Ministerial Council and notes the future commitment stated by the Prime Minister

in correspondence to the President of the Senate that ’while state and territory

governments have primary responsibility for this issue, I remain committed to the

Australian Government providing strong national leadership in combating problem

gambling’.74

Recommendation 40

9.74 That the Commonwealth Government, in co-operation with State

Governments through the Ministerial Council on Gambling, continue the

development of a national approach to problem gambling, and that this

approach examine:

. the adequacy of current regulatory mechanisms;

. the need for further harm minimisation and prevention measures; and

. the adequacy of support services for problem gamblers and their families.

72 Submission 166, p.28 (Salvation Army).

73 Ministerial Council on Gambling, Joint Communique, 21.11.03.

74 Prime Minister to President of the Senate, dated 6.11.03, in response to a resolution of the

Senate of 8.10.03. Letter tabled in Senate on 10.2.04.

211

CHAPTER 10

WOMEN AND SOLE PARENTS

10.1 Women continue to be at risk of poverty in Australia. Elderly single women and

female sole parents are overrepresented in groups living on low incomes. This chapter

addresses issues of women and poverty and specifically sole parents.

Woman and poverty

10.2 Recent research indicates that the poverty rate for men and woman is very

similar . 12 per cent for women and 12.5 per cent for men. This is a significant

improvement in the poverty rate experience by women and is primarily attributed to

the improved position of sole parents. In the past, sole parents had contributed

significantly to a high female poverty rate. In addition, ’the rising tide of poverty

among single people younger than retirement age seems to be impacting more on men

than women’.1

10.3 While the position of women has improved, there are still considerably more

poor women in sole parent families than there are men (104,000 compared with

34,000) and there are 106,000 poor single women over 65 as compared with 40,000

men in this group in 2000. However, the number of poor single men under 65 years of

age is 409,000 compared with 259,000 poor single women. It was concluded that ’this

reflects labour market changes during the past decade, with men now facing higher

unemployment rates than women. In turn, this reflects the relative contraction of the

manufacturing industry and expansion of service sector jobs’.2

10.4 The key causes of poverty among women, particularly female sole parents, are:

the continuing inequality of wage levels, with women’s wages still being

generally lower than those of males;

the nature of the work which women are more inclined than males to do,

which is more likely to be part-time or casual or precarious in nature;

the high costs of child care;

the high costs of education;

lack of access to affordable housing;

1 Harding, A, Lloyd, R & Greenwell, H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia 1990 to 2000: The

persistence of poverty in a decade of growth, Smith Family, 2001, p.15.

2 Harding , Lloyd, R & Greenwell pp.15, 23.

212

insufficient income support for the needs of many sole parent families;

the impact of ’shared-care’ changes to the Family Tax Benefit; and

lack of wealth accumulation during working life to support retirement

incomes.

Women and work

10.5 A significant trend in labour force participation has been the increasing

participation rates of women. This has been exhibited across all age ranges, other than

the youngest (reflecting higher education participation) and the very oldest.3

10.6 For women, the presence of children has a significant impact on their labour

force participation. Women with dependents have lower participation rates than

women without children. While the participation rate rises along with the age of the

youngest child, it is not until about 50 years of age that the rates of those women with

dependent children match that of those with without dependent children.

10.7 It is mothers, not fathers, who generally make the major accommodations in

balancing family responsibilities with employment. Mothers are more likely to choose

part-time work when their children are young, with the split between part-time and

full-time employment evening out as the youngest child ages. However, the

Department of Families and Community Services (FaCS) noted that partnered mothers

are more likely than lone mothers to be engaged in employment: in January 2003,

labour force data shows that 59.5 per cent of partnered mothers and 44.1 per cent of

lone mothers with children aged less than 15 years were employed. The gap tends to

diminish as children age but a gap still remains. For example, among mothers with a

youngest child aged 15-24 years, 68.2 per cent of single mothers and 73.6 per cent of

partnered mothers are employed.4

10.8 Time out of the workforce to have and to raise children is a significant cost for

women, both during the period out of the workforce, and over a women’s lifetime.

Costs include reduced skill levels relative to other workers and slower career

progression. Women with younger children often choose part-time work. This further

adversely impacts on skill development and career advancement.

10.9 Interruptions to careers and part-time work have significant impacts on the

ability of women to save for retirement. This may cause particular difficulties in the

event of the breakdown of relationships.

3 Submission 165, p.29 (FaCS).

4 Submission 165, pp.22-23 (FaCS).

213

10.10 While women with dependent children may choose part-time work a further

matter referred to in evidence was wage inequality. The ACTU stated that women still

do not have equity in wages:

But in fact women on average, when you aggregate all of that compounded

restructuring of the work force, take home more than $200 less a week than

their male counterparts. Even if you go to full-time sectors . and I would

argue that those sectors underpin the very basis of our community: health,

education, finance, hospitality and retail . the full-time pay gap between

men and women is about 12 per cent. At all levels of the occupational

hierarchy, women are predominantly located at the lower end of the wages

spectrum.5

10.11 The Committee heard evidence that some women are turning to prostitution,

not only for the money but also for other reasons such as the availability of child care

and accommodation.

Recently we conducted research into young women.s legal needs. We ran a focus group with

young sex workers under 25 years of age. All these young women were mothers. They cited

the punitive attitudes of Centrelink staff as a barrier to improving their circumstances. They

chose sex work because they were able to access night-time childminding from family and

friends. The income from this work enabled them to work less hours and to provide better

housing and schooling for the children and to escape poverty.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1004 (Youth Legal Services of Australia).

Two weeks after they arrived in town, the mother told one of our volunteers that she had

found the solution to their problems as she had found a job earning $800 a week with free

accommodation. That was working in an escort agency as a prostitute. She has three children

who would now be between the ages of 11 and 16. That is perhaps a more extreme example,

but it is an example of some of the situations that people are forced into because they feel that

they have no other option.

Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.526 (St Vincent de Paul Wollongong).

Impact of part-time and casual work

10.12 For women, part-time and casual work comprises almost half of the paid work

undertaken. Approximately 60 per cent of all casuals are women.6 Part-time and

casual work was more prevalent in rural and regional areas. In rural Victoria for

example, more than half of women’s paid work is either casual or part-time.7

5 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.100 (ACTU).

6 Submission 51, p.13 (Women’s Action Alliance).

7 Colvin, K, The Women and Poverty Report: ’More than half-less than equal’, VCOSS, October

2001, p.16.

214

10.13 Many women choose part-time or casual work in order to balance child and

family responsibilities. However, working part-time or as a casual affects women’s

employment security, career opportunities, superannuation entitlements, their

bargaining power in the workplace and their ability to plan daily life. Women

employed in highly casualised industries such as hospitality commonly work in poor

conditions. Women may be forced to accept situations including unpaid overtime, less

than award pay, split-shifts and being disallowed breaks.

10.14 Casual workers are often dependent for each week’s roster on the goodwill of

their employer and have little, if any, bargaining power with regards to hours of work.

Women are often forced to juggle paid work and work in the home as rosters can be

unpredictable. This is especially difficult if there are young children in the family and

creates high levels of stress. The Women’s Action Alliance stated:

The workplace has become increasingly ’flexible’ in respect of working

hours, and women increasingly find themselves in casual employment

because that is all that is available...They find casual work very difficult for

a number of reasons, but probably the most important is that they have no

guarantee of the number of hours they work in any week or what hours they

work in any week. When you have a family, that is enormously difficult to

negotiate your way around. You may suddenly get a call to be in on a

particular day and you cannot arrange child care or it is just not feasible. If

you have part-time employment, where you know that you are working 12

hours a week or 16 hours a week or whatever, and it is on these set days.

you might have some degree of flexibility in when you come in, if that suits

the employer.that is a bit different. But to work eight hours one week and

24 the next.which can happen, particularly in retail and in some of the

nursing professions and that sort of thing.can provide enormous

difficulties.8

10.15 Casual workers are not entitled to sick leave, maternity leave, holiday pay,

study leave, carer’s leave or public holidays. Often casual workers are paid cash-inhand

so have no access to minimum award conditions, work cover or superannuation.

The Women’s Action Alliance noted that:

Most of the time casual workers, especially women, are working in small

business situations and according to the anecdotal evidence of Women’s

Action Alliance members, are too afraid to claim workers compensation

when injured in case they lose their job altogether.9

10.16 The problems associated with increased casualisation of work are not limited to

the female workforce. However, when these problems are coupled with family and

caring responsibilities, women in the casual workforce face stresses which impact on

8 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.429 (Women’s Action Alliance).

9 Submission 51, p.14 (Women’s Action Alliance).

215

their families, their health and wellbeing and access to further employment

opportunities.

Women in retirement

10.17 Lower wages, career interruptions and part-time or casual work all impact on

the ability of women to save and plan for retirement. Research by NATSEM shows

that many women face bleak retirements because they lack adequate superannuation.

Of those women contemplating retirement by 2010 about 10 per cent will have

accumulated less than $27,300 by the time they retire. While this is an improvement

since 1993 when women’s average superannuation was only $9,647, it still leaves

many women vulnerable to poverty in old age.10

10.18 The level of superannuation at retirement depends on a number of factors:

earning capacity: women’s earnings are 66.8 per cent of men’s;

longevity: Australian women have a longer life expectancy than men and

therefore have a longer dependency on superannuation and other retirement

savings;

age at which work is ceased;

time spent not in the paid workforce: women generally are the main

providers of child care in families and spend more time out of the

workforce after children are born, they are also more likely to work parttime

or casually until children enter school;

access to superannuation: in August 1999, 90 per cent of employed men

and 87 per cent of employed women received superannuation as a

employment benefit.11

10.19 The Shop Distributive and Allied Employees’ Association (SDA) argued that as

women often have interrupted careers, the ’government should address the position of

those with non-standard employment careers such as those who have interrupted

labour market involvement in order to be able to raise children or to care for other

family members’. The SDA suggested that a mechanism should be established to

allow superannuation contributions to be split between the wage earning spouse and

the non-wage earning spouse.12

10 Submission 50, p.74 (SDA).

11 Colvin, p.21.

12 Submission 50, p.74 (SDA).

216

Child care

10.20 The availability of child care can assist women to participate in the paid work

force and to undertake education and training. Access to quality child care is not only

of benefit for working parents; quality child care also provides access to learning and

social development that may not be available in the home. This has been shown to be

particularly important for children from disadvantaged backgrounds and for children

whose families are dealing with homelessness, family violence or other problems.

However, the affordability of child care, especially for parents with low wages, and

access to child care for non-working parents remain major concerns.

10.21 ACOSS commented that unpublished ABS data on females marginally attached

to the labour force show that problems in accessing child care is a significant reason

for many women not actively seeking work. The ABS estimates that there were

104,000 women not actively seeking work due to problems with child care in

September 1990, and 102,000 women not actively seeking work for the same reason

in September 1999.13

10.22 Families have access to child care services including Long Day Care, Family

Day Care, in-home care, Occasional Childcare and Out of School Hours Care. The

Commonwealth provides assistance to families using child care services through the

Child Care Benefit. The Benefit is paid to families using either formal child care or

informal (registered) child care. Up to 50 hours of child care benefit a week is

available for each child if both parents, or the sole parent, are working, studying or

training; otherwise, 20 hours a week is available. A major priority of child care places

is for families with parents who are working, looking for work, studying or training;

these account for around 91 per cent of Commonwealth-funded child care places.

10.23 This subsidy either reduces fees at a child care service, or can be paid as a lump

sum to parents at the end of the year. The benefit is income tested on family income.

As at June 2002, there were 486,300 families plus up to 23,100 potential lump sum

claimants for Child Care Benefit.

10.24 Child Care Benefit subsidies around 70 per cent of child care cost for a low

income family (that is, with combined income less than $30,806). The Commonwealth

allocated around $8 billion over four years from 2002-03 for child care. In 2001-02 it

spent over $1.6 billion which covered around 720,000 children in approved (formal)

care. Of the around 508,000 families with children in approved care, an estimated

37 per cent are low income families.14

13 Submission 163, p.151 (ACOSS).

14 Submission 165, pp.36,39-40 (FaCS).

217

10.25 Witnesses to the inquiry noted that increased subsidies have not kept pace with

fee increases especially in the long day care sector. Women on low incomes still find

the gap between the cost of care and the Child Care Benefit prohibitive.

For families with younger children under the age of five, child care is a real problem. To get

child care in Newcastle, even with government subsidy, it is going to cost you $100 a week.

If you are earning $300 a week, you cannot afford $100 of that in child care, so low income

families are tending to use informal child care. We hear of children being in the care of seven

or eight different carers every week, maybe every day sometimes, so that is very

unsatisfactory child care for low income families, and that is where poverty starts for those

children. As part of the gateway into employment in this region, casual work and part-time

work is often the way to go. That is very family unfriendly. It is very hard to organise your

child care when you do not know where the next job is coming from or what the time will be.

Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.567 (Samaritans Foundation, Newcastle).

10.26 Witnesses also noted that asylum seekers and recent migrants are not eligible

for any Child Care Benefit. This not only impacts adversely on their ability to find

employment but also to attend English-language and other courses.

10.27 Access to child care places was a further matter raised. In some areas there are

shortages of child care places and competition for available places increases the cost

of child care. This makes child care less affordable for women who wish to take up

employment. In this instance, women may choose not to enter the work force or to

limit their hours so that their child care costs are kept in check.

10.28 In disadvantaged and rural areas private child care operators may be unwilling

to open services because of concerns with commercial viable. In such circumstances

families have little if any choice of child care providers even though children from

disadvantaged areas have the most to gain from quality child care:

.in poor areas we know that child care is good for kids, particularly kids

who are abused and neglected. Child care is a standard preventative strategy

for kids who are abused and neglected. But in poor areas the bad debt, the

inability to pay for child care, is a huge deterrent to what is a very good

preventative service. There are limitations on the number of places for

children at risk in [Child Care Benefit] funded services. There is no

recognition of the fact that because a child is at risk that is a good reason for

them to go fully to child care. We need to look at how many places are

available for vulnerable children within these child-care settings.15

10.29 With increasingly flexible working environments, parents are seeking more

flexible child care services. However, for those working evenings, nights or weekends

the choice of child care arrangements are still very restricted with most child care

15 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.929 (Barnardo’s Australia South Coast).

218

services open between 8am and 6pm. In order to manage child care needs across the

week, many families use multiple child care arrangements. Services used may include

occasional care, a child care centre, and friends and family members. Using multiple

services can be disruptive to the child and family, difficult to organise and increase

stress in the family.

10.30 Many witnesses supported increased funding for additional child care places,

increases in the Child Care Benefit and increased access for disadvantaged children:

It is clear now that government spending on the provision of high-quality

child care is not an expense on the public purse; it is in fact an investment in

giving all children in Australia the best start in life so that they can reach

their potential, minimising later costs on the public purse where child

development is interrupted or diminished in any way through poverty,

deprivation or other risk factors.16

Recommendation 41

10.31 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding to increase the

number of child care places available, particularly in disadvantaged areas.

Domestic violence

10.32 Many women leaving situations of domestic violence face personal and social

disruption and often find themselves in dire financial circumstances. They may have

left the family home with few possessions, no further access to joint financial

resources, with injuries and traumatised children. Women in this situation must

confront the demands of finding alternative housing and income security. They have

to find immediate emergency accommodation as they often cannot or are unwilling to

draw family and friends into their domestic crisis.

10.33 Furthermore, women who have been out of the labour market for some time

find that their employment opportunities are limited. In some cases already employed

women have to abandon their employment for fear of being located by a violent

partner. Many women move away from friends and family to escape violence,

resulting in the loss of support networks which compounds stress and isolation. The

Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations (AFHO) also noted that mothers

face another challenge in the knowledge that the health of their children, especially

their mental and emotional well-being, can be seriously affected from having lived in

an environment of fear, uncertainty and insecurity over a protracted period.17

16 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.200 (Ms B Romeril).

17 Submission 57, p.17 (AFHO).

219

10.34 Victims of domestic violence face the very real prospect of poverty for

themselves and their children. Some women choose to stay in violent relationships

rather than live in poverty.

I would like to share the case study of a middle-class woman with a background in nursing

who has just come to our services with a history of domestic violence for the past five years.

She has stayed in the relationship through the fear of poverty, through the fear of having to

leave with no income and through the fear of taking her children out of private education. So

the fear of poverty can also keep people in dangerous relationships.

Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.524 (St Vincent de Paul, Campbelltown).

10.35 Many agencies indicated that services for victims of domestic violence are

stretched, in particular accommodation suitable for both for women and children and

men and children. AFHO stated ’many of them go to the street. Some of them stay in

unsafe situations. I have known women and children escaping domestic violence who

stay at home and in fear of their lives because there are no beds available.’18

10.36 While refuges may provide a temporary respite if a place is available, many

women find it difficult to access secure and affordable long-term housing. As noted in

Chapter 6, the waiting lists for public housing are long and often do not address the

immediate needs of women and children escaping domestic violence. Many women

are not able to access private rental. In this situation women ’frequently are left prey to

the predatory group of sub-standard accommodation providers, or the option of

returning to the family home if it still exists’.19

10.37 Women may have to seek accommodation away from their communities:

If you escape domestic violence, you often have to move long distances and

you are often tracked, and so those women and those families will have to

keep moving.20

For both the children and the mother, moving from place to place is disruptive and

adds to the difficulties of an already traumatic situation.

Women in rural and regional areas

10.38 The Women and Poverty Forum conducted by VCOSS, the Council of Single

Mothers and their Children and YWCA Victoria canvassed the issues of poverty

facing women in rural and regional Victoria. The Forum found that the primary issue

18 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.726 (AFHO).

19 Submission 93, p.3 (Lismore Women’s and Children’s Refuge).

20 Committee Hansard 28.403, p.57 (SACOSS).

220

raised by participants from rural and regional Victoria was the isolation and loneliness

of women in country Australia. Women were also concerned about:

difficulties in accessing services that were sensitive to women’s needs and

that provide choice, anonymity and confidentiality;

income support payments that were not adequate to meet the costs of living

in rural and regional areas;

the lack of suitable work, particularly work that can be balanced with

family responsibilities;

accredited child care is often not available in rural areas which severely

limits women’s employment options;

in many areas there is no bulk billing of medical services;

there are an inadequate number of doctors, particularly female doctors, in

rural and region areas; the lack of female doctors is particularly a concern

for Muslim women;

lack of public transport limits work, education and social opportunities; and

access to services for women who are victims of family violence is limited

and may be further restricted by lack of anonymity and confidentiality.21

Migrant women and poverty

10.39 Migrant women face many challenges when settling in Australia, particularly

women who arrive from non-English speaking countries. Many women who have

come to Australia with the expectation of a better life, often find themselves

struggling to maintain even a basic standard of living post-arrival. New migrants and

many asylum seekers are excluded from government services and income support and

often face problems in getting access to the full range of services they need.

10.40 Migrant women find their employment options are limited, are often

exploitative and commonly discriminate, particularly if their English language skills

are poor.22 Lack of recognition or undervaluing of overseas qualifications can also

lead to poverty. Migrant women may be forced to take the first job available rather

than a job that reflects their training and skill level. Many migrant women find work

in the manufacturing sector, particularly in the clothing industry, through subcontractual

arrangements. The pay is poor and the hours are long.

21 Colvin, pp.28-29.

22 Colvin, p.12. See also Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.83 (VCOSS).

221

The story of a migrant outworker

I came from China twelve years ago, and I have two children. Firstly I worked in a sweatshop

and after I had my second child I started working from home.

At home, the boss just gives me over locking work for part of the garment, so I don’t make

whole garments. Because of this I am not always busy, as I have to wait for someone else to

finish the rest of the garment. I only work about 6 hours a day. The boss gave me the machine

to use, so I am not able to get other work from other contractors to increase my income. Even

though the boss gave me the machine I have to pay for any repairs if it is broken.

I am very fast at sewing, but my rate of pay is still very low as the piece rate is low. I usually

can get about $6 an hour. When I first started working at home I was actually getting $8-9 an

hour because I was fast. The boss was surprised that I was so fast, so he reduced the rate he

paid me for future orders of the same style.

Because my husband’s income is very low it is not enough for our family to survive, so I must

keep this job. Sometimes the sewing work gets busy with large, urgent orders, and then I

don’t have time to look after my children properly. At these times I get a lot of pain in my

back and neck. There is also a lot of dust in the house from the material, so my children and I

often get sick from this.

All these things make me really upset and I want to give up sewing, but I don’t have any

choice about getting another job. Even if I can only make $100 to $200 in a week that is very

important income for my family.

...One of the dresses I made for Sussan I later saw in the shop for $50. I received $1 for doing

the over lock sewing on that garment, which was about half the total sewing. In Sportsgirl I

saw a top I had made selling for nearly $30 and I only received 60 cents per garment for over

locking, which was most of the sewing for that garment.

In addition to these low rates of pay, I did not receive any superannuation, holiday pay, sick

pay, overtime pay and I am not covered for workers compensation.

I am telling my story because I want people to understand the outworkers situation and the

bad conditions in which your clothes are made. I want the government to take steps to stop

this exploitation. They must force the retailers to take responsibility for the clothes they sell. I

don’t want my children to experience the same injustice I have suffered.

Submission 153, pp.7-8 (IWSA).

10.41 In addition to low pay, working migrant women often face costs not generally

faced by the rest of the community:

poverty in their own community means informal support . including meals,

baby-sitting, assistance with housing, transport and education etc . are less

available, and if needed must be paid for;

poverty in their own community means those with employment are asked

to contribute to community needs at a greater rate;

poverty in countries of origin mean many immigrant women are sending

money out of Australia; and

222

laws only applying to immigrants, such as those related to English

language skills and testing; translation of documents; waiting periods for

health and other benefits; the payment of fees in educational institutions,

mean immigrant women incur costs others in the Australian community do

not.23

10.42 Many older migrant women find accessing mainstream services difficult. When

they do try to gain access, cultural, linguistic and historical differences present barriers

and obstacles.24

10.43 Through its work, the Immigrant Women’s Speakout Association (IWSA)

identified a number of problems facing migrant women. IWSA was concerned that

lack of understanding by services agencies sometimes exacerbated the poverty of

some migrant women. Migrant women are also particularly vulnerable to the penalty

provisions under the social security legislation and experience more difficulties in

making applications and accessing mainstream services. In some instances service

providers do not take into account the special laws applying to migrant women.

A mainstream women’s service received a referral from IWSA for an Asian woman suffering

an intolerable situation of domestic violence. There was no actual physical violence, but the

use of threats, implied violence and deprivation of money, freedom of movement and the

right to undertake education. The counsellor from the mainstream service .

1. Misinterpreted the victim’s communication [due to cultural and linguistic reasons] and

incorrectly concluded this was not a case of domestic violence;

2. Was not familiar with domestic violence provisions of Australia’s immigration law, and did

not advise that these applied to the victim’s situation;

3. Due to the above two factors, advised the victim that no financial support or health services

were available to the victim or her child [who was an Australian citizen, as her father was an

Australian citizen], and that she should return to her "own country".

As a result the victim remained in Australia [she thought illegally], without income, relying

on friends for accommodation and hoping not to get sick or have an accident requiring

medical treatment. She experienced months of abject poverty, when under Australian law she

was entitled to permanent residence, a range of Centrelink benefits and Medicare.

Submission 153, p.2 (IWSA).

10.44 As highlighted in the above case, domestic violence is major issue for migrant

women. IWSA stated that it saw a pattern of increasing homelessness for migrant

women and children who are escaping situations of domestic violence. VCOSS also

noted that migrant and refugee women who are attempting to escape family violence

23 Submission 153, p.5 (IWSA).

24 Submission 153, p.2 (IWSA).

223

are particularly vulnerable if they are unable to access social security or safe, adequate

and affordable alternative housing.25 AFHO added that under domestic violence

provisions of the Immigration Act women from non-English speaking backgrounds

can apply to change their visas. However, ’there is no expeditious procedure for their

application to be reviewed, and often women are placed in the intolerable position of

either having to stay at a crisis accommodation service indefinitely or return to their

violent partner’. An added problem is the lack of financial support from the

Commonwealth during visa application and review periods as many medium term or

transitional accommodation providers will not accept women without an income.26

10.45 IWSA also indicated that it often dealt with women who marry Australian

citizens, believing that their husbands have taken care of visa arrangements when in

fact they have not done so. The women remain in Australia without a spouse visa, and

they do not progress to a permanent spouse visa and citizenship. If domestic violence

arises and their situations become intolerable, they leave for their own personal safety.

As they are in effect illegal non-citizens without a spouse visa, they have no access to

the domestic violence provisions of Australian immigration law, which only applies to

temporary visa holders. Many prefer to stay on illegally, rather than return to their

country of origin. Some return to their situation of domestic violence, enduring further

abuse in the hope their husband will arrange their temporary spouse visa allowing

them to remain legally. IWSA indicated that it believed an expansion of the domestic

violence provisions to cover such cases is urgently needed in the interests of

addressing the injustice and threats to these women, and to address the poverty facing

these women when they choose to escape domestic violence.27

Sole parents

10.46 The sole-parent population in Australia has more than doubled since 1974. In

2002 there were 508,300 one-parent families with children aged 0-14 years.28 In 1997

there were 162,800 sole parent families with at least one child under the age of

5 years. Most sole parents are women (84 per cent in 1997).

10.47 Studies indicate that while the poverty rate for sole parents declined over the

1990s, sole parents still face a high risk of poverty. Using the before-housing half

average income poverty line, that the poverty rate for individuals living in sole parent

families in 2000 was 21.8 per cent. Whilst one in five individuals in sole parent

families remains in poverty, this rate is lower than the 28 per cent rate of poverty

faced in 1990.

25 Colvin, p.14.

26 Submission 57, p.28 (AFHO).

27 Submission 153, p.3 (IWSA).

28 AIHW, Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.219.

224

10.48 The decline in poverty for sole parents has been due to the implementation of

government policy initiatives including greater generosity to assist low income

working families with children such as family income supplements; increases in social

security pensions; increases in allowances for example, rent assistance and the

extension of rent assistance to a wide-range of low-income families with children who

rented privately; and the introduction of the Child Support Scheme.

10.49 However, despite the decrease in the poverty rate, sole parent families still face

the highest risk of poverty of all family types. Sole parent families with more than one

child faced a higher risk of poverty: the poverty rate for individuals in sole parent

families with more than one child was 25.9 per cent compared to 15.4 per with only

one child. Although sole parents have the highest risk of poverty, sole parent families

make up only 13 per cent of all Australians in poverty.29

Low income sole parent families

10.50 Submissions also provided evidence that indicated the hardship faced by sole

parents. The Smith Family’s research into spending patterns of low income families

shows that many sole parent families find it difficult to make ends meet. For example,

in low income sole parent families, almost one-quarter of the total weekly spending is

devoted to current housing costs. This compares unfavourably to total sole parents

who devote 17.7 per cent of weekly spending to housing and 14 per cent recorded by

the average Australian households.

10.51 Low income sole parents spend the highest proportion of their budgets on

essentials. For example, a high proportion of their income is spend on food: 22.4 per

cent. In total, housing and food account for just under half of the total weekly

spending of low-income sole parents. Alcohol accounts for only one per cent of total

spending. However, spending on smoking accounts for 3.6 per cent of total weekly

spending.30

10.52 Examples of the difficulties of making ends meet were provided by TasCOSS:

I can’t afford basic food. I have a 16-year-old boy who was always hungry.

He eats a loaf of bread a day. One standard loaf of bread a day costs $1000

per year out of an income of $12,000 a year.

.

I’ve had days when I’ve gone without food to feed the kids. I’ve done that a

lot, you get used to it. It probably happens every couple of months.when the

Hydro [electricity] bill comes in.31

29 Harding, Lloyd, R & Greenwell pp.7-8.

30 Submission 172, pp.26,37 (Smith Family).

31 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.218 (TasCOSS).

225

10.53 Other spending by low income sole families is limited by the impact of housing

and food costs. Spending on recreation and transport is low: only 9 per cent on each

item. The Smith Family noted that the spending on recreation was a particularly low

figure given that these are households with children while the average Australian

household spends 16.8 per cent on transport. Only one in every two adults living in a

low income sole family owns a car (compared with 73 per cent generally). Those

without a car must rely on public transport. However, as VCOSS noted, access to

public transport is often difficult because either the services do not exist or the cost is

too high. This ’has an impact on poverty, and in particular, on women and women

with children’.32

I have been a sole parent for 10 years. I bought a house from the property settlement from my

ex for $65,000. My girls were then eight and 10. I continued working, studying and providing

a consistent environment for them. As they entered high school, I battled to pay for uniforms,

fees, music and dance lessons. The extracurricular activities and sport had to go to pay for

books and ever-increasing shopping bills, quarterly bills, rates and GST.

My youngest daughter was diagnosed with diabetes four years ago and my grocery bill rose

substantially. I started having to pay for ophthalmic and cardiology specialist visits, specialist

appointments, podiatry and things not covered by her low-income health care card or

Medicare. I had to juggle credit cards which kept us in comparative poverty and my debts

kept increasing. There were no holidays or anything special and the girls worked or taught

music after school to pay for excursions and clothes. My house is old and run down and, just

when I thought I could pay the electricity bill, the roof would leak, the plumbing would

explode or the fridge would break. Thanks to the property boom, I have been able to consult

and refinance twice in the last 10 years just to keep basic maintenance on the house. It shows

a lot of signs of water damage inside which devalues it considerably. Bank fees and interest

rates are eating into my pay. My 10-year-old car is needing costly repairs.I have just had to

borrow $1,000 to get it through registration.

I take home $458.60 a week which should be enough to live on, but it is not. My eldest

daughter has dropped out of university. She was accepted in Sydney last year but could not

keep up with the accommodation and living expenses, and I could not help her. My youngest

daughter has just pulled out of year 12 to get extra hours in a pharmacy where she works after

school because she is sick of me being broke. She helps out a lot with the shopping. Her

medication costs $50 a week. A lot of people work hard and by the age of 50 are looking for

some financial independence in the future. I have worked very hard in a stressful but

intrinsically rewarding career to achieve a debt of $120,000, which is twice what I had 10

years ago and I have got even less to show for it. It is not through mismanagement, it is just

to keep a roof over our heads and care for my children, and I believe they should eat properly.

Source: Committee Hansard p.590, 29.5.03, (Ms S Cant, LHMWU).

32 Committee Hansard 30.5.03, p.83 (VCOSS).

226

10.54 Other characteristics of low income sole parent households include:

children of low income sole parents are overwhelmingly in public schools

rather than non-government schools;

telecommunications absorb a higher proportion of household spending than

for high-income households; and

there is little saving, less than $4 per week compared to the Australian

average of $83.33

10.55 Relief agencies also submitted that high numbers of sole parents were seeking

assistance and that this indicated their relatively high level of hardship. An analysis of

ACOSS emergency relief applicants by family type in 1999 showed that 31 per cent

applying for relief were sole parents.34 Mission Australia stated ’many sole parents use

our services. One of our managers said they stand out as one group that experiences

significant financial stress.whether that is in relation to accessing welfare services or

the costs of heating, meals, food and general community participation.’35 Sole parents

are also over-represented amongst homeless families, comprising 85 per cent of

families pressing for assistance through SAAP services.36

10.56 There are a number of factors that influence the high rate of poverty of sole

parents:

labour market disadvantages of sole parents, including:

- the difficulties of one parent combing work with parenting, including

the lack of another parent to care for children and therefore a greater

reliance on paid child care;

- the gender and educational disadvantage of sole parents; and

- discrimination against sole parents in the work force;

their disadvantaged position after marriage separation. While the

introduction of the Child Support Scheme has helped reduce the unequal

situations of custodial and non-custodial parents following separation,

problems still remain including the higher costs of separated families;

33 Submission 172, pp. 26, 37 (Smith Family).

34 Submission 163, p.78 (ACOSS).

35 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.331-32 (Mission Australia).

36 McClelland A, ’No child...’ Child poverty in Australia, Brotherhood of St Laurence, April 2000,

p.33.

227

the discrimination and prejudice that can be faced by sole parents; and

inadequacy of income support payments.37

10.57 The Department of Families and Community Services (FaCS) indicated that

many sole parent families experience multiple levels of disadvantage that impact upon

both the parent and their children, over the short and the long-term including:

lower rates of employment amongst lone mothers than amongst partnered

mothers;

long-term dependency on income support. Recent analysis estimates that

women coming onto Parenting Payment (Single) may, on average, spend

more than 12 years on income support of one kind or another while they

still have dependent children. In addition, FaCS analysis of parents who

were receiving Parenting Payment (Single) at the time their youngest child

turned 16 and they lost eligibility for parenting payment, indicates that over

50 per cent were still in receipt of some form of income support five years

later;

preliminary research also suggests that in addition to the initial trauma of

the relationship break-up that resulted in many women becoming sole

parents, many of them have ongoing unstable relationships. The research

found that many low income women cycle between single and partnered

parenting payment status;

lower levels of educational attainment;

higher levels of mental health problems; and

high levels of hardship, as evidenced by going without meals and heating,

having to sell or pawn items or receiving assistance from welfare

organisations.

10.58 FaCS noted that while not all sole parents experience this type of disadvantage,

where it occurs it points to a significant barrier to participation and generally results in

poor outcomes over the lifecycle. FaCS submitted that:

Welfare reform is seeking to address a range of barriers for all low-income

parents, initially through changes introduced as part of the Australians

Working Together package. The changes will support parents to build skills

and to plan for the future and a return to work.

Implicit in these programs is a recognition that the poor outcomes

experienced by many low-income parents, including sole parents, are the

37 McClelland, pp.33-34.

228

result of multiple levels of disadvantage. Addressing these problems

requires assistance to go beyond merely providing income support. These

programs seek to respond to individual needs and improve overall living

standards where possible.38

Sole parents and work

10.59 FaCS noted that there had been a decline in the rates of joblessness of sole

parents over the last decade. This has been a long-term trend that was temporarily

disrupted by the recession at the beginning of the 1990s, but has since been restored.

The rate of joblessness amongst sole parent families with children under 15 has

dropped from a peak of 66.1 per cent in June 1983 to 53.8 per cent in June 2002The

highest rate of constant joblessness was recorded amongst sole parents with children

above the age of 15 years only.

10.60 Joblessness in sole parent families is usually due to the parent not in the labour

force, rather than being unemployed, that is, seeking but unable to find a job. 91.5 per

cent of jobless sole parent families are headed by women.39

10.61 While it may appear that there is greater financial incentive for lone mothers to

gain employment, as they are less likely than partnered mothers to have access to a

second household income, research indicates that many sole parents choose not to

undertake employment and have a lower rate of employment than partnered mothers.

10.62 Women heading sole parent families often choose to stay out of the workforce

because of parenting responsibilities and because of the difficulties of combining paid

work and parenting. Parenting was seen as a higher priority than obtaining paid work.

In addition, without a partner, they are less likely to be able to share parenting

responsibilities and so may have to rely on child care. Often the high cost of child care

acts as a major disincentive to employment.

10.63 For those who choose employment there are additional barriers including lack

of appropriate and up-to-date skills, poor self-confidence, lack of job availability

generally, and difficulty of finding employment in school hours. Where there is parttime

and casual work available, it is in sectors, for example hospitality and cleaning,

which offer low wages.

10.64 The low level of educational attainment of sole parents was noted by FaCS: for

example, 52.5 per cent of female sole parents finished schooling prior to Year 12,

compared to 39.3 per cent of mothers in couple families. This difference continues at

higher levels of education, with 27.1 per cent of lone mothers compared to 30.1 per

cent of those in couples having a diploma or skilled vocational qualification, and just

38 Submission 165, p.23 (FaCS).

39 Submission 165, pp.23, 54 (FaCS).

229

9.0 per cent with a degree or higher qualification, compared to 16.3 per cent of

partnered mothers.40

10.65 Many sole parents who undertake casual and part-time work to fit in with

school hours while their children are young, try to expand their working hours and

thus increase their income when the children become older. However, ACOSS noted

that ’the majority of sole parents in Australia face barriers to progression from low

paid casual and part-time employment to more secure full-time jobs.41

10.66 A further barrier to improving family incomes is the low returns from working

as a result of the income test on benefits and tax on earnings. Research into financial

incentives for working mothers found that mothers, both sole and partnered, face a

difficult decision to return to work or to increase their hours of work. It was concluded

that:

The interaction of the tax and social security systems and the additional

burden of increasing child care costs mean that for some types of families,

particularly those on low incomes, the financial incentives to work can be

quite small.42

10.67 One way of improving the job and career prospects of sole parents is to

improve their educational opportunities. ACOSS concluded:

Further education and training are key factors in overcoming the

employment barriers for this group, borne out of the fact that sole parents

show greater interest in and benefit more from such assistance than other

groups of jobless people. It is not the fact that sole parenthood per se that

leads to poverty . it is joblessness, low social security payments and low

pay that are the key determinants.43

Income support payments

10.68 The principle income support payment for sole parents is the Parenting

Payment (Single). This is paid to carers of children under 16 years. Parenting Payment

(Single), like other pensions, is indexed in line with MTAWE. As at June 2002 there

were 427,846 recipients of Parenting Payment (Single).

40 Submission 165, p.23 (FaCS).

41 Submission 163, p.137 (ACOSS).

42 Toohey M & Beer G, ’Is it worth working now? Financial incentives for working mothers under

Australia’s new tax system’, Paper presented to the 2003 Australian Social Policy Conference, 9

July 2003, NATSEM, p.18.

43 Submission 163, p.16 (ACOSS).

230

10.69 As with all low and middle income families, sole parent families with children

under 16 or full-time dependent students aged 16-24 are eligible for Family Tax

Benefit A. FaCS noted that ’it has a means test that is generous, ensuring it is widely

received, and rates are relatively high for low-income families’. Sole parents may also

be eligible for additional assistance under Family Tax Benefit B arrangements. This

benefit is paid at a higher rate for families with children under 5 years of age.44 In

2002, 570,700 sole parents (965,200 children) received the maximum rate of FTB B.45

10.70 FaCS noted ’adjustment of pension rates in line with community living

standards has been guaranteed by legislation’. Figure 10.1 shows that income support

for sole parents had increased over the last decade.

Figure 10.1: Rates of Income Support Payments: Single Adult Unemployment

Benefit, Single Pensioner and Sole Parent with two children under

5 years of age, 1992-2002

Source: Submission 165, p.37 (FaCS).

10.71 An example of the impact of the income support arrangements was provided by

FaCS. A family with two children with the parent earning the minimum wage of

$448.40 less $64.03 in tax paid, would also receive $58.77 in parenting payment and

$228.32 in family tax benefit, including rent assistance. The net income would be

$671.46. For a sole parent family on the same wage, ’the net income would be $684.91

44 Submission 165, pp.36-37 (FaCS).

45 AIHW, Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.224.

150

200

250

300

350

400

92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02

Weekly payment (2002 dollars)

Sole Parent, 2 children under 5

Single Pensioner

Single Unemployed

231

per week. To achieve that sort of after tax and after benefit income level, a single

person would need to be earning around $45,000 per annum’.46

10.72 Sole parents also have access to child care benefits. Up to 50 hours of child

care benefit a week is available for each child if the sole parent is working, studying

or training, otherwise 20 hours a week is available.47

10.73 Sole parents appear to remain dependent on income support for considerable

periods of time. FaCS commented that recent research estimates that lone parents, on

average, spend more than 12 years on income support payment while they have

dependent children, and often continue throughout their working life.48

10.74 NATSEM research showed that sole parent families reliant on government

income support payments have benefited from improvements to the level of benefits.

However, witnesses continued to stress that sole parent families were still at risk of

poverty as payments were not adequate to meet the needs of sole parent families.

10.75 ACOSS provided an analysis of the adequacy of income support payments

including payments to sole parents using three measures: Budget Standards; measures

of hardship or financial stress; and the Henderson Poverty Line.

10.76 Budget Standards research was conducted by the Social Policy Research Centre

and assessed the adequacy of payments against a ’low cost budget’. In the case of a

sole parent with two children, receiving a social security payment of $428 per week

(including maximum rent assistance), the income was 76 per cent of the Low Cost

Budget.49

10.77 ACOSS also provided studies of hardship or financial stress. The first, by Bray

using ABS research, indicated that for sole parents relying mainly on social security

payments, the risk of hardship was 43 per cent. Using emergency relief data from its

1999 survey, ACOSS found that 30 per cent of applicants were sole parents. This is

the second largest group seeking emergency relief.50

46 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.688 (FaCS).

47 Submission 165, p.40 (FaCS).

48 Submission 165, p.14 (FaCS).

49 ACOSS, ’Fairness and Flexibility: reform of workforce age social security payments in

Australia’, Paper 129, September 2003, p.42.

50 ACOSS, pp.43-44.

232

Table 10.1: Comparison of Social Security Payments to Henderson Poverty Line

(including housing costs) . $ per week, September quarter 2002

Family/Income Unit Base

Rate

FTB A

and/orB

Rent

Assistance

Total

Payment $

per week

Poverty

line $ per

week

Rate as %

of poverty

line

Head in Workforce

Sole Parent

unemployed . 1 child

$211 $101 $53 $365 $378 97%

Sole Parent

unemployed . 3

children

$211 $228 $60 $499 $536 93%

Head not in

Workforce

Sole parent not in

labour force . 1 child

$211 $101 $53 $365 $322 113%

Sole parent not in

labour force . 3

children

$211 $288 $60 $499 $481 104%

Source: ACOSS, Fairness and flexibility, p.41.

10.78 ACOSS concluded that ’although the data sources and methods used in these

studies vary, consistent patterns emerge.In the ’hardship’ studies, sole parent families

emerge as a relatively disadvantaged group (compared to couples with children). This

is consistent with anecdotal evidence from community agencies and many local

studies of financial hardship.’51

10.79 ACOSS also looked at the additional costs facing sole parent families in raising

children alone. It noted that the only comprehensive Australian study of these costs

had concluded that they were equivalent to approximately 10 per cent of the average

costs facing a couple without children.

10.80 ACOSS noted that these costs had in the past been recognised through a special

payment called Guardian Allowance. After the introduction of the 2000 tax package,

the Guardian Allowance was absorbed into Family Tax Benefit B. ACOSS stated that

this raised the overall income of many sole parent families significantly, ’but in an

uneven way’. The reason for this is that FTB B for a family with a child under 5 years

is $17 per week more than the rate for families with older children, despite the fact

evidence indicates that the cost of children are more likely to rise as they get older.52

51 ACOSS, p.45.

52 ACOSS, p.56.

233

10.81 Recent research by NATSEM found that older children are more expensive

than younger children, with costs generally increasing steadily with the age of the

child. Older teenagers appear to cost at least twice as much as very young children,

irrespective of the income of the family. It was estimated that for a low income

family, that is an average of $567 per week, children cost:

0-4 years $55 per week

5 to 9 years $98 per week

10 to 14 years $130 per week

15 to 17 years $213 per week53

10.82 When a child turns 16 in a sole parent household, the sole parent families also

experience a substantial loss of income even when the receipt of the Youth Allowance

is taken into account.

.suddenly my daughter turns 16.as she did this year.and Centrelink sent me what I think

is an ultimatum. .Your daughter..who has just turned 16 and has no survival skills and is

happy in school..must now accept youth allowance.. The reason she must accept youth

allowance is because they are going to take my family payments for her away. Suddenly my

budget is down by about $100 a fortnight.

My choice is to do what I believe and not allow her to have youth allowance because she is

quite happy being a schoolgirl. I would like her to go and get a part-time job and be

independent but I cannot afford to do that because I cannot afford to be $100 a fortnight

down. So we had to bite the bullet and she is now a year 11 student who pays board, does

nothing.except a few dishes or whatever during the week.and collects in her hand $70 for

the privilege. How is that going to teach her to be a hardworking Australian citizen?

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1016 (Ms Kerry Allan, People with Disabilities WA).

10.83 St Vincent de Paul, citing a similar case where the parent now sought

assistance from time to time with bills ’because she is simply unable to manage on a

reduced income’, stated that ’the transfer of family income from a parent to a 16 year

old girl is not having the right effect. I imagine the idea of the youth allowance is to

encourage people to stay at school’.54

10.84 ACOSS also argued that the current base rates of payment do not adequately

recognise the costs of sharing the care of children in two families. Where care of a

child is shared between two households, the costs are usually higher than the ’standard’

costs of raising children. For example, two separate bedrooms must usually be

maintained for the same child.

53 Percival R & Harding A, ’The Costs of Children in Australia Today’, Paper presented to the

AIFS Conference, Melbourne, 13 February 2003, NATSEM, p.3.

54 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.358 (SVDP Sydney).

234

10.85 Witnesses advocated an increase in the family payment to separated households

to take account of the lack of economies of scale in separated households and the

higher costs of raising children alone. ACOSS recommended that this could be

achieved by the introduction of a Sole Parent Supplement, along with a Shared Care

Supplement to address the additional costs of raising a child in more than one

household.

10.86 Problems arising from splitting of Family Tax Benefit were raised by other

witnesses.

[A mother] shared the care of her children with her ex-husband. She had the children 64 per

cent of the time and this had been an arrangement for a number of years and for three or four

years prior to the introduction of the family tax benefit. She had never actually been asked by

Centrelink how often she had the children. Centrelink told her the amount of family tax

benefit she received, but they never told her the percentage of family tax benefit that she was

paid. She was unaware that she was receiving family tax benefit at 100 per cent. She

completed her tax return each year and on her tax return she declared to the Australian

Taxation Office that she had the children in her care 64 per cent of the time. But, of course,

the tax system and the social security system are not necessarily linked in that regard anyway.

Her ex-husband decided that he would claim family tax benefit and he was successful,

because he legitimately had the children 36 per cent of the time. He received arrears of family

tax benefit for the year in which he had claimed care of the children. It took Centrelink

another six months to figure out precisely what level of care of the children each of the

parents had and what percentage of family tax benefit each should receive, although there

was no dispute between the parents.

The end result was that my client ended up with a debt of $7½ thousand. Her ex-husband

ended up with arrears of $1,500 for the corresponding period. The discrepancy is because her

ex-husband was in a high paying job and had repartnered, so that family’s income was used to

determine his rate of family tax benefit. He was only entitled to the minimum rate, whereas

she, being a sole parent, had been paid family tax benefit at the maximum rate. That money

had been spent on the children.it had been expended in good faith, assuming that she was

entitled to the amount of money she was paid. The balance.the discrepancy.was a windfall

to the government. I tried to argue at the Social Security Appeals Tribunal that there were

special circumstances in this case and that at least as much of the debt as was a windfall to

the government ought to be waived. But the tribunal did not buy that argument.she was

unsuccessful.and she is paying the debt back, slowly.

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.945 (Illawarra Legal Centre).

10.87 The National Council of Single Mothers and their Children (NCSMC) argued

that income adequacy for sole parents has also been ’substantially’ undermined by

changes to the family payment system. In particular, the introduction of splitting

family payments proportionally over a ten per cent threshold has resulted in a 22 per

cent drop in family support income to the primary carer household, when children see

the non-custodial parent every second weekend and half the school holidays. This

equates to about $50 a fortnight that the primary carer household loses and the other

gains if that household is eligible under the income test. The NCSMC reported where

235

this had occurred, the impact could be great: children had to withdraw from sporting

and extra curricula activities; and, families were living without utilities, selling the

family car and moving to less expensive accommodation because of the reduction in

family support payments when children see their father.55

10.88 A further difficulty noted by NCSMC was that a disproportionate amount of

expenses are borne by the primary carer which is not reflected in the percentage loss

to the primary carer. In addition, the percentage of care is calculated with reference to

court orders or agreements by the parents as to the pattern of care. In reality, some

contact parents do not attend contact. In such cases, the primary carer loses part of the

family tax payment while caring for the children the whole time. NCSMC noted that

there were no legal consequences for this action.

10.89 The Council argued that if the policy for splitting family payments was

evaluated, it would be found that ’the policy has dramatically reduced the level of

financial support for children living in primary carer households and that it effectively

fines children for seeing their non-resident parent’.56

10.90 The Lone Fathers Association of Australia (LFAA) also pointed to the costs of

non-custodial parents in maintaining contact with their children. The LFAA argued

that consideration should be given to a tax rebate being provided, as an alternative to a

contact allowance, to cover some part of the cost of contact between parent and child.

This should be done in such a way as to not affect the custodial parents’ income.57.

10.91 It was also suggested that there is greater opportunity for debt creation for sole

parent families under the family payment scheme. Four areas of debt creation were

noted:

’share care’ debts arising when the other parent claims a higher percentage

at the end of the tax year than has been allowed for in fortnightly payments

to the primary carer parents;

child support debts arising where a lump sum of child support is received

and family payment is retrospectively reduced;

income estimation debts, where wage income has fluctuated markedly; and

child earnings debts, where children’s earnings have increased to

retrospectively reduce family payments.58

55 Submission 101, pp.2-3; Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.36 (NSCMC).

56 Submission 101, p.3 (NCSMC).

57 Submission 164, p.28 (LFAA).

58 Submission 101, p.3 (NCSMC).

236

10.92 NCSMC stated that the claiming systems for family tax are very complex and

parents can easily find themselves in debt. Family tax can be claimed through the tax

system or the welfare system and retrospectively through the tax system. A parent

may receive payment in full during the year but have to repay a large amount if it is

claimed at the end of the year by the other parent. NCSMC noted that ’there is no

mechanism to protect them from that debt’.59 St Vincent de Paul provided the

following example of how a debt could arise and the impact on a family.

Debt creation and the impact on a sole-parent family . Melinda’s story

I want to talk about Melinda, who is a sole parent. She has four children. Her three eldest

children were from one father, who failed to support her financially. However, the paternal

grandmother minded the children while Melinda went to work. Unfortunately, the paternal

grandmother died from cancer last year, leaving Melinda on her own with the children.

Melinda met her second partner and he seemed to be very supportive and she had her fourth

child with him. Things went along smoothly until the stresses became too great and the

partner attempted suicide and was admitted to hospital. This left Melinda with her children.

She went into private rental for which she paid $330 a week for a house in a very poor

condition, and she struggled along self supporting. After rent she was left with $220 a week

on which to live.

Things were going fairly well until there was an error made with her CRS forms. Some error

was made, and in the second week in December, instead of receiving $1,100 for her

fortnightly payments, she received a payment of $290. She went straight to the CRS office,

and they said that they could not help. They could not correct the mistake, although they

could see an error had been made. Melinda admitted that she probably filled the forms in

incorrectly. She did have a bit of difficulty when it came to filling in forms. So there she was,

left with four children, coming on to Christmas. She was already one week in arrears in her

rent, and she had $290 on which to live for a fortnight.

These four children had been taken from place to place. They had lived in several different

houses. She had been on the housing department waiting list for nine years, but they deemed

she was not eligible for emergency accommodation. After we assisted her for many weeks

she moved on. This is a concern because the children keep changing schools and they keep

changing accommodation. The last time I heard of Melinda, she had gone off to get a onebedroom

unit. She only took the baby with her when she signed off on the rental and she was

going to move the four children into that accommodation. She was given an opportunity at

Newstart to do some job training and they were going to mind the baby for her, but

meanwhile she was going to have four children in a one-bedroom unit. I must say, in spite of

her lifestyle, this girl did seem to have very good mothering skills and she really cared for her

children.

Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.363 (North Leichhardt Conference, St Vincent de Paul)

59 Committee Hansard 26.4.03, p.36 (NCSMC).

237

Child Support Scheme

10.93 The Child Support Scheme (CSS) was introduced in 1988 and provides a

mechanism for ensuring non-resident parents contribute financially to the support of

their children. The CSS collects payments by non-custodial parents for child support

which is calculated according to a formula which reflects capacity to pay.

10.94 The average child support liability at June 2001 was $3,259, with more than 40

per cent of payers having a liability of $1,000 or less. This reflects the incomes on

non-resident parents who had a median income of $18,400 at June 2001. FaCS noted

that Child Support payments ’are important to resident parents, who at June 2001 had

a median income (as assessed by the CSA), excluding child support and family tax

benefit, of just under $9,500’.60

10.95 Harding and Szukalska estimated that the introduction of the child support

scheme had lifted about 60,000 children out of poverty in 1997-98.61 Research by the

Australian Institute of Family Studies also indicated that since the CSS was

introduced, the rate of child support payment ’has doubled from one-third to twothirds

in divorced populations with dependent children’. Other research supports these

findings.62

10.96 Despite these improvements in the payment of child support, submissions

argued that the scheme was not working efficiently to reduce the poverty of sole

parent families. The NCSMC stated that the majority of single mothers do not receive

regular cash payments of child support . about 42 per cent of sole parents receive

child support.63 ACOSS stated that ’another critical factor is child support. A

substantial minority of Parenting Payment (single) recipients receive child support

payments, which make a significant difference to their standards of living. Those who

lack child support face a much higher risk of income poverty.’64 Analysis of the Child

Support Agency debt profile showed that many thousands of single mothers are in fact

owed child support arrears, ’but without a collection protocol which links child

support debts to a payment timeline, these parents and children cannot benefit from

child support’.65

60 Submission 165, p.40 (FaCS).

61 Harding A & Szukalska A, ’Social Policy Matters: The changing face of child poverty in

Australia 1982 to 1997-98’, Paper presented at the 7th Australian Institute of Family Studies

Conference, 26 July 2000, p.26.

62 McClelland, p.35.

63 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.38 (NCSMC).

64 Submission 163, p.137 (ACOSS).

65 Submission 101, p.2 (NCSMC).

238

10.97 NCSMC argued that the approach adopted allows for ’total flexibility and

negotiation of repayment schedules and debt collection’. There is also a lack of case

managers for parents trying to recover child support debts. NCSMC concluded:

Without a collection protocol that runs to a time line, we are in a sense

allowing those debts to spin out. The Ombudsman’s report again quoted an

average debt of about $1,500 to single parents, on average. The uncollected

debt is a huge issue. The move to self-collection has placed the most

vulnerable families with domestic violence problems, literacy problems or

health problems behind the eight ball in being able to access their child

support payments.66

Recommendation 42

10.98 That the Child Support Agency review its debt collection procedures to

ensure that debt repayment is made on a regular and timely basis so as to not

disadvantage custodial parents and their children.

10.99 NCSMC also provided the Committee with further examples of the difficulties

with the child support system. At the moment, if child support is received

spasmodically or as a part-payment, the custodial parent may find themselves with a

debt to Centrelink. As family payments have been calculated on a given income base,

a lump sum received for child support will mean that income has been understated and

a debt is incurred. NCSMC stated that the debt must be repaid ’not because you have

defrauded the system but because you have to cope with these patterns’. Custodial

parents living in public housing may also find that they have a housing debt because

of lump sum payment of child support.67

10.100 In the case where a non-custodial parent is to pay child support, Centrelink

will deem that the full amount is being received by the custodial parent and reduce the

family payment to reflect this. If the child support is not being received and the

custodial parent declares this to Centrelink, and does not take any further action, such

as reporting the non-payment to the Child Support Agency, then the custodial parent

has failed an eligibility step for family payment. Family payment will only be paid at

the minimum level.

10.101 NCSMC reported that often in such a case, the non-custodial parent will offer

a lesser amount of child support. The custodial parent may accept this amount,

particularly where there is a history of violence. The custodial parent will have

parenting payment reduced as if they are receiving the full amount and also leave

66 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.41 (NCSMC).

67 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.40 (NCSMC).

239

themselves open to further harassment as they have in effect, misinformed Centrelink

as to the correct level of their income.68

10.102 LFAA argued that while the child support scheme has produced some modest

improvements in amounts paid to custodial parents in some cases, these improvements

are less than claimed and the cost of the administration of the scheme is very high

when compared to the putative benefits. The LFAA supported the principle that both

parents have an obligation to help ensure that their children are cared for ’but the

Government’s insistence that all payments under the Scheme must be based on a pretax

basis is at the root of a fundamental problem in the formula’. Non-custodial parents

often resort to the dole just to enable them to survive, ’this is a very socially

undesirable result, and the resulting net cost to the economy and the taxpayer is very

high’.69

10.103 The LFAA also argued that for fathers maintaining or attempting to maintain

contact with their children, there were virtually no programs and/or supports for

reducing cost pressures on budgets and building capacity to be financially self

sufficient. There are very high marginal rates of compulsory payments on their

incomes, in some cases of 92 per cent and more.

10.104 The LFAA recommended changes to the child support system including

reforming the CSS to levy child support at a suitable flat rate on after tax income. This

would result in the in a ’truer and fairer assessment of actual capacity to pay’. In

addition, the formulae should be tuned to ensure that children in first and second

marriages are treated, as far as possible, absolutely equally.70

Conclusion

10.105 The position of sole parents improved substantially during the 1990s. The risk

of poverty fell from 28 per cent in 1990 to 22 per cent in 2000, though the risk still

remains high. This improvement has been largely attributed to government policies

more favourable to sole parents and families generally including increases in income

support payments and increases in allowances such as rent assistance. The

introduction of the Child Support Scheme also helped to lift many children out of

poverty. The employment patterns of sole parents also improved over the last decade.

10.106 However, sole parent families still remain the group in society most at risk of

poverty. Those on long term income support find it difficult to make ends meet. This

is often exacerbated by the additional costs of maintaining two households which is

not recognised in government income support payments.

68 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.45 (NCSMC).

69 Submission 164, pp.2,10-11 (LFAA).

70 Submission 164, p.27 (LFAA).

240

10.107 For those sole parents who seek employment, there are many barriers: lack of

appropriate skills; restriction to seeking part-time and casual jobs to meet parenting

responsibilities; child care expenses; and high marginal tax rates.

10.108 The Committee considers that there is a great need to implement policies to

ensure that the decline in the risk of poverty for sole parent families continues.

241

CHAPTER 11

CHILDREN IN POVERTY

The long-term effect and cost of the rising incidence of child poverty is

substantial on the individual and the community, and we must address it if

we are to provide and sustain a healthy and vibrant and economical and

viable society and break the cycle of poverty for all Australians.1

11.1 Those experiencing child poverty suffer both short and long-term effects. In the

short term there may be stress, hardship and deprivation from insecure housing

conditions, lack of food and basic amenities. There is often social isolation and

exclusion through lack of funds for school excursions, sporting activities and what

many Australians regard as normal social activities enjoyed by families. In the longterm,

poor educational achievements limit employment opportunities and may

sentence those who have suffered child poverty to a life long struggle to just survive.

This has significant economic impacts for government, undermines social cohesion

and reduces our overall national capabilities.

11.2 This chapter looks at the extent of child poverty in Australia, the reasons for

child poverty and its impact on individuals and society.

Children in poverty . an overview

11.3 As discussed already in this report, there is considerable debate over how to

measure poverty. This applies equally to the measurement of child poverty.2 Research

using three different income poverty lines, estimated the number of children in

poverty in 2000 as: 479,000 (half median income poverty line); 743,000 (half average

income poverty line); and 1,037,000 (Henderson poverty line).3 The costs of housing

also impact on the number of children in poverty, with poverty rates rising when

housing costs are taken into account (see Table 11.1)

11.4 . Child poverty varied across jurisdictions with children in New South Wales and

Victoria having the highest risk of poverty (39.4 per cent and 38.5 per cent

respectively) and Western Australia the lowest (23.3 per cent).4

1 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.136 (Knox City Council).

2 See Bradbury B, ’Child Poverty: A review’, Social Policy Research Centre, Report No 3/03,

November 2003 for a discussion of the measurement of child poverty.

3 NATSEM expressed reservations about the updating of the Henderson poverty line over time

and that there are grounds for believing that the line is set too high.

4 Submission 163, p.67 (ACOSS).

242

Table 11.1: Extent of child poverty in Australia in 2000, NATSEM/Smith family

estimates

Poverty line Henderson Poverty

Line (traditional

approach)

50% average

income

50% median

income

Extent of poverty (not accounting for housing costs)

Children in poverty 1,037,000 743,000 479,000

% of children 20.8% 14.9% 9.6%

Extent of poverty (accounting for housing costs)

Children in poverty 1,316,000 1,142,000 848,000

% of children 26.4% 22.9% 17.0%

Source: Submission 163, p.66 (ACOSS).

11.5 On average in 1997-98, poor children lived in families whose income was 28 per

cent below the poverty line, an improvement from both the 31 per cent recorded in

1982 and the 30 per cent recorded in 1995-96 (using the half average income poverty

line).5

11.6 Between 1982 and 1997-98, child poverty rose using the Henderson poverty line

but declined using the half median and half average income poverty lines:

Henderson poverty line: the poverty rate among dependent children rose

from 19.5 per cent in 1982 to 22.7 per cent in 1997-98;

half median income poverty line: indicated that poverty fell from 13.1 per

cent in 1982 to 8.8 per cent in 1997-98 which translated to a one-third fall

in child poverty rates; and

half average income poverty line: indicated that 14.2 per cent of dependent

children were in poverty in 1997-98, down from 17.4 per cent in 1982.6

11.7 Harding and Szukalska noted that improvements in government programs were

an important reason for the decrease in the proportion of children in poverty during

the 1980s and the beginning of the 1990s. These programs included:

5 Harding A & Szukalska A, ’Social Policy Matters: The Changing Face of Child Poverty in

Australia, 1982 to 1997-98’, Paper presented at the 7th Australian Institute of Family Studies

Conference, July 2000, p.27.

6 Harding & Szukalska 2000, pp.7-8; Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial

Disadvantage in Australia 1990-2000: The persistence of poverty in a decade of growth, Smith

Family, 2000, p.5.

243

greater generosity to assist low income working families with children such

as family income supplements;

increases in social security pensions;

increases in allowances for example, rent assistance and the extension of

rent assistance to a wide-range of low income families with children who

rented privately; and

the introduction of the Child Support Scheme.

11.8 However, it was found that there appeared to be an increase in child poverty in

the late 1990s (see Figure 1).7

.

Figure 1: Estimated poverty rates, 1990 to 2000, using before

housing half average income poverty line

9

12

15

1990 1995 1996 1998 2000

Poverty Rate %

Children

Adults

All Australians

Source: Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, Financial Disadvantage in Australia 1990-2000, p.4.

11.9 Comparing the poverty lines for child poverty between 1990 and 2000, this

apparent increase was stronger when the poverty line was set at half average income

rather than half median income (see Table 11.2). This outcome appears to be partly

due to average income increasing more rapidly than the median income. The growth

in average incomes appears to have been primarily driven by increases in higher

incomes. The incomes of unemployed families with children fully dependent on social

security increased by much less, thus creating a wider gap between the incomes of the

poor and the incomes of the very affluent. It was concluded that ’it is the rising

incomes of the affluent that are generating much of the growth in the half average

income poverty line, and thus the increase in poverty rates apparent in the 1990s’.8

7 Harding & Szukalska, 2000, p.26.

8 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.6.

244

Table 11.2: Estimated rates of child poverty, 1990 to 2000, before housing costs

Poverty rates 1990 1995 1996 1998 2000

Half average income poverty line 14.3 13.3 13.1 13.8 14.9

Half median income poverty line 9.0 8.4 8.7 8.5 9.6

Henderson poverty line (comparable

to above including all families)

16.8 23.7 26.2 24.1 25.3

Source: Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, pp.5, 35.

11.10 A further matter explored by Harding and Szukalska was the impact of housing

costs on child poverty as housing is a very significant component of most families’

budgets and a necessity of life. Their research has shown that using an after-housing

measure of poverty is likely to make an important difference to child poverty

estimates as couples with children have higher than average housing costs and sole

parents have lower than average housing costs.9

11.11 It was found that when using half average before-housing income as a poverty

line, child poverty fell some three percentage points from 1982 to 1997-98. But using

half average after-housing income as the poverty line, child poverty changed little .

from 22 per cent in 1982 to 21 per cent in 1995-96. This is due to a change in the

characteristics of children in poor families, with some social security dependent

families with relatively low housing costs being lifted above the poverty line and

being replaced by working poor families with relatively high housing costs brought

about by costs of purchasing a home.10

11.12 A number of other studies have also shed light on child poverty in Australia.

Some of these are outlined in a study by the Brotherhood of St Laurence which found

that income for 15 to 18 year olds who were not classified as dependents had declined

over time. An OECD study published in 1999 indicated a decline in the relative

position of families with children in Australia, while a UNICEF study concluded that

children are at greater risk of poverty than adults in Australia. However, most studies

found that there were fewer families with children living substantially below the

poverty line.11

11.13 It appears that while some families move in and out of poverty over time, a

large majority experience long-term financial hardship. The Brotherhood of St

Laurence’s Life Chances Study found that 74 per cent of the children in the study

9 Harding & Szukalska, 2000, p.24.

10 Harding & Szukalska, 2000, pp.24-25.

11 McClelland, A, .No child.. Child poverty in Australia, April Brotherhood of St Laurence

2000, pp.21-25.

245

whose families were on low incomes when they were babies in 1990 were still living

on low incomes when they were aged 11 and 12.12

11.14 Evidence received by the Committee also provides other indicators of the

extent of child poverty. For example, the Australian Federation of Homelessness

Organisations (AFHO) noted that SAAP data identified 50,800 children (of which 90

per cent were under the age of 12) accessing homelessness services in Australia in

2001-02. AFHO stated ’this is a damning statistic and underlies the necessity for the

Commonwealth to fully and actively address the experience of poverty and

homelessness by children’.13

11.15 Anglicare Tasmania, using the definitions of unemployed head of the family,

sole parent head of family and eligibility for the Low Income Card, calculated that in

Tasmania 24,730 children are dependent on parents who fall into the categories

identified by Harding and Szukalska. This is around 25 per cent of the 0-15 year olds

in Tasmania. It does not include those children whose parents or carers are dependent

on a range of other Centrelink benefits.14

11.16 While it has been acknowledged that government programs have improved the

lives of many children, it was noted by Harding, Lloyd and Greenwell that

’irrespective of the poverty line used.results indicate that Australia has not been

successful in reducing poverty in the 1990s, despite falling unemployment’.15

UnitingCare Burnside went further, stating that ’the numbers of children in Australia

living in poverty are significant and unacceptably high’.16

Characteristics of children in poverty

11.17 Harding and Szukalska provided a snapshot of the average dependent child

living in poverty in Australia:

lives with both of their parents, both of whom have no educational

qualifications;

is aged less than 13 years;

lives with one or two brothers or sisters;

12 Submission 98, p.5 (BSL).

13 Submission 57, p.16 (AFHO).

14 Submission 92, p.7 (Anglicare Tasmania).

15 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.6.

16 UnitingCare Burnside, Because Children Matter: Making a case for addressing child poverty in

Australia, June 2003, p.14.

246

has Australian born parents who have bought or are buying their own

home;

has at least one parent who is earning income, but with earnings being low

due to (primarily) self-employment or (less often) low wages; and

lives in a family whose principal income source is government cash

benefits.

11.18 Harding and Szukalska also commented that ’the impact of the labour force and

sole parent status of the parents of poor children is critical.’ Using employment and

family characteristics the researchers were able to group all poor children into one of

four categories:

the head of their family is unemployed;

the head of the family is a sole parent;

one or both of their parents is self-employed; or

one or both of their parents earns wages and salaries but is part of the

’working poor’. Two-thirds of those belonging to this group have a parent

who is a ’low wage earner’.17

11.19 Other characteristics of poor children include:

children where the prime source of income is government income support;

children in public or private rental accommodation;

one or more members of the family are employed in part-time work;

parents have not attained some level of post-secondary education;

Indigenous children; and

children with parents from certain non-English speaking backgrounds.18

Sole parent families and couples with children

11.20 The impact of more generous provisions for sole parent families can be seen in

the decline in the rate of poverty of children living in sole parent families. In 1982,

children living in a family headed by a female were three times as likely to be in

17 Harding A & Szukalska A, ’A portrait of child poverty in Australia in 1995-96’, Paper presented

at the 6th AIFS Conference, Melbourne, 26 November 1998, pp.25-26.

18 McClelland, p.2.

247

poverty as children living in families headed by a male. By 1997-98, they were about

twice as likely to be in poverty. Similarly, the poverty risk of children living in

families where their parent was ’separated and divorced’ fell from 42 to 20 per cent

between 1982 and 1997-98.

11.21 The improvement in the number of children at risk of poverty in families

headed by a female was not only due to increases in social security payments but also

changes in child support arrangements. The proportion of all children living in sole

parent families who benefited from child support payments rose from only 12 per cent

in 1982 to 31 per cent in 1997-98. Harding and Szukalska estimated that had the

scheme not existed, child poverty could have been 1.2 per cent higher, representing

58,000 children.19

11.22 However, while government initiatives have improved the position of sole

parents over the last decade, sole parent families still face the greatest risk of poverty.

While the poverty rate of sole parent families fell from 28.0 per cent in 1990 to

21.8 per cent in 2000, it still means that more than one in every five Australians living

in sole parent families is in poverty. Children in intact families face about half the risk

of being in poverty of children in sole parent families.20

11.23 Evidence to the Committee pointed to a number of factors which contribute to

the poverty rate in sole parent families. First, sole parents face greater barriers in

finding employment. These include low educational attainment and, for women who

have been out of the workforce, lack of up-to-date skills. Sole parents often work in

part-time or casual jobs in order to meet parenting responsibilities. Sole parent may

also face problems with accessing suitable and affordable child care as they do not

have a partner to share child care and must rely much more on paid child care.

11.24 Secondly, it was argued that income support payments are inadequate to meet

the needs of sole parent families, particularly those with older children, and did not

recognise the higher costs of separated households. The Brotherhood of St Laurence,

while noting that the introduction of the Child Support Scheme has helped to share the

cost of raising children between custodial and non-custodial parents, stated that the

costs are still higher for separated families than for those living together.21

11.25 Thirdly, a number of submissions argued that child poverty had increased

because of changes to family payments. The National Council of Single Mothers and

their Children (NCSMC) stated that the risk of poverty for single parent households

had increased over the past few years due to:

19 Harding & Szukalska, 2000, pp.16-17.

20 This estimate in based on the before-housing half average income poverty line. Harding, Lloyd

& Greenwell, p.7; Harding & Szukalska, 1998, p.17.

21 Submission 98, p.14 (BSL).

248

the introduction, in July 2000, of splitting family payments between

separated parents on a proportionate hours basis thereby reducing the level

of financial support to primary carer households for every hour the other

parent has contact with the children;

the 1999 reduction in the ceiling of payee disregarded income before child

support obligations of payers are reduced;

the 1999 increase in exempt child support income for payers and for payers

sharing care of a child; and

the rise in child support debts to payees following the dismantling of

compulsory collection practices and the introduction of ’endless flexibility’

without consequences for recalcitrant payers.22

11.26 Sole parents and poverty is discussed further in chapter 10.

11.27 Couples with children had a poverty rate of 12.2 per cent in 2000. The risk of

poverty for families increases as the number of children in a family increases. For

example, those with three or more dependent children families are about twice as

likely to be in poverty as those with only one child . 19 per cent versus 8.6 per cent.

The poverty risk among couples with children has risen by about one fifth during the

1990s.23

Unemployment and low wages

11.28 A key factor influencing the likelihood of a child being in poverty in Australia

is the labour force status of their parents. The growth in employment between 1992

and 2002 benefited families with dependent children. The number of couple families

with dependent children aged 14 years and under and both parents employed increased

by 89,900. The number of employed sole parents with children 14 years and under

employed increased by 97,500.

11.29 During the same period the number of sole parent families with no parent

employed grew by 73,600. In contrast, there was a decrease of 44,800 in the number

of couple families in which neither partner was employed.24

11.30 Mission Australia stated that in 1993, 18.8 per cent of all children aged under

15 were in families where no one worked. This figure dropped slightly in 2001 to

17.9 per cent. In 1993, 10.8 per cent of children living in couple families had neither

parent employed. By 2001 this figure had dropped to 7.5 per cent which means that

22 Submission 101, p.1 (NCSMC).

23 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, pp.7-8.

24 AIHW, Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.220.

249

about 704,000 children aged 15 and under are growing up in families where no one

worked.25

11.31 Harding and Szukalska showed that using the half average poverty line, in

1995-96, children living in a family where there was no parents earning an income

faced a one in three chance of living in poverty (36 per cent of children). The risk of

living in poverty fell once one or both parents were working: 9 per cent where there

was one parental earner and 7 per cent where there were two parental earners. After

taking housing costs into account the figures increased to 53 per cent, 18 per cent and

12 per cent respectively.26

11.32 While the risk of poverty was higher in those families where there was no

parent earning an income, the majority of children living in poverty had one or two

parental earners in their family. Children whose parents were self-employed faced a

poverty rate of 17 per cent while those whose principal income was wages and salaries

faced a poverty rate of 5 per cent. However, only a relatively few children live in selfemployed

families. In addition, Harding and Szukalska stated that while many selfemployed

parents do experience great financial hardship, there was also some concern

that the income of such families may not always accurately reflect their standard of

living.27

11.33 The poverty rate of 5 per cent for children in families earning wages and

salaries represented an estimated 163,000 children in working poor families. This was

an increase of 46,000 children in working poor families between 1995-96 and 1997-

98, an almost 40 per cent increase. As a result of these trends, children living in

working poor families represented almost one-quarter of all dependent children in

poverty by 1997-98.28 The ’working poor’ is discussed more extensively in Chapter 4.

Families receiving government benefits

11.34 Since the 1980s, there have been a number of major reforms which have

assisted families with children. In the early 1980s rent assistance and additional

payments for children were available only to social security beneficiaries and longer

term sickness beneficiaries. Low income families received only a relatively small

family allowance payment.

11.35 The family income supplement was introduced in May 1983 to provide extra

assistance for low income working families with children. In 1987, a single family

25 Mission Australia, Building resilient families, Snapshot, 2002, p.1.

26 Harding A & Szukalska A, ’Trends in Child Poverty in Australia: 1982 to 1995-96’, Discussion

Paper no.42, April 1999, pp.32-35.

27 Harding & Szukalska, 1999, p.21.

28 Harding and Szukalska, 2000, p.22.

250

allowance supplement was introduced for all low income families with children,

which substantially increased payment levels. This was followed by further policy

changes including the extension of rent assistance to all recipients of sickness

allowances, to most unemployed people and to low income working families with

children in private rental accommodation.

11.36 Family Tax Initiatives have been introduced since 1996. Family Tax Benefit A

is paid to low and middle-income families with dependent children under 21 years of

age and/or dependent full-time students aged 21 to 24. The payment is subject to an

income and assets test. Family Tax Benefit B provides assistance to single-income

families including single parents. Parenting Payment is an income support payment

for one parent with responsibility for caring for a child under 16 years of age. In 2002

there were 620,300 recipients (1,168,500 children) receiving the maximum rate of

FTB A and 570,700 sole parents (965,200 children) and 300,400 couple families

(638,800 children) receiving the maximum rate of FTB B.29

11.37 While these government initiatives reduced the risk of child poverty,

particularly for children in sole parent families and large families, children living in

families reliant on government income support still have a high probability of being

poor. In 1997-98, children living in families whose principal income source was

government cash benefits accounted for 63 per cent of all dependent children living in

poverty. This represented a total of 442,000 children.30 NATSEM research estimates

that for all families, the poverty rate for those receiving government cash benefits in

2000 was 31.1 per cent, an increase from 23.9 per cent in 1990. AFHO stated ’the

proportion of families on government benefits in poverty highlights the absolute

inadequacy of payment levels to families’.31

Children with parents from non-English speaking backgrounds

11.38 Research suggests that the children of migrants from Asia generally face a

poverty risk which is about one-third to one-half greater than that for children with

Australian-born parents. The highest child poverty rates are among migrants of South

and Central America, Middle Eastern and Northern Africa backgrounds, with rates

reaching as high as 25 per cent. The highest poverty rates among children of migrant

parents were among families who arrived in Australia before 1981, possibly reflecting

’the changing balance in Australia’s immigration policy since 1980 between domestic,

humanitarian and international, and economic criteria leading to growing numbers of

"skilled" immigrants who have a higher likelihood of success in the Australian labour

market’.32

29 Australia.s Welfare 2003, p.224.

30 Harding & Szukalska, 2000, p.22.

31 Submission 57, p.16 (AFHO)

32 Harding & Szukalska, 1998, p.24.

251

Children living in poverty

Until recently I had no clear picture of just what that phrase [child poverty] meant. What it

means is that my children and many more besides are unlikely to reach their full potential due

to the increasing inequality in Australian society. This is not due to lack of parental effort but

the reality is that income support payments are below the poverty line to begin with.

Intelligence and diligence will not change the reality that:

My children have fewer sporting and cultural opportunities.

My children are discriminated against due to our family status.

My children are disadvantaged in life simply because I cannot afford to provide the same

opportunities that other families can.

The level of education I can afford for my children will differ from those who do not live

in a Sole Parent family.

Due to the reality that income payments are already below the poverty line our

government in effect keeps my children in poverty.

The Child Support Agency is not always effective and contributes to higher levels of

poverty due to their inability to collect financial support from the children’s father.

Submission 38, p.9 (Ms J Maynard).

11.39 The Committee received much evidence on the experiences of children

growing up in poverty. First and foremost inadequate income means that families have

great difficulty in meeting the basic costs of living.

It certainly is about income. To give you an example, one of our families living in the

northern suburbs has an income level of $27,000 per year and four children. Education costs

in February of this year were $8,000 to send their children back to school. You cannot tell me

that that is financial hardship; that is poverty. A family on $27,000 a year cannot afford

$8,000 to send four kids back to school at the beginning of the year. That is not a choice

decision; that is the reality.

Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.39 (Anglicare Victoria).

They talk about the painful decisions that people on low incomes have to make: the choice

between a carton of milk and paying for a school excursion; the sense of failure that families

face in having to tell their children that they cannot have a pair of shoes, they cannot go on

excursion, they cannot participate in normal activities. The stress is a huge factor, leading to

poor health, breakdown in relationships and family instability.

Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.212 (TASCOSS).

11.40 For those living in poverty, there is constant juggling of money just to pay for

the things that families need: food, accommodation, clothing, education, transport,

health care and recreation. Unexpected expenses such as repair bills or health costs

can be a major disaster for low income families who more often than not have no

252

savings. The constant struggle impacts on families causing extra stress and sometimes

conflict.

My mum makes $194 a week and she’s got four kids to feed. It’s just not enough. She’s got

enough to put food in the kids but then she’s got nothing left and when the electricity bill

comes in they have to eat less food.

Submission 133, p.4 (UnitingCare).

All those negative thoughts you have because you have no money . the kids pick up on it.

They say things like: ’Why can.t we have a tin of Milo?’ How do you say, ’This is all I’ve

got’?

Submission 32, p.12 (Tasmanian Catholic Justice and Peace Commission).

11.41 Children in poverty find their quality of life eroded. They often suffer from

great material hardship and have very few possessions, very little clothing and very

few educational toys or books. Children living in poverty often miss out on

experiences that many other Australian children enjoy . entertainment, participating

in sport or clubs, taking music and dance lessons. Treats or little luxuries that provide

much needed enjoyment or relief for a family under pressure are not an option for a

family choosing what bill to pay and what food they can afford to purchase.

They just do not send their children on the days when there are excursions. They just stay

home. I have spoken to mothers. I used to live in Port Willunga.and we had one primary

school there. About 10 kilometres away there was another primary school in Willunga. Some

parents did not send their children to our local school. For whatever reason, there was no

school bus, there was not really public transport that was going from one village to the other

so the parents had to drive their children. If there was no petrol, the kids would stay home.

That would happen regularly at the end of the fortnight. That is where the $200 was missing

when the budget came in. You save petrol money if you do not take them to school.

Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.29 (Australian National Organisation of the Unemployed).

My daughter goes to Ogilvie High [publicly-run girls’ high school] . that’s our choice. But

the uniform breaks us. You have to have special socks, pants, blazer. We buy it all second

hand and sell it as soon as she’s grown out of it but it still costs a fortune and she’s growing

fast. My daughter is very musical but we don’t have any money for music lessons. There’s no

money for school trips or singing lessons. She’d love to be in the school choir but if you are,

you have to travel. We can’t set aside the $1-2000 they ask for. It makes me feel really guilty

as a father. My daughter is very confident because we’ve worked hard to help her be like that.

She could do these things. Having to say no is heartbreaking for her and us.

Submission 32, p.8 (Tasmanian Catholic Justice and Peace Commission).

11.42 Children in poverty often feel different from their peers. Isolation and

exclusion reinforce poor social skills as there is no money for activities which other

253

children take for granted. The Tasmanian Commissioner for Children provided a

graphic example of the way in which poverty extends beyond even poor social skills:

The most impoverished section of the community are children because they

are the most invisible.their parents are least able to articulate that huge

disadvantage they have because their poverty boils down even to the

language. They are not able to articulate. For example, when I went to talk

to a young person in a juvenile justice centre I asked him his date of birth.

He looked at me blankly till one of his friends jabbed him in the ribs and

said, ’When is your birthday, mate?’ He had not heard the term ’date of

birth’. That was not part of his vocabulary. That kind of entrenched poverty

is even in language and they cannot articulate it.33

11.43 Many submissions expressed concern that the life potential for children

growing up in situations of poverty is diminished as a direct result of being poor.34

Children in poverty lack choice and have fewer options.

11.44 Poor families must live in areas where housing is more affordable, and families

may move to a different area to find cheaper housing. In doing so, they may find

accommodation but have to move away from friends and their support networks.

Areas of cheaper housing also have less developed community and health services,

few job opportunities and poorer public transport. Lower-income areas are more likely

to experience high rates of crime and more poorly resourced schools. This increases

the sense of isolation that many low-income families feel and reinforces the lack of

life choices for parents and their children.

Whilst experiencing a reasonable level of poverty myself, I am also acutely aware of the

issues faced by those who are in the community of Bidwill...Up to 69% of residents live in

Public Housing and a high percentage rely on Centrelink benefits.

There is extreme socio-economic disadvantage in Bidwill, which has a high concentration of

Sole Parents, low incomes, high unemployment and low levels of education and

qualifications. There is a large population of ATSI backgrounds and there is a growing

number of Pacific Islanders in the community. There are high rates of crime in this area and

many in the community live in fear. Due to the fact that these people must rely on Public

Housing and Centrelink benefits they are trapped and unlikely to improve their lives or the

lives of their children. The cycle of alcohol and drug abuse will pass from generation to

generation because in effect, they live in slum conditions. This is not the only public housing

estate of its kind in Sydney and NSW.

Submission 38, pp.2-3 (Ms J Maynard).

33 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.266 (Tasmanian Commissioner for Children).

34 See for example, Submission 133, p.5 (UnitingCare Australia).

254

11.45 Of most concern are the poor educational achievements and diminished

opportunities suffered by children in poverty. UnitingCare Burnside stated ’much has

been made in recent years about the importance of parental choice in education.

Poverty makes a mockery of such statements’.35 Low income families do not have a

choice of school: their children must rely on the public education system and because

of transport costs, must rely on the closest public school rather than the one best suited

to the needs of their child. This can lead to lifelong disadvantage with early school

leavers often unable to find employment, thus perpetuating the cycle of poverty.

11.46 Poverty contributes to isolation and exclusion. Isolation arises through housing

choice: as already noted, poor families are restricted to low cost areas where poor

transport makes getting around difficult. If families have moved away from family

and friends, they have fewer support networks and their sense of isolation increases.

In the private rental market, housing is less secure and families may move frequently,

thus making it extremely difficult to build networks. As UnitingCare Burnside noted

’at the most extreme end, child and family homelessness makes it extremely difficult

to maintain any stable connections with people or place’.36

11.47 The discussion in Chapter 7 on school education noted that children living in

poverty often feel isolated and excluded within the school environment: their families

lack money for books, uniforms, computers, participation in sports or excursions.

11.48 Children from poorer families are less able to afford to go out with friends or

keep up regular social contacts. They have less pocket money than other children and

don’t have the same toys or games. Children living in poverty may feel unable to

invite friends home because they live differently to their friends. One parent described

this situation:

Like my daughter, she has friends who come from fairly well off homes and

I find that after a while the friendship cools off. The others can do this and

do that but she can’t and if affects the relationships.37

11.49 UnitingCare Burnside concluded that ’as poverty isolates it robs people of their

sense of connection to others and diminishes their motivation, energy and capacity to

contribute to the wider community’.38

11.50 Children in poverty are also exposed to greater risks than other Australian

children, ranging from insecure accommodation and the threat of homelessness to

poor physical and mental health. Families suffering hardship are placed under

35 UnitingCare Burnside, p.18.

36 UnitingCare Burnside, p.19.

37 Submission 133, p.5 (UnitingCare Australia).

38 UnitingCare Burnside, p.19.

255

enormous stress which may lead to violence, to marriage breakdown and mental

health problems. Children in poverty may live in families where drug and alcohol

abuse are present, and where there is criminal and anti-social behaviour. The impact

of these risks on children, as the most vulnerable members of the family, is often

profound leading to life long disadvantage and hardship for themselves.

The impact of poverty on children

Children are vulnerable and dependent, and the effects and impacts of

poverty can so easily stultify and distort their future lives by robbing them

of opportunities to develop their potential.39

11.51 There have been numerous studies on the impact of poverty on children and a

range of adverse outcomes have been identified.

11.52 In the area of learning and educational attainment studies both in Australia and

overseas indicate that child poverty has a detrimental impact on achievement. The

research indicated that children living in poverty have reduced cognitive development

and score lower IQs, the latter being particularly apparent for children exposed to

poverty early in life. There are problems in adjustment and lower school achievement.

Children who experience poverty are more likely to experience learning difficulties

and developmental delays. Poor families do not always have access to educational

resources such as books and computers. Parents are less likely to read to their children

and to foster an expectation of educational achievement and life-long learning.40

11.53 Other research cited by UnitingCare Burnside identified children’s situations

that magnify the negative education impacts of poverty, including:

children whose parents have chronic psychiatric illness or a drug and/or

alcohol problem;

children where English is not spoken at home and where parents have little

education themselves and may be illiterate in their native language;

children living in multi-problem families (violence, drug abuse, mental

illness) where parents are overwhelmed and not coping; and

Indigenous families and communities where poverty is entrenched and

pervasive.41

39 McClelland, p.7.

40 UnitingCare Burnside, pp.22-23; McClelland, pp.16-17; Submission 98, p.24 (BSL).

41 UnitingCare Burnside, p.23.

256

11.54 Children living in poverty have poor overall health and grow into adults who

have a greater risk of poor health. Disadvantaged children have:

higher rates of prematurity and low birth weight;

higher rates of infant mortality;

increased rates of sudden infant death syndrome;

increased rates of accidental and non-accidental injury and death;

lower rates of immunisation;

lower prevalence and duration of breast feeding;

increased rates of developmental delay; and

increased rates of hospitalisation.42

11.55 Children with the highest burden of oral disease are more likely to be from a

lower socioeconomic background, reside in rural areas or be of Indigenous origin.

Nationally, boys aged 0 to 14 years from poorer areas are 20 per cent less likely to

have gone to the dentist in the previous 12 months than boys in richer areas, girls were

40 per cent less likely.43

11.56 UnitingCare Burnside also reported that children in poverty are at significantly

greater risk of developing mental health and behavioural problems such as

delinquency, depressive and anxiety disorders, substance abuse etc. A West Australian

study found that as parental income fell, the incidence of mental health problems

increased: an average of 15 per cent of the children in the upper three quintiles of

income suffered mental health problems, the proportion increased in the lowest two

quintiles to 19 per cent and 25 per cent respectively.44

11.57 There is evidence that poverty and associated disadvantage are significant

factors in youth suicide. Studies have shown that those in low paid jobs - where there

is low job autonomy and lower promotional prospects, tend to have higher suicide

rates. It was also found that youth suicide is related to unemployment, greater

dependency and poverty. Burnside concluded that ’while it needs to be remembered

that there are significant other influences on suicide, notably mental health concerns,

42 UnitingCare Burnside, p.25.

43 Submission 185, p.20 (Tasmanian Government).

44 UnitingCare Burnside, p.24.

257

the significance of poverty including the vulnerability it creates to other problems,

should not be discounted’.45

The impact of poverty on children’s health . A service providers perspective

Within the last two weeks on a local housing estate we have experienced an epidemic of

impetigo and scabies in children, from babies to teenagers. There were small babies covered

in weeping sores which were aggravated by an underlying scabies infection which made them

scratch and was extremely painful. There were babies who had lived with this condition for

months. These children were living in households of up to 15 on a high-density housing

estate. Many of their parents had poor English and had not accessed health care cards as they

were unaware of their entitlements, or language and cultural barriers had prevented them

from attending Centrelink.

Public transport to get to medical attention is expensive, as the only accident and emergency

services are located in areas such as Wollongong or Shellharbour, which require an expensive

private bus trip, one which parents could not afford. Even if they accessed their local doctor,

many did not have Medicare cards for bulk-billing, and anyway they could not afford the

medication. So children went untreated. Barnardos, when it became aware of this situation,

approached the public health system to attempt to address the problem. They had no services

which could meet these children’s needs. There was no public health response, due to lack of

resources, so no assistance was given.

We managed to convince a local general practitioner to visit our community centre on the

estate in his lunchtime, see the 15 children who attended on that day, and issue scripts.

Luckily, the department of community services very generously agreed to pay for the $500

worth of scripts that were required for these 15 children and treatment could then progress.

We had workers supervising the initial treatment for families to make sure it worked. The

average cost per script was $40 for three medications necessary to treat the illness, a charge

which was way beyond affordability for these families.

Our concern is what happens next time. This was a response to a crisis which worked this

time for the 15 children involved. It worked because of the personal networks staff had in the

area to pull services together at short notice.On this same estate we have experienced long

periods of head lice outbreaks, leading to disruption in children’s education, as do the

impetigo and scabies. We have searched for dollars to purchase head lice treatment, to no

avail. In the end, because parents cannot afford the treatment, they shave their kid’s heads.

Children who attend the schools are then taunted and teased because they are bald and dirty.

The consequence is that they do not attend school. Untreated childhood diseases which are a

direct result of family poverty affect children’s education. Simple childhood diseases should

not disable our children.

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, pp.918-99, Barnardos Australia - South Coast NSW.

45 UnitingCare Burnside, p.24.

258

The impact of poverty on children’s health . A GPs experience

If I had to give a kind of stereotyped chronology of what I see happens with my patients and I

look at just an 18-year cycle, what I can see is a patient who might have sporadic antenatal

care because their mother does not get proper antenatal care, they are not breast fed or are

only breast fed for a week or two, they are put onto cow’s milk too early and are then put onto

solids and given largely a sugar and trans-saturated fat diet. Then by preschool and when I

see them.when they are four or five or younger.they have terrible teeth, which are like a

window to their health. They have dental caries, recurrent upper respiratory tract infections,

otitis media and a kind of obesity we are seeing now among the poor...

There is no one-on-one language development for many of these kids and no books. There is

an environment of violence at home, late nights, no sleep and sporadic attendance at school,

with them leaving school at grade 8 or 9 or 10 virtually illiterate and virtually innumerate.

As GPs we see that on a daily basis, and there are some points to take from that. We tend to

be brought up with the notion that people get obese because they eat too much good food,

whereas what is being evidenced now in the literature is that people are eating too much junk

food and getting fat but they are malnourished. Despite the fact that they are overweight, they

are malnourished because of a large diet of sugar in various forms.soft drinks and so

forth.and transsaturated fat intakes. There is a lot of evidence to suggest that peri-natal

nutrition.nutrition during the first few months of life.is vitally important to long-term

health care.

Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1220, Dr Theo van Lieshout (an Ipswich GP).

11.58 Poverty places great strains on family relationships and children may be living

in households suffering from dysfunctional relationships. Poverty also undermines

parenting with studies finding that economic and social stress leads to parents being

less nurturing and more rejecting of their children.46

11.59 Children living in poverty have a higher incidence of child abuse and neglect

and their parents have poorer parenting skills.47 As noted by the Child and Family

Welfare Association of Australia (CAFWAA), ’while most poor families do not abuse

or neglect their children.research collectively identifies poverty as the single most

significant condition connected to child abuse and neglect’. For example, in the United

States a survey of child abuse reports made to central registries found that nearly 60

per cent of families involved in abuse incidents had been on welfare during or prior to

the study year.48 Barnardos also pointed to studies that confirm a marked relationship

between the rates of abuse and neglect and socio-economic group: children from the

46 UnitingCare Burnside, p.25.

47 Submission 70, (Barnados Australia); Submission 109 (Child & Family Welfare Association of

Australia Inc).

48 Submission 109, p.6 (CAFWAA); see also Submission 129, p.35 (Qld Government).

259

lowest socioeconomic groups suffering a greater incidence of abuse and neglect. This

finding was confirmed by Barnardos own analysis of its abuse prevention programs

which revealed that over 70 per cent of clients were dependent on pensions or

benefits.49

11.60 Other evidence supported these findings. CAFWAA noted that a South

Australian study of abused children in sole parent families found that in 54 per cent of

cases involving the mother and 44 per cent of cases involving the father, the parent

was receiving a pension. In Victoria a study found that most parents of children in

care of the Department of Human Services were receiving a pension or benefit.50 In

NSW, a study found that rates of physical abuse were two and a half times higher in

the bottom 4 per cent of post code areas (identified in terms of socioeconomic

variables) than the 6 per cent of postcodes immediately above.51

11.61 While noting that parenthood can at times be stressful, Barnardos stated that

’financial resources can make the difference as to whether or not behaviour towards

children remains socially acceptable’. Poverty affects parents’ relationship with their

children because of social isolation, lack of access to information about parenting and

conditions of the parent-child interaction (attitudes in childrearing, which includes a

sense of hopelessness and predisposition to violence). Social isolation leaves children

vulnerable as parents get little relief through emergency support; there is a lack of

social policing; and there is a lack of emotional and practical support. Poverty also

means that parents can not afford babysitting, quality child care or social or sports

activities. Parents in poverty are also more likely to suffer from ill health and to have

children who are ill. UnitingCare Burnside concluded that:

Under these circumstances it is understandable that some parents have a less

informed or unrealistic understanding of parenting and children’s behaviour.

When these obstacles are compounded by significant additional burdens

such as substance abuse or mental illness the tasks of parenting can seem

insurmountable and family life becomes a landscape of unrelenting

trouble.52

Social and economic costs of child poverty

11.62 UnitingCare Burnside identified many of the social and economic costs of child

poverty:

49 Submission 70, Attachment Child Poverty and Social Exclusion, and its impact on the welfare

of Children and Young People in Australia, updated Feb 2003, p.4 (Barnardos Australia).

50 Submission 109, p.7 (CAFWAA).

51 UnitingCare Burnside, p.26.

52 UnitingCare Burnside, p.26.

260

learning difficulties and delayed cognitive development increases costs of

special education and remedial education services in pre-schools. In later

life there are substantial costs associated with school failure, reduced

school retention rates, lower employment, productivity and taxation

revenue and increased income support payments and other costs associated

with unemployment;

costs associated with mental health problems and behavioural difficulties

include provision of specialist teachers for students with behavioural

problems, costs of community mental health services, GP services, and inpatient

and out-patient mental health and psychiatric services;

lower health status results in higher utilisation of many health services

including GPs, community health services and hospitals;

ineffective parenting results in increased direct and indirect costs across a

broad spectrum of services; and

child abuse and neglect carries an enormous financial cost. Costs include

expenditure on government agencies having statutory responsibility for

child protection and investigation of child abuse and neglect. There are also

costs for police, courts and very significant costs related to the provision of

out-of-home care.

11.63 The South Australian Government estimated that in 1995-96 $355 million was

expended because of child abuse and neglect. This included $2 million by welfare,

health, education and justice agencies in responding to known incidence of child

abuse and neglect; $10 million in responding to child abuse and neglect not reported

to child protection agencies; and $303 million in further costs including disability,

injury and the subsequent effects on the future parenting ability of the child.53

11.64 Witnesses also pointed to the broader economic and social costs of child

poverty. They argued that children who live in poverty and who do not reach their full

potential as a result of privation, lack of educational attainment and motivation

represent a lost opportunity for economic growth. In particular, leaving school early

adversely impacts on the human resources available to the economy. The ’humancapital’

potential of the children may never be realised to benefit the economy. The

Tasmanian Commissioner for Children for example, pointed to Taiwan, Korea and

Singapore where there has been significant investment in education resulting in

expanding economies.54

53 Submission 187, p.8 (South Australian Government).

54 Submission 106, p.12 (Office of the Commissioner for Children).

261

11.65 In addition, lost opportunity costs caused by child poverty may have a greater

impact in the future with the growth of ’knowledge economies’ where the capacity for

creativity and innovation will be key ingredients. These ingredients are dependent on

human and intellectual resources. Unitingcare Burnside concluded:

[We] would like to emphasise that providing resources will be most

important where children’s developmental opportunities are most

compromised, ie for children and families in poverty. To maximise our

nation’s capacity for growth and innovation we need a healthy, competent

population across all socio-economic levels.55

11.66 There is also a social cost in child poverty. Isolation and dislocation in

childhood through poverty undermines connections with community and institutions

in that community. The social fabric of society is undermined. The SDA argued that

the well-being of families is crucial to the well-being of the nation. As such, ’there is

an overwhelming need for government to put in place strategies to support families.

Such strategies must be designed to build social capital by promoting families and

extending their capacity to function effectively’.56

11.67 Witnesses also pointed to the cost of intergenerational poverty where there is a

cycle of deprivation.57 Children living in poverty are more likely to experience adult

poverty with a huge cost to society generally. There was evidence from welfare

agencies that two and even three generations of families were being assisted by

agencies.

Responding to child poverty

National approach

11.68 The process of child poverty is complex and the solutions are also complex,

going far beyond simply increasing government income support. It was argued that a

fundamental step in alleviating child poverty (and poverty generally) is the

development of a long-term comprehensive plan to address child poverty. Such a plan

would enable a national approach to be taken and encompass both the Commonwealth

and State and Territory Governments in consultations with key stakeholders. It would

require commitment and the development of long-term, comprehensive goals.

CAFWAA proposed that:

.in terms of a national strategy, we put to the inquiry that there is a glaring

need for a national approach to reducing levels of child poverty. The costs

are far too high for the individuals concerned and for society at large. In

55 UnitingCare Burnside, p.30.

56 Submission 50, p.33 (SDA).

57 Saunders quoted in Submission 117, p.24 (Catholic Social Services Victoria).

262

saying that, obviously we are not suggesting that that is simply or easily

done, but it does require a national approach, a holistic approach, and it will

require leadership from the Commonwealth to develop and implement that

strategy.

CAFWAA stated that a national plan must address simultaneously the structural

systemic issues as well as the particular personal obstacles that a lot of families are

facing.

So it is about a strategy that addresses clearly matters of low family income.

Low family incomes need to be lifted in absolute and in relative terms. The

access to services for poor families, particularly access to affordable

housing, is critical as well as access to health and education. As well as

those systemic issues, we have to inevitably put in place targeted programs

for poor families.to address some of the major personal barriers that they

experience, that have often come from their impoverished circumstances:

issues to do with family violence, issues to do with mental health,

difficulties in their role as parents and parenting effectively and so on.58

11.69 UnitingCare Burnside also recommended that consideration be given to

positioning aspects of a national plan to address child poverty within a broader

national early childhood development strategy. The impact of poverty in early

childhood is discussed further in Chapter 7. UnitingCare Burnside also recommended

that consideration should be given to the instigation of a Children’s Futures levy

(similar to the Medicare levy) in order to raise funds for the enhancement of all

Australian children’s developmental opportunities including children living in

poverty.59

11.70 National child anti-poverty plans have been developed overseas. In both the

United Kingdom and Ireland the commitment to the eradication of child poverty has

been at the forefront of the political agenda. In Britain, between 1979 and 1997, child

poverty rose significantly: from 14 per cent to 33 per cent (defined as children living

in households with equivalised incomes below 60 per cent of the median after housing

costs). There was also evidence that living standards were not being maintained and

international comparisons demonstrated that the UK was not faring well compared to

Europe and the OECD.60

11.71 In 1999, the UK Government announced that it was on a twenty year mission

to ’end child poverty forever’. Child poverty would be reduced by 25 per cent by 2004

58 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, pp.342-43 (CAFWAA).

59 UnitingCare Burnside, p.31.

60 Adelman, L, ’Role Reversal: Child Poverty in Australia and Britain’, SPRC Newsletter, No.84,

October 2003.

263

and 50 per cent by 2010, and to eradicate it by 2020. The first phase of the program

would see 1 million children removed from poverty.61

11.72 Child poverty is not being tackled in isolation; young people, working age

people, older people and communities are also being targeted. To do so, the UK

Government is developing benchmarks and indicators to monitor progress in the

achievement of its anti-poverty objective and has established government bodies and

consultative mechanisms that are tasked with developing policy to that end. Specific

strategies for different groups have been identified, including:

investing in the crucial early years and education to break the cycle of

deprivation;

building a proactive welfare system which helps people into work;

tackling the problems of low income and social exclusion among

pensioners; and

ensuring core public services address the special needs of deprived areas.62

11.73 One program targeted to children, the SureStart program, works to deliver the

best start in life for every child. It brings together early childhood education, health

and family support.63

11.74 Government benefits for children have been increased substantially in real

terms, with rates for children aged under 11 rising by 80 per cent. In April 2003, the

Child Tax Credit (a means tested allowance paid to persons who are responsible for at

least one child or qualifying young person) was introduced. The Child Tax Credit is

made up by two different elements, the family element and the child element. The rate

of child element for each child depends on the circumstances of each child in the

family with extra amounts for children who are disabled.

11.75 Since the introduction of anti-poverty programs in the UK, poverty has

declined, with child poverty reduced to 30 per cent. This is the lowest level in the UK

since 1991. However, the Government has been warned that the rate of decrease in

child poverty will have to increase in order to meet the 2004 target. This is partly due

to the increasing national income which impacts on the measure of poverty used . the

contemporary median income poverty line. This poverty line increased by 15 per cent

in real terms between 1998 and 2002.64 The UK Government has responded by

61 Timmins, N, Child tax credit .needs to rise., Financial Times, 1 November 2003.

62 Submission 163, p.26 (ACOSS).

63 Mission Australia, 2003, p.4.

64 Adelman, p.4.

264

seeking consultations on the measurement of child poverty to establish a poverty

measure that ’commands widespread support’.

11.76 In 1997, the Irish Government adopted through their National Anti Poverty

Strategy explicit targets for the reduction of poverty in the areas of educational

disadvantage, unemployment, adequacy of social transfers, disadvantaged urban areas

and rural poverty. The Irish NAPS is discussed further in Chapter 18 on future

directions where the Committee has also made recommendations on a national

strategy to alleviate poverty in Australia.

Initiatives to reduce the incidence and impact of child poverty

11.77 Submissions contained many specific recommendations directed at alleviating

child poverty. It was noted that those measures which impact generally on poverty

will aid children: reducing unemployment rates and improving wages. Many

witnesses pointed to the need to ensure that government income support was adequate

to the needs of families with children. It was argued that inadequate income is a key

feature of the experience of poverty. As so many families receiving income support

are in poverty it was recommended that the level of income support be lifted.

UnitingCare Burnside recommended that all benefits should have parity with the base

aged pension rate.65

11.78 Witnesses also pointed to the role of education in overcoming child poverty.

Improved levels of educational attainment not only ensure that parents are less likely

to be unemployed, higher levels of educational attainment by children now living in

poverty will help them into employment and ensure a higher quality of life in

adulthood. The Committee considers education is one of the fundamental issues in

breaking the cycle of poverty and it is discussed in detail in chapter 7.

11.79 The Committee also received much evidence on the benefit of integrated

programs which aim to provide integrated support for children and their families.

Many of these programs are delivered by welfare and community organisations. They

target specific communities and provide a continuum of care and support. Their aim is

to ameliorate the impact of poverty on many levels.

11.80 Three services initiatives were recommended by UnitingCare Burnside:

development of a system of multi-component early parenting support and

education programs for families at risk;

quality children’s services (long-day care and pre-school) must be made

more accessible to disadvantaged families; and

expansion of intensive family services for families with more entrenched

and complex problems.

65 UnitingCare Burnside, p.32.

265

11.81 Multi-component parenting support and early education programs are aimed at

at-risk families. UnitingCare Burnside stated that such a system does not currently

exist in Australia and pointed to the Head Start Program in the United States and

SureStart in the UK as examples of programs instigated overseas. For those beginning

in infancy, outcomes of these programs have produced some substantial

improvements including better school attendance; improved behaviour for children

and for parents improved nurturing attitudes to children; greater confidence as parents;

and adoption of less punitive approaches to discipline.

11.82 SureStart is part of the UK Government’s drive to tackle child poverty and

social exclusion, by improving the health and well being of families and children

before and after birth, so children are ready to flourish when they got to school. By

2004, 500 SureStart programs were established in neighbourhoods with the highest

level of poverty focussing on improving social and emotional development, improving

the ability to learn, improving health and providing nurturing advice. The Government

committed £898 million for programs in England between 2002 and 2004.

11.83 SureStart services bring together universal, free, early education and more and

better child care with greater support where there is a greater need through children’s

tax credit, children’s centres and SureStart local programs. Local programs are as

varied as the areas and communities that they serve and each is unique and develops

services and facilities that parents of under fours have identified as being needed.

Some examples of programs include:

employment, training and confidence building through support and

resources to encourage and enable employment, for example, providing IT

training with childcare facilities;

post natal support projects to support children under for and their families

in the target area; and

book and toy bus project that provides a service that welcomes and

encourages the youngest reader.

11.84 Over the past decade, welfare agencies have sought to go beyond providing just

immediate assistance to children in poverty and have established family support and

early intervention programs to reduce the impact of poverty. Mission Australia stated

that there are more than 10,000 such programs. At the State and Commonwealth level

there has also been a move toward early intervention. Examples include the Victorian

Government’s Best Start Strategy¸ the Families First Strategy in New South Wales,

Tasmania’s Together strategy, Queensland’s Families: Future Directions and the

Commonwealth’s Stronger Families and Communities Strategy.

11.85 Community agencies provide many programs. For example, UnitingCare

Burnside pointed to its Intensive Family Based Service where each staff member

works with two families with a high number of contact hours per week. It was stated

this service are very positive with one study indicating that the risk to children

266

participating had been decreased by 81 per cent. However, this is one of the few

programs of this type available to families with complex needs.66

11.86 UnitingCare Burnside argued that there was a need for an intensive program to

provide services in disadvantaged areas with a high incidence of child abuse and

neglect and a high rate of entry of children and young people into care. Such a

program would be of great benefit to Indigenous communities where there are high

rates of entry of children and young people into care.

11.87 Mission Australia’s Pathways to Prevention Project targets preschool age

children, their families, schools and community with early intervention programs

designed to help children make a successful transition from home to school. A suite of

early intervention programs have been developed and implemented within a

community development framework.67 Mission Australia commented:

Mission Australia is convinced that the development of adequate early

intervention and prevention strategies available at the known steps of social

and economic disadvantage and at significant life transition points would

significantly reduce the impact of poverty for many Australians.

Mission Australia are also aware that the responsibility for addressing the

issue of poverty is not solely with governments. Our experience with the

Pathways to Prevention Project and other joint ventures is that the best

solutions are based on effective partnerships between government, nongovernment,

universities and the private sector. Involvement of nongovernment

and other sectors should not be seen as an alternative to

government initiatives but as a means by which government can add value

to their programs.68

Conclusion

11.88 Child poverty remains a critical issue in Australia. While progress in reducing

child poverty was made from the mid 1980s to the mid 1990s, it now appears that

child poverty is again on the increase. The Family Tax Initiatives have failed to

maintain the downward trend of child poverty rates. Research shows that using the

half average income poverty line, child poverty fell from 14.3 per cent in 1990 to 13.1

per cent in 1996 and rose to 14.9 per cent in 2000. This means that some 743,000

children were living in poverty in 2000.

11.89 Of particular concern to the Committee is the level of child poverty in families

termed the ’working poor’. In 1997-98 there were 163,000 children in working poor

families. This is a much larger number than previously estimated.

66 UnitingCare Burnside, p.45.

67 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, pp.1210-15.

68 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1215 (Mission Australia).

267

11.90 The Committee endorses the calls for addressing child poverty as a national

priority. The cost of not doing so is too great. First, to have 15 per cent of all

Australian children living in poverty is far too high. This means that nearly one in

seven children are going without those things that other Australian children take for

granted: adequate food, shelter and clothing; access to books, computer facilities and

family outings; the opportunity to undertake activities outside school such as sport and

music lessons; and to have an optimistic outlook that as an adult in Australia they will

have a job that provides them with economic security and a family that does not just

survive but flourishes.

11.91 Secondly, the cost of child poverty is far too high for children in poverty, their

families and the Australian economy and society. Children suffer through poor health,

from dysfunctional families and often abuse and neglect. Poverty is associated with

behavioural difficulties, low educational attainment and juvenile offending. Isolation

and lack of opportunity compound these problems. There are direct costs to the

economy of larger health, social welfare, education and criminal justice expenditure.

Indirectly, there are lost opportunity costs to the economy as children do not meet

their full potential and costs to society through inequality and the erosion of social

cohesion and the overall diminished capabilities of the population.

11.92 The Committee considers that child poverty must be addressed as a national

priority. While it is important to address the inadequacy of family incomes through

greater employment and adequate income support, the problem of child poverty is

more complex. There also needs to be a co-ordinated approach to providing services

and programs to disadvantaged areas. These services and programs need to cover

intensive services for children and families at risk; the provision of adequate housing;

early intervention programs; early childhood programs and improving educational

opportunities.

11.93 Longer term preventative and early intervention programs are important to

breaking the cycle of intergenerational poverty. Targeting children and young people

at risk to improve their long term outcomes through family support, early childhood

education and prevention are a significant key to lasting improvements.

Recommendation 43

11.94 That the Commonwealth, in cooperation with the States and Territories,

develop a comprehensive system of community-based early childhood and

parenting support for all families.

Recommendation 44

11.95 That the Commonwealth and State and Territory Governments cooperate

to ensure that additional intensive services are funded for disadvantaged families

experiencing multiple and complex problems which impact on the care of

children. Further, that the provision of such services in Indigenous communities

be given a high priority.

268

Recommendation 45

11.96 That the Commonwealth conduct an audit of existing rules relating to

parents receiving income support payments to ensure these do not place children

at risk of hardship.

Recommendation 46

11.97 That the Commonwealth develop and implement a community education

campaign for new parents aimed at improving the nutrition of children.

269

CHAPTER 12

YOUTH AND STUDENT ISSUES

12.1 Many young people face the risk of poverty: Mission Australia estimated that

around 15 per cent of all young Australians in the 15 to 24 age group experience a

mixture of intermittent and or/entrenched poverty on an annual basis.1 There are

numerous causes of youth poverty: leaving school early and experiencing poor work

prospects; homelessness; and failing to make a successful transition from school to

work.

12.2 The transition from study to employment has become increasingly complex and

less predictable. In the past, young people who left school early could undertake

apprenticeships and find full-time jobs while those who finished secondary education

could also find full-time work, or go onto further training or tertiary studies. Today,

those making the transition from school into the workforce face the same problems as

older Australians such as greater numbers of part-time, temporary and casual jobs and

declining numbers of jobs in certain sectors such as manufacturing. This increases the

risk of poverty.

12.3 These changes have had a great impact on young people who fail to complete

secondary schooling with clear evidence of higher rates of unemployment in this

group. Those continuing with further education and training post-school also face

numerous problems: living on income support; balancing study and part-time work;

and finding adequate accommodation. This is often a very difficult task particularly if

there is little or no family support.

Rates of poverty

12.4 Young people aged 15 to 24 years experience a high poverty rate in Australia.

The poverty rate for all 15 to 24 year olds was 15.9 per cent in 2000. Single young

people experience a poverty rate of 20.8 per cent compared to a rate of 18.3 per cent

for all singles. The estimated number of young single men in poverty in 2000 was

164,000 and young single women 102,000.2

12.5 The high rate of poverty is in part due to young people generally having lower

incomes as they are at the start of their careers or fill low paid jobs while they are

studying. Young people also face high unemployment rates. However, it was noted

that the apparently high youth poverty rate has to be treated with some caution as

about half of all single 15 to 24 year olds in poverty are non-dependent children still

1 Submission 169,Attachment, p.15 (Mission Australia).

2 Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage in Australia 1990 to 2000: The

persistence of poverty in a decade of growth, Smith Family, pp.7,16,17.

270

living at home with their parents. While it cannot be assumed that their parents are

always willing or able to offer financial support, in many cases young people receive

free or subsidized housing, meals and utility expenses thereby increasing their

standard of living.3

12.6 The Department of Family and Community Services (FaCS) commented on the

different patterns of family support for young people:

Consequently, not only are short-term measures of income a poor guide to

living standards, but they also can provide a very misleading perspective on

the real circumstances of the individual and their outcomes over their

lifecycle.4

12.7 While it is true that for many young people measures of income are not a

completely accurate guide to their long term outcomes, the structural changes in the

labour market over the last two decades have made it difficult for many young people

to make a smooth transition from school to work. Many who have left school early

find themselves trapped in a cycle of unemployment, part-time work and labour

market programs rather than constructive career development.5

The impact of poverty on young people

12.8 The Committee received much evidence on the impact of poverty on young

people. Of most concern was the impact on the education of young people and

therefore their employment prospects. Witnesses painted a bleak picture of young

people struggling to continue their education and training in households where there is

very little money for even the basic necessities of life. As has already been noted in

the Committee’s chapter on education, low income families find it difficult to fund the

educational needs such as uniforms, books, excursions and computer equipment.

12.9 For many young people leaving school early is an easy option. However, without

an adequate education there are very few opportunities for a successful working

career. The labour market in Australia has changed and unskilled young people face

the prospect of few full-time jobs and many part-time or casual jobs. Young people

can obtain income support but witnesses noted that parental means testing of Youth

Allowance recipient families with young people up to the age of 25 can place undue

stress on families on low incomes. (Income support is discussed in more detail later in

this chapter.) The low level of income support and deterioration of the youth labour

3 Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.7.

4 Submission 165, p.18 (FaCS).

5 Smyth C, Zappala G & Considine G, ’School to adult life transitions through work and study: A

select review of the literature’, The Smith Family, Background Paper No. 4, 2002, p.1.

271

market inhibits young people’s move towards independence and places further strains

on families who might already be suffering financial hardship.6

12.10 Many examples were provided of young people forced out of home due to

family breakdown and to financial stress. Where young people are forced into

inappropriate and transient accommodation or even homelessness, maintaining an

educational program or a job is extremely difficult. SACOSS stated:

By the time you reach our service, school is one of the last things on your

mind, and they have been out of that system for a long time. You cannot

sustain education if you have nowhere to live and you cannot sustain

education and keep up with your peers if you are moving. Again, it goes

back to the transitional housing, the lack of response and the lack of ability

for people and families who are very poor to be able to stay in one place.7

12.11 Finding affordable and secure accommodation is a major issue facing young

people, particularly those in low paid work, insecure employment or who receive

government benefits. The Smith Family noted that many younger single people are

struggling in the private rental market. Low income young singles have the highest

rate of housing stress of any type considered by The Smith Family study Barriers to

Participation, with almost four in every five low income young singles reporting

housing costs that exceed 30 per cent of their disposable income.8

12.12 The Hunter Council of Social Services commented:

...the youth Newstart Allowance and even those who get their independent

rate, the living away from home rate, or the homeless rate, as people like to

know it, accommodation is the same cost regardless of the income you get

from Centrelink. For a young person who is homeless, to access

accommodation is near impossible.a one-bedroom flat is around $110 to

$150. An adult has got a higher chance of getting it purely because the

income they receive from Newstart is a higher amount purely based on age.9

12.13 The Doctors Reform Society noted that young people are often pushed into

boarding houses ’that could be totally inappropriate for a young person because they

are unsafe or they are in share accommodation with older people where they can be

exploited’.10

6 Submission 57, p.18 (AFHO).

7 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.57 (SACOSS)

8 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.385 (The Smith Family).

9 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.565 (Hunter Council of Social Services).

10 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1223 (DRS).

272

12.14 Homelessness may become the only option for young people who cannot find

affordable accommodation, who face discrimination in the private rental market or

who have no income because of breaching:

I don’t have a house ’cause you stopped my payment and I could not pay

rent.11

12.15 The extent of youth homelessness is found in SAAP data which indicated that

assistance was provided for 32,800 young people in the year ending 2002. Mission

Australia stated ’given the likelihood that large numbers of young people don’t

formally seek assistance through housing agencies, these figures can be considered as

conservative estimates’.12

12.16 The Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations (AFHO)

recommended that a more equitable means of determining the level of public housing

subsidies available to young people on very low incomes such as through the use of a

sliding scale measure of housing affordability, associating rent levels to income

levels.13

12.17 Poverty and unemployment also can impact on the personal development and

health of young people. Work provides avenues for skill development, responsibility,

avenues for decision making and social interaction. These are important in developing

a sense of adulthood and independence. For some unemployed youth, lack of

developmental opportunities and isolation may lead to mental health problems. One

Australian study, which examined mental health of unemployed youth, found that the

majority of unemployed youth with psychological problems were not suffering from

these problems prior to unemployment. Another study found youth who become

unemployed after leaving school suffered from greater unhappiness, boredom, anger

with society, loneliness and helplessness than employed school leavers.14

12.18 There is evidence to suggest that unemployment, combined with other

disadvantaging factors, may result in youth engaging in crime.15 Research also

indicates that the longer people stay in school, the less the likelihood of the criminal

incidence of property crime.16

11 Submission 77, p.11 (Melbourne Citymission).

12 Submission 169, Attachment, p.12 (Mission Australia).

13 Submission 57, p.19 (AFHO).

14 Muir K, Youth unemployment in Australia: a contextual, governmental and organisational

perspective, A Report by The Smith Family for the AMP Foundation, November 2003, pp.9-10.

15 Muir, p.10.

16 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.382 (Smith Family).

273

12.19 Other witnesses also emphasised the link between poverty and youth crime.

There is a strong link between poverty and crime. During our research into

young women.s legal needs we discovered that 100 per cent of young

women charged with serious offences indicated that they had no income.

Forty per cent of young women charged with lesser offences indicated that

they had no income. Young people who are poor are very vulnerable to

homelessness and criminal activity.17

12.20 Often young people start with petty crime then move onto more serious

offences. The justice system may provide first time offenders with rehabilitation but

when they are released into the community there is no support and no prospect of

employment. St Vincent de Paul commented in these cases young people cannot cope

with being out in the community again with no hope of getting any sort of job.18

12.21 Passages Resource Centre in Perth provided the Committee with this disturbing

evidence about two brothers who sought their assistance:

They are both physically underdeveloped, due to inadequate food and poor nutrition in early

childhood, and the eldest is experiencing ongoing dental problems as a result of this. They are

both uneducated. School has been a terrible experience for both the boys as the family was

unable to provide adequate clothing and resources such as textbooks, pens, paper, uniforms,

those sorts of things, which has isolated them from their peers in the school environment.

Both the boys left school before the age of 13 and both of them now struggle with their levels

of numeracy and literacy.

Both the boys were living on the streets by their 13th birthday, with no social or material

support. The eldest lived on the streets, sleeping in car parks and abandoned buildings for

nearly a year, with no income whatsoever. At times he was forced to steal and was involved

in sex work also. His involvement in the sex industry has adversely affected his capacity to

form meaningful and trusting relationships. His involvement in crime is going to have a

dramatic impact upon his future, due to his criminal record, and he has unpaid train fines

totalling around $15,000.

When the boys were finally granted Centrelink payments there were occasions where the

parents actually misappropriated those funds. In spite of the years we have worked with them

and the efforts to get them secure in long-term stable accommodation, we just have not been

able to do so. This example is not something that is unusual within the centre. It is something

that goes on all the time. It is just a single example of what we have to deal with every day.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.997 (Passages Resource Centre).

17 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1005 (SVDP, Perth); see also Committee Hansard 29.7.03,

p.1093 (Anglicare NT); p.1105 (Centacare NT).

18 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.862 (St Vincent de Paul Lismore).

274

12.22 The costs of criminal activity are high not only in personal terms for the young

person entering the justice system but also in economic terms:

We are determined to ensure that the young people we support keep out of

the prison system. We know that prisons are popular; they are growing so

rapidly, it is hard to keep up with it. But youth workers are a much more

cost-effective way of supporting young people than prisons. It costs $60,000

a year to keep a person in prison, so if you put those 50 young people in

prison, it would cost $3 million a year rather than the $200,000 that we

spend, and we think it is very cost-effective.19

12.23 There are also a number of long term consequences of youth poverty and

unemployment. Once out of the workforce, reemployment may become harder due to

low self-esteem and isolation. Some youth, disillusioned with the prospects of

employment, may opt out of the labour market altogether. These youths need to reestablish

connections with the labour market, but may not have the ability to do so.

Many welfare organisations recognise the need to build self-esteem, to overcome the

stigma associated with unemployment, poverty and homelessness and to address the

many other problems faced by youth in poverty.

12.24 For youth who experience unemployment, there is evidence that they are more

likely to experience low hourly wages, underemployment, repeated unemployment

and increased periods of unemployment. They become part of the ’working poor’ and

may lose skills or fail to develop new skills. This captures young people, and

ultimately their families, in a cycle of poverty.

12.25 The way out of poverty for young people is a successful transition from school

to work. This requires the provision of adequate full-time employment, youth who

have adequate skills and educational standards to find employment, and pathways so

that the transition from school to work is successfully negotiated. For those who do

not find employment there must be adequate income support to lift them out of

poverty.

Youth labour force participation

12.26 Chapter 7 provides a detailed examination of the relationship between

education and poverty and improving access to education. The following discussion

adds to that picture and provides details on youth labour force participation and in

particular details of young people considered at risk of not making a successful

transition from school to work.

19 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.568 (Samaritans Foundation).

275

15 to 19 year olds

12.27 In July 2003, around 70 per cent of teenagers (15-19 year olds) were in fulltime

education. Of the other 30 per cent, almost a quarter were in part-time education,

with the remainder not participating in education.

12.28 While many teenagers studying full-time are not in the labour force (56 per

cent in July 2003), others engage in part-time employment.20

12.29 In July 2003, teenagers had an unemployment rate of 13 per cent and a

participation rate of 57 per cent, compared with an unemployment rate of 6 per cent

for adults. However, the Australian Bureau of Statistics stated that teenagers have

more transitions between labour force states than adults, reflecting the seasonal nature

of combining work and study.21

12.30 The proportion of young people aged 15 to 19 years not in full-time education

or full-time employment varies across the States and Territories. Victoria has a lower

proportion than the national average while, Queensland, South Australia, the Northern

Territory and Western Australia have high rates.22 The Queensland Government noted

that there were approximately 10,000 young Queenslanders aged 15-17 who are not in

school, vocational education or substantial employment and who are at considerable

risk of poverty.23

12.31 The Dusseldorp Skills Forum stated that those teenagers who are in part-time

work, looking for work or are defined by the ABS as being ’not in the labour force’ are

’likely to be experiencing difficulty in making a successful transition from secondary

education, and face a higher level of risk in the labour market over the long-term than

their counterparts who are engaged in education or training’.24

12.32 The Dusseldorp Skills Forum provided an analysis of what happened to young

people who left school in 2001 which indicates those at risk of having a less

successful transition from school to work:

Year 10 completers . 29 per cent went to another educational provider, in

most cases TAFE by May 2002; 49 per cent were unemployed, in part-time

work or defined as not being in the labour market;

20 ABS, Australian Labour Market Statistics, October 2003, p.10.

21 ABS, pp.11, 15.

22 ABS, Labour Force Australia, November 2003, p.21.

23 Submission 129, p.10 (Queensland Government).

24 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, How Young People are Faring, Key Indicators 2003, August 2003,

pp.7-8.

276

Year 11 completers . 36 per cent continued in education, mostly TAFE;

36 per cent were unemployed, in part-time work or defined as not being in

the labour market; and

Year 12 completers . 68 per cent continued in education, mostly higher

education; 19 per cent were unemployed, in part-time work or defined as

not being in the labour market.25

12.33 Those groups most at risk of failing to complete secondary schooling were:

males . in 2003, 26 per cent of males left school early compared to 16 per

of females;

students from low socioeconomic backgrounds;

students whose parents worked in unskilled manual positions (26 per cent

of early leavers compared to 15 per cent of early leavers whose parents

were form professional or managerial occupations);

Indigenous youth;

English speaking youth - those students who do not speak English at home

are more likely to complete both year 12 and participate in tertiary

education; and

regional students.26

12.34 For many 15 to 19 year olds, TAFE is an alternative for staying in secondary

school. However, in 2002 only 50 per cent of the 15 to 19 age group in the TAFE

system successfully completed their studies.

12.35 For those who completed a full course in 2001, at May 2002 nearly a third were

in part-time work, 15 per cent were unemployed and 12 per cent were not in the

labour force (a total of 58 per cent). For those who only completed part of a course, a

total of 70 per cent were in part-time work, unemployed or not in the labour force.27

12.36 For those teenagers in employment, they were employed predominantly in the

retail sector (52 per cent), with the hospitality and manufacturing sectors employing 9

per cent and 7 per cent respectively.28

25 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.11.

26 Muir, pp.6-7.

27 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.14.

28 Submission 169, Attachment p.7 (Mission Australia).

277

20 to 24 year olds

12.37 Three-quarters of young adults in May 2003, had left full-time education.

Compared with teenagers not in full-time education, young adults not in full-time

education were more likely to be in part-time work, unemployed and not in the labour

force.

12.38 The Dusseldorp Skills Forum stated that the high proportion of non-student

young adults in part-time work, especially young women, reflected a fall in the

availability of full-time jobs held by this age group. Full-time jobs held by nonstudents

aged 20 to 24 years fell by 15.2 per cent between 1995 and 2003. The number

of young people in part-time jobs in Australia is high compared to other OECD

countries . Australia ranks third behind France and Sweden.29

12.39 As with teenagers, retail was also the largest employer of 20-24 year olds (22

per cent) followed by property and business services (13 per cent) and manufacturing

(8 per cent).

Unemployment rates

12.40 Unemployment rates for young people declined between 1992 to 2002, with the

rate for 15-19 year olds changing by 32 per cent and for 20-24 year olds by 39 per

cent. However, groups facing higher unemployment rates can be identified with young

people who leave school early being especially vulnerable to unemployment. Young

Indigenous people also face very high rates of unemployment.

12.41 The duration of unemployment for young people is declining, in part due to the

increase in part-time work. However, large numbers of young Australians remain

unemployed for long periods. The average duration of unemployment for 15 to 19

year olds while looking for work in 2002 was 20.4 weeks (down from 30.9 weeks in

1992). 20 to 24 year olds were out of work for an average of 35.5 weeks in 2002

(down from 45 weeks in 1992).30

12.42 FaCS also commented that youth and young people have benefited from

improving economic outcomes and that the teenage full-time unemployment rate has

fallen. However, it stated that as most young people are not in the full-time labour

market, this type of measure can be misleading and the experience of youth is better

gauged by the teenage full-time unemployment to population ratio. This has more than

halved from 10.1 per cent in July 1992 to 4.3 per cent in July 2002.31

29 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.19.

30 Submission 169, Attachment, pp.8-9 (Mission Australia).

31 Submission 165, p.19 (FaCS).

278

12.43 The Business Council of Australia found that seven years after leaving school,

approximately 7 per cent of those who completed year 12 were unemployed. But for

early school leavers, unemployment is a likely prospect: after seven years, 21 per cent

of young men who left school in year 9 were unemployed; and 59 per cent of young

women who left in year 9 were also unemployed.32

12.44 Mission Australia drew attention to the dangers of continuing high levels of

youth unemployment:

Our view is that the higher the youth unemployment and youth poverty, the

more likely we are to have intergenerational poverty 20 and 30 years down

the track. One of the reasons we have it at the moment is that we have not

brought back our youth unemployment rates as quickly as some other

economies over the last 15 or 20 years.33

Access to full-time employment

12.45 The general decline in the number of full-time jobs for the 15 to 24 year age

group has made the transition from school to work more difficult. Over the period

May 1995 to May 2003, the number of full-times jobs available to those aged 25 years

and over increased by 12.1 per cent. During the same period, the number for teenagers

declined by 6.9 per cent and for young adults by 15.2 per cent.34

12.46 The measure of the proportion of non-students in part-time work compared to

other OEDC countries shows that Australia, based on data for 2001, ranks second

behind New Zealand out of 19 countries in the proportion of 20 to 24 year old males

who are not in education and who are in part-time work.35

12.47 Some of the increase in part-time work in the 15 to 24 age group can be

accounted for by increases in youth attending education institutions and working parttime.

However, there is a large proportion of young people who are not combining

part-time work with study. They would rather be working full-time. Mission

Australia, for example, noted that young people are ’cobbling together several jobs to

enable them to earn a liveable income’.36 In addition, of the 24 per cent of males and

22 per cent of females in 2001 who were not studying, less than half had full-time

32 Submission 169, Attachment 1, pp.8-9 (Mission Australia).

33 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.336 (Mission Australia).

34 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.20.

35 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.21.

36 Submission 169, p.11 (Mission Australia).

279

employment; ’thus for these youth part-time work was not accompanied by part-time

education’.37

12.48 Anglicare NT also argued that wage rates and casual employment reduce the

motivation for young people to take up work as ’young people see little value to

themselves very often in terms of their lifestyle and have very limited understanding

perhaps of the longer term benefits of going onto a youth wage or taking up casual

employment and resist perhaps the challenge that that offers’. Employees may also be

less willing to persevere with young people as they are an easily replaceable employee

group. Anglicare NT stated that there needs to be better incentives to employ young

people and ensure that they are not just replaced when they are moved over into

something other than the youth wage.38

Improving the transition from school to work

12.49 For the past two decades, governments, both Commonwealth and State and

Territory, have focussed on improving the transition from school to employment or

further education and training. In 1991, the Finn Report recommended targets for

increasing school and post-school participation rates by 2001, to place Australia

among the best qualified of OECD countries:

95 per cent of 19 year olds participating or having completed year 12 or the

equivalent level in vocational education and training; and

60 per cent of 22 year olds participating in or having completed education

and training programs leading to the level of a trade certificate or higher to

diploma or degree levels.39

The Dusseldorp Skills Forum noted that these targets have not been reached.40

12.50 In its report on skills, the Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and

Education References Committee noted that there had been many initiatives to

improve youth transition. Some of the initiatives included the MCEETYA declaration

Stepping Forward . Improving Pathways for All Young People; VET in schools

program; and, the availability in most jurisdictions of some transition programs and a

focus on broadening the purpose of post-compulsory years of education and training

for those in the 15 to 19 year old age group.41

37 Muir, p.4.

38 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1093 (Anglicare NT).

39 SSCEWRE, Bridging the skills divide, November 2003, p.153.

40 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.24.

41 SSCEWRE, November 2003, pp.155-56.

280

12.51 At the present time, the Commonwealth has in place a number of programs to

enhance youth labour force participation. These include:

Job Network, Job Placement, Employment and Training (JPET) program;

work experience and development programs including Work for the Dole

and Green Corps;

assistance that empowers young people to make appropriate career choices,

including funding to the Enterprise and Career Education Foundation

(ECEF);

the Career and Transition (CAT) Pilots; and

support for specific groups, such as the Jobs, Education and Training (JET)

program which includes assistance with child care.42

12.52 The Ministerial Council on Education, Employment, Training and Youth

Affairs has established a taskforce on transition from school to work. The Taskforce

provides advice on:

implementation of VET in schools;

arrangements in place for students undertaking part-time New

Apprenticeships in order to raise the profile of this pathway in postsecondary

education and training;

impact of an increasing range of education and training pathways in senior

secondary schooling on participation measures;

initiatives to address student transition from school to post school options;

vocational learning and enterprise education initiatives;

quality career services;

student support services based on local school community partnerships,

especially for young people who have left school early; and

development of attitudes, skills and disposition for life-long learning postyear

12.

12.53 The Senate Committee acknowledged the efforts of the Commonwealth and

other jurisdictions to improve youth transitions. But the Committee indicated that

there was a need to go further and adopt a more systematic and integrated approach if

42 Submission 165, p.19 (FaCS).

281

further progress is to be made in increasing the number of young people completing

12 years of school or equivalent vocational education and training within the next five

years.43

12.54 One pathway is New Apprenticeships. It provides a pathway into the full-time

workforce for many young people, enabling them to combine work with formal

training. New Apprenticeships are complemented by youth wage policies that allow

employers to offer wages consistent with young people’s lower skills and experience.

Youth wages help to ensure the existence of entry-level jobs for young people. FaCS

noted that over time, with increasing workplace experience, most young people will

move on to more complex jobs with commensurate increases in remuneration. These

wages, and the apparent welfare outcomes for youth, need to be judged on a longer

term basis.44

12.55 The Committee’s report also provides a detailed examination of New

Apprenticeship. The Committee concluded that the system needs adjustment to ’better

fit the new context provided by a highly competitive market place, the more diverse

but less certain career choices available for young people, and the need to retain

existing workers’.45

12.56 The Committee reported that there were concerns that the growth in New

Apprenticeships was in industries such as retail at the expense of traditional trades.

The Committee found that there was limited or negative training growth in the

mechanical and engineering sectors. The Committee also commented on the treatment

of trainees against traditional apprentices and noted that trainees have less protection

under the law in the workplace. Existing workers may also be vulnerable, given they

may be forced to take on a traineeship to keep employment so that the employer can

pay them a reduced training wage and receive incentives.46

Recommendation 47

12.57 That the Commonwealth provide funding for the expansion of access to

the New Apprenticeships scheme, particularly in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 48

12.58 That the Commonwealth work with industry and unions to maximise the

take up of apprenticeships in areas where there are recognised skills shortages

and to ensure that training is relevant to enterprises and apprentices themselves.

43 SSCEWRE, p.158.

44 Submission 165, p.19 (FaCS).

45 SSCEWRE, p.59.

46 SSCEWRE, pp.66-80.

282

Recommendation 49

12.59 That the Commonwealth undertake a review of New Apprenticeships to

evaluate the effectiveness of policies; recruitment and selection; progression

through the scheme; and employment outcomes after training.

12.60 Many welfare and community organisations provide assistance to young

people. One such program is Mission Australia’s Creative Youth Initiatives based in

Surry Hills, Sydney. Mission Australia indicated that the program had been a success

in engaging truly disadvantaged young people: ’we had a young woman recently and,

on her first day, the contract we made with her was that she would be alive the next

day. Nothing more. She was so suicidal that it was nothing more than just coming into

the service the next day alive. We have watched her progress through her work in the

art program to a stage where she is smiling and she is part of that community.’47

Income support

12.61 Youth Allowance is available to full-time students under 25 and unemployed

people aged 16-20 years. It is income tested on both individual and parental income.

Newstart Allowance is available to unemployed persons aged over 21 actively looking

for work. Both have activity tests.

12.62 FaCS stated that ’Youth Allowance, which was introduced in July 1998, was

never intended to be the sole measure of income support for young people, as no

single source is expected to shoulder the whole responsibility for supporting young

people’. Rather, income support schemes have been designed to encourage young

people themselves and their families to help young people stay in education and

training. Assistance is targeted towards young people in the post-compulsory school

years from low-income backgrounds.

12.63 The Department also commented that Youth Allowance has flexible activity

testing and incentives for young people to take up full-time education and training,

such as a higher fortnightly income free area, access to the Student Income Bank and

access to further assistance through a loan under the Student Financial Supplement

Loan Scheme. Rent Assistance has also been extended to students who need to live

away from home in order to undertake study. This particularly benefited students from

rural and regional areas.48

12.64 Witnesses pointed to research which suggests that single unemployed people

under the age of 21 live 32 per cent below the poverty line and single adult

unemployed people over 21 live 21 per cent below the poverty line.49 It was argued

47 Committee Hansard 26.5.03, p.334 (Mission Australia).

48 Submission 165, pp.18,36 (FaCS).

49 Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.249 (UTas).

283

that while the level of benefits payable to these groups is relatively low, the extent of

disadvantage faced may be mitigated for some by the extent to which they can draw

on family support for assistance. However, witnesses noted that many young people

receive only limited assistance even when living at home because of the family’s low

income or family dysfunction.

12.65 It was also suggested that poverty among young people who are not living with

their parents has increased in recent years.50 The Brotherhood of St Laurence stated

that ’the payments for young people, particularly those under 21, are so low that it is

almost impossible for them to live and they rely on agencies like ours, emergency

relief and a whole bunch of things just to get by’.51 Melbourne Citymission stated that

although the rate of payment has recently had a minimal increase, in line with CPI ’the

payment remains inadequate to cover basic costs of housing and food, and falls well

short of funding additional costs associated with study and transport. Failure to fund

costs that are essential for engagement in education and training effectively excludes

young people from social participation now and in the future.’52

12.66 Witnesses argued that allowances, including Newstart and Youth Allowances,

should be increased up to the level of the pension.53 ACOSS noted that raising

allowance rates to pension levels ’would help some of the most financially

disadvantaged groups of recipients . unemployed people, adult students, and

independent young people . and reduce some of the worst income poverty’.54

12.67 Other witnesses called for a change to the definition of independence for young

people for Youth Allowance. There are number of criteria for being considered

independent including that you are 16 years and over and have been out of school for

18 months and have earned $15,990 in an 18 month period before lodging a claim; or

you are aged 15 to 24 and it is unreasonable for you to live at home. Witnesses

indicated that the latter criteria poses some difficulties for young people:

With the youth allowance independent rate, you have to prove that you

cannot live at home. In a socially dysfunctional family, it is very difficult to

get a child to say, .I just can.t live at home,. when mum is saying, .Yes,

they can.. So it is considered that they are living at home but really they are

50 ACOSS, ’Fairness and Flexibility: reform of workforce age social security payments in

Australia’, Paper 129, September 2003, p.45. See also Submissions 187, p.27 (SA Government);

69, p.11 (Victorian Government).

51 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.63 (BSL).

52 Submission 77, p.8 (Melbourne Citymission).

53 Submissions 98, p.17 (BSL); 163, p.133 (ACOSS); 46, p.21 (SACOSS).

54 ACOSS, p.51.

284

out the door. So, irrespective of the benefit they are receiving, what are they

actually doing or how are they surviving? They are on the streets.55

12.68 If the person applying for youth allowance is not considered to be independent,

a parental income test applies. The parental income test applies if parent’s taxable

income for 2003-03 is $28,150 (as at 1 January 2004).

12.69 The AFHO recommended that the Commonwealth recognise the independent

adult status of young people 18 years and over by assessing their entitlement to

income support without reference whatsoever to their parents’ income.56

Impact of activity testing and breaching on youth

12.70 The impact of activity testing and breaching of young people was also raised in

evidence. The reason for breaches range from failure to report brief periods of work to

missed appointments.

I did not get up and have a shower and eat and go to an appointment. Oh

yeah . I don’t have a bed or a shower or money for the tram.57

12.71 Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre stated that almost half of the Centrelink

breaches were being imposed on people under 25 and commented that ’the amount

available on Youth Allowance is seen as not worth disputing, and the complaints

process is too difficult to access, and so many young people in Fairfield just give up

on income support, and rely on family and friends to survive’.58

12.72 Breaching leads to compounding negative outcomes ranging from the loss of

other concessions, for example, in NSW travel concession eligibility is lost once a

breach is imposed, to increasing risk of further breaching and penalties:

Each time a young person loses income their ability to meet basic living

expenses and look for work decreases, which means that they are vulnerable

to further breaches and penalties.59

12.73 Young people who are breached may also seek advance payments from

Centrelink leading to large outstanding debts. Witnesses stated that this is a well-

55 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.165 (Laverton Community Centre and Neighbourhood House);

see also Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1223 (DRS).

56 Submission 57, p.19 (AFHO).

57 Submission 77, p.9 (Melbourne Citymission).

58 Submission 62, p.4 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre).

59 Welfare Rights Centre, quoted in Submission 77, p.9 (Melbourne Citymission).

285

documented trap of the Youth Allowance system.60 This means that benefits are

reduced over a long period to recoup a crisis payment, thereby pushing many young

people into despair and depression as they face increasing debt, increasingly unstable

housing situations and even homelessness:

I have talked to young people who were at the edge of committing suicide. I

have talked to young people who have actually acquired disabilities as a

result of breaching because they were put out on the streets. If you have

eight weeks with no income, what are you going to do? Where are you

going to live? What do you do if you have no income and you still have to

live? Some way you get the stuff and some way you get through, and that is

what is happening every day, every week, every fortnight, day in, day out,

for people who live on income support.61

12.74 Melbourne Citymission commented that the social security system identifies

young people at risk of poverty ’but frequently pushes those most at risk into cycles of

debt and housing instability through inappropriate use of assessment processes and

mutual obligation principles’ and expressed concern that it was proposed to expand

mutual obligation requirements under the Australians Working Together package.62

Youth and Centrelink

12.75 Witnesses also drew attention to other problems that young people have when

dealing with Centrelink. For example, Melbourne Citymission stated that it

experienced problems with Centrelink’s use of the Job Seeker Classification

Instrument (JSCI) for people who are homeless or at risk of homelessness. Problems

arise because of under reporting of personal difficulties by young people who feel

they need to ’do well’ in the interview. Further problems with the JSCI reflect the

insufficient weight that this tool gives to homelessness and associated barriers to

employment. Melbourne Citymission suggested that allowing input from specialist

agencies and community organisations would improve assessments leading to more

appropriate targeting of young people.63

12.76 Anglicare NT indicated that it had experienced difficulties with Centrelink

activity agreements that young people entered into:

The usefulness and viability of activity agreements to seek work is in

question. Young people tend to agree, particularly in the face of officialdom,

to poorly understood plans that have limited meaning in their gaining useful

60 Submission 62, p.4 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre); Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1093

(Anglicare NT).

61 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.22 (Australian National Organisation of the Unemployed).

62 Submission 77, pp.8,9 (Melbourne Citymission).

63 Submission 77, p.9 (Melbourne Citymission).

286

employment. More collaboration is needed in that process so that more

realistic plans can be developed that are meaningful to the young person for

their participation.64

12.77 Some progress has been made with specifically targeting young people.

Anglicare NT reported that it was undertaking a small pilot program in collaboration

with its youth program and Centrelink to address problems with activity agreements.65

Melbourne Citymission noted efforts by Centrelink to trial new forms of service

provision through the Centrelink Community Support Unit (CSU). The Melbourne

Inner City Centrelink CSU works across a number of inner city suburbs with young

people who are disadvantaged, homeless or at risk of homelessness. Centrelink

workers recognise a number of areas of concern specific to this group and have

adopted a flexible approach to providing a specialist, co-ordinated service that is

responsive to the needs of young people accessing a range of co-located youth

services at Melbourne Citymission’s Frontyard site.66

12.78 Melbourne Citymission concluded ’the current approach to income support for

young people has proven itself to be spectacularly unsuccessful and needs serious

reconsideration in light of what we know about the inadequacy of labour market

pathways for young people’.67 Issues with Centrelink are also discussed in Chapter 17.

UK Gateway to the New Deal program

12.79 In the United Kingdom, the New Deal program was developed to help the longterm

unemployed back to work. The New Deal for 18 to 24 year olds was introduced

in 1998. The New Deal gives four options for young people aged 18 to 24 who have

been unemployed for six months or more and who are claiming Jobseekers allowance.

All participants begin with an intensive period of counselling, advice and guidance .

the ’Gateway’ to the New Deal. This includes intensive help from the Employment

Service, including help with finding employment. Each young person will have both

an individual Employment Service adviser and opportunities to take advantage of

independent careers advice.

12.80 During the Gateway, the Employment Service aims to help young people find

jobs and move off welfare into work. Those young people who remain unemployed

have the option to pursue a place in one of four New Deal options including a job with

an employer or a placement with the Government’s Environment Taskforce.68

64 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1093 (Anglicare NT).

65 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1093 (Anglicare NT).

66 Submission 77, p.10 (Melbourne Citymission).

67 Submission 77, p.11 (Melbourne Citymission).

68 www.youthinformation.com

287

12.81 The Committee considers that intensive measures for unemployed young

people are required to move then successfully into full-time employment. There is a

need for a single, coordinated service to assist the young unemployed.

Recommendation 50

12.82 That the Commonwealth initiate an employment assistance program,

based on the United Kingdom Gateway program, to provide youth with intensive

assistance and an agency providing comprehensive support for youth pathways.

Conclusion

12.83 As has been shown, education plays a fundamental role in determining whether

a young person is at risk of unemployment and poverty. Those who fail to finish year

12 are at the highest risk of poverty, they have lower participation rates, and higher

unemployment rates. The OECD Economic Survey of Australia in 2003 made the

following comment:

International comparisons of school-to-work transition outcomes for young

people also suggest that, while the employment rates for young adults are

above the OECD average, and a relatively high proportion of young adults

obtain tertiary qualifications, teenage unemployment and early school

leaving rates in Australia exceed the area-wide average. Moreover, the

employment disadvantage of poorly qualified school leavers, compared to

their educated counterparts, is somewhat above the OECD average.

Increasing skill demands in Australia and other OECD countries have made

qualifications at the upper secondary level of education (or an

apprenticeship qualification) a necessary condition for the employability of

young people.69

12.84 There has been progress in improving the qualifications and employment

prospects of school leavers. However, there is considerable scope for further

improvement. To do so is of fundamental importance not only to individuals within

society but to society as a whole. There is also a large economic gain to be reaped

with the estimates that the economy stands to gain a long-term increase in GDP of

0.28 per cent or an additional $1.8 billion through a 10 per cent lift in the completion

rate of Australian youth.70 Recommendations in Chapter 7 address early school

leavers.

12.85 The Committee considers that further emphasis needs to be placed on literacy

and numeracy skill and improving school completion rates. This will provide a

protection against poverty and unemployment. In addition, there is a need to ensure

69 OECD, Economic Survey Australia 2003, Paris 2003, p.91 quoted in Dusseldorp Skills Forum,

p.26.

70 Applied Economics, Realising Australia’s Commitment to Young People, DSF, 2002 quoted in

Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.26.

288

that full-time entry-level work opportunities and appropriate combinations of training

and work are available for Australian youth.

Recommendation 51

12.86 That the Commonwealth and State Governments implement strategies to

improve access to employment opportunities for young unemployed people, in

particular those young people living in rural and remote areas.

12.87 Many community organisations provide assistance to young people at risk of

leaving school early, young people who do not have the skills to enter the job market

and young people who are at risk of homeless or are homeless. Evidence received

during the inquiry point to the considerable success that these programs have in

assisting young people to gain employment and escape poverty.

Recommendation 52

12.88 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding to community

organisations to enable them to provide education, training and housing

assistance packages to young homeless people.

12.89 The Committee heard evidence that current forms of income support are

inappropriate for many young people and lead to further hardship and disadvantage.

The Committee considers that income support at the present time does not adequately

take into the account the special needs of young people and the particular difficulties

they face in the labour market.

Recommendation 53

12.90 That the Commonwealth progressively lower the age of independence test

for Youth Allowance from 25 to 21 years.

Recommendation 54

12.91 That the Commonwealth review its income support programs for young

people to fully recognise changes in the Australian labour market.

12.92 The Committee heard evidence that Centrelink is seeking to improve its

services to young people. The Committee considers that it is imperative the young

people are able to access Centrelink services that are appropriate to their needs and

that Centrelink should continue to explore new ways to engage young people,

particularly those who are homeless.

Recommendation 55

12.93 That Centrelink expand forms of service delivery which are responsive to

the needs of young people, particularly young homeless people.

289

Students and poverty

12.94 While it is acknowledged that education is an important pathway out of

poverty, many young people cannot access education or cannot complete their

education because of the lack of financial resources. Those continuing with tertiary

education often do so in the face of poverty which is exacerbated by low levels of

income support, high costs of living including accommodation and high costs of

equipment and books.

12.95 Students have a significantly lower income when compared to the general

Australian population. In 2000, the mean annual income for students was $12,513.

This amount is the total sum of all sources of income, including paid employment,

student income support payments, other Centrelink support payments (for example

Family Allowance) and other forms of regular and irregular payments (for example

allowance from parents). This was approximately a third of the average Australian

income of $33,800 in 2000.71

12.96 The MUSU commented that total annual income for students is even lower

when considered in terms of a median rather than a mean income. Most students

earned approximately $8,190 per annum in 2000. A study by the Australian Vice

Chancellors Committee found that on average student budgets are deficient by around

21 per cent, with an average of 42 per cent for full-time students.

Income support for students

12.97 It was argued that the large levels of poverty amongst the student body are due

in part to the inadequate levels of income support payments. University students

studying full-time are eligible for one of three income support payments: Youth

Allowance (for those in full-time study under the age of 25 years), Austudy (full-time

students over 25 years) or ABSTUDY. These payments were designed to facilitate

access to the education system for students who are unable to provide their own

financial support. However, it was argued that payments are currently at such low

levels and have such stringent restrictions on eligibility that they effectively keep

people in poverty while they are studying.72

Education is also expensive. Austudy is based on assets . if parents are asset

rich/income poor there are limited higher education opportunities. Kids need

to go to Burnie for higher education . the cost for accommodation and

travel is a real strain.

Just Tasmania research participant, Smithton, 1999

You should get more money if you’re on Austudy because you’ve got higher

expenses. It’s especially hard on people who are on low incomes before they

71 Submission 152, p.26 (MUSU).

72 Submission 130, p.3 (NUS).

290

start study . they’re particularly disadvantaged because they haven’t got any

savings to back themselves up.

Just Tasmania research participant, Huon Valley, 199973

12.98 ACOSS research indicated that in July 2002 those receiving Youth Allowance

and Austudy payments are well below the poverty line, with a single adult student

receiving Austudy being 39 per cent below the poverty line and those on Youth

Allowance 20 per cent below.74

12.99 Student bodies noted that the payment for Austudy was $82 per week less

than the payment received by unemployed people due to a lower benefit payment and

that Austudy recipients cannot receive Rent Assistance. Rent Assistance is available to

those receiving Youth Allowance but only if they are considered ’independent’.75

12.100 A further anomaly exists between Youth Allowance and Newstart Allowance

for those over the age of 21, as the Newstart Allowance is paid at a higher rate. It was

argued that this gap is a potential disincentive to study.76 ACOSS argued that as a first

step Austudy rates should be aligned with those of Newstart Allowance and the single

adult rate of Newstart Allowance and the away from home rates of Youth Allowance

should be increased.77

12.101 ABSTUDY is available to Indigenous students. The National Union of

Students (NUS) stated that ’policy changes introduced by the Coalition Government

have worked against the provision of adequate income support for students and have

impacted severely on Indigenous students’. The changes have resulted in fewer

students receiving ABSTUDY and many receiving reduced payments. NUS

commented that as a consequence, Indigenous enrolments fell from 8367 in 1999 to

7342 in 2002, a fall of 18 per cent and a reversal of a decade of steadily increasing

enrolments.78

12.102 It was also argued that two of the eligibility criteria contribute to student

poverty: the age of independence; and the parental means test. Many witnesses

commented that in most areas of life a person is thought to be an adult at 18 years.

73 Submission 32, p.7 (Tasmanian Catholic Justice and Peace Commission).

74 ACOSS media release, Over 400,000 unemployed & students move further below the povertyline,

23.7.02.

75 Submission 147, p.2 (SRC . South Cross University).

76 Submission 103, p.9 (USASA).

77 ACOSS, p.52.

78 Submission 130, p.4 (NUS); see also Submission 64, p.9 (UTSSA).

291

However, for income support, young people are considered to by dependent on their

parents until the age of 25 unless they can prove that they are independent.

12.103 There are strict definitions of independence under the Youth Allowance

regulations. Students who do not meet the criteria for independence, are deemed to be

dependent on their immediate family, irrespective of whether they receive financial

support or not. It was argued that many students cease receiving financial assistance

from parents well before they turn 25, even if they live in the family home.79 MUSU

stated:

.even if students are staying at home, it is not necessarily the case that

their parents will support them. Some of the students who are working the

most.who are struggling the most.are actually students from middle-class

backgrounds who are living at home but whose parents are not supporting

them.Therefore, the age of 25, being deemed the age of independence, is

unrealistic insofar as students are supporting themselves from a much earlier

age. To assume that, at the age of 25, they have been supported by their

parents for the previous six or seven years is somewhat farcical. It is simply

not the case.80

12.104 If a student is deemed to be dependent, the parental or family income is means

tested in assessing the student’s entitlement to assistance. The parental means test was

seen to be poorly targeted. Payments are reduced after the parental income threshold

of $28,150 per annum. This was considered to be too low and excluded many students

from income support yet the parents or partners of these students did not earn enough

to support them.

12.105 The USASA also noted that the parental income test has not kept pace with

changes in average weekly earning. When the Tertiary Education Assistance Scheme

(TEAS) was introduced in the mid 1970s, around 70 per cent of full-time students

were in receipt of some government assistance. By 1982, this had declined to 40 per

cent. The level of parent income allowed before allowances were reduced had

declined from 100 per cent of AWE in 1974 to 63 per cent in 2003.81 One student

commented on the impact of the stringent parental income test:

I am not eligible for Austudy because the government says my dad earns too

much. I live with him and his second family and three half sisters who are

much younger than me. I can’t afford to live on my own and feel a real

burden on my father. I don’t like asking him for money because he always

seems to be worried about making ends meet.82

79 See for example, Submission 103, p.12 (USASA).

80 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.118 (MUSU).

81 Submission 103, pp.14-15 (USASA).

82 Submission 130, p.7 (NUS).

292

12.106 The NUS concluded ’students financial dependence on their parents, forced on

them through the ridiculous age of independence and harsh parental means testing

arrangements of the income support system, places the burden of paying for education

on those families which are least able to afford it’.83

12.107 Many students seek to be classified as independent by earning the required

amount of income for the independence test. This can place a huge burden on

students:

On a personal level, for me to access youth allowance, because my father

was just over the $27,400.I had to work every Thursday and Friday night,

all day Saturday and all day Sunday, plus I had another job which would

interfere during the week. I failed subjects that year. I earned the money. I

was able to access the independent rate for youth allowance, but I failed.84

Recommendation 56

12.108 That the parental income test for Youth Allowance be increased and

maintained as a percentage of Average Weekly Earnings.

Work commitments

12.109 The majority of students undertake part-time work to supplement their

income. A study by the Department of Education, Science and Training indicated that

on average, full-time students are working 15 hours a week. 40 per cent work more

than 16 hours per week, while 18 per cent work in excess of 21 hours per week. Twothirds

of the students surveyed said they had to work just to meet their basic needs.

The number of first year students reporting that employment was their main source of

income increased over the decade: 26 per cent in 1994 and 37 per cent 1999.85

12.110 While there may be some benefits in undertaking work while studying, such

as gaining practical experience in the field and the opportunity to establish networks,

excessive hours of work leave students with little time to study or participate in social

activities. For example, it was estimated that one in ten students who work part-time

frequently miss classes because of their job, and that work adversely affects the study

a great deal for two in every ten students in paid employment.86 For students enrolled

in courses with high contact hours, it is especially difficult to combine employment

83 Submission 130, p.7 (NUS).

84 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.126 (NUS).

85 Submission 130, pp.7-8 (NUS).

86 Submission 152, p.24 (MUSU).

293

and study. Medical and veterinary science students have up to 40 and 50 hours per

week in contact hours alone.87

The only problem I find is a diminishing study ethic due to work related

tiredness. You feel like you have no other choice but to work so you can pay

for the things you need. It really does have an impact on your

study/university commitments.88

12.111 Students are also limited in the amount that they may earn before penalties are

imposed. For every dollar earned between $118 and $156, student payments are

decreased by 50 cents and then by 70 cents in every dollar earned over $158 per week.

The MUSU stated that ’this system of institutionalized penalty is set at an even higher

rate than the current taxation rate for the wealthiest elite in Australian society!’.89 UTS

Student Association argued that this forces a number of students into black market

areas of work where they receive reduced wages for non-declared income so as not to

affect their benefit.90

12.112 Finding a suitable job may also cause problems for students. Students tend to

occupy casual, low-paid positions. Over 60 per cent of students earn less than $15 per

hour, 10 per cent earn $5 or less per hour and only 8 per cent earn more than $26 per

hour.91

12.113 While casual employment allows students flexibility to fulfil their coursework

and study requirements, casual labour is often unstable and unreliable. There is no

permanent and ongoing employment contract and casuals are not entitled to

employment benefits such as sick leave and holiday leave. Students undertaking

casual work often find it difficult to plan study activities and are uncertain about their

level of finances from week to week. There is also pressure to work more hours to

compensate for the lack of employment benefits and lack of employment security.

12.114 The NUS commented:

The fact that students have to work such long hours to survive while trying

to further their education has implications for the whole sector, and the

value that students can gain from their education. The Australian Vice

Chancellor’s Committee expressed this view in their submission to the

Senate Committee into Higher Education:

87 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.117 (MUSU).

88 Submission 127, p.3 (SAUT)

89 Submission 152, p.24 (MUSU).

90 Submission 64, p.3 (UTSSA)

91 Submission 152, p.26 (MUSU).

294

there is growing concern that students’ work obligations in part time, and

sometimes full time, employment prevents them from gaining optimum

value from their studies. The effort of holding down a number of jobs

hinders students from attending all their classes or having sufficient time for

out of class study.92

12.115 The Students Union of the University of South Australia concluded:

There can be no doubt that the quality of students’ educational experience is

diminished by long hours of employment, student stress and tiredness. It

also raises questions about the long term social impact on graduates who

have not been able to adequately engage with their studies due to the

pressures of low finances and long hours of employment.93

Cost of living

12.116 The rising cost of living has also had a significant impact on student incomes.

While there have been increases in costs of food, utilities and travel, it is

accommodation and the cost of books and equipment which has had the most severe

impact.

12.117 Rents in inner city areas have increased substantially. This has created great

difficulties in accessing accommodation near to educational institutions for many

students. While moving to an outer suburb may appear to be an option, the increased

costs of travel and the impacts on time for work and study make it untenable. In

Sydney for example, students typically spend two-thirds of their income on rent.94 In

Melbourne, a two-bedroom apartment that could be rented for $154 a week in 1981,

cost $250 in 1999. At the University of Canberra, some 200 students were unable to

find on-campus accommodation or rental accommodation in the community in 2003.

12.118 The already severe accommodation problems faced by students are even more

difficult for Austudy recipients as they do not receive Rent Assistance. Maximum

Rent Assistance of $42 per week in only available to independent students on Youth

Allowance or unemployed young people on Newstart. Shelter NSW provided the

following case study as an example:

92 Submission 130, p.8 (NUS).

93 Submission 103, p.6 (USASA).

94 Submission 147, p.3 (SRC . South Cross University).

295

Rent Assistance and the impact on students receiving Austudy . Wendy’s story

Case Study 2: Austudy is not enough

Wendy is 30. She has worked in retail and hospitality for many years. Her parents are elderly

pensioners.

In 2002, Wendy enrolled in a full time graphic design course at Enmore TAFE. She applied

for Austudy and scaled down her hours to 6 hours retail work on a Saturday, which paid $100

a week. This meant her weekly income was about $248 a week.

Wendy was renting a room in a share house within walking distance of the TAFE. Her rent

was $130 a week.

After paying her rent, utilities, plus buying materials for the course, Wendy estimates that

some weeks she may only have $20 left for food.

Wendy was doing two hours of homework a night, and working Saturdays. After 6 weeks she

found it too stressful to juggle the demands of the course, and pay for rent, food, and also

keep working on the weekends. She dropped out.

Wendy went off Austudy and returned to working in retail at a different art supplies shop and

is now employed as a casual.

Wendy had this to say: "Austudy should definitely have Rent Assistance - if the dole has it,

then Austudy should have it too. As a person trying to better myself - because I don’t want to

work as a casual in retail for the rest of my life where I live from week to week and the only

way of doing that is educating myself and getting the qualifications . I find it hard to because

Austudy is less than the dole. You also have more expenses when you are studying. The dole

is more than Austudy!"

Submission 102, p.16 (Shelter NSW).

Recommendation 57

12.119 That Rent Assistance be extended to those receiving Austudy payments.

12.120 Students under 25 years of age who are not counted as independent and are

unable to get Youth Allowance because of their parents income, may have no other

choice than to stay at home. If their home is a great distance from their tertiary

institution there is the added burden of travel time and costs. Students in this situation

also reported concerns about family and household conflicts.95

12.121 The cost of books and equipment also account for a significant proportion of

student budgets. Course readers are priced up to $30 each and textbooks average

around $80 each. The Vice Chancellors study found that students pay around 10 per

cent of their annual income on course related costs, or an average of $1231 a year,

95 Submission 130, p.9 (NUS).

296

with textbooks making up about a quarter of these costs.96 NUS commented that ’this

is a particularly large burden and something that is not taken into account with

government payments to students’.97

Student debt

12.122 Of particular concern was the long term impact of debt on students. A survey

by the Australian Vice Chancellors Committee found that one in every ten students

obtains a loan to be able to continue studying with the average amount borrowed

being $4000. This is a substantial amount in the context of student incomes.98

Students relying on income support are about three times as likely to take out a loan to

continue their studies. The NUS noted that students from equity groups are also more

likely to take out a loan, including students with a disability, people who move to

study, those form low socioeconomic backgrounds and women with children or

Indigenous women. The Union concluded that ’thus the most marginalized students

are more likely to start their working lives with sizeable debts from their study’.99

12.123 The NUS was particularly concerned about the use of the Supplement Loan.

Students can access extra financial support from the government by trading up to half

of their income support as a loan. In effect, students can borrow up to $140 a week to

gain an extra $70 in income support payments. The Union stated that ’supplement

loans prey on the fact that government income support is so far below the poverty line,

ensuring that students who are reliant on income support graduate with an even

greater level of indebtedness’. The NUS recommended that Supplement Loans be

abolished and student income support increased.

12.124 Indebtedness is also increased through HECS fees. Students can accumulate a

HECS debt of between $3680 and $6136 for every year that they study and most

graduate with a debt of between $11,000 and $30,000.

Anyone who gets a clear run through life and comes out can earn at least

40 grand and at that rate your average degree will take 12 years to pay off

anyway. Women who have children, someone who can only study part time,

someone who has a disability or someone who has had a car accident and

does not get going for a few years will never get a chance to pay it off.100

96 Submission 152, p.18 (MUSU).

97 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.115 (NUS).

98 Submission 103, p.4 (USASA).

99 Submission 130, p.11 (NUS).

100 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1077 (Ms J Carter).

297

12.125 The Council of Australian Postgraduate Associations has argued that HECS

can have long-term negative economic impacts both on individuals and on society.

The Association reported that the level of graduate debt, and experience of the higher

levels of debt in New Zealand, has influenced the following trends.

students and recent graduates will be more likely to live with their parents

longer, and will find it more difficult to save deposits and make mortgage

payments, affecting levels of home ownership;

evidence from New Zealand shows that indebted students find it more

difficult to obtain bank loans for housing and other needs;

professionals such as doctors, lawyers, dentists and vets are compelled to

increase their fees to pay for HECS repayments; and

graduates delay having children, contributing to the fact that in 2001

Australia’s fertility reached a record low.101

12.126 The NUS noted that women find it particularly hard to pay back their HECS

debt throughout their working lives. NUS commented that with HECS increasing, ’it is

quite likely that almost two in every five women will never repay their HECS debt

after graduation, and this is particularly concerning’.102

12.127 It was argued that in order to minimise poverty and inequality it is imperative

that student debt not be worsened by further increases and deregulation of the HECS

fee.103 NUS concluded:

These two combined effects are going to lock students into a life of poverty

while they are at university and seriously affect the life choices of students

once they graduate. Things like buying a home, starting a family and

building their savings are already being affected, with students having to

carry HECS debts of $20,000, $30,000 and even higher. If HECS fees are

going to increase again, the life choices of more and more students are going

to be affected. Our economy, our society and our culture are all going to be

dramatically affected by having so much of our young Australians’ money

locked away in a debt to society.104

101 Submission 147, p.3 (SRC . Southern Cross University).

102 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.115 (NUS).

103 Submission 147, p.4 (SRC . South Cross University).

104 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.115 (NUS).

298

A young woman I spoke to just two days ago needs to do extra work to increase her career

opportunities. She is paying $140 a fortnight to just do those extra modules, yet we

understand that the federal government, at the higher education end, will give discretion to

universities to charge another 25 per cent on the basis of HECS when we already have

something that is unaffordable and working-class people are dropping out. We are then

relying on those who can afford to pay and giving them a lower entry level point if they have

the dollars to get in to university.

Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.101 (ACTU).

12.128 The Womens Action Alliance stated ’there needs to be an allowance in the

payment threshold for HECS to take into account the number of dependants upon that

income. We do it with other forms of income support, to a large extent. It is totally

unreasonable that these families should be forced into repaying HECS at this level’.105

Impact of poverty on students

12.129 Witnesses to the inquiry refuted the notion that student poverty is somehow a

’rite of passage’. It was argued that many students are in dire financial circumstances,

while for others the idea of struggling through years of higher education below the

poverty line is a deterrent to further education. Student poverty is a serious social

issue that needs to be recognised and addressed.

12.130 Economic hardship has a major impact on the day-to-day lives of students and

is seen in:

poor academic performance as financial concerns and the need for work

distract students from their studies;

regular absence from lectures and tutorials due to the pressure of work or

the unaffordability of childcare;

withdrawal from study;

inability to purchase essentials such as textbooks and equipment;

inability to afford adequate or suitable accommodation;

students not eating adequately or going with food,

being unable to afford heating;

selling essential items to pay bills;

105 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.423 (Womans Action Alliance).

299

experiencing severe stress and poor psychological health; and

inability to afford medical and dental care.106

12.131 The Committee also heard evidence that in extreme cases, students in dire

poverty have resorted to scrounging for food from waste bins, sleeping in cars because

of lack of accommodation and being involved in illegal activities.107 Withdrawal from

study is the most significant longer term impact as not completing study will limit

future employment options, and possibly extend poverty as a student into adult life.

12.132 The Salvation Army considered that ’the reticence of government in providing

adequate funding for students is perplexing given that tertiary education is actively

encouraged and promoted by government’.108:

The other key issue is the low amount of student subsidies.and students become dead averse

to the prospect of living in absolute poverty while at university.combined with the fact of

coming out of university with a substantially large student debt. Many students, especially

those from rural and regional areas, those from Indigenous areas and those simply from a

working-class background are turning away from university, and that is a particularly

frightening fact. In this report, NUS focuses very clearly on a number of student groups that

are most heavily affected, including women, queer students and students from Indigenous

backgrounds. These three groups are groups that suffer substantially. Women are a very good

example because we all know, I am sure, that women find it particularly hard to pay back

their HECS debt throughout their working lives. With HECS increasing, it is quite likely that

almost two in every five women will never repay their HECS debt after graduation, and this

is particularly concerning.

Committee Hansard 1.5.03, pp.114-15 (NUS).

Conclusion

12.133 It has been argued that students experience low incomes for only a small part

of their lives. However, the Committee is concerned that there is evidence that poverty

and debt is impacting on student’s ability to continue with their studies and is acting as

a deterrent to some disadvantaged groups to enter tertiary institutions.

12.134 The Committee considers that, as tertiary education is one of the most

important protections from poverty for the individual and will establish a workforce

that is able to meet the challenges of the future, it is undesirable for any young person

to be excluded from a tertiary education because of the impact of student poverty.

106 Submissions 103, p.3 (USASA); 152, p.11 (MUSU).

107 Submission 103, p.7 (USASA).

108 Submission 135, p.9 (Salvation Army Australia Eastern Territory).

300

12.135 The Committee considers that there should be greater targeting of assistance

programs to ensure that disadvantaged groups have equity in access to tertiary

education. Further, the Committee considers that HECS should not act as a financial

barrier to those from disadvantaged backgrounds seeking a tertiary qualification.

301

CHAPTER 13

INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIANS

It is etched on the collective psyche of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

people today that social and economic exclusion was arbitrarily enforced

upon us. The ramifications of this exclusion has set the platform for the

tragic circumstances experienced by [Indigenous] people in Australia. Some

continue to live in absolute forms of poverty.1

13.1 Indigenous Australians remain the most disadvantaged and marginalised group

in Australia. On all the standard indicators of poverty and disadvantage, Indigenous

people emerge as the most socially and economically deprived.

Although poverty in Australia is evident among all ethnic groups, it is

Indigenous Australians who appear most profoundly affected by poverty.

Research has shown, over the past thirty years since the Henderson Inquiry

into poverty, that Indigenous Australians are significantly worse off than

non-Indigenous Australians, according to all social indicators.Not only is

poverty deeply entrenched, the causes are complex.despite government

policies directed towards achieving economic equality for Indigenous

Australians, there has been little improvement to their relative

socioeconomic status, according to standard social indicators.2

13.2 This chapter discusses the nature and extent of poverty among Indigenous people

and strategies to improve the social and economic outcomes for Indigenous

Australians.

Measuring Indigenous poverty

13.3 There are significant difficulties in defining and measuring Indigenous poverty.

There is both a lack of data and the available data is often unreliable. In addition,

measures of poverty tend to be culturally-specific as well as subjective.3

13.4 In the case of income distribution statistics several issues have been highlighted.

One is the inappropriate use of the nuclear family as the income unit in which income

is assumed to be shared . Aboriginal culture places considerable emphasis on the

extended rather than the nuclear family and there are strong cultural obligations to

share resources. In addition, the non-material poverty, in terms of dispossession from

the land, and absolute material deprivation suffered by Aboriginal people suggest a

1 Committee Hansard 6.8.03, p.1227 (ATSIC).

2 Submission 255, p.1 (CAEPR).

3 Submissions 244, pp.8-9 (ATSIC); 255, pp.1-4 (CAEPR).

302

different order of poverty from that experienced by the rest of the population. One

study noted that given the depth and multi-faceted nature of Aboriginal poverty it was

questionable whether comparative studies of income poverty between Indigenous and

non-Indigenous Australians are relevant.4

Nature and extent of Indigenous poverty and disadvantage

13.5 Submissions to this inquiry and numerous reports and studies have outlined the

nature and extent of poverty among Indigenous Australians.5 The Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander Commission (ATSIC) also noted that whereas commentators

have indicated that most poverty in Australia is relative poverty, some Indigenous

communities also face absolute poverty which is reflected in high infant mortality

rates and severe malnutrition.6 ATSIC stated that the poverty among Indigenous can

be illustrated through a number of key points.

Most indicators of poverty and related disadvantage show that Indigenous

people are between two and three times worse off than non-Indigenous

people in Australia.

About 30 per cent of Indigenous households are in income poverty, which

indicates that over 120,000 Indigenous people are living below the poverty

line.

Indigenous unemployment rates, which are affected by Community

Development Employment Projects (CDEP) participation, are well over

twice that of non-Indigenous people in cities and regional centres and are

much higher in remote areas.

Being fully engaged in either employment or education decreases the

likelihood of poverty. Indigenous people in full-time employment or

education is around 30 per cent of each age cohort, compared to at least 50

per cent of non-Indigenous people in each age cohort.

- The proportion of Indigenous teenagers (aged 15 to 19 years) not

fully engaged in work or education is three times that of non-

Indigenous people.

4 Taylor J, ’Aboriginal Australians and Poverty: Issues of Measurement’, Family Matters, No.35,

August 1993, pp.46-47. See also Ross R & Whiteford P, ’Poverty in 1986: Aboriginal Families

with Children’, Australian Journal of Social Issues, Vol.27, No.2, May 1992, pp.92-111.

5 Submissions 163, p.11 (ACOSS); 88, pp.4-6 (COALS); 255, pp.1-9 (CAEPR); 24 (Aboriginal

Corporation for Homeless & Rehabilitation Community Services).

6 Submission 244, p.31 (ATSIC).

303

- Approximately 70 per cent of young Indigenous adults (aged 20-24

years), are not fully engaged with work or education.

Approximately 50 per cent of Indigenous adults are reliant on some form of

welfare payment and for young people (aged 15 to 24 years) the proportion

is only slightly lower.

As sole parents are vulnerable to poverty, it is of concern that a relatively

high proportion of young Indigenous are currently receiving the single

Parenting Payment . upwards of 15 per cent of young Indigenous women

(compared with around 4 per cent of non-Indigenous women).

Indigenous people suffer ill-health and disability at greater rates than non-

Indigenous people. This leads to life expectancy rates for Indigenous

people being around 20 years less than non-Indigenous rates. Ill-health

impacts significantly on work opportunities and places a burden of care on

individuals and communities.

Families relying on public or private rent are more vulnerable to poverty.

For Indigenous people nearly 70 per cent are housed in some form of rental

property.

Some remote Indigenous communities live in absolute poverty, measured

by poor infrastructure with associated diseases that are largely eradicated in

other parts of Australia.7

13.6 The data show that as a group Indigenous people experience levels of

disadvantage and associated risk of poverty at much greater rates than non-Indigenous

people. This is partly associated with the geographic distribution of the population. As

a higher proportion of Indigenous people live in remote areas and are on low incomes,

they are at greater risk of poverty due to poor service delivery and lack of

opportunities. The fact that indigenous people experience high poverty rates in cities

and regional centres, where a full range of services and facilities exist, shows,

however, that Indigenous people do not yet experience the same access to, or

outcomes from, these services as do other Australians.

13.7 Studies have found that indigenous poverty appears to be similar to other forms

of poverty . with low income being associated with poor outcomes in other spheres of

life, such as high arrest rates, poor health and inadequate housing. Studies have also

found that a distinguishing feature of Indigenous poverty is the depth of poverty

experienced across a range of welfare indicators. One study found that relatively high

income Indigenous households also experienced such factors as long-term health

problems and high incarceration rates, suggesting that the nature of poverty and

7 Submission 244, pp.9-10 (ATSIC).

304

deprivation and the correlation between socioeconomic status, income and health

outcomes may be quite different for Indigenous and non-Indigenous Australians.8

Addressing social and economic disadvantage

Tackling Indigenous poverty is a fundamental issue facing all Australians,

Indigenous and non-Indigenous, if the nation is to meet its obligations to

ensure fair and equitable social, economic and cultural living standards for

its citizens.9

13.8 A number of major issues of social and economic disadvantage affecting

Indigenous people were highlighted during the inquiry. These include unemployment;

housing and infrastructure; education; health, child poverty, youth issues and

treatment in the criminal justice system. These issues are discussed below.

Unemployment

13.9 Submissions commented on the high rates of unemployment, the lack of

engagement by Indigenous people with the labour market, and concerns over welfare

dependency.10 ATSIC stated that the employment situation of Indigenous people is

’unsatisfactory and in many situations worsening. In fact, the rapid growth of the

working age Indigenous population means that the task of achieving improvements in

the rates of Indigenous employment, or even maintaining current levels of

engagement, is great’.11

13.10 ATSIC emphasised the need for economic development and self sufficiency as

the principal means of overcoming welfare dependency and concomitant social

problems in Indigenous communities.12 Mr John Boersig of the Coalition of

Aboriginal Legal Services NSW (COALS) noted that ’none of the people I speak with

want to be dependent on welfare; they want to develop a sense of selfdetermination’.

13

13.11 ATSIC highlighted a number of issues that need to be considered in improving

the employment opportunities of Indigenous people:

8 Hunter B, ’Three Nations, Not One: Indigenous and Other Australian Poverty’, Centre for

Aboriginal Economic Policy Research Working Paper No.1, 1999, pp. v-vii, 16-18.

9 Submission 244, p.5 (ATSIC).

10 Submissions 255, pp.4-5 (CAEPR); 244, pp.12-16 (ATSIC).

11 Submission 244, p.12 (ATSIC).

12 Submission 244, pp.3, 12-13 (ATSIC).

13 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.535 (COALS).

305

Greater emphasise needs to be given to the notion of meaningful jobs, that

is, full-time salaried and sustainable employment, as well as on-going parttime

employment in communities drawing on the unique circumstances,

skills and resources of Indigenous people.

The .demand side. problems of generating sufficient jobs where Indigenous

people live are significant. Relying on the traditional rural industries will

not be sufficient given their decline and reduced demand for labour as a

result of mechanisation. Accordingly, a concerted and proactive approach

will be required by Indigenous representatives, government and industry to

identify market opportunities, meet niche demands and respond to new

technologies wherever possible.

Various forms of assistance to help enterprises and industries establish on

or near Indigenous land and to see them through to viability may need to be

considered. Examples may include tax exemptions and tax holidays as

incentives, seed funding, wage subsidies and marketing support.

Management of national parks, sustainable wild life harvesting, protection

and rehabilitation of lands and seas, and aquaculture all have considerable

potential given the comparative advantage that Indigenous people have in

these areas and their consistency with cultural values.

Major established service industries such as health, education,

administration, financial services and stores can all provide sustainable

sources of employment in remote and regional centres.

Indigenous art and culture are already significant generators of employment

and income for Indigenous people. Often associated with art and culture,

tourism is also a key sector for Indigenous people.

There are significant .supply side. problems in relation to Indigenous

employment, with low levels of general education and literacy, work

experience, and health standards often characterising the Indigenous

workforce. Significant effort and resources must be applied in assisting

Aboriginal people to be .employment ready..

Partnerships with the private sector is a key concept in the context of

Indigenous economic development. For example, the non-Government

organisation, Indigenous Enterprise Partnerships (IEP), operating

principally in Cape York at this stage, aims to foster partnerships that are .a

dynamic two way mechanism. that enable philanthropic and corporate

Australia to work with Indigenous communities and organisations in a

range of areas concerned with economic development and economic and

financial management, including at the family level.

The idea of partnerships is also fundamental to the development of .whole

of government. service delivery model currently being negotiated with

306

people living in Indigenous communities. This approach, arising from a

Council of Australian Governments (COAG) decision to trial a number of

whole-of-government arrangements with Indigenous communities, aims to

develop a different form of engagement between government and the

Indigenous community on the basis of negotiations as equal parties and

with tangible outcomes as the objective.14

13.12 ATSIC emphasised that there is a pressing need for governments and the

private sector to establish partnerships with ATSI communities to develop ways to

improve local economic growth and social participation in both remote and urban

environments. In addition, governments need to collaborate to provide a range of

incentives to stimulate the growth of industries and employment to benefit ATSI

communities.15

Recommendation 58

13.13 That the Commonwealth, in conjunction with State Governments, provide

a range of incentives to stimulate the growth of industries and employment in

Indigenous communities.

Recommendation 59

13.14 That the Commonwealth and State Governments, in co-operation with the

private sector, establish partnerships with Indigenous communities to promote

employment opportunities.

Community Development Employment Projects

13.15 The Community Development Employment Projects (CDEP) is designed to

provide meaningful employment opportunities for Indigenous people as well as

enabling Indigenous communities to manage their own affairs and to gain economic

and social equity. To participate in the scheme, unemployed members of a community

give up their current entitlements with Centrelink. In turn, ATSIC offers a grant to the

CDEP community organisation to enable it to undertake community-managed

activities and pay wages to participants. Community organisations responsible for

projects also receive funding to cover the costs of administration and capital items

required to conduct work projects. The primary objective of the CDEP scheme is to

provide work in community managed activities that assist individuals to acquire skills

that benefit the community, develop business enterprises and/or lead to unsubsidised

employment.

13.16 CDEP attempts to provide a bridge or compromise between the welfare

economy and the opportunities normally provided by a large labour market. The

14 Submission 244, pp.13-15 (ATSIC); Committee Hansard 6.8.03, pp.1229-30, 1240 (ATSIC).

15 Submission 244, p.16 (ATSIC).

307

CDEP has been significant in providing a base for Indigenous people to acquire

greater skills, employment and enterprise development. While CDEP aims to promote

the transition to mainstream employment, 65 per cent of CDEPs operate in remote

Australia where labour market opportunities and Job Network coverage are limited

and access to training providers and facilities is problematic. The scheme has the dual

outcomes of helping to maintain the socio-cultural base in communities and increasing

Indigenous participation in the labour market.

13.17 ATSIC noted that while CDEP has been successful in improving the

employment prospects for Indigenous people, it has not necessarily addressed poverty

levels and financial hardship circumstances as income levels for participants remain

low. Others, such as Anglicare NT, were more critical, saying that CDEP ’does not

offer people strong pathways to move into skilled development and then into other

sorts of employment. .in some cases it actually replaces appropriately paid labour’.16

13.18 CDEP participants forgo their rights to social security entitlements and are paid

wages by CDEP organisations that are roughly equivalent to welfare income

entitlements. CDEP does, however, provide the opportunity for some participants to

earn additional income from top-up wages, from income generating activities and

from part-time work with external employers. Further, CDEP tends to provide

temporary employment opportunities in low skilled and low paid jobs. CDEP grantee

organisations receive oncost funding from ATSIC, however this is often not sufficient

to provide adequate training, supervision and employment outcomes.

13.19 ATSIC argued that outcomes, and income levels, from CDEP could be

significantly improved through program enhancements, increased funding and equity

with other government programs, particularly with the Work for the Dole Scheme,

which attracts approximately twice the level of on-costs than the CDEP program.17

13.20 ATSIC noted that a number of the benefits and strategies of the Australians

Working Together package (AWT) are likewise not available to CDEP participants.

ATSIC argued that the removal of these barriers to CDEP participants would be

advantageous to individuals, increase the effectiveness and coverage of AWT

measures and diminish poverty and financial hardship for Indigenous people.

Examples of provisions under AWT not applicable to all or some CDEPs include

Working Credit, Training Credits, Job Search Training, Transition to Work, and the

Personal Support Program.

16 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1095 (Anglicare NT).

17 Submission 244, pp.19-20 (ATSIC). See also Committee Hansard 6.8.03, pp.1230, 1235-37

(ATSIC).

308

Recommendation 60

13.21 That Community Development Employment Projects participants have

access to the full range of assistance available under the Australians Working

Together package in order to increase social and economic participation of

Indigenous people.

Housing and infrastructure

13.22 Many Indigenous people are not able to fully access adequate, appropriate or

affordable housing. Australian Bureau of Statistics census and other data indicate that

Indigenous rates of home-ownership are around half that for other Australians (31 per

cent, as against 70 per cent for non-Indigenous Australians); Indigenous families are

more reliant on community and public rental housing than other Australians (34 per

cent, as against 5 per cent for non-Indigenous Australians); Indigenous households

are, in general, about twice as likely as other Australian households to be in need of

housing assistance; and Indigenous households experience much higher rates of

overcrowding than non-Indigenous households, and this problem is particularly acute

in rural and remote areas.18 Mr Bernard Valadian referred to the problems of

Indigenous people living in fringe camps in Darwin and the need to provide

appropriate housing for these people.19 Current housing arrangements remain so

substandard that ATSIC estimated that it would require $3 billion to provide housing

of an adequate standard in Aboriginal communities.20

13.23 In recognition of the specific housing disadvantage of Indigenous people, in

addition to housing assistance provided under other programs, dedicated Indigenous

housing funds are provided for public and community housing by ATSIC.s

Community Housing and Infrastructure Program (CHIP). As well as housing and

infrastructure, CHIP covers municipal services and the National Aboriginal Health

Strategy (NAHS) component provides capital funding for housing and related

infrastructure to improve environmental living conditions in rural and remote

Indigenous communities.

13.24 Homelessness is a key indicator of poverty. The 2001 Census indicated that

Indigenous people are much more likely to experience homelessness than other

Australians. ATSIC noted that there are a number of issues that require further

consideration in respect of Indigenous homelessness, including aspects of the

Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP). Research has revealed that

Indigenous people are overrepresented among the number of homeless persons not

accommodated by SAAP (that is, not receiving this form of assistance). It has also

18 Submission 244, p.20 (ATSIC).

19 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1119 (Aboriginal Development Foundation).

20 Committee Hansard 6.8.03, p.1239 (ATSIC).

309

been acknowledged that the level of unmet need among Indigenous people may be

under-identified in official ABS and other statistics. ATSIC stated that the current

ABS definition of homelessness is culturally reflective of the non-Indigenous

population and may not capture the true nature or extent of Indigenous homelessness.

Aspects of homelessness specific to Indigenous people that need to be taken into

account may include forms of ’spiritual homelessness’ relating to separation from

traditional land and family and the impact of this on individuals, groups and

communities.

13.25 A number of gaps in service provision were identified as requiring further

action including:

an increase in SAAP services for under-serviced homeless and at risk

Indigenous people in rural and remote locations;

targeted programs for homeless Indigenous people with complex needs that

will continue beyond a brief stay in SAAP accommodation;

an increase in the availability of SAAP accommodation suitable for

families;

crisis support accommodation for women and children escaping family

violence that supports all family members;

increased cultural awareness amongst SAAP staff and programs; and

improved data collection and reporting.21

13.26 ATSIC argued that there needs to be increased resources provided to

Aboriginal communities to reduce homelessness and overcrowding by making

available suitable housing, essential services and local infrastructure, particularly

where poverty is most prevalent.

Recommendation 61

13.27 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for Indigenousspecific

housing programs.

Education

13.28 Indigenous people are greatly disadvantaged in the education system. At the

time of the 1996 census, nearly half of Indigenous people of working age had no

formal education at all, and only two per cent held a bachelor degree or above,

21 Submission 244, p.22 (ATSIC).

310

compared with over 10 per cent of the non-Indigenous population.22 The Queensland

Government stated:

Nowhere are the impacts of poverty greater than among Indigenous

Australians. Poverty is a major factor impeding Indigenous people.s access

to quality learning experiences and education outcomes. Indigenous people

typically experience rates of school attendance, achievement, retention, and

completion well below those of the general population. In turn, this

contributes to higher unemployment, lower family incomes and higher

incidence of poverty. It is therefore paramount that education initiatives are

responsive to the needs, interests and aspirations of Indigenous people.23

13.29 Educational disadvantage for Indigenous students begins before schooling

starts: extreme poverty in many Indigenous communities lays the foundations for poor

health, drug dependency, school failure, welfare dependency and antisocial behaviour.

While early childhood education is universally acknowledged as being a major benefit

in overcoming disadvantage, only a minority of Indigenous children attend pre-school.

13.30 The extent of Indigenous disadvantage in education is also seen in poor school

completion rates and measures of literacy and numeracy. About 10 to 20 per cent of

Indigenous students leave school before year 10. The national apparent retention rate

for Indigenous students for year 10 in 2002 was 86.4 per cent or 11.7 per cent lower

than for all students in Australia. Indigenous retention from year 10 to year 12 for all

schools in 2002 was 45.8 per cent or 31.2 percentage points lower than for all students

in Australia. The retention rates range from 78.8 per cent in the ACT to 29.0 per cent

in Western Australia. These retention rates increased between 1998 and 2002 in all

jurisdictions except the ACT which remained relatively stable.24

13.31 Literacy and numeracy rates are also much lower for Indigenous students and

adults. The literacy national benchmark results in 2001 revealed the gap between all

Indigenous students and all students: in year 3, 72.0 per cent of Indigenous students

achieved minimum reading standards compared with 90.3 per cent of all year 3

students and in year 5, 66.9 per cent of Indigenous students compared to 89.8 per cent

of all year 5 students achieved the national reading standards. Similar results were

achieved in numeracy standards.25

13.32 While literacy and numeracy results have improved ATSIC commented:

These are not good. A particularly disturbing factor is the widening gap

between Indigenous outcomes and overall outcomes that occurs as students

22 Yencken D & Porter L, A Just and Sustainable Australia, Melbourne 2001, p.26.

23 Submission 129, p.11 (Queensland Government).

24 Report on Government Services 2004, pp.3.20, 3.23-24.

25 Report on Government Services 2004, pp.3.38, 3.44.

311

progress through their school life. With the share of the school age

population of Indigenous growing, it can be expected that this issue will

only be compounded without appropriate and timely action.26

13.33 The Australian Council for Educational Research (ACER) stated that .without

success in literacy and numeracy, young Indigenous Australians will continue to face

difficulty in remaining at school to complete year 12, entering university and other

post-school education and training, and making transitions to stable, full-time

employment..27

13.34 The benefits of completing school are significant for Indigenous students: by

completing year 10 or 11, chances of employment increase by 40 per cent.

Completing year 12 improves the prospect of employment by a further 13 per cent and

having a post-secondary qualification increases employment by between 13 and

23 per cent.28

13.35 In response to the poor literacy and numeracy skills of Indigenous students, the

Ministerial Council on Education, Employment, Training and Youth Affairs

(MCEETYA) established the National Indigenous English Literacy and Numeracy

Strategy (NIELNS) in 2000. The strategy aims to achieve levels comparable to those

achieved by other young Australians. There are six key elements in the strategy

including improving attendance, overcoming hearing, health and nutrition problems

and targeting preschooling experiences.

13.36 In addition to NIELNS, the National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

Education Policy contains 21 national goals for bringing about equity in education for

Indigenous Australians.

13.37 Indigenous students also remain severely under-represented in higher

education. Indigenous participation in higher education increased between 1990 and

1998. The National Tertiary Education Industry Union (NTEU) stated that since 1998

there has been a decline in participation. In 1999, completions decreased by 9.9 per

cent on the previous year. In 2000, the overall number of Indigenous students declined

by 8.14 per cent, while the number commencing higher education declined by 15.2 per

cent. Indigenous students comprise only 1.2 per cent of the domestic student cohort.29

26 Submission 244, p.25 (ATSIC).

27 Rothman S & McMillan J, ’Influences on Achievement and Numeracy’, Longitudinal Surveys

of Australian Youth, Research Report 36, ACER October 2003, p.34.

28 Submission 163, p.122 (ACOSS).

29 Submission 178, p.11 (NTEU).

312

13.38 ACOSS also noted that from 2000 to the 2001 school year, the number of

school student ABSTUDY recipients fell from 31,734 to 27,200 . a decline of nearly

15 per cent.30

13.39 The Government’s Backing Australia’s Future package introduced initiatives

aimed at lifting Indigenous participation. The package increases the Indigenous

Support Fund (ISF), creates an indigenous Higher Education Advisory Council,

allocates five scholarships per year for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander academic

and support staff and provides for new Commonwealth Learning Scholarships for fulltime

undergraduates from low socio-economic backgrounds and/or Indigenous

backgrounds.

13.40 The 2003 Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and Education References

Committee’s inquiry into the Government’s higher education package noted that

witnesses saw the initiatives as ’tokenism’ and the additional incentives would not

compensate for the increase in education costs. The Committee also noted that the

changes to ABSTUDY had resulted in a drop in participation and the merit-based

Equity Scholarship Scheme, which granted HECS exemption to some Indigenous

students has been discontinued.31

13.41 ATSIC concluded that Indigenous education outcomes can be improved. To do

so, will take an education system that:

genuinely involves Indigenous families in decision-making;

acknowledges that formal schooling is only one part of a child.s education;

delivers curricula that recognises Indigenous history and knowledge;

invests in Indigenous teachers and education workers;

provides appropriate facilities and support to students where they live; and

views education as an element of a holistic approach to community and

economic development.

13.42 ATSIC pointed to a number of barriers to successfully improving outcomes for

Indigenous students, including that goals under the National Aboriginal and Torres

Strait Islander Education policy are being pursued in an ad hoc fashion on a

jurisdictional basis. In addition, many are dependent on supplementary Indigenous-

30 Submission 163, p.122 (ACOSS).

31 Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and Education References Committee, Hacking

Australia’s Future: Threats to institutional autonomy, academic freedom and student choice in

higher education, November 2003, p.61.

313

specific funding rather than being an important factor in mainstream education

program and policy design.

13.43 Problems also arise from the continued jurisdictional debate between the

Commonwealth and States and Territories over responsibility for the delivery of

education services and the delivery of services to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

people.32

13.44 ATSIC concluded that .education is fundamental to addressing Indigenous

disadvantage and requires a continuing high level commitment from governments to

provide resources and leadership in this key area.. ATSIC recommended that a

National Indigenous Education Advisory Body be established to examine the National

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Education Policy to ensure that appropriate

cooperative strategies are in place to improve the educational outcomes of Indigenous

people.33

13.45 The Australian Education Union (AEU) argued that another factor contributing

to Indigenous students leaving school early is the CDEP program. CDEPs operate in

rural and remote areas and participants receive an income payment above that of those

who are unemployed or not in the workforce. This makes CDEPs more attractive than

staying in the education system. However, .the socioeconomic outcomes for the

Indigenous workforce would be enhanced if Indigenous youth [were] encouraged to

complete school rather than move straight on to a CDEP scheme..34

13.46 While noting that there are a number of initiatives aimed at improving

Indigenous school completion rates, the AEU stated that:

initiatives were .occurring in an ad hoc manner, with little opportunity for

the systematization of effective strategies which produce worthwhile

educational and employment outcomes, which lead to the amelioration of

poverty.;

the $6 million of funding to address retention rates through the Working

Together for Indigenous Youth Strategy was inadequate .to redress this

appalling indicator of inequity.; and

as well as appropriate infrastructure, there needs to be a focus on

development of incentives to keep Indigenous youth at school, present

them with a range of career options and support them through the

attainment of these.

32 Submission 244, p.25 (ATSIC).

33 Submission 244, p.26 (ATSIC).

34 Submission 108, pp.24-25 (AEU).

314

13.47 The AEU made a number of recommendations regarding Indigenous education

including that:

a National Forum on Indigenous Education be established to provide an

opportunity for Indigenous educators and community members to input in

to Federal Government decisions at a strategic level;

an investigation be conducted into the impact of CDEP on school retention

rates for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students and develop

strategies to ensure that CDEP is not creating an adverse impact on school

retention and completion rates. These strategies should be developed and

implemented to ensure that the CDEP scheme becomes a true labourmarket

program, with opportunities and incentives for education, training

and economic development built in;

the Commonwealth provide immediate assistance to the Northern Territory

Government to explore the unmet demand in relation to Aboriginal

Education in the Territory, to determine the exact number of Aboriginal

students (currently estimated at 5000) who have no access to the education

system, and to develop strategies, including the immediate training of

Assistant Teachers, to alleviate this national crisis; and

a national audit be conducted in relation to Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander peoples. access to educational infrastructure and that strategies,

such as the establishment of Government-run boarding schools, be

explored in the context of ensuring that Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander students have access to equitable educational infrastructure.35

Conclusion

13.48 The Committee considers that an improvement in Indigenous education and

training is fundamental to overcoming disadvantage for Indigenous people. While

there has been some improvement in literacy and numeracy and retention rates of

Indigenous students, they still lag significantly behind all other Australian students.

13.49 For Indigenous people, educational disadvantage starts at an early age and is a

major barrier to completing school and entering higher education and training. The

causes are multi dimensional and cannot be addressed in isolation: improvements in

health will lead to higher levels of student’s attendance and a decrease in hearing and

sight problems; lifting attendance rates will require the work of all in communities;

more indigenous teachers and education workers will provide culturally appropriate

and relevant learning experiences; and greater consultation with higher education

institutions to improve participation.

35 Submission 108, p.29 (AEU).

315

Recommendation 62

13.50 That the Commonwealth work with the States and Territories to develop

strategies to improve access of Indigenous children to early childhood education

facilities.

Recommendation 63

13.51 That the Commonwealth provide additional funds specifically for

improving Indigenous literacy and numeracy.

Recommendation 64

13.52 That the Commonwealth investigate the impact of the changes to

ABSTUDY on the participation of Indigenous students and implement changes

to improve ABSTUDY assistance to Indigenous students.

Health

13.53 Evidence to the inquiry, confirmed by numerous studies, indicates that

Indigenous people suffer a greater burden of ill-health than other Australians.36 The

health status of Indigenous Australians is poor in comparison with other Australians.

Indigenous people are more likely to suffer reduced quality of life due to ill-health, to

experience disability and to die at much younger ages than the non-Indigenous

population. As noted previously, life expectancy for Indigenous people is

approximately 20 years less than the life expectancy of other Australians.37

13.54 The Indigenous population is disadvantaged across a range of socio-economic

factors, such as employment, education and housing, and these factors have an impact

on health outcomes. However, socio-economic status alone does not explain the

variations in health status that exist between Indigenous and other Australians. Health

risk factors (for example, smoking, alcohol misuse) and other risk factors (for

example, poor housing, exposure to violence) also play a part in explaining the

differential burden of disease between population groups. Evidence also suggests that

the social environment partially explains health outcomes, including the immediate

local environment, social connections with family and the community and control or

perceived control in the workplace and the wider society. Indigenous people are

disadvantaged in this respect and are often characterised by a sense of hopelessness

and a perceived loss of ’control’ over life events.38

36 Submissions 88, pp.5-6 (COALS); 244, pp.26-27 (ATSIC).

37 Submission 244, p.26 (ATSIC).

38 AIHW, Australia’s Health 2002, pp.197-208.

316

13.55 In relation to health service provision, the Australian Institute of Health and

Welfare (AIHW) estimated that in 1998-99, $1 245 million was spent on health

services by, and for, ATSI people. This amount represented 2.6 per cent of total health

expenditure by Commonwealth, State and local governments as well as expenditure

from private sources such as private health insurance and out-of-pocket expenses.

Indigenous people, however, experienced lower levels of access to health services

than the general population, even though they were twice as likely to be hospitalised.

This is due to a number of factors, including the fact that Indigenous people are more

likely than other Australians to live outside urban areas and therefore lack ready

access to a range of urban-centred health services and facilities. Other factors limiting

access include the availability of transport, the ability to speak English, and cultural

factors such as the availability of same-sex Indigenous health workers.

13.56 Patterns of expenditure indicate differences between Indigenous and the non-

Indigenous population in the way that funds are spent on health services. Greater

amounts were spent on ATSI people in relation to community and public health

services, patient transport, public hospital care (both admitted and non-admitted

patient services), and mental health institutions. Lesser amounts were spent through

Medicare, the PBS, high-level residential aged care and private health services than

for other Australians.39

Recommendation 65

13.57 That the Commonwealth and the States continue to implement programs

and strategies to improve access to health care services for Indigenous people.

Indigenous children

13.58 About 40 per cent of the Indigenous population is aged less than 15 years and

Indigenous children have the highest rates of poverty of any group in Australia. A

Brotherhood of St Laurence study noted that the extent of indigenous poverty has

been difficult to determine, though estimates based on earlier research were provided:

in 1991 on average, 50 per cent of Indigenous families with children had

incomes below the Henderson poverty line compared with 21 per cent of nonindigenous

families; and

Indigenous children represented 2.7 per cent of all Australian children in 1991,

but constituted 7 per cent of all Australian children living in poverty.40

13.59 One of the main factors associated with Indigenous child poverty is the lack of

employment opportunities for parents, with over half of all Indigenous families with

children having no employed adult in the family unit in 1991. However, almost a

39 AIHW, Australia’s Health 2002, p.211.

40 McClelland A, ’No child.’ Child poverty in Australia, Brotherhood of St Laurence, April

2000, p.28.

317

quarter (23.7 per cent) of indigenous couples with children and one adult employed

had incomes below the Henderson poverty line. In non-indigenous families only

5.5 per cent were in this situation.

13.60 Another factor contributing to child poverty is the prevalence of sole parent

families. Indigenous sole parent families:

have larger numbers of children;

are less likely to live in major urban areas;

are more reliant on public housing and more likely to have inadequate

housing;

are younger and more likely to be never married; and

have lower levels of education and employment and lower incomes.41

13.61 ATSIC also commented on the relatively high proportion of young Indigenous

women (15 to 24 year olds) who are currently receiving the single Parenting Payment.

Preliminary information suggests this is upwards of 15 per cent of young Indigenous

women (compared with around 2 per cent of non-Indigenous women). This suggests

that about 10 per cent of the total of 15 to 64 year olds are receiving the single

Parenting Payment compared with around 3 per cent of non-Indigenous 15 to 64 year

olds.42

13.62 For Indigenous children, poverty is reflected in infant statistics: babies born to

Indigenous mothers are twice as likely to be of low birth weight compared with non-

Indigenous mothers; and Indigenous infant mortality rates are 2.5 times that of non-

Indigenous infant mortality.43 Indigenous children have high rates of illness, greater

risk of injures resulting from accidents, child abuse or neglect, higher risk of asthma

and lower developmental achievement.

13.63 ATSIC stated that:

The profound effect that poverty can have on child health is one of the most

important social issues faced by communities and governments. The long

term and ongoing effect of poverty on the health of all Indigenous peoples,

men, women and children, remains one of the major obstacles to achieving a

vastly improved and acceptable level of Indigenous health and wellbeing.44

41 McClelland, p.28.

42 Submission 244, p.41 (ATSIC).

43 Submission 244, p.33 (ATSIC).‘

44 Submission 244, pp 26-27 (ATSIC).

318

13.64 Many submissions highlighted the importance of early childhood education for

Indigenous communities. ATSIC stated that .many of the most pressing social

problems faced by Indigenous people have their beginnings in early childhood. The

foundations of poor health, drug dependency, school failure, welfare dependency,

poverty and criminal behaviour can often be associated with a child.s early years..45

13.65 One way of improving early childhood experiences of Indigenous children is

the provision of professional child care. However, QCOSS noted the nonpayment of

child care fees in Indigenous communities is a problem. Many indigenous families

experience competing demands on funds and experience problems such as substance

abuse, which may drain finances. In such circumstances, child care is not necessarily

seen as a priority. QCOSS recommended greater support to ensure that childcare

services remained viable in these communities. QCOSS also endorsed the expansion

and development of Multifunctional Aboriginal Children Services (MACS) and other

early childhood services to ensure all indigenous children have access to quality

childcare, family support and early intervention program.46

Recommendation 66

13.66 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding to improve the

affordability of child care for Indigenous children.

Indigenous youth issues

13.67 ATSIC provided data on the employment and education of young Indigenous

people. ATSIC found that the proportion of Indigenous teenagers (aged 15 to 19) not

fully engaged in work or education is three times that of non-Indigenous people,

meaning that Indigenous teenagers are at more risk of not accumulating the necessary

experience and qualifications needed to ensure employment and higher paid work in

the future. The risk increases by remoteness: from 38 per cent in major cities to 52 per

cent in remote areas and 70 per cent in very remote areas.47

13.68 For young Indigenous adults (aged 20 to 24 years), close to 70 per cent are not

fully engaged with work or education compared to 30 per cent of the non-Indigenous

workforce. This means that young Indigenous adults are three times as likely to be

unemployed or not in the labour force.48 While Indigenous young adults constituted

2.8 per cent of the total young adult population in 2001, they formed only one per cent

of those in full-time education, 1.4 per cent of full-time workers, 3.7 per cent of part-

45 Submission 244, p.24 (ATSIC).

46 Submission 160, p.10 (QCOSS).

47 Submission 244, p.38 (ATSIC).

48 Submission 244, p.38 (ATSIC).

319

time workers and 7.6 per cent of those unemployed or not in the labour force.49 Again

those in the most remote areas of Australia are at greatest risk with 73 per cent in

remote areas being at risk and 83 per cent in very remote areas being at risk.

13.69 ATSIC estimated that about 60 per cent of Indigenous young adults are

receiving an income support payment (total Centrelink plus those on CDEP but not on

Newstart Allowance). This compares to 23 per cent of non-Indigenous youth. If

ABSTUDY is excluded, about 45 per cent are on income support. ASTIC stated that

some double counting was expected when incorporating CDEP participants.50

13.70 An analysis by the Dussledorp Skills Forum on the education and labour

market status of teenagers (15-19 years) and young adults (20-24 years) between 1996

and 2001 found some improvements for Indigenous young people:

there was a 4 per cent increase in the number of Indigenous teenagers in

full time education;

there was a 3 per cent decrease in Indigenous teenagers in part-time work

and/or education, unemployed or not in the labour force; and

there was a slight increase Indigenous young adults undertaking full-time

study, accompanied by a decline in the proportion in full-time work and

increase in the proportion in part-time work and/or education (14.5 per cent

to 16.6 per cent).51

13.71 The Dussledorp Skills Forum suggested that ’early connection to full-time work

or education for young people is crucial to long-term labour market success, leading to

a need for renewed emphasis on improving education and employment outcomes for

young Indigenous people’.52

The criminal justice system

13.72 Indigenous people are disproportionately represented in the criminal justice

system. While Indigenous people comprise only 1 in 40 of the Australian population

as a whole, they comprise 1 in 5 of the prisoner population. The imprisonment rate for

Indigenous offenders is more than 15 times higher than the rate for non-Indigenous

offenders.53 The Coalition of Aboriginal Legal Services NSW (COALS) noted that on

49 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, How Young People are Faring, Key Indicators, 2003, p.43.

50 Submission 244, pp.38-39 (ATSIC).

51 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, pp.39-44.

52 Dusseldorp Skills Forum, p.36.

53 Submission 244, pp.22-23 (ATSIC). See also Committee Hansard 29.5.03, pp.529-30

(COALS).

320

average the NSW Department of Juvenile Justice had 300 juveniles in custody and

contact and over 9000 juveniles were before the courts. During 2001-02, Indigenous

juveniles comprised 34 per cent of juveniles on remand, 43 per cent under the

department’s control and 22 per cent in youth conferencing in NSW.54 Such high

levels of contact with the criminal justice system are exacerbated by, and inherently

linked to, the low socio-economic status of Indigenous people.

13.73 The level of imprisonment of Indigenous people is increasing. The cost to the

community of maintaining the justice system (police, courts and corrections) is also

high and is increasing. ATSIC stated that disruption occurs to both the lives of the

prisoner and of his/her family with incarceration for any length of time. The family

unit may break down when there is no breadwinner, and this can lead to violence,

homelessness and drug addiction.55

13.74 Once contact with the criminal justice system occurs, poverty again becomes a

factor in terms of affordable access to legal assistance and just sentencing. Most

Indigenous peoples, because of poverty, require legal aid for access to legal

representation.

13.75 COALS stated that there is increasing demand on Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander Legal Services (ATSILS) resources by Indigenous clients who require legal

advice/representation for civil, family and child-related matters. COALS noted that in

relation to Aboriginal Legal Services ’there has been virtually nil increase in funding

over the last five years’.56 COALS argued that additional funding should be provided.

Any increase in the number of solicitors and field officers for the ATSILS

would facilitate earlier contact and representation with Indigenous clients,

while a better understanding of Indigenous clients’ circumstances would

most likely result in lowering imprisonment rates for Indigenous people.57

13.76 Indigenous women are at a distinct disadvantage when it comes to accessing

legal aid, as the priority for service delivery in this area lies in criminal matters, where

the offenders are often male. While women’s access to services has improved in recent

years, further action is needed to reach a level of equality for all Indigenous people.

ATSIC noted that a disturbing trend is the increasing rate of Indigenous women in

prison. The number of Indigenous women incarcerated has risen by 255 per cent over

the past decade, although in absolute terms the numbers are relatively small.58

54 Submission 88, p.8 (COALS).

55 Submission 244, pp.23-24 (ATSIC); Committee Hansard 6.8.03, pp.1231-32 (ATSIC).

56 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.533 (COALS).

57 Submission 88, p.10 (COALS).

58 Submission 244, p.24 (ATSIC).

321

13.77 ATSIC argued that there is an urgent need to significantly increase the scope of

prisoner support services to encompass greater assistance with housing, childcare, and

financial concerns. In addition, there is a critical lack of expenditure on post-release

support services for prisoners, and this is compounded where immediate poverty is a

factor increasing the risk of re-offending. While $55 000 a year is spent to keep one

person incarcerated, only $300 a year is invested in post prisoner release. The

Commission stated that assistance with training, employment, housing, and family

care is essential at this stage, and the failure to invest in these social needs inevitably

leads to a greater degree of social dysfunction and recidivism.59

Recommendation 67

13.78 That the Commonwealth provide additional funding for Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander Legal Services.

Recommendation 68

13.79 That the States provide additional assistance for programs that address

recidivism and post-prison release support services for Indigenous people.

Conclusion

13.80 This inquiry has highlighted the alarming and distressing picture of poverty and

disadvantage amongst Indigenous communities across Australia. However, the inquiry

has only touched the edges of the absolute poverty and disadvantage of Indigenous

Australians that many previous inquiries and detailed studies have revealed. The

social and economic disadvantage suffered by Indigenous Australians has many forms

including high levels of unemployment, extremely poor health outcomes, far shorter

life expectancy than other Australians and high levels of incarceration. The situation

represents a serious national problem, and requires a concerted effort at all levels of

government to address the underlying causes.

13.81 The Committee believes that a concerted national approach to address the

problem of Indigenous poverty requires that agencies within and across governments

collaborate with Indigenous communities as well as with other community and private

sector agencies. The Committee firmly believes that solutions to the problem of

Indigenous poverty must involve extensive consultation with Aboriginal communities

to be at all effective.

13.82 Poverty and disadvantage are multi-dimensional and there is a degree of

circularity whereby an effect of poverty in turn becomes a cause, and so, for instance,

poor housing itself an outcome of poverty, militates against improved health,

educational and other outcomes. The implication of this situation is that programs to

59 Submission 244, p.24 (ATSIC).

322

address Indigenous poverty and disadvantage must be multi-faceted, and resourced to

a significant degree, commensurate with the scale of the problem.

13.83 Indigenous poverty appears to be deeply entrenched and persistent. This

implies that improvement in Indigenous economic and social status will require longterm

government intervention and innovative service models that ensure a high degree

of Indigenous involvement in the development and implementation of programs. As

one submission noted:

A future challenge for governments will involve implementing approaches

that recognise the heterogeneity of Indigenous life influenced by the

decisions made by Indigenous people in terms of how and where they want

to live. These factors in turn affect how rapidly any progress might be made

in improving the economic outlook for Indigenous people. The multifaceted

and complex nature of Indigenous poverty suggests that approaches

that merely mirror those for mainstream society, or advocate immediate

outcomes, may risk failure.60

60 Submission 255, pp.3-4 (CAEPR).

323

CHAPTER 14

RURAL AND REGIONAL COMMUNITIES

...poverty and geographic locational disadvantage is a very serious issue

that we need to grapple with in the short term rather than over the long

term.1

14.1 Evidence to the inquiry pointed to the problem of poverty and disadvantage in

many rural and regional areas across Australia. The evidence pointed to the generally

lower incomes of those living in these regions; reduced access to services such as

health, education and transport, and declining employment opportunities. These

factors are compounded by the problems of distance and isolation.2

14.2 The Committee visited a number of regional centres and heard from a large

number of organisations and individuals in these areas. These witnesses highlighted

the difficulties faced by many communities in confronting issues of poverty and

financial hardship and were particularly valuable in the insights they provided and the

need for governments to address the issues raised.

The urban-rural/regional divide

14.3 The importance of focusing on locational disadvantage was emphasised during

the inquiry. The experience of poverty is closely connected to where people live and

the resources which are collectively available to people who live in a particular

locality. QCOSS stated that an important feature of poverty in Queensland and ’an

emerging feature’ of poverty in Australia generally is the ’place-based nature of

poverty....poverty is not spread equally and evenly around the state and there are

particular localities that experience a set of characteristics that are both

disadvantageous to that locality and reflect significant groups in the population who

are living in poverty and financial hardship’.3

14.4 Other States and Territories reflected similar concerns. WACOSS commented on

the problems of regional disadvantage in Western Australia .’we feel very strongly

about regional issues in WA. People living in poverty in the remote areas are doubly

disadvantaged as a result of high living costs and reduced access to services’.4

1 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1193 (QCOSS).

2 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, pp.561-571; 30.6.03, pp.744-760; 1.7.03, pp.845-861; 6.8.03,

pp.1265-68. See also Submissions 166, pp.19-20 (Salvation Army); 169, pp.22-23 (Mission

Australia); 148, pp.28-29 (Catholic Welfare Australia); 133, pp.5-6 (UnitingCare Australia);

129, pp.19-20 (Queensland Government).

3 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, pp.1192-93 (QCOSS).

4 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1029 (WACOSS).

324

NTCOSS reflected on the specific characteristics of the Northern Territory which

impact on poverty in the Territory, including remoteness, a large Indigenous

population, the problem of distance with a small population spread over a large

geographical area and high population mobility. NTCOSS noted that these factors

’pose challenges in providing adequate physical and social infrastructure as well as

costs for people in the NT’.5

14.5 One study described the spatial dimensions of poverty since the 1970s in nonmetropolitan

areas as ’the emergence of declining rural towns with large numbers of

households on social security payments, declining industrial towns which have

experienced severe cutbacks, and selected coastal regions in NSW and Queensland

attracting large numbers of low-income people who are either in low-paid casual work

or unemployed’.6

14.6 Submissions and other evidence graphically highlighted the plight of many

communities in rural and regional areas across Australia, as illustrated below.

Poverty in rural Australia . the plight of the bush

From [CWA] branch to branch, we are concerned with poverty because we are concerned

with drought. We are also concerned with poverty because we cannot afford to keep our

farms going. Poverty is only one tiny part of it, because rural life has changed so much. Our

kids are educated out of our communities, we cannot get doctors, we no longer have banks,

we do not have trains and we do not have public transport, yet, when you put into action ideas

for getting those little communities to pull together and be more self-reliant, they turn up in

droves. The volunteer spirit is still very strong. But in terms of poverty there is a lot of

stoicism and resilience . a "we’ll be right" attitude.

Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.444 (CWA of NSW).

Another thing I would like to touch on briefly is rural women. There is a culture within the

rural community of being a stalwart.but one thing I have noticed is that when you go to

rodeos or country community events you see very thin women with reasonably well

presented children and reasonably well presently husbands, and you talk to people and they

will quietly say, "They are doing it very hard". You can see exactly what has gone on. These

women are sacrificing themselves to make sure that their children are looked after and their

husbands can get out there and still work their properties.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1066 (Hon. Jonathan Ford MLC).

5 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1081 (NTCOSS).

6 Fincher R & Wulff M, ’The Locations of Poverty and Disadvantage’, in Fincher R &

Nieuwenhuysen J, eds., Australian Poverty: Then and Now, Melbourne University Press, 1998,

p.164.

325

Rural and regional communities are generally poorer than metropolitan regions with

unemployment often being the cause of financial constraints for many. Access to social

services and subsequent lack of opportunities in the areas of education and health exacerbate

the deprivation in these areas.

Submission 148, p.28 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

Limited employment possibilities and poor access to health services, education and transport,

lower the quality of life for many in rural communities. While this pattern is not uniform

across rural and remote Australia.many people are living with the consequences of

economic deregulation, industry restructuring, the withdrawal of government services, such

as hospitals and schools, and the closure of banks and other businesses. This has led to job

losses and reduced incomes and further exacerbated rural poverty levels.

Submission 184, pp.17-18 (COTA National Seniors).

The vulnerability of many regional and rural communities has become magnified by the

recent drought.the drought combined with already high rates of unemployment, fragile local

economies and the ongoing loss of many social and community services has been devastating

for many individuals and families.

Submission 166, p.19 (Salvation Army).

We are actually seeing people who are in greater need than I have perhaps ever seen. I have

been in the game for approximately 25 years and I have seen urban poverty right through to

rural poverty. It is kind of the end of the line. They are coming forward, but it is only because

there is nothing left. It is really awful. For example, I was in touch with a service station

owner who was distraught because he had had to knock back a person who was trying to get

some petrol on tick. The person who was wanting to get petrol on tick was a woman whose

family had a farm. They could not pay their bills and so they could not get the petrol on tick.

But if she did not get the petrol on tick she could not come in to work in the chemist’s store

where she earned $125 a week, which was what they used to feed themselves and to pay for

the next lot of fertiliser for the farm. He was feeling awful; she was feeling awful. It is really

very tough. I agree with you.people are beginning to come forward, but their level of need

is far higher than what you would perhaps see in similar circumstances in an urban

population and that is combined with a lack of familiarisation with the kind of help that is

available, which is another stumbling block.

Committee Hansard 6.8.03, pp.1249-50 (Lifeline North Queensland).

14.7 The lack of services . both government and non-government . in a whole range

of areas, such as education, health, transport, banking and other community services,

and the general loss or downsizing of essential infrastructure was a frequently

expressed concern during the inquiry. The Country Women’s Association (CWA) of

NSW described the situation in one small country town:

Mrs Brown . At Yeoval, which is another 25 kilometres on from Cumnock,

which is 25 kilometres from Orange, there is a community bus once a

fortnight. At Cumnock we have just got a doctor half a day a week . yes! .

but we had no doctor before that.

326

Senator LEES . Is there a bank?

Mrs Brown . No. The bank moved into the post office when the bank

closed, and then the post office closed. So we have the Commonwealth

Bank and the post office in the general store.7

14.8 The decline of services and the social infrastructure can have a serious impact on

local communities and can, in many instances, accelerate the decline of small rural

communities. Anglicare Victoria spoke of this effect in the following terms:

We have talked about increasing centralisation of services, the closing of

post offices, banks, hospitals and court houses in a lot of smaller

communities; the loss of other businesses as the people employed in those

services leave; the drop in school numbers and then school closures; and the

general breaking down of social infrastructure in many small communities.

Young people and families leave to get education or broader educational

opportunities and do not return. Not only is the social infrastructure

disappearing; the people left in the small communities are the most isolated

and vulnerable . the people who do not actually have a choice to leave.8

14.9 The problem of poverty amongst Indigenous Australians in rural and remote

areas was also highlighted during the inquiry. The Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander Commission (ATSIC) stated that in remote areas the lack of accessible

services and inadequate infrastructure greatly exacerbates problems that perpetuate

poverty. In many remote communities, basic amenities and services such as water,

sanitation, power, telecommunications, and public transport and housing are nonexistent

or insufficient to support the population.9 Catholic Welfare Australia stated

that rural poverty ’is most pronounced amongst Indigenous Australians. This is

evident in all areas of their lives. Rural Indigenous Australians have a life expectancy

20 years less than non-Indigenous Australians and have twice the mortality rate of

non-Indigenous rural Australians’.10 For a further discussion of issues relating to

Indigenous Australians see chapter 13.

14.10 Submissions emphasised the often ’hidden’ nature of poverty in regional and

rural Australia. The CWA of NSW referred to a study of jobless families in north-east

7 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.467 (CWA of NSW). A study by Pawar and McClinton

Towards Poverty Alleviation in Rural Australia argues that the decline of many small towns

results from the loss or absence of key community and other services and that rural poverty is

more widespread and more chronic than urban poverty, Centre for Rural Social Research,

Charles Sturt University.

8 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.87 (Anglicare Victoria).

9 Submission 244, p.3 (ATSIC).

10 Submission 148, p.29 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

327

NSW arguing that it was the intangibles that flowed from their financial plight that

resonated. The CWA added:

.these families appear to lead "normal lives", working at school canteen, or

going to TAFE, and so on, but they never invite anyone to their homes nor

discuss even casually their personal circumstances with others. Most of the

families live in unsuitable or unconventional accommodation, some sharing

houses with virtual strangers, others sharing with relatives "for the time

being".11

14.11 Recent drought conditions have also exacerbated the often dire economic

situation with increasing hardship for many farming families and significant flow-on

effects to local communities. Evidence to the inquiry from welfare agencies and local

community groups indicated that many communities are faced with increasing levels

of stress, family breakdown, domestic violence, suicide, substance abuse and crime as

a result of these increasingly difficult economic conditions and the recent drought.12

14.12 An indication of the extent of hardship being experienced in rural and regional

Australia is provided by the calls on assistance being provided by charitable and

welfare organisations and other groups. The CWA in NSW spent $380 000 (up to a

maximum of $1000 per family) in less than two months on assistance to farming

families for their domestic needs.13 The SVDP Society conferences also indicated

continuing demand for their services. For example, one conference reported that:

The continual increase in the number of people is of great concern as

financially this imposes a very serious demand on our limited resources. Our

volunteers are finding there is insufficient time to properly assist people

with material assistance, many of whom relish the opportunity to have a

one-on-one discussion with a willing listener.14

14.13 Many rural populations are also ageing as younger people move to the larger

towns in search of education, work or a better lifestyle. COTA National Seniors spoke

of life in rural communities becoming harder for older people. A lack of suitable

accommodation and services often leads to depression and a severe sense of isolation.

Cutbacks and closures in hospitals and health services have had a particularly adverse

effect on the lives of older rural Australians, many of whom are unable to access

timely and appropriate care. There is a widespread lack of aged care facilities and

support services, particularly HACC services, to enable older people to remain in their

11 Submission 39, p.5 (CWA of NSW). See also Submission 58, p.1 (CWA of Victoria).

12 Submissions 166, pp.19-20 (Salvation Army); 39, p.6 (CWA of NSW); 58, p.1 (CWA of

Victoria) 184, p.18 (COTA National Seniors).

13 Submission 39, p.6 (CWA of NSW); Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.466 (CWA of NSW).

14 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.574 (SVDP Society . Raymond Terrace).

328

homes for as long as possible. With the movement of younger family members to

cities and larger regional centres frail older people have even fewer resources.15

Social and economic disparities

14.14 A number of major economic and social disparities affecting rural and regional

communities were highlighted during the inquiry and these are discussed below.16

Unemployment

14.15 Submissions pointed to increasing inequality in the distribution of employment

opportunities between rural and regional areas vis-à-vis metropolitan areas. Mission

Australia noted that ’the lower share of employment generated by primary industries

in recent years, exacerbated by the current drought, has meant that many nonmetropolitan

regions have far fewer jobs than in past decades’.17 UnitingCare Australia

stated that communities in regions with single sector employment are particularly

vulnerable to changes in policy that result in the movement of job opportunities away

from the region. This disadvantage may be compounded in regions offering unskilled

employment as the job market increasingly moves towards demand for skilled

workers.18

14.16 During the 1990s there were significant variations in the rate of unemployment

in the various States as well as variations within both the metropolitan and nonmetropolitan

areas of States and Territories. A snapshot of unemployment, based on

1996 Census data, shows that non-metropolitan regions had, on average, higher

unemployment rates than metropolitan regions. In that year, non-metropolitan regions

recorded an overall rate of 10.5 per cent, while metropolitan regions recorded an

overall rate of 8.5 per cent. Within non-metropolitan regions, in general, the more

remote areas exhibited below average rates of unemployment. Above average levels

of unemployment were found in coastal NSW, particularly the North Coast, and

south-eastern Queensland, as well as in areas surrounding Australia’s major cities. It

appears likely that these areas have attracted unemployed persons from large cities.19

15 Submission 184, p.18 (COTA National Seniors); Committee Hansard 19.6.03, p.625 (COTA

National Seniors). See also Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.87 (Anglicare Victoria).

16 Many of these issues were raised by the Australian Catholic Social Welfare Commission in ’A

Litany of Disadvantage: Rural Communities of Australia’, Discussion Paper No.15, 2000.

17 Submission 169, p.22 (Mission Australia).

18 Submission 133, pp.5-6 (UnitingCare Australia).

19 Department of Industry, Tourism & Resources, Key Demographic and Labour Market Trends

in Australia during the 1990s, 2002, p.16.

329

Incomes

14.17 Studies have found growing income disparities between people living in the

capital cities and those living in rural and regional areas of the country. One study

found that in 1996 household incomes in metropolitan regions were significantly

higher . nearly $10000 or almost 30 per cent . than those in non-metropolitan

regions.20 Data for 2000-01 indicated that at the national level, average incomes in the

capital cities were 20 percent above those in the balance of the particular State, and in

each State capital city average incomes were above those in the balance of the State.

The largest difference was in NSW where the capital city incomes were 30 per cent

above the average incomes across the rest of the State.21 However, regional areas are

not uniformly disadvantaged in terms of income disparities, with different patterns

being experienced in particular States and regions.

14.18 A study by Lloyd et. al. examined changes in the incomes of households living

in regional Australia between 1991 and 1996.22 The study found that ’there is a large

and growing gap’ between the incomes of those living in the capital cities and those

living in the rest of the country. The incomes of metropolitan residents increased at

about double the rate of those living in other major urban centres and regional and

rural towns in the five years to 1996. The results indicate, however, that regional

Australia is not uniformly disadvantaged and not uniformly declining. The biggest

’losers’ in terms of income appear to be residents of small rural towns rather than

residents of rural areas as such.

14.19 The situation for regions aggregated across Australia masks very different

experiences in particular States and regions. Income inequality between regions

becomes more apparent when the States are analysed separately. While incomes grew

strongly in Sydney and Melbourne between 1991 and 1996, the growth was not as

strong in most other areas of NSW and Victoria. Both Western Australia and

Queensland had strong growth in most regions. In rural South Australia and Tasmania

incomes increased substantially, but in other areas of both States real incomes were

stagnant or declined.

14.20 Not only did the income gaps between regions increase in the 1990s, income

inequality within regions also increased. The proportion of households in the middle

income ranges declined while the proportions in the high and low income ranges

increased. Non-metropolitan areas had a much higher proportion of low income

households than did the capital cities and a lower proportion of high income

households. The proportion of low income households grew more slowly in the capital

20 Key Demographic Trends, p.17.

21 ABS, Household Income and Income Distribution, Cat No.6523.0, July 2003, p.9.

22 Lloyd R et.al., ’Regional Divide? A Study of Incomes in Regional Australia’, NATSEM

Discussion Paper No.51, September 2000, pp.22-23.

330

cities than the rest of Australia, except rural areas, during the 1991-96 period, while

the proportion of high income households grew more rapidly.23

Health

14.21 Submissions pointed to the lack of access to health services for people living in

rural and remote areas.24

14.22 The Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) noted that access to

health services in regional Australia is influenced by the lower number of GPs; lower

rates of bulk billing; and lower levels of access to specialists and major hospitals as a

consequence of greater travel distances. For example, with regard to medical

practitioners, AIHW statistics show that in 1999 there was generally a higher

proportion of medical practitioners relative to population concentration in capital

cities than in non-metropolitan areas. For other rural and remote areas, the percentage

of medical practitioners was generally lower than their proportion in the population.25

Education

14.23 Submissions also pointed to disparities in access to educational opportunities,

(especially secondary education) for people living in non-metropolitan areas. Children

in these areas are less likely to complete their education than those living in

metropolitan areas.26 While there is considerable regional variation across nonmetropolitan

Australia there appears to be a clear negative relationship between the

proportion of 16 year old children attending school and the degree of remoteness of

the locality. Areas exhibiting below average continuation of children to postcompulsory

education are concentrated throughout central, western and northern

Australia.27

14.24 There are also disparities in access to higher, technical and further education.

While mining areas (particularly in Western Australia) have a relatively high

proportion of people with tertiary qualifications, in many areas of NSW, Queensland,

South Australia, northern and western Victoria and the Northern Territory, the

proportion of people with these qualifications is well below the non-metropolitan

average.28

23 Lloyd, p.22.

24 Submissions 184, p.17 (COTA National Seniors); 151, p.6 (Catholic Diocese of Armidale)

25 AIHW, Australia’s Health 2002, pp.215, 270-74.

26 Submissions 58, p.1 (CWA of Victoria); 151, p.7 (Bishop’s Commission for Justice,

Development & Peace . Catholic Diocese of Armidale).

27 Key Demographic Trends, pp.19-20.

28 Key Demographic Trends, p.20.

331

Addressing poverty and disadvantage in regional and rural areas

14.25 Evidence to the inquiry proposed a number of strategies to address poverty and

disadvantage in regional and rural areas, including:

improved access to services;

regional development strategies;

job creation initiatives; and

capacity building.

These approaches include strategies to improve access to universal services and, in

addition, provide more targeted initiatives for rural and regional areas.

Improved access to services

14.26 People living in rural and regional areas need greater access to a range of

government and other services, including health, education, aged care, transport and

other community services than is currently provided. Catholic Welfare Australia

emphasised that decisions on the continuation of services such as transport, health,

police, post offices and schools in rural areas should be influenced by social

considerations, not purely economic factors.29

14.27 ACOSS suggested that the Commonwealth and State Governments should

commit to national minimum standards of access to essential community services,

including public health, education, and social welfare services. This commitment

would help stem the loss of publicly-funded services in many areas of Australia.

ACOSS suggested that the commitment should be implemented jointly by the

Commonwealth and State Governments through the Council of Australian

Governments (COAG) process.30

14.28 The Committee has made a number of recommendations in other chapters to

address several of these issues, especially in the areas of health, education and

housing. Provision of government and other services in rural and regional areas

remains an urgent need that the Commonwealth and States Governments should

address as a matter of priority.

29 Submission 148, p.30 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

30 ACOSS, Generating Jobs: Fifteen Strategies for Reducing Unemployment in Australia,

October 2001, p.28.

332

Regional development strategies

14.29 The need for regional development programs to address poverty and

disadvantage in regional areas was stressed in some submissions. The Queensland

Government noted that:

Regional development is an important tool to enable people in regional

areas to participate in economic development and achieve sustainable

increases in living standards. Without regional development, poverty and

disadvantage in regional areas are likely to increase.31

14.30 VCOSS also noted that regional development strategies that focus on

maintaining a proper share of economic development in rural and regional areas are

needed to halt the rural decline. Such strategies should include a mix of business and

industry stimulation, local education and training initiatives and social housing

development.32 Anglicare Victoria noted that it is often difficult to attract investment

’beyond a certain circle around metropolitan areas. Profits from industries are often

not invested in local communities. There are often no employment alternatives when

industries close down in rural areas’.33

14.31 States have implemented various regional development strategies. In

Queensland, the most decentralised mainland State, the Government provides

substantial infrastructure investment support to regional areas . in the 2002-03

Budget, $2.1 billion of planned capital outlays (43 per cent of the total) were allocated

to regions outside southeast Queensland. In addition to capital investment, the Office

of Regional Development within the Department of State Development coordinates

regional development policy and implements regional economic development projects

from a whole-of-government perspective.34 The Victorian Government has developed

regional development projects and a major regional regeneration program based on

public housing estates. The Government has also expanded job opportunities with

more than a third of jobs growth occurring in rural and regional Victoria in recent

years. In addition, the government has established a Regional Infrastructure

Development Fund to maximise regional growth and development activities.35

31 Submission 129, p.18 (Queensland Government).

32 Submission 118, p.12 (VCOSS). See also Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.465 (CWA of NSW).

33 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.87 (Anglicare Victoria).

34 Submission 129, pp.18-19 (Queensland Government).

35 Submission 69, p.30 (Victorian Government).

333

Job creation initiatives

14.32 Submissions and other evidence argued that job creation initiatives such as

public infrastructure development programs and the encouragement of labourintensive

private sector services should be targeted to regional areas.

14.33 A number of submissions suggested that nation building projects could be

undertaken. ACOSS argued for the implementation of a national public infrastructure

development program targeted to disadvantaged regions, with priorities to include

social infrastructure development such as public housing, hospitals and schools. The

development program should be designed to generate jobs in two ways . in the

construction of infrastructure, and by improving the efficiency of the regional

economy. Contractors should be required to source as much of the labour for these

projects from within the regions concerned, and to establish partnerships with local

Job Network services to take on local unemployed people.36

14.34 Catholic Welfare Australia also proposed that nation building projects could be

undertaken under collaborative partnerships between Government and business to deal

more adequately with major environmental problems, including salinity and water

management. The Government ’should target funding of such projects to areas of

greatest disadvantage to stimulate employment and reduce poverty in those regions’.37

14.35 Submissions argued that governments should encourage the expansion of

labour-intensive private sector services in regional centres, for example, by improving

education and training and other public infrastructure and promoting tourism

development. ACOSS noted that this is probably the most sustainable basis for

employment growth in disadvantaged regions. Governments can help disadvantaged

regions compete for employment opportunities by investing in education and training

to improve a region’s skills base. Institutions such as regional universities also

generate jobs in their own right. Local public infrastructure such as roads could also

be improved to help attract both employers and consumers.38

14.36 Evidence differed on the efficacy of using tax concessions or other subsidies to

encourage employers to relocate to disadvantaged regions. Catholic Welfare Australia

argued that governments should implement tax credit regimes as an effective wage

subsidy for new jobs created in areas of greatest regional disadvantage. These

arrangements would provide tax credits for employers in disadvantaged regional areas

to take on additional employees. Similar schemes have been operating in several US

states.39 ACOSS, however, argued that the use of tax and other concessions are a

36 Generating Jobs, p.29.

37 Submission 148, p.32 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

38 Generating Jobs, pp.29-30.

39 Submission 148, pp.31-32 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

334

costly way to improve job opportunities. They may have unintended consequences,

for example, by drawing employers away from surrounding areas that may not be

much better off. A related problem is the destructive competition between State

Governments to attract private sector investment using these concessions.40

14.37 Submissions also argued that industries should be encouraged to decentralise

and some government departments and agencies could be relocated to regional

centres.41

Capacity building

14.38 Submissions emphasised the need for capacity building as a means of

addressing poverty and disadvantage within communities. Mission Australia noted

that it was important to ’build community networks so as to improve social capital,

and to strengthen the capacity of communities to deal with the consequences of

hardship’.42 ACOSS noted that community capacity-building is often a crucial first

step towards economic and social revival of disadvantaged regions . ’initiatives

planned by local people are more likely to achieve their objectives than those that are

delivered from the top down’.43 There is a need for skilled facilitators to be employed

to get communities organised, determine what actions need to be taken and mobilise

the people of the community for their own betterment. Submissions noted that while it

was important to draw on local community skills this should be combined with

effective government resources and encouragement.44

14.39 States have implemented various community development programs. The

Victorian Government has a community building program with a strong regional

dimension which is complementary to its regional infrastructure development

program.45 The Queensland Government operates a community renewal program

which works closely with local communities to promote a variety of projects,

including those that provide increased employment and training opportunities and

those that improve services and facilities.46

40 Generating Jobs, p.30.

41 Submission 148, p.30 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

42 Submission 169, p.24 (Mission Australia).

43 Generating Jobs, p.29.

44 Submissions 163, p.154 (ACOSS); 148, p.30 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

45 Submission 69, p.30 (Victorian Government).

46 Submission 129, p.19 (Queensland Government).

335

Conclusion

14.40 The Committee believes that the poverty and disadvantage experienced in

many rural and regional communities needs to be urgently addressed by all levels of

government. The Committee considers that access to government services in such

areas as health, education, housing and transport as well as other community services,

such as banking, needs to be expanded in many regional areas to provide the

necessary social infrastructure to enable these communities to function effectively.

14.41 The Committee also believes that Governments should play a key role in

building up the economic infrastructure of these communities by developing national

public infrastructure development projects, and maintaining and extending regional

development and other job creation strategies. It is only by concerted and sustained

government action that the disturbing urban-regional economic and social divide can

be overcome.

Recommendation 69

14.42 That the Commonwealth and State Governments maintain and expand

services in such areas as health, education, housing and transport to rural and

regional areas.

Recommendation 70

14.43 That the Commonwealth and State Governments set national minimum

standards for access to essential community services, such as health, education

and welfare services in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 71

14.44 That State Governments maintain and expand regional development

strategies in rural and regional areas.

Recommendation 72

14.45 That the Commonwealth Government develop a national public

infrastructure development program targeted to regional areas focusing on such

areas as transport, hospitals and schools.

Recommendation 73

14.46 That State Governments encourage the expansion of labour-intensive

private sector services in regional areas by improving education and training and

other public infrastructure and/or providing tax concessions or other subsidies to

encourage employers to relocate to regional areas.

336

Recommendation 74

14.47 That State Governments support local employment and social

development initiatives in rural and regional areas.

337

CHAPTER 15

OLDER PEOPLE, MIGRANTS AND REFUGEES

Older people

However poverty is measured, it is reasonable to assume that many people

on pensions and superannuants/retirees receiving incomes in the same range

as pensions can be defined as living in poverty. Unless they hold assets .

such as their own home, or have investments (which would, at any rate,

reduce the pension payment) and do not have large expenses going towards

health or other essential services, pensioners and superannuants should be

considered as living in poverty or, at the very least, vulnerable to poverty.1

15.1 Research undertaken by NATSEM indicates that the wealth of older Australians

almost doubled between 1986 and 1997. This reflects their high home-ownership rate,

growth in net value of shares owned and growth in accumulated superannuation

benefits. Conversely, younger Australians (aged less than 45 years) held a declining

share of total wealth.

15.2 The distribution of the growth in wealth differed with markedly higher wealth

for couples than singles and somewhat higher wealth for single males than single

females. However, ’the most profound movement’ between 1986 and 1997 was the

increase in the share of all older Australians’ wealth held by the richest 5 per cent . up

from about 67 to 71 per cent. The middle half of older Australians suffered a fall in

their share of wealth, while the poorest older Australians saw a slight increase’.2

15.3 When looking at all Australian households, just over two-fifths (43 per cent) of

all households headed by older Australians are in the lowest income quintile and fourfifths

are concentrated in the two lowest income quintiles. Only three per cent are

concentrated in the highest income quintile.3 Single older women had the lowest

income.

15.4 NATSEM noted that wealth is only part of the picture for older Australians.

Government benefits . age and Veterans’ pensions . play a particularly important role

and labour market activity continues to make a contribution for a few older people.

The proportion of government benefits as a percentage of the after-tax incomes of

older Australians has declined from 62 per cent in 1986 to 57 per cent in 1997.

NATSEM noted that ’this does not reflect a reduction in the levels of pension

1 Submission 223, pp.2-3 (APSF).

2 Harding, A, King A & Kelly S, Trends in the incomes and assets of older Australians’,

NATSEM, Discussion Paper no. 58, June 2002, pp.11-12.

3 Submission 172, p.30 (Smith Family).

338

payments, which have been effectively indexed in line with earning, but rather the

growing importance of private retirement incomes. As private incomes have

increased, the means testing of the pension has compounded the fall in the

contribution of government benefits to the incomes of older Australians’.

15.5 NATSEM concluded that:

The growing diversity in the economic wellbeing of older Australians raises

a number of challenges for policy makers. Most older Australians remain

heavily dependent on the age pension, with increases in the rate of age

pension and/or liberalisation of the income and assets tests continuing to be

extremely important in determining the living standards of older

Australians.4

15.6 While ACOSS noted that the benchmarking of pensions to 25 per cent of male

total average earnings in the early 1970s resulted in a much lower risk of income

poverty for older Australian than was the case in the 1970s, other researchers stated

that ’the most striking trend’ in the 1990s was the steady increase in poverty rates

among the aged, up from 7.3 per cent in 1990 to 11.2 per cent in 2000. The increasing

poverty rate, the ageing population and early retirement are resulting in the over 50s

making up an increasing share of the poor.5

Table 15.1: Estimates of Australians in poverty by age range, 1990 to 2000*

1990 1995 1996 1998 2000

Poverty rates

50-64 years 10.6 10.8 11.9 11.7 11.5

65 years & older 7.3 7.2 8.3 9.7 11.2

Proportion of those in poverty

50-64 years 17 17 19 18 19

65 years & older 9 9 10 12 13

*Using the before-housing half average income poverty line (Henderson equivalence scale)

Source: Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.17.

15.7 While Table 15.1 gives a general overview of the position of older Australians,

there are particular groups of older people who are more likely to be at risk of poverty

than others including older people in private rental with no private income; women;

4 Harding, King and Kelly, pp.14-15, 17.

5 Submission 163, p.35 (ACOSS); Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, Financial Disadvantage

in Australia 1990 to 2000: The persistence of poverty in a decade of growth, Smith Family,

2001, p.17.

339

single people reliant on the full age pension . often women; and those on pensions or

allowances for a very long time with no potential for improving their income.6

Factors contributing to poverty of older Australians

15.8 COTA pointed to a number of factors that contribute to an increased risk of

poverty for older people. For those 50 to 64 years of age, the factors include:

unemployment and underemployment; dependent family members; and inadequate

income support. For the 65 plus age group, factors relate to inadequate retirement

income; increasing housing costs; ill health and disability.

Changing industrial conditions

15.9 COTA argued that one of the factors contributing to the poverty of older

Australians has been the change in industrial conditions including industry and labour

market restructuring. There has been growth in jobs but these have been part-time,

casual and contract work with no security of tenure. There has also been an increase in

jobs in the services sector, though often part-time or casual, and a decrease in jobs in

the manufacturing sector. There are also now few jobs in rural Australia.

15.10 The numbers of older men in the workforce have declined over time. 88 per

cent of men aged 50 to 59 were in the labour force in 1973 declining to 74 per cent by

1998. The change for those in the 60 to 64 year age group was more dramatic:

declining from 76 per cent in 1973 to 46 per cent in 1998.7 COTA commented that

this has had a dramatic effect on older Australians so that:

almost half (46 per cent) of Australians aged between 50 and 64 years are

not in paid employment;

a third of Australians aged between 50 and 64 years are reliant on some

form of social security payment as their primary source of income; and

over 50 per cent of people move onto the age pension form a working age

income support payment.

15.11 The Department of Family and Community Services (FaCS) also noted

changes in labour market participation. Women have demonstrated a strong upward

shift in labour force participation across all age ranges, other than the youngest

(reflecting higher education participation) and the very oldest. However, over the

longer term the participation of men has fallen for all age groups, especially amongst

older age groups. As a result of these changes, a quarter of men and half of women in

the 55-59 year age range are not in the labour force. Taken together, the increase in

life expectancy and the propensity towards early retirement, mean that people are

6 Submission 184, p.10 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

7 Submission 184, p.11 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

340

going to spend longer in retirement. An OECD study reported that between 1970 and

1999, life expectancy at effective retirement age for Australian men increased from

12.6 years to 18.7 years, and for women from 17.7 years to 23.4 years.

15.12 However, as people retire earlier, retirement savings must last longer or living

standards, in both absolute and relative terms, may be affected. FaCS concluded that

this highlights the importance of maximising economic participation while people are

of workforce age. Any periods out of the workforce affects capacity to accumulate

retirement savings. Early retirees risk reducing their retirement savings by not only

reducing the period during which they can accumulate savings, but also by drawing on

those savings over a longer period.8

15.13 FaCS indicated that people aged 50 years and over are one of the target groups

for the Australians Working Together package. The changes introduced through the

package are aimed at helping mature age people to maintain an active lifestyle and

enable them to contribute more to the workplace and the community. Targeted

assistance is provided for the specific needs and circumstances of mature age people

in order to overcome the difficulties they face in gaining work.

15.14 Community engagement is also encouraged through Commonwealth programs.

Components include the Stronger Families and Communities Strategy where older

Australians have been identified as a key target group. Programs include: encouraging

community participation through projects such as the voluntary work initiative,

designed specifically to support income support customers, particularly those aged 50

and over; a matching and referral service to voluntary organisations; supporting

grandparents who have caring responsibilities; and, the Prime Minister’s community

business partnership which encourages businesses in local regions to generate

opportunities for older workers and other groups.9

Unemployment, underemployment and low wages

15.15 Age appears to be a significant barrier to employment in Australia. A study

conducted by the FaCS with mature aged participants revealed that 66 per cent of

those surveyed rated their chances of finding work as ’poor’ or ’very poor’ and 82 per

cent cited age as a barrier to work. Many of the participants cited retrenchment as the

reason for stopping work in their last job.

15.16 A recent study also underlined the employer’s unwillingness to engage older

workers, particularly mature aged women. Employers view older workers as being

less able to adapt to new technology, not worth training, not interested in their work

and not having the physical strength or mental alertness of their younger colleagues.10

8 Submission 165, pp.29-30 (FaCS).

9 Submission 165, pp.40-41 (FaCS).

10 Nixon, S ’Older staff not worth training, say bosses’, The Sydney Morning Herald, 7.10.03.

341

The Committee also heard evidence that some employers are vary wary of employing

older workers because of possible higher costs. In the Newcastle area for example,

there is intense competition for factory jobs. However, applicants must pass fairly

stringent medical requirements. The Samaritans Foundation commented:

You have got to have a sound back, good grip and all that sort of stuff, and

no major injuries. Older people tell me they have had very little success in

getting jobs in large factories. I think one of the problems we have in this

region, and probably in every other region, is that most large employers

these days are terrified about workers compensation costs and they screen

out people that they think would be a risk for them in that area.11

15.17 Many older workers can only access part-time, casual or contract work. While

there are advantages in undertaking this type of work, there are also significant

disadvantages including low wages, long hours, the possibility of exploitation,

increased travelling time and difficulties in securing payment on completion of

projects. ABS surveys indicate that many part-time workers want to work more hours.

In the 45-54 cohort around 13 per cent of women and over 18 per cent of men wanted

more hours while in the over 55 cohort over 6 per cent of women and approximately

8 per cent of men were looking for increased working hours.12

15.18 Low wages are still prevalent in many sectors including the footwear, clothing

and textile industry. COTA noted that the low hourly rates of pay means that those

who are working full-time may not necessarily be better off than those on allowances

and pensions who may also be entitled to additional non-cash benefits.

15.19 ACOSS warned that:

.the inexorable rise in joblessness among mature age workers means that

more people are being forced to draw down their assets earlier than they

expected. Enforced joblessness among mature age workers, together with

declining rates of home ownership, could increase the extent of poverty in

old age in future years, just as the wider spread of superannuation is

improving the living standards of the majority of retirees. Those most at risk

are single mature age people with limited vocational skills, living in rented

accommodation.13

Changing nature of families

15.20 COTA argued that another factor contributing to poverty for older Australians

is the changing nature of families. Increasingly older people have responsibilities

caring for children, partners and older parents, and this affects their ability to

11 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.566 (Samaritans Foundation).

12 Submission 184, p.12 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

13 Submission 163, p.96 (ACOSS).

342

participate in the workforce. For example, between December 2000 and December

2002 the numbers of people receiving Family Tax Benefit (paid to primary carers of

children) increased 33 per cent in the 55-59 year age group and 16.5 per cent in the

50-54 year age group. The largest group of carers in 2002 were people in the 50-59

age group who made up 41 per cent of recipients and were predominantly providing

care for their partners.14

15.21 Older Australians who have been out of the workforce because of family

responsibilities, or who try to juggle those responsibilities and work, particularly face

difficulties in finding work as mature age jobseekers.

Government income support

15.22 Australians aged over 65 years are concentrated at the bottom of the income

spectrum with older Australian households making up 43 per cent of all low-income

households. These figures are reflected in analysis of disposable incomes of older

Australians with 96 per cent of all adults living within low income older households

reporting that they received pensions and allowances. Of those older Australians

receiving income in the top/high income quintile, 24 per cent received pensions and

allowances.15

15.23 COTA also noted that in 1999-2000 one third of people aged 55-64 and three

quarters of those aged 65 and over relied on pensions and allowances as their principal

source of income. Single females rely more on government benefits than do couples or

single males. This directly reflects the lesser opportunity that single females had to

save for retirement ACOSS also commented that older people are most likely to be

fully reliant on social security for prolonged periods, whether they receive

unemployment allowances, mature age allowances, various payments for mature age

women, or the Disability Support Pension. This reflects the very poor employment

prospects of mature age people with limited skills.16

15.24 In this same period, almost half (46 per cent) of Australians aged 50 to 64 years

were not in paid employment.17 This group is also most likely to be amongst the long

term unemployed . on average 2 years . and once they lose a job it is quite difficult to

re-enter the workforce. Almost 30 per cent of these people receive income support. Of

these, 87 per cent receive pensions or non-activity tested allowances. FaCS also noted

14 Submission 184, p.13 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

15 Submission 172, pp.22,30 (Smith Family). Analysis based on equivalent disposable income for

each household using the OECD equivalence scale.

16 Submission 163, p.95 (ACOSS).

17 Submission 184, p.10 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

343

that most people who come onto payment of income support after the age of 50 do not

leave, but simply move on to the age pension.18

Table 15.2: Principal source of income for people aged 55-64 and over 56 in

1999-2000

Principal source of income Age 55-64 Age 65 and over

Wages and salaries 43.4 3.1

Own unincorporated business 8.9 1.8

Government pensions and allowances 33.6 74.1

Other 12.1 19.6

Source: Submission 184, p.10 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

15.25 Mission Australia warned of ’an impending crisis’ for those workers who are

over 45 years and looking for work. Often these workers have been forced into early

retirement. This brings the customary difficulties of no work as well as the extra

burdens of family responsibilities, mortgages and children’s education. They are also

less able to follow employment prospects, given their family responsibilities.19

15.26 Witnesses emphasised the need for older workers to access affordable training

opportunities or skill recognition services so that they are equipped with the capacity

to gain, hold and advance in their jobs. SDA stated that ’such a move should be seen

as a preventative strategy designed to prevent older workers ending up on

unemployment lists’.20

Recommendation 75

15.27 That the Commonwealth increase support to educational and other

programs which enable older Australians to remain active members of the

workforce.

15.28 COTA noted that there are significant numbers of unemployed mature aged

people who are not eligible for income support due to the social security assets test.

These people must use up their assets while searching for employment. COTA stated

that ’this runs counter to what should be a primary goal of retirement incomes policy .

protection of assets for retirement and old age’. COTA also noted that the level of

Newstart Allowance is considerably lower than the old age pension and without the

same fringe benefits. COTA National Seniors recommended that Newstart Allowance

18 Submission 165, p.30 (FaCS).

19 Submission 169, p.14 (Mission Australia).

20 Submission 50, p.11 (SDA).

344

be increased or replaced for mature aged people with another payment more

realistically reflecting the duration of unemployment older unemployed people are

likely to experience and lifting the income test for this payment to the same level for a

pension income.21

15.29 Older women, particularly single older women, are at risk of poverty. If older

women have no income other than a pension, they are most likely to experience

hardship. The Older Womens Network study found that ’there was a unanimous view

that the single age pension is too low to provide an adequate income in retirement’.22

15.30 COTA supported the view that older people on full pensions and allowances

continue to struggle to make ends meet. The GST, increased user pays, removal of

some medications from the PBS and pressures on services such as dental care were

referred to as having all played a part. The GST was seen as a major impetus for price

increases in the areas of insurance, gas, electricity and household services including

repairs, gardening and maintenance. COTA recommended:

an ongoing increase of $300 indexed or 3 per cent in the incomes of all

pensioners and allowees aged 50 and over who are reliant on social security

incomes;

revision of the social security assets test for mature age people to more

realistically reflect lifecycle factors affecting savings and to be cognisant of

the retirement savings requirements of older Australians. This may lead to

the development a graduated age-related assets test;

Newstart Allowance for older unemployed people should be increased or

replaced with another payment that more realistically reflects the duration

of the unemployment they are likely to experience: the current level of a

pension payment would be appropriate;

defer abolition of Mature Age Allowance until there is an improvement in

employment rates for people 60 and over;

increase the income test-free area to remove the disincentive for pensioners

to seek paid work; and

introduce an earnings credit scheme for pensioners to enable them to take

on casual or irregular paid employment to supplement their income.23

21 Submission 184, p.14 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

22 Submission 184, p.14 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

23 Submission 184, pp.19-20 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

345

Inadequate retirement income

15.31 A large proportion of older Australians have not had the means to establish an

adequate income for their retirement. They may have been in low paying jobs, been

unemployment for periods of time, experienced underemployment or had family

responsibilities which precluded employment or full-time employment. These people

have not had the same opportunity to save for retirement and are more likely to be

reliant on allowances in the short term and pensions and benefits later in life.

15.32 One group which provided evidence of the difficulties of providing adequately

for retirement was Carers Australia. Many people who have caring responsibilities are

unable to work, are forced to retire from work early, have disrupted employment or

work in part-time or causal or low paying jobs. These situations mean that carers have

a reduced capacity to save for retirement, particularly women in the middle age group

who often have limited opportunity to work and accumulate superannuation. In

addition, caring often involves unexpected high expenses such as house or car

modifications which require large amounts of capital.

15.33 Carers Australia noted that current retirement income policies providing

incentives for people to work longer through measures, such as the Pension Bonus

Scheme, mean that carers are again disadvantaged.24

Recommendation 76

15.34 That the Commonwealth Government review the special needs of ageing

carers in relation to retirement income and income support.

15.35 While there has been an increase in superannuation coverage generally in

Australia, older women have also been less likely to have access to adequate

superannuation. Lower earnings and time out of the workforce caring for family

means a smaller superannuation payout. There has also been concern that the impact

of the Superannuation Guarantee will not be felt until after the year 2020 and that

even an increase in the compulsory superannuation contribution rate will only

improve the situation for baby boomers if they do not take early retirement.25

15.36 COTA argued that part-time work is an important means of supplementing the

pension for some and is also an important transition between full-time work and

retirement.

15.37 COTA suggested a number of ways in which older Australians could build

capacity for financial self-sufficiency:

provide incentives to encourage workers to delay retirement;

24 Submission 33, p.8 (Carers Australia).

25 Submission 184, p.15 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

346

encourage workers to save for their retirement by improving

superannuation arrangements;

expansion of the Pension Bonus Scheme: currently this scheme is targeted

at people of age pension eligibility age who are in employment. This could

be broadened to provide stronger incentives for people to remain in

employment for between one and four years and could also allow older

people who have already received an Age Pension to take advantage of the

scheme if they have opportunities to return to work;

earnings credit scheme: the effect of additional earnings on social security

payments frequently acts as a disincentive for older people to take up parttime

or casual employment. COTA National Seniors recommended the

implementation of an earnings credit scheme to average earnings out over

the course of a year and thereby encourage ’periodic’ or ’seasonal’ work;

home equity conversion: for older Australians who own their own home

there is an opportunity to ’unlock’ its value through appropriate equity

conversion products. COTA noted that for some people with only modest

housing value, privately delivered home equity conversion products may

not be feasible, however a government guaranteed product could be

considered; and

improving incentives for extra earnings: many older people on pensions

face disincentives for part time and casual work due to the social security

income test. COTA National Seniors recommended a review of these

disincentives in order to encourage older people to take up paid

employment where this is possible. Mature age people on allowances (other

than the age pension) will benefit from improvements in this area as a

result of the Government’s Welfare Reform process with the introduction of

the Working Credit scheme. Similar incentives need to be available for Age

Pensioners.26

15.38 The Committee considers that home equity conversion scheme may provide

benefit to older Australians wishing to use the equity in their homes to provide for a

better standard of living. However, adequate safeguards need to be in place to ensure

that older people are not the targets of unscrupulous practices.

Recommendation 77

15.39 That the Commonwealth, in conjunction with the State and Territory

Governments, ensure that there are adequate guidelines in place to protect older

Australians who use home equity conversion products.

26 Submission 184, pp.22-23 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

347

15.40 FaCS has recognised the impact of the ageing population on government

spending and stated that ’the structure of Australia’s "three-pillar" approach to

retirement incomes means we have in place arrangements which have the potential to

enable us to manage the impact of our ageing population and to deliver appropriate

standards of living to retirees. These pillars comprise:

means tested age and service pension payments;

compulsory employer superannuation contributions; and

voluntary superannuation and other private savings, including home

ownership.’27

15.41 FaCS also provided evidence on Centrelink’s Financial Information Service

(FIS) which provides an independent, free and confidential service to the community

that encourages and assists people to maintain or improve their standard or living by

planning effectively for retirement and maximising overall retirement income. The

service is provided by seminar, by interviews or by phone.28

Housing and aged care

15.42 As with other groups in the community, the cost of housing has a large impact

on the poverty rate of older Australians. After housing poverty rates have been

increasing over the last decade for those aged 45 years and over (see Table 15.3). The

poverty rate after housing for older Australians is generally lower than younger

Australians, reflecting the tendency for the costs associated with housing to decline

with age as incidence of home ownership increases amongst older people. On average

older Australians devote only 11.1 per cent of their total spending on their home,

while the average for all Australian households is 14 per cent.29

15.43 While three quarters (76.8 per cent) of people aged 60 and over own their own

homes, those who do not own their own home face a greater risk of poverty as their

living costs are much higher. Rental costs may account for a large proportion of total

weekly expenditure. The reduced public housing stock also means that older people

may have to rent privately while waiting for public housing. COTA noted that a major

concern is that the increased reliance on the public rental market is placing pressures

on older people who do not qualify for residential aged care.

27 Submission 165, p.28 (FaCS).

28 Submission 165, Additional Information, 20.6.03 p.2 (FaCS).

29 Submission 172, p.30 (Smith Family).

348

Table 15.3: Estimates of poverty rates, before- and after- housing, by age range,

1990 to 2000*

1990 1995 2000

Before housing

45-54 years 8.8 9.5 10.4

55-64 years 11.2 11.3 13.3

65 years & older 7.3 7.2 11.2

After housing

45-54 years 12.1 11.3 13.5

55-64 years 10.1 11.5 14.4

65 years & older 6.1 6.1 7.3

*Using the before-housing half average income poverty line (Henderson equivalence scale)

Source: Harding, Lloyd & Greenwell, p.19

15.44 There is also homelessness among older Australians. In 2001-02, the over

50 year age group accounted for 8.6 per cent or 8,170 of SAAP’s clients. It is

estimated that 250,000 people aged over 60 years are homeless or at risk of

homelessness. These are people who rent, live in boarding houses or are homeless,

with an income under $12,000 per annum.30 It is extremely easy for older people in

tenuous accommodation with a very low income to experience an event, such as an

unexpected expense, which leads to the loss of accommodation. COTA noted that this

group of older people requires intensive support to remain independently and

appropriately housed and to break the housing-homelessness cycle. Melbourne

Citymission stated:

This is a group that is largely hidden and particularly vulnerable. There

would be little debate that the frail homeless represent one of the most

disadvantaged groupings in our society and must be taken into account in

planning future aged care services.31

15.45 Recent research also points to the importance of housing and the well-being of

older people. Those older people who are home-owners and private renters who have

the means to make choices, tended to be in a more advantageous position than older

people living in public rental accommodation. Public renters are more likely to suffer

from depression, poor morale, poor general well-being and they are less likely to be

satisfied with aspects of their life. Certain aspects of housing appear to influence well-

30 Submission 29, pp.4,6 (Combined Pensioners and Superannuants Association of NSW).

31 Submission 77, p.13 (Melbourne Citymission).

349

being for older people. These include location, comfort and homeliness. Older people

also identified home modification and maintenance as important issues.32

15.46 APSF noted that recent increases in housing prices in capital cities precluded

many from purchasing homes and was one factor contributing to homelessness.

Another significant factor is the lack of commitment to public housing by both State

and Commonwealth Governments. APSF argued that the Commonwealth Rental

Scheme was inadequate and that there is no real choice when it comes to housing

options. It stated that even the most squalid property on the private rental market can

be unaffordable. A single age pensioner receives $492.40 per fortnight (Sept 2002)

and even with rent assistance it is hard to find any suitable premises to rent for less

than $300 per fortnight in many cities.33

15.47 Residential aged care is another area where poverty severely limits choice for

the elderly. Accommodation bonds for entry into aged care facilities, while negotiable,

still must be paid by the pensioner or their family. Melbourne Citymission voiced

concern that as individuals are increasingly called on to pay a proportion of the costs

of care, those without means ’will see access and availability of quality care move out

of reach’. Or, as APSF noted, those in less well-off circumstances will find themselves

choosing between substandard facilities.34

15.48 Melbourne Citymission argued that if the market is unlikely to meet the needs

of less well-off aged persons, than ’subsidised accommodation in residential care

needs to continue to be available for people with few resources’.35

15.49 The Brotherhood of St Laurence also noted the difficulties of older homeless

people finding appropriate aged care accommodation. Mainstream aged services are

reluctant to take on marginalized people as extra staff resources are usually required

(for example, for cleaning and dealing with challenging behaviours) but not

recognised in funding formulae. The Brotherhood argued that additional resources

must be committed to ensure these people gain access to aged care accommodation or

appropriate levels of community care.36

32 Faulkner, D & Bennett, K, Linkages among housing assistance, residential (re)location, and

use of community health and social care by old-old adults: shelter and non-shelter implications

for housing policy development, AHURI, April 2002, pp.66-68.

33 Submission 223, p.8 (APSF).

34 Submissions 77, p.14 (Melbourne Citymission); 223, p.8 (APSF).

35 Submission 77, p.14 (Melbourne Citymission).

36 Submission 98, p.26 (Brotherhood of St Laurence).

350

Recommendation 78

15.50 That the Commonwealth Government provide additional funding for

programs which provide support services for the aged homeless including

additional funding to ensure greater access to aged care accommodation.

Ill health and disability

15.51 The cost of health care and the impact of ill health on older people was

discussed in evidence. Access to Medicare and the decline in doctors who bulk bill

were particular concerns raised with the Committee. Without bulk billing, individuals

are increasingly required to bear some of these costs. This puts extra pressure on those

with already limited incomes. One witness from a NSW regional city stated:

Goulburn has 6000 aged pensioners now burdened without hope, to a life

deprived of access to medical treatment when necessary. Coupled with the

total absence of a viable transport service within the City environs to gain

access to medical services plus the impossible task of saving the required

$40-$50 doctors fee pensioners live with the soul-destroying burden of

existing with untreated disorders and disabilities.37

15.52 The Combined Pensioners and Superannuants Association stated that in one

rural NSW electorate, only 39.9 per cent of doctors bulk billed in the twelve months to

September 2002. The Association noted that such a low number of bulk billing

practices would be difficult in an urban area but in a rural area people are required to

travel great distances to find a doctor who bulk bills. People are admitted to hospital

when their condition worsens or to access low cost health services.38

15.53 Concerns were also expressed about the increased cap on other services such as

radiology and the costs of the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme.

15.54 In addition, while ill health can lead to poverty through the increased costs

involved for individuals, a high level of stress and social isolation as a result of

inadequate income can also have negative long term effects on the health of older

people.39

Rate payments

15.55 The APSF noted that with the increasing valuations of properties, local

government rates have increased substantially and the ability of low income

homeowners including pensioners to pay their rates is diminishing. The Women’s

37 Submission 6, p.2 (Mr D Cox).

38 Submission 29, p.10 (Combined Pensioners and Superannuants Association of NSW).

39 Submission 184, p.17 (COTA National Seniors Partnership).

351

Action Alliance noted that the concession for many people used to be up to 50 per

cent of rates, now in many cases it is less than 25 per cent.40 Older people are finding

that they must sell their homes and move elsewhere.

15.56 APSF noted that in NSW, the Pensioner Rate Rebate has been frozen at

$250 per year since prior to the 1993 Local Government Act. The Federation

suggested that the Commonwealth increase funding through its Financial Assistance

Grant to Local Government for the Pensioner Rate Rebate. Such a move would assist

in not only alleviating poverty by also in preventing the disruption of pensioners’

lives.41

Conclusion

15.57 Poverty for aged Australians may mean living on the streets or in extremely

poor accommodation, not being able to purchase necessary food and medication, or

having to leave a family home because of the inability to afford rates and maintenance

expenses. Poverty for older Australians is exacerbated when there are caring

responsibilities for a disabled partner or for children, an increasingly common

occurrence.

15.58 Many aged Australians look back on lifetimes in low paid work, part-time or

casual work or, for women, an interrupted working life. Often older workers have

found themselves on the job market quite late in life as a result of changes in industry

and a generally negative view of older workers. Older Australian workers must have

the opportunity to access training opportunities and skill recognition services so that

they may improve their employment prospects.

15.59 Many older Australians have not had the opportunity to build assets through the

purchase of a home or through superannuation. They are fully dependent on

government income support; they are particularly vulnerable to the fluctuations of the

rental market; and they often face high costs through ill health and special needs. The

Committee considers that disadvantaged older Australians should have access to

adequate income support, health care and aged care services.

40 Submission 51, p.7 (WAA).

41 Submission 223, p.12 (APSF).

352

Migrants and refugees

15.60 Many witnesses gave evidence on the difficulties faced by migrants and

refugees. For migrants and refugees, the unemployment rate is generally above the

national average in all categories except for those on business visas and is worst

amongst humanitarian visa holders.42 In particular, the two year waiting period for

income support for migrants and refugees on Temporary Protection Visas (TPV) was

seen as adding greatly to the group’s risk of poverty and homelessness.

Protection Visas and eligibility for entitlements

15.61 The Department of Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs

(DIMIA) stated that those who enter Australia lawfully on genuine documents are

granted permanent Protection Visa (PV), which gives permanent residence. Those

found to be owed protection obligations but who have entered the Australian mainland

unlawfully or on fraudulent documents, are granted a Temporary Protection Visa

(TPV), which gives residence for three years.

15.62 A permanent Protection Visa entitles a refugee to:

work rights;

access to welfare benefits;

access to Australia’s public health system;

permission to travel and enter Australia for five years after grant;

eligibility to apply for citizenship after two years permanent residence;

English language training through the Adult Migrant English Program; and

family sponsorship.

15.63 TPV holders are entitled to:

work rights and Job Matching from Centrelink;

eligibility for Special Benefit, Rent Assistance, Family Tax Benefit, Child

Care Benefit, Double Orphan Pension, Maternity Allowance and Maternity

Immunisation Allowance;

access to Medicare benefits;

42 Submission 153, p.4 (Immigrant Women’s Speakout Association of NSW).

353

eligibility for referral; to the Early Health Assessment and Intervention

Program;

eligibility for torture and trauma counselling; and

minors are eligible for the Commonwealth-funded English as a Second

Language . New Arrivals program to assist with their participation in

school classroom activities.

15.64 TPV holders are ineligible for other entitlements including Newstart, Parenting

Payment, Youth Allowance, or Austudy. Access to school education is subject to State

policy, for example, in NSW payment for tuition at school level is required. They

cannot apply for HECS and thus must pay full up-front fees for tertiary education.43

15.65 DIMIA indicated that most protection visa (PV) applicants are eligible for

bridging visas that allow them to remain in Australia lawfully until the PV

applications have been finalised. The Commonwealth provides a range of support

services for some asylum seekers on bridging visas while the PV applications are

processed. These can include:

access to work rights;

access to Medicare;

financial assistance for basic living essentials through the Asylum Seeker

Assistance Scheme; and

assistance preparing their protection application through the Immigration

Advice and Application Scheme.

15.66 If asylum seekers have been in Australia for less than 45 days, in the 12 months

before the date of their application for a PV, they are eligible for a bridging visa with

permission to work and access to Medicare benefits. The Department noted that even

where they do not apply for a PV within the 45 days, in some cases PV applicants will

be able to apply for a bridging visa with permission to work if a primary decision has

not been made on their PV application within 6 months.44

15.67 Witnesses noted that bridging visas are complex and ’come with considerable

restrictions which have a direct impact on the ability of the holder and their

dependants to obtain a viable level of income’.45 Holroyd City Council voiced concern

over visas given in recent cases to asylum seekers who have agreed to be repatriated

43 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.486 (Holroyd City Council).

44 Department of Immigration & Multicultural & Indigenous Affairs, Information provided

17.10.03.

45 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.485 (Holroyd City Council).

354

to their country of origin. When this cannot be accomplished, the length of time before

the Government will be able to bring about their repatriation is unknown. The Council

stated that ’the courts have ruled that these people cannot be held indefinitely in

detention, so they have been released. They have no access to benefits or services.’

The House of Welcome, a volunteer agency just down the road in Carramar

which receives no government funding, has advised that these people are

given a card with only a number on it, not even their name. They have to

telephone five times a week to report in . ’I am number 134’ or whatever;

that is the monitoring . and they have to present to the police twice a week

and show their card. They are completely without resources: they have no

income, no right to work and no support system, except for agencies or

volunteers such as the House of Welcome.46

15.68 Many refugees face a range of on-going issues on arrival in Australia. Holroyd

City Council indicated from the experience of those working with TPV holders, that

this group was made more vulnerable by:

the traumatization, depression and demobilisation which can result from

long stays in detention facilities;

depression and despair over apparent indefinite separation from spouse and

children;

uncertainty about the future due to temporary visas;

alienation from the rest of the Australian community due to perceived

views on detainees and absence of support programs which they can

access;

poverty as a result of difficulties in obtaining employment without access

to language and job seeker programs, recognition of overseas

qualifications, or local labour market experience.47

15.69 TPV holders also face a number of barriers to finding employment including

lack of English language skills and lack of access to classes; lack of access to

programs to assist in how to apply and translate their work experience to Australia;

lack of local work experience; no access to translation services; employer attitude to

temporary visa holders; and community prejudice against certain ethnic groups.

15.70 Holroyd City Council noted that while TPV holders are eligible to use the Job

Network job matching service and the physical facilities at Centrelink (fax,

photocopier etc), they are ineligible for the more intensive programs which are

designed for people facing additional barriers to finding work. They are also ineligible

46 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.487 (Holroyd City Council).

47 Submission 142, p.23 (Holroyd City Council).

355

for those programs designed to provide interest free loans to assist people with

overseas qualifications to undertake study towards gaining professional recognition

(National Office of Overseas Skills Recognition) or the Work for the Dole scheme

which provides local experience.48 When work is found, there is the danger of

exploitation. The Immigrant Women’s Speakout Association NSW (IWSA) noted that

the NSW Labor Council is currently pursuing cases where TPV holders are being

exploited and paid subsistence wages.49

15.71 TPV holders are paid Special Benefit which is 80 per cent of the normal

unemployment benefit. No additional benefits are available for people with disabilities

and benefits are reduced on a dollar for dollar basis when additional income is earned.

Conditions such as the requirement to lodge forms fortnightly and to demonstrate that

employment has been sought from a minimum of six employers per fortnight are

applied. This is ’a complex and demanding program for someone whose English

language skills are likely to be poor and whose knowledge of the Australian welfare

system is more or less non-existent’.50

15.72 Many witnesses emphasised the need for refugees and asylum seekers to access

English language classes. The Canterbury-Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre stated

that ’the extent to which migrants and refugees have access to English tuition will

affect the level of poverty and inequality that they experience in Australia’.51 The

Centre noted that refugees who arrived in Australia with a humanitarian visa are far

more likely than other refugee groups to lack English language skills. Refugee women

are also more likely to experience further disadvantage in accessing English language

learning opportunities due to their domestic and care responsibilities and

commitments. The Resource Centre concluded that ’the inability to completely master

the English language will therefore impact on every aspect of settlement for migrants

and refugees and their experience with poverty and inequality’.52

15.73 Agencies indicated that supporting refugees and asylum seekers was placing a

great strain on resources. The Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre indicated that it had

the largest refugee population in Sydney, with a large number of people on TPVs and

asylum seekers on bridging visas. The Centre stated that it was forced to turn away

people on bridging visas because it cannot provide the food vouchers and emergency

assistance they need. The Centre concluded ’these bridging visas are causing

48 Submission 142, p.24 (Holroyd City Council).

49 Submission 153, p.9 (IWSA).

50 Submission 142, p.24 and Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.486 (Holroyd City Council).

51 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.505 (Canterbury-Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre).

52 Submission 146, p.3 (Canterbury-Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre).

356

considerable strain on community welfare resources in Fairfield, which were already

struggling to support the current refugee and migrant population’.53

15.74 Holroyd City Council indicated that it was involved with a number of its local

service partners in providing services to TPV refugees. Where appropriate these

customers are also referred to agencies which can assist with material aid, family

support and counselling. The Council stated that these services are, however, being

provided at the margin . they are usually unfunded and always vulnerable to

withdrawal.

15.75 The Council added that newly emerging communities, themselves refugees,

recently arrived and significantly under-resourced, are faced with attempting to

support an even more vulnerable group. The poverty and uncertainty created by the

restrictions on access to services for TPV refugees threatens to undermine the

community and charity work of those who are trying to help. Those often best

equipped to support . such as DIMIA funded Migrant Resource Centres or ethnicspecific

organisations . are prevented from doing so by the very specific restrictions

placed on their grants by the funding body.54 The Council noted for example, that the

ethnic community agencies like that of the Afghan community, have a grant from the

Community Settlement Service Scheme. They cannot provide services to TPV holders

in their community and, as a very small agency, it is very difficult and divisive to be

providing to one section of your community and not the other.55

15.76 The Council concluded:

The organisations which therefore have the most expertise in dealing with

the complex issues facing TPV refugees are excluded from providing help.

As a result, generalist agencies and small agencies for newly arrived

communities to which TPV holders might belong are struggling to meet

their support needs. Council are concerned about what we see as a

significant stress on existing agencies as well as an inability to meet the

needs of the people who are presenting for help.56

15.77 The Victorian Government commented that ’the responsibility for refugees and

asylum seekers is being shifted from the Commonwealth to the States, the churches

and community organisations’.57

15.78 The IWSA concluded:

53 Submission 62, p.7 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre).

54 Submission 142, p.24 (Holroyd City Council).

55 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.486 (Holroyd City Council).

56 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.486 (Holroyd City Council).

57 Submission 69, p.11 (Victorian Government).

357

.income support should be viewed as an investment in Australia’s future in

that with well-designed income support, many of the negative impacts of

poverty can be avoided. Immigrant communities and immigrant women in

particular would have the chance to build their employment possibilities and

to move out of poverty in a way that affirms their dignity and empowers

them as members of their community and the Australian society. Negative

correlates of poverty in our experience seem to be submission to situations

of violence or abuse because there is no economic alternative obvious to the

immigrant woman; flow on effects to children; and an incapacity to take up

training and educational possibilities which would have long-term benefits.

In some cases, we see very poor and inadequate diets that affect health and

performance in daily life. These negative consequences give rise to social

and economic costs many times greater than well-designed early

interventions that would prevent the negative effects of poverty arising.58

Waiting periods for migrants accessing income support

15.79 Migrants entering Australia under the skilled or family streams also face

restrictions on access to services. Witnesses noted that the Social Security Legislation

Amendment (Newly Arrived Resident’s Waiting Periods and other Measures) Act 1997

introduced a two-year waiting period for social security income support payments

except the age pension, sole parent pension and disability support pension (which

already had a residency-based qualification criteria) and the family payment. ACOSS

stated that this ’is causing extreme hardship for many migrants attempting to settle

here and find work . particularly for those whose funds run out before work is found’.

Special Benefit may be paid in extreme circumstances but most migrants are excluded

from receiving it, and ’increases their risk of poverty, destitution, and exploitation in

the labour market’.59

15.80 The Canterbury-Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre noted that the problems

that people affected by the two-year waiting period are experiencing are similar to

those experienced generally by people with very low incomes, except that the severity

is often much worse:

people suffering mental health problems consequent upon lack of nutrition

because they have been unable to afford to purchase adequate food;

poor housing and homelessness;

exposure to workforce exploitation, such as being forced to become an

unpaid household servant in a relative’s house;

depressive illnesses among clients who are subject to the two year waiting

period;

58 Submission 153, p.10 (IWSA).

59 Submission 163, p.130 (ACOSS).

358

vulnerability as they frequently have no established support or information

in the form of family and friends;

loss of community contacts; and

family breakdown.

The Centre stated that ’in some cases, Special Benefit has been granted as a result of

these problems, problems that arose only because of the initial failure to provide

support. In other words, people are being forced into crisis before they receive

assistance.’ The Special Benefit is a payment designed to respond to people ineligible

for any other payment and the conditions of access to Special Benefit are different for

newly arrived migrants: their circumstances must have changed ’beyond their control’

since their arrival to be eligible. The hardship Special Benefit is only available to

those experiencing an unanticipated event and is primarily related to the sponsor, for

example, where the sponsors business collapses or job is lost.60 ACOSS concluded

’this excludes many migrants from receiving it, and increases their risk of poverty,

destitution, and exploitation in the labour market’.61

15.81 The impact of the waiting period was highlighted in many submissions. Not

only do those migrants waiting for support risk poverty but also ’host’ families,

communities and support agencies. A further problem was the two-year wait for social

security payments for migrants, especially in the Family Reunion stream. There are

increased demands on the community sector especially in the second half of the twoyear

wait, as even those in the Skilled Migration stream often experience difficulties

in using the Job Network, and securing stable employment. A common situation with

Family Reunion visas is that a whole family will be subsisting on the single sponsor’s

income while parents are looking for work and settling into the community.62

Employment and housing issues

15.82 Migrants and refugees are also at risk of long-term unemployment. Not only do

they face a barrier because of lack of proficiency in speaking English, ’the need to

obtain any job in order to bring money into the household can in itself be a poverty

trap’. This group may find themselves in jobs that not only have poor pay but also be

less secure than other jobs.63 Lack of recognition of qualification often exacerbates

employment difficulties.

60 Submission 146, p.4 (Canterbury-Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre).

61 Submission 163, p.130 (ACOSS).

62 Submission 62, p.7 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre).

63 Submission 110, p.46 (Darebin City Council).

359

15.83 Migrants who face the two-year waiting period for social security payments are

also not eligible for ’intensive assistance’ through Job Network providers. Darebin

City Council noted that ’this restriction puts these groups in a "Catch-22" situation:

they need to find work in order to secure an income but they cannot access the

necessary assistance to become "job ready"’.64

15.84 Even those migrants with sponsors may face problems. The Canterbury-

Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre noted that some sponsors bring relatives and

then decide that they cannot help anymore. The Centre stated that ’there is nothing to

say the sponsor must actually look after them for so many years’.65 The Centre

recommended that there be more examination of the capacity of the sponsor to

provide for all the various relatives in question.

15.85 Problems with finding suitable housing are a major issue for migrants and

refugees. Witnesses noted that without adequate income to afford housing and other

basic needs, the likelihood of successful settlement is seriously disrupted because

basic opportunities for social and economic participation are not available. However,

migrants and refugees from non-English speaking backgrounds face a number of

difficulties in accessing housing. It was noted for example, that asylum seekers are not

entitled to public housing. The Darebin City Council provided this comment:

Housing is a huge issue for asylum seekers in this region. With an income

they can sometimes access cheap private rental properties or subsidised

houses through agencies such as Hanover. For those without an income few

housing groups are willing to assist due to their inability to provide ongoing

support. (Australian Red Cross, community forum presentation)66

15.86 Even those migrants and refugees who are sponsored by a family member or

community group may face difficulties in accessing housing in the private rental

market:

They have to be taken by a member of the community to their house until a

flat, unit or a house in the private market is found for them. This is

especially very difficult. They have no tenancy record.no real estate agent

is willing to give them accommodation. (Kurdish Association of Victoria,

community forum presentation)67

15.87 The Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations argued that asylum

seekers and newly arrived immigrants should have guaranteed access to basic

64 Submission 110, p.46 (Darebin City Council).

65 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.517 (Canterbury-Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre).

66 Submission 110, p.41 (Darebin City Council).

67 Submission 110, p.42 (Darebin City Council).

360

services, such as language programs and TAFE training courses, to enhance

opportunities for employment.68

15.88 In its evidence to the Committee, the Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre

pointed to the difficulties encountered by skilled migrants. The qualifications of many

skilled migrants are not being recognised or will be only recognised with completion

of full-fee tertiary study upgrades. Many skilled migrants are reluctant to accept

lower-level or lower-paid jobs, even as a starting point, and are also reluctant to apply

for welfare benefits. While others may be exploited by unscrupulous employers by

under-employing them.

We have represented a woman who worked in an establishment officially employed and paid

as a cleaner for 35 hours a week on minimum salary, but who actually worked as a senior

chef for long shifts 6 or 7 days a week. She had virtually no English language skills. Up to

half her take-home salary was sent out of Australia to support family [including her parents

and her 2 youngest children]. The rest was the only income for her and her eldest daughter,

who was completing her schooling in Australia. The woman accepted this exploitative

situation at first because she was not aware of her entitlements. Subsequently, she feared

deportation if she protested . even though she was now a permanent resident eligible for

citizenship [a fact she did not fully understand due to her lack of English]. She and her

daughter endured years of living below the poverty line, and decided not to pursue back pay,

damages or any other claim in an agreement with her employer that saw her upgraded to a

chef’s position and salary.

Submission 153, p.4 (IWSA).

15.89 The lack of recognition of overseas skills and upgrade requirements restricts

access to full employment and forces many skilled migrants to live in poverty. As

ISWA also stated ’service providers find themselves providing welfare to people who

could fend for themselves if only their qualifications were recognised or could be

upgraded quickly and inexpensively’.69 Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre

commented:

The federal government should be recognising the value of the migrant

workforce, and supporting the recognition of overseas qualifications in

Australia, but in Fairfield many highly qualified migrants are living in

poverty, working only casual or part-time in low-skilled occupations.70

15.90 The need for improvements in the delivery of services was emphasised by

witnesses. Centrelink has improved its services for CALD (culturally and

68 Submission 57, p.28 (Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations).

69 Submission 153 p.4 (IWSA).

70 Submission 62, p.5 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre).

361

linguistically diverse) clients with Multicultural Service Officers and Outreach

officers. However, the Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre stated that ’they are clearly

struggling to deliver culturally appropriate welfare to Fairfield’s multicultural

population’.71 Similar difficulties are experienced in other States:

Many Kurdish migrants and refugees who come to Australia do not have

enough information on services and facilities available to them. Also, those

members of community who support and sponsor migrants and refugees do

not have enough knowledge of services and facilities available. (Kurdish

Association of Victoria, community forum presentation)72

Conclusion

15.91 The position of refugees and asylum seekers in the Australian community is

particularly difficult. Many have suffered trauma and separation from their families.

They face poverty as a result of poor access to the employment market. Only those on

a Permanent Protection Visa have access to English language classes. This places

other protection visa holders at a great disadvantage . without English language skills,

the employment opportunities are extremely limited and often confined to very low

paid jobs. Temporary Protection Visas also need access to intensive programs which

are designed for people facing additional barriers to finding employment. Often

refugees and asylum seekers are forced to seek assistance from already over-stretched

welfare and volunteer organisations and their communities.

15.92 The Committee considers that there should be fair and equitable access to

government assistance and programs for both Permanent and Temporary Protection

Visa holders. Without the provision of appropriate settlement support, educational

opportunities for children and work opportunities Visa holders will not have an

opportunity to fully participate in Australian society and to become productive

members of that society. Government, at all levels, will eventually bear the extra

burden of increased costs for health care, for intervention services, for loss of

productive members of society and forgone opportunities if skilled workers are unable

to use those skills in the Australian working environment.

Recommendation 79

15.93 That the Commonwealth enable Temporary Protection Visa holders to

access English language training and employment assistance in addition to

existing services.

15.94 The two year waiting period for access to certain income support payments

introduces a large decree of hardship for many migrants. Failure to provide adequate

support for migrants increases the risk of poverty, destitution and exploitation in the

71 Submission 62, p.5 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre).

72 Submission 110, p.69 (Darebin City Council).

362

labour market. Failure by skilled migrants to have their qualifications recognised or to

have access to programs to quickly and inexpensively upgrade qualifications

diminishes the persons ability to find work and to acquire a higher standard of living.

Recommendation 80

15.95 That the Commonwealth Government investigate additional avenues to

enable migrants and refugees to have qualifications recognised and to upgrade

skills to ensure that migrants and refugees are able to find appropriate

employment as soon as possible following arrival in Australia.

363

CHAPTER 16

PEOPLE WITH A DISABILITY

The plight of people with disabilities and poverty is such that, along with

some of the other socioeconomic groups of Australia, it has almost become

accepted that we will be poor.1

16.1 People with disabilities and their carers are vulnerable to poverty and

disadvantage and it has been observed that poverty is ’disability’s close companion’.2

This chapter examines the relationship between disability and poverty and reviews the

adequacy of current programs and supports available to people with disabilities and

their carers in addressing poverty. Specifically the chapter looks at:

the relationship between poverty and disability;

support and assistance for people with disabilities;

funding of disability services and the level of unmet need;

factors related to poverty and disadvantage for people with disabilities, in

particular, income support, employment, education, housing, and access to

information; and

support and assistance for carers.

Poverty and disability

16.2 Poverty is particularly prevalent amongst people who have a disability due to a

combination of factors including low incomes, fewer employment opportunities and

additional costs due to their disability. Submissions noted that people with disabilities

have lower workforce participation rates and are more likely to be unemployed than

many other groups in the population. In addition to being excluded from earning an

adequate income, people with disabilities often have higher costs of living associated

with their disability. This may include the high cost of medication, the purchase of

special equipment or aids, and access to appropriate housing, transport and services

related to personal care or maintenance of a person’s home. The combination of higher

costs of living, along with low income, leads to a strong connection between disability

and poverty.3

1 Committee Hansard 28.7.3, p.1015 (Ms Allan).

2 Submission 129, p.36 (Queensland Government).

3 Submissions 158, pp.9-10 (Disability Action); 256, pp.2-5 (People with Disability Australia);

125, p.i (SANE Australia); 163, p.141 (ACOSS).

364

16.3 One study estimated that 26.7 per cent of households headed by ’sick’ or ’invalid’

persons were in poverty before housing costs in 1996 . this declines to 6.2 per cent

after housing costs.4 Additionally, it needs to be noted that many people with a

disability are dependent on family members for care and support, which in turn

impacts on the ability of these carers to participate in the labour market with many

carers being forced to either leave the job market or reduce their hours of work.

16.4 Disability advocacy groups highlighted the plight of people with disabilities and

the poverty and deprivation that many experience. SANE Australia stated that 72 per

cent of people with a psychiatric disability are unemployed and over 85 per cent are

dependent on the Disability Support Pension (DSP) as virtually their only source of

income. The poor physical health endured by these people can also be associated with

poverty-related issues such as poor diet, poor housing and social isolation.5

16.5 Groups noted that people with physical disabilities whose only source of income

is the pension are also struggling to meet their everyday costs because they do not

receive assistance to meet their disability-related expenses. Blind Citizens Australia,

for example, noted that blindness and poverty are closely related. People who are

blind have restricted access to community infrastructure and resources; are

disproportionately affected by unemployment; and have high levels of blindnessrelated

expenses.6

16.6 The Committee heard directly of the personal experiences of people with

disabilities and their carers during its hearings. These personal stories highlighted the

financial hardship many of these people face on a day-to-day, year in, year out basis

and provided a valuable insight into the problems faced by these people, their families

and their carers. Some of these life experiences are provided below.

Poverty and disability . life on the margins of society

Mr Miller . What I.cannot do is live on $400 a fortnight. Actually, I am wrong.I can exist.

But I cannot live. I think I am not the only person with a disability in my circumstances who

finds this.

Choice.is the key to disability. We have none. We did not choose the disability, it chose us,

and now it gives us no choice. My disability cost me $1 million in income lost, past and

future earnings, but that is a lesser cost than some have paid, so I have to say that, by

comparison, the little things I talk about really boil down to staying alive on $400 a fortnight.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, pp.1019-20.

4 King A, ’Income poverty since the early 1970s’ in Fincher R & Nieuwenhuysen J eds.,

Australian Poverty: Then and Now, Melbourne University Press, 1998, p.88.

5 Submission 125, p.i (SANE Australia).

6 Submission 87, p.2 (Blind Citizens Australia).

365

Ms Allan . I was born in the 1960s.at a time where there were little or no expectations of

people with disabilities. The community mindset was that people with disabilities would

always be taken care of by the government, by way of invalid pensions, accommodation, et

cetera.

Most people who have long-term disabilities over the age of 30 have no means to a long-term

financial plan. In fact, we never thought we needed one. My primary income has always been

a disability support pension. Almost six years ago I escaped long-term domestic violence

with three small children in tow, a disability pension, family payments and no maintenance

payments. I have been to the bottom. I can share stories not only of disability, but of

prejudices that come with being a woman as well. I have been to the bottom; as low as I

never imagined; as low as having to eat Weetbix regularly for my dinner, so that I could

stretch the budget.

I have been housed, with my children, in a women’s refuge that did not have disability access

and still I did not give in, as many would have. I am in a very different place now but only

through sheer hard work . hard work, fear and a determination never to eat Weetbix for

dinner again. I am lucky to have had the strength to get this far, as many do not and not just

because they have disabilities.

I believe that having been born with a disability has meant that justifying my self-worth has

been something I have done naturally forever, so I have become very good at it. Yet the

financial struggle and the worries and the fears go on.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, pp.1015-16.

Mr Sheedy . For myself, I have had an intellectual disability from birth. In later years in life

I have multiple health issues, the top one diabetes. The current cost of servicing my

medication is $418 a year. That is with the prescription subsidy scheme. My concern is what

is going to happen in future if governments of the day bring in things like the recent Senate

Medicare inquiry, where it is copayments to see your local GP?

For my spouse, who has an intellectual disability, my concern is for the future. She is unable

to articulate like me. She has had a very poor education. She cannot manage a lot of her own

banking issues or handle money. If I happen to leave she is going to have to rely on the public

health and public welfare system.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, pp.1021-22.

Support and assistance for people with disabilities

16.7 The Commonwealth Government provides the main source of income support to

people with a disability and their carers. The main Commonwealth disability-related

payments and allowances include:

Disability Support Pension (DSP) . is an income support payment

available to people with a disability who are unable to work full-time in

open employment within 2 years. They must have impairment assessed as

above a specific level and be at least 16 years old and less than age pension

age. A Pensioner Concession Card is automatically available to DSP

366

recipients . this entitles recipients to PBS prescription medicines at

reduced cost as well as other concessions (see below).

Sickness Allowance . is paid to people who are employed and who must

temporarily stop working due to an illness, injury or disability. 7

Mobility Allowance . is a payment to people with a disability who are in

paid employment, voluntary work, or doing vocational training, and who

cannot use public transport without substantial help.

Continence Aids Assistance Scheme (CAAS) . enables people who are

employed, doing job training or looking for work to be supplied with

continence aids (up to a predetermined credit limit) to defray the costs of

their disability.8

16.8 Other services provided for people with a disability include:

services provided under the Commonwealth State/Territory Disability

Agreement (CSTDA) . the Commonwealth has responsibility for

employment services under the CSTDA, and the States administer other

services (see below).

services and support through the Commonwealth Rehabilitation Service

(CRS).

joint funding with the States for the Home and Community Care (HACC)

program.

use of generic services available to others in the community, including

health services and education and training.

various State and local government concessions are provided to holders of

the Pensioner Concession Card and Health Care Cards . these concessions

vary between jurisdictions but may include public transport concessions,

taxi subsidies, travel for isolated patients, glasses and discounts and rebates

on utility costs and council rates.

16.9 The Commonwealth has also implemented a Commonwealth Disability Strategy.

Under this strategy, Commonwealth departments and agencies are obligated to ensure

7 A Health Care Card may be available to Sickness, Newstart, Youth and Mobility Allowance

recipients . it entitles recipients to PBS prescription medicines at reduced cost.

8 Other payments include the Disability Pension, which is a compensation payment to veterans

with a disability; Newstart Allowance (incapacitated) and Youth Allowance (incapacitated),

which are provided to people . 21 years or more or under 21 years respectively . who, due to

illness or injury are temporarily (up to 2 years) unable to work for more than 8 hours a week, or

in the case of Youth Allowance, to study.

367

that people with disabilities have the same access to buildings, services, information,

employment, education, sport and recreational activities as other Australians. The

strategy encourages Commonwealth agencies to prepare action plans and provides a

performance framework for reporting on progress in relation to these plans.

Funding for disability services

16.10 Governments fund both government and non-government service providers of

services for people with disabilities under the Commonwealth State/Territory

Disability Agreement (CSTDA) and HACC programs, and through the provision of

rehabilitation services. The CSTDA funds specialist disability services to meet the

needs of people with a disability. As noted above, under the CSTDA the

Commonwealth administers employment services and the States administer

accommodation, community access, respite care and community support services.

Advocacy, information and print disability services and research are shared by the

Commonwealth and the States.

16.11 Under the new CSTDA, which was signed in 2003 and will operate until June

2007, the Commonwealth’s total funding commitment is $4.8 billion, which comprises

$2.8 billion to the States for their responsibilities under the CSTDA and $2 billion for

employment services and shared responsibilities. The Agreement includes a series of

bilateral agreements between the Commonwealth and the States. All the States have

signed up to the new Agreement except NSW.9

16.12 Expenditure by the Commonwealth and the States under the former

Commonwealth-State Disability Agreement (CSDA) has shown a steady rise in

funding in real terms over recent years. Total expenditure on services has risen from

$2.2 billion in 1998-99, to $2.4 billion in 1999-2000 and to $2.5 billion in 2000-01.

This equates to percentage increases in total real expenditure on services by the

Commonwealth and the States of 6.8 per cent in 1999-2000 (over the previous year)

and 5.3 per cent in 2000-01. Total government expenditure on CSDA services was

$2.7 billion in 2001-02 . a real increase of 7.9 per cent from the level of expenditure

in 2000-01. State and Territory Governments spent $2.4 billion on CSDA services in

2002-03.10

Level of unmet need

16.13 Despite these expenditures there is a significant problem of unmet need with

respect to the provision of support and assistance for people with disabilities. An

Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) study of access to disability

services found the following estimates of unmet need in 2001:

9 Agreement between the Commonwealth and the States and Territories in relation to Disability

Services at www.facs.gov.au. See also AIHW, Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.337.

10 Parliamentary Library, Disability Support and Services in Australia, October 2002, p.4; Report

on Government Services 2003, pp.13.6-13.9; Report on Government Services 2004, p.13.8.

368

12 500 people needing accommodation and respite services;

8 200 places needed for community access services; and

5 400 people needing employment services.11

The AIHW noted that these estimates are conservative. In addition, the estimates do

not represent the total sum of unmet need for CSDA services as community support

services were not included in the study.

16.14 The AIHW study pointed to other data that suggest that the overall service

system for people with disabilities is under pressure. The study found that:

People in the CSDA broad target group (those with ongoing needs for

assistance in self-care, mobility or communication) are increasing in

number and ageing. Between 2000 and 2006, it has been estimated that

those aged under 65 years will increase by 9 per cent. Within this subgroup,

those aged 15-64 years will increase by 12 per cent, and those aged

45-64 years will increase by 19.3 per cent (or 59 500 people).

There were almost 6000 people aged under 65 years living in residential

aged care in 2001, 1014 being aged under 50 years. The needs of these

people were not included in the estimates of unmet need referred to above.

There are large numbers of people with disabilities using services for the

homeless. Disability-related pension recipients accounted for 17 per cent of

all SAAP clients in 1999-2000. Repeat use of SAAP services was highest

for disability-related pension recipients, with requests for accommodation

and other support being the primary reasons for seeking assistance.

The health care needs of people with disabilities both in residential care

and in the community are a continuing concern. With the progress of deinstitutionalisation

more quality of care in the community, including health

care, needs to be provided. Groups that are particularly vulnerable include

people with psychiatric disabilities, acquired brain injury and those with

complex needs.12

Factors relating to poverty and disadvantage

16.15 A number of factors relating to poverty and disadvantage for people with

disabilities were highlighted during the inquiry. These related to income support and

related payments, employment, education, housing, transport and access to

11 AIHW, Unmet Need for Disability Services, 2002, p.xxii.

12 Unmet Need for Disability Services, p.xxiii.

369

information. While these issues have been discussed separately in this report as key

indicators of poverty, they are especially profound for people with a disability.

Income support and related payments

16.16 Disability advocacy groups argued that the current system of income support

is inadequate and, in particular, does not cover the real cost of disability. The Physical

Disability Council of Australia noted that ’the present disability support pension is a

base allowance.it does not take into account the specific needs that a person has with

their disability’.13 People with Disability Australia commented similarly:

For people with disability on the Disability Support Pension there are little

funds available for anything more than the very basic necessities of life.

This severely restricts the ability of some people with disability to

experience many things in life and to access opportunities such as

employment and education that may support them to move away from their

life of relative poverty.14

16.17 Blind Citizens Australia also stated that:

.people who are blind whose only source of income is the pension are

struggling to meet their everyday costs because they do not receive

assistance to meet their essential disability related expenses. As a

consequence, people who are reliant on the pension are spending substantial

proportions of their and their family’s income on blindness related

expenses.15

16.18 Evidence to the inquiry highlighted several of the shortcomings of the current

system of income support and related payments and services:

The DSP is paid at the same rate as other pensions, even though people

with a disability generally have more non-discretionary expenditures than

other pensioners. The DSP does not take into account these additional

costs. Furthermore, the DSP provides the same level of basic income

support to people with little non-discretionary additional support costs as it

does to people with high non-discretionary support costs.

The Commonwealth provides only limited assistance to offset the

additional costs of people with disabilities, notably transport and

continence costs.

13 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1152 (Physical Disability Council). See also Submission 256,

pp.2-4 (PWD).

14 Submission 256, p.3 (PWD).

15 Submission 87, pp.5-6 (Blind Citizens Australia).

370

State and Local Governments supplement Commonwealth programs with a

range of programs and services but they vary across States with regard to

eligibility requirements, supports and services provided, and co-payment

provisions. Employment participation is often discouraged because means

tests are generally such that a person becomes ineligible for these programs

if they earn income above certain thresholds, and the income earned is

unlikely to be sufficient to offset the loss of supports and services.

People with disabilities face substantial additional costs despite the

supports available. Co-payments are built into most supports, and although

single co-payments may not appear to be significant, in total they can

involve significant outlays for people already on low incomes.

Some programs such as HACC services, while requiring relatively small

consumer contributions, are difficult to access because of stringent

eligibility criteria (as the overall funding is generally inadequate to meet

demand). As a result, most people cannot access these services and are

forced to buy these services on the open market.

There is limited recognition of the additional costs of workforce

participation . while some Commonwealth assistance is available, such as

the Mobility Allowance, many of the costs are borne by the person with the

disability.16

16.19 Table 16.1 illustrates some of the gaps in the provision of services and supports

faced by people with disabilities.

16.20 A number of options were suggested during the inquiry to address the problem

of the additional costs of disability with most advocacy groups proposing the

introduction of a costs of disability supplement.

16 Submissions 188, pp.23-25 (Physical Disability Council); 87, pp.2-6 (Blind Citizens Australia);

Committee Hansard 4.8.03, pp.1150-1154 (Physical Disability Council); Committee Hansard

30.6.03, pp.761-66 (PINARC Support Services).

Table 16.1 Gaps in the Provision of Supports to Offset the Cost of Disability

Additional Cost Form of Assistance Gaps

Loss of income Disability Support Pension (C.wealth) No recognition of additional costs of disability relative

to age; no recognition of variation in costs.

Housing/Accommodation Rental assistance (C.wealth), accommodation

supports (State)

No recognition of higher cost of accessible homes.

Personal and Home Care Attendant care (C.wealth), Home care (State) Limited range of tasks funded; inadequate funding

means many people without support.

Home and Furniture modifications Technical Aid for Disabled (Non-government); Home

Modifications and Maintenance (State)

Inadequate funding means many people without

support.

Taxis Capped 50% Taxi Transport Subsidy (State) Cost still high relative to public transport cost.

Wheelchairs, scooter PADP (State), 20% Income tax rebate (C.wealth) Limited by PADP criteria and shortages; discourages

workforce participation.

Home maintenance, cleaning, garden HACC (State) Limited range of tasks funded; funding inadequate.

Therapies and Exercise Provided through services and schools (State) Inadequate funding; mainly limited to children.

Transport, excluding taxis Mobility Allowance (C.wealth) Mobility Allowance does not recognise wide variations

in costs; Inadequate IPTAAS funding.

Continence aids, associated products $450 limit (C.wealth) CAAS does not recognise wide variation in costs.

Pharmaceuticals and health care Pharmaceutical benefits scheme (C.wealth) Satisfactory.

Respite Respite and Recreation (State) Inadequate funding.

Medical and hospital Medicare system, private health insurance Satisfactory; disadvantaged by .averaging. methods.

Food, Diet, Hygiene Meals on Wheels (State) No funding for special diets.

Wheelchair/Equipment Maintenance PADP (State), 20% Income tax rebate (C.wealth)

Aids and Equipment PADP (State), 20% Income tax rebate (C.wealth)

Communications Telephone allowance (C.wealth); PADP (State)

Limited by criteria and funding shortfalls; discourages

workforce participation.

Clothing and footwear No program No funding.

Power and Temperature Control Discounts to Card holders (non-government) Income earners with disabilities ineligible.

Source: Submission 188, p.26 (Physical Disability Council of Australia).

372

16.21 The Physical Disability Council proposed replacing the current income support

arrangements with:

the introduction of a new basic income support payment available to all

people with disabilities, similar to the DSP;

supplementation of the new payment by:

- a Disability Cost of Living Allowance that would be available without

means tests to all people with a disability, whether employed or

unemployed, who face additional costs due to their disability; and

- an Income and Employment Participation Support Allowance that

would be available to all long term unemployed people with a

disability and without means to enhance their employment prospects

in looking for work or undertaking job training.

extension of the current system of tax concessions available to self funded

retirees aged over 65 years to self funded unemployed people with a

disability in the same age group.17

16.22 The Council explained the specifics of their proposal in the following terms:

.someone who is working and someone who is not working could be

entitled to a disability support allowance that would meet some of these

costs and go some way toward relieving the level of poverty that people live

in.The employment allowance.is designed for those who are intending to

go to work. It was designed to be a payment to people who are looking for

employment or undertaking training in order to work . any of those options

. to assist in that particular undertaking.On top of that, you should have

allowances that are dependent on people’s circumstances.It would depend

on your circumstances as to which allowances you were entitled to and that

would be assessed.18

16.23 ACOSS also proposed the introduction of a Costs of Disability Supplement.

This payment would be a non-taxable cash entitlement to assist with the extra

essential costs associated with disabilities and would be paid as a supplement to the

DSP. The supplement would cover the following costs:

a mobility component for people with disabilities that substantially restrict

mobility, to broaden and replace the existing Mobility Allowance;

17 Submission 188, pp.2-3,32-34 (Physical Disability Council); Committee Hansard 4.8.03,

pp.1150-1152 (Physical Disability Council). See also Submission 158, p.25 (Disability Action).

18 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1152 (Physical Disability Council).

373

a communication component for people with disabilities that substantially

restrict communication; and

other components, such as for housing modifications, as appropriate.

16.24 ACOSS argued that each component of the supplement could have more than

one rate of payment to respond to the variations in the average costs faced by different

groups of recipients, and the supplement should either be paid without an income test,

or an income test that only excludes the top 20 per cent of income earners.19 One

submission noted the supplement could also include components that support

independent living and personal care; provide for technical aids and appliances; access

to information and communication; and extraordinary health care and therapy.20

Recommendation 81

16.25 That the Commonwealth introduce a disability allowance to meet the

additional costs associated with disability.

Employment

16.26 People with a disability face a range of obstacles to employment, including

attitudinal barriers, such as discrimination in the job application process and

discrimination at work. In addition, there are additional costs of participating in the

workforce, such as transport costs and necessary workplace modifications. People

with disabilities are also particularly vulnerable to economic downturns and are more

likely to be retrenched at these times.

16.27 People with disabilities remain marginal to mainstream employment

opportunities. The level of labour force participation is significantly lower for people

with a disability (53.2 per cent in 1998) than for people with no disability (80.1 per

cent). The participation rate for a person with a severe or profound restriction was

even lower . 18.9 per cent and 40.2 per cent respectively. The unemployment rate

among people with a disability was 11.2 per cent in 1998 . well above that for people

with no reported disability (7.9 per cent).21

16.28 The Commonwealth through the Department of Family and Community

Services (FaCS) funds a number of disability employment assistance services. These

include:

19 ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility: Reform of Workforce Age Social Security Payments in

Australia, September 2003, pp.15-16.

20 See Submission 188, pp.38-39 (Physical Disability Council).

21 Australia’s Welfare 2001, p.311.

374

open employment services . these services provides help in finding a job

and starting employment in the open labour market and provide continuing

support once in employment;

supported employment services (also known as Business Services) . these

services employ and support people with disabilities, often in specialist

working environments; and

vocational rehabilitation through CRS Australia.

16.29 A number of programs assist jobseekers with disabilities to find or maintain

employment. These include:

Wage Subsidies . subsidies are paid by a Disability Employment Service

to subsidise wages for people with disabilities entering work;

Workplace Modifications Scheme . provides reimbursement to

employment agencies or employers for the costs of necessary workplace

modifications when employing people with disabilities;

Supported Wage System . provides a process of productivity-based wage

assessment; and

Disabled Apprentice Wage Support . provides assistance to employers of

eligible apprentices who would otherwise face difficulty obtaining an

approved apprenticeship because of their disability.22

16.30 As noted above, people with disabilities face a variety of obstacles in obtaining

employment. There are barriers in accessing information regarding jobs and in the job

application process itself for many people with disabilities. In the case of blind people

it was pointed out that the increasing placement of job vacancies on the Internet has

created difficulties for the visually impaired . ’you must have the equipment

compatible with you to be able to find a job’.23 Such equipment is costly. In the case of

deaf people, interpreters are not always provided for job interviews, nor in other

situations such as employment-related training and orientation.24 Disability Action

reported that many people with disabilities have to make a difficult decision about

disclosure of their disability . ’the choice is between disclosing their disability and

getting adequate support at times when they need it and not disclosing it and having a

22 Centrelink, A Guide to Payments and Services 2002-2003, pp.96-97.

23 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.177 (Blind Citizens Australia).

24 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.399 (Australian Federation of Deaf Societies).

375

better chance of getting a job’. Disability Action stated that many of those who do

disclose their disability at an interview simply are not selected for the job.25

16.31 Submissions argued that the problem of the disability-related costs of

employment needs to be addressed. The Commonwealth currently meets some of the

additional costs of employment for people with disabilities, for example, through the

Mobility Allowance and the Workplace Modifications Scheme. However, this

assistance does not meet the full disability-related costs of employment.

16.32 Blind Citizens Australia noted several limitations with the Workplace

Modifications Scheme. The scheme does not cover the on-going cost of up-grading or

repairing adaptive equipment. It also cannot be used to meet the cost of a myriad of

small adaptive items that the blind use to access information in the workplace such as

talking calculators. In these circumstances, the additional costs are usually met by the

blind employee and the cumulative effect of these costs can be substantial. For

example, talking calculators can cost from $23 and up to $875 for a scientific

calculator, with pocket tape recorders costing between $250 and $450.26

16.33 The Committee notes these concerns, and has recommended that a disability

allowance be introduced to take into account, among other things, the employmentrelated

costs of disability.

16.34 Submissions argued that a number of measures need to be introduced to

encourage greater employment opportunities for people with disabilities. These

include:

awareness campaigns focussed on employers to encourage greater

employment of people with disabilities, and including the workplace

obligations of employers to their disabled employees;

encouragement of more open employment opportunities . ’there is a good

example in NSW of a company which employs 50 people with disabilities.

They have complete open employment conditions and they make profits, so

it is possible to make a profit and to work with people with disabilities,

even exclusively’.27

the introduction of an affirmative action plan by the Commonwealth that

would establish quotas for the employment of people with disabilities;

25 Submission 158, p.17 (Disability Action).

26 Submission 87, p.5 (Blind Citizens Australia).

27 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.20 (Disability Action).

376

more employment of people with disabilities by the Commonwealth and

the States in the public sector and the provision of more traineeships.28

Over the past decade there has been a consistent decline in the employment

of people reporting a disability as a proportion of Commonwealth public

service employees. In absolute terms, the number fell in each year until

2001-02, before recovering slightly in 2002-03. In 2002-03, people with a

disability represented 3.6 per cent of APS employees, down from 5.5 per

cent a decade ago.29

16.35 As noted above, a number of programs exist to assist people with a disability to

find or maintain employment; however, the Committee believes that further action by

governments is required in this area. The Committee notes that the Commonwealth

Disability Strategy also aims to ensure that people with disabilities have the same

access to employment and other opportunities as other Australians, although this

initiative only applies to Commonwealth departments and agencies.

Recommendation 82

16.36 That the Commonwealth re-commit to employ people with disabilities in

the public sector in proportions that reflect their representation in the wider

community.

Recommendation 83

16.37 That the Commonwealth Government and the States continue to

implement strategies to promote greater employment of people with disabilities

in the private sector.

Business services whose workforce is people with a disability

16.38 Some submissions also raised concerns about the low pay, poor working

conditions and lack of monitoring of Business Services or sheltered workshops.

Business services are commercial businesses whose main workforce is people with

disabilities. These businesses provide supported employment for approximately 17000

people with moderate to severe disabilities. The sector generates some $250 million in

sales annually.30

28 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, pp.20-21 (Disability Action); Submissions 158, p.18 (Disability

Action); 87, p.4 (Blind Citizens Australia); Submission 139, p.1 (Australian Federation of Deaf

Societies).

29 Australian Public Service Commission, State of the Service Report 2002-03, November 2003,

pp.128-29. EEO data, including data on disability, is supplied to agencies by individuals on a

voluntary basis and non-response varies between agencies.

30 FaCS, Improving Employment Assistance for People with Disabilities, n.d., pp.6,39.

377

16.39 Disability Action noted that low pay is often a feature of sheltered workshops .

with workers earning between 50 cents and $4 per hour . ’not only do they work hard

and get very little pay; they also get abused and are not treated very well in some

workplaces’.31 Disability Action also stated that many workers were reluctant to

complain about pay and conditions . ’hence there is a great opportunity for

management and those who are there to provide support (called staff) to exploit the

workers with disabilities (called employees)’.32 Disability Action also argued that with

the introduction of the Disability Services Standards and the Disability Discrimination

Act 1992 an independent monitoring body should be established to monitor the

conditions in sheltered workshops. Disability Action stated that ’we have standards

anyway . disability employment services standards . but it is not good enough just to

leave the control of the monitoring of these standards up to the organisations

themselves or the workers’.33

16.40 The Commonwealth is moving towards a system requiring Business Services to

pay competency and productivity assessed, award based wages for people with

disabilities working in Business Services.34 Often commercial pressures facing

Business Services have meant that employment conditions and payment of wages to

employees with disabilities have taken a lesser priority to the provision of support and

business viability. People with Disability Australia argued that the introduction of

award based wages for people with disabilities accessing Business Services goes some

way to addressing the past problem of people with disabilities ’effectively selling their

labour for minimal wages’ in supported employment.35

16.41 Supported employment services cautioned, however, that the financial viability

of many services may be put at risk with the movement towards competency-based

wages. McCallum Disability Services noted that at present their Service is in large

part activities-based and less concerned with outputs in a business sense. With

competency based wages . ’it will mean that they will get paid more, which will affect

their pension, and secondly, it will mean that those people who do not have the ability

to produce at least about 30 per cent of normal output will not be able to have a place

in those supported employment programs. We do not see that as a progressive

move’.36 Greenacres Association, which employs over 170 people with mainly

developmental disabilities, also noted that supported employment services will be less

31 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.16 (Disability Action).

32 Submission 158, pp.18-19 (Disability Action).

33 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.16 (Disability Action). See also Committee Hansard 29.4.03,

pp.24-25 (Disability Action).

34 Improving Employment Assistance, p.6.

35 Submission 256, p.9 (PWD).

36 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.770 (McCallum Disability Services).

378

able to offer work to medium and high support employees if compelled to pay higher

wages, and coupled with increasing competition from low-wages countries in Asia in

the goods that they produce . ’we will certainly lose the work for our employees and

along with that they will certainly lose their jobs’.37

16.42 The Committee believes that employees in Business Services need to have

appropriate pay and working conditions but that a balance needs to be struck between

providing these conditions and maintaining the viability of the various enterprises

concerned. The Committee believes that the Government should continue in efforts to

improve the viability of Business Services so that better wages and working

conditions can be provided for people with disabilities working in these enterprises.

Education

16.43 Access to educational opportunities for people with disabilities was a concern

raised during the inquiry.

16.44 Trends in educational participation suggest that there are increasing rates of

school attendance by people with disabilities, especially in ordinary school classes,

and this trend is evident irrespective of disability status, including for people with

severe restrictions. Based on self-reported school attendance data from ABS disability

surveys, overall, there was a higher proportion of people aged 5-20 years in school

and reporting a disability in 1998 than in 1981; rising from 5.7 per cent in 1981 to

9.2 er cent in 1998. For people with a severe restriction in this age group, the rise was

1.2 to 3.7 per cent.38

16.45 People of working age (15-64 years) with a disability, and particularly those

with a severe or profound restriction, participate less in the education system than

people with no disability. The 1998 disability survey found that 38.8 per cent of

people with a severe or profound restriction had post-school qualifications, compared

with 46.8 per cent of people with no disability. Only about one in five people with a

severe or profound restriction completed Year 12, in contrast to 43.9 per cent of

people with no disability.39

16.46 The proportion of students in the vocational education and training (VET)

sector reporting a disability increased from 2.9 per cent in 1995 to 3.6 per cent in

2000, while the proportion of students reporting a disability enrolled in universities

also increased . from 1.9 per cent in 1996 to 3 per cent in 2000.40

37 Submission 224, p.5 (Greenacres Association).

38 Australia’s Welfare 2001, p.311.

39 Australia’s Welfare 2001, p.311.

40 Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and Education References Committee, Education of

Students with Disabilities, December 2002, pp.10-11.

379

16.47 The Commonwealth provides payments to assist with the costs of education for

people with disabilities. The Pensioner Education Supplement assists with the cost of

full-time or part-time study for people receiving the DSP. People who receive the

education supplement may also be eligible for the Education Entry Payment, which is

an additional annual payment to help with the cost of study.41 Disability Action stated

that these payments assist many people with disabilities to access further education

and should be maintained.42

16.48 Evidence indicated the need to improve access to educational opportunities for

people with disabilities, especially in the following areas:

accessing information in appropriate formats, for example, Braille for the

blind or access to AUSLAN translators for hearing impaired students or

access in electronic formats or tapes;

access to vocational training . ’although TAFE provides accessible learning

materials and modifications for students with disabilities, there is not

enough funding to fulfil all needs’;43

access to educational courses for people with a psychiatric disability; and

access to adult and lifelong learning.44

16.49 Disability advocacy groups argued that:

more attention needs to be paid to the specific educational needs of

students with disabilities, with courses delivered in an accessible,

affordable and flexible manner;

support services for students with disabilities in educational institutions

need to be strengthened and better funded;

the negative attitudes from some academic staff and fellow students need to

be addressed; and

TAFE fees need to be made more affordable for people on low incomes

and TAFE institutions needs to improve accessibility to courses leading to

41 A Guide to Payments, pp.89-90.

42 Submission 158, p.40 (Disability Action).

43 Submission 158, p.39 (Disability Action).

44 Submission 158, pp.39-41 (Disability Action); Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.399 (Deaf

Society of NSW); 2.5.03, p.239 (Tasmanians with Disabilities).

380

employment outcomes rather than providing general and pre-vocational

education only to people with disabilities.45

16.50 Several of these themes were highlighted in a recent Senate report into the

education of students with disabilities. The report found that children and their parents

are not being given the support that they need in the education system in terms of

access and quality of educational opportunities. The report also questioned whether

Commonwealth funding was being effectively targeted at deficiencies in the provision

of education programs for students with disabilities. The report pointed to underresourcing

of educational programs for students with disabilities in the school sector

and in post-secondary education.46

16.51 It was emphasised during the inquiry that access to educational opportunities

for people with disabilities is important in addressing their long-term life chances. The

Deaf Society of NSW stated that ’lack of educational opportunities has a major impact

on deaf people’s ability to take advantage of the opportunities in employment and to

improve their lives and their futures’.47 This statement could easily apply to all people

with disabilities.

Recommendation 84

16.52 That the Commonwealth and the States continue to implement programs

and strategies to improve access to educational opportunities for people with

disabilities, including the recommendations of the Senate Employment,

Workplace Relations and Education References Committee report on the

Education of Students with Disabilities.

Housing and accommodation assistance

16.53 Submissions and other evidence highlighted the problems people with

disabilities have in accessing appropriate housing.48

16.54 Access to the various forms of housing tenure is often problematic for people

with disabilities. In relation to private rental accommodation, in addition to the high

cost of this form of housing, landlords are often reluctant to rent to people with

disabilities believing that these people are less able to pay their rent (due to their low

incomes) or are less capable of maintaining the rented accommodation in a suitable

condition. Much of the housing is also inaccessible for mobility-impaired people with

45 Submissions 158, p.41 (Disability Action); 256, p.7 (PWD).

46 Education of Students with Disabilities, p.xix.

47 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.399 (Deaf Society of NSW).

48 Submissions 256, p.8 (PWD); 158, pp.37-39 (Disability Action); Committee Hansard 29.4.03,

p.26-27 (Disability Action); 2.5.03, p.238 (Tasmanians with Disabilities); 28.7.03, p.1021

(People with Disabilities (WA)).

381

few landlords prepared to allow significant modifications. People with disabilities

who own their own home often have additional cost burdens associated with financing

necessary modifications to their homes.

16.55 Although people with disabilities receive preferential treatment when applying

for public housing, with the decline in public housing stock over recent decades, there

are increasingly long waiting lists of up to 18 months in many States. Disability

Action stated that people with disabilities often find accommodation in community

housing with many housing associations providing very good services.49 In 2001-02,

there were 172 community housing providers that targeted people with a disability,

and these providers assisted 4318 households with a disability.50 Housing cooperatives

have also increased their intake of people with disabilities in recent years

with varying degrees of success.

16.56 Supported accommodation services provide assistance to people with

disabilities who are homeless, or who are at risk of homelessness. Overall, people on

disability pensions accounted for 17 per cent of SAAP clients and this group had by

far the highest repeat use of SAAP services.51 Access to emergency housing for

people with disabilities, in particular with physical disabilities, in very inadequate.

Hostels, which often provide accommodation for people with intellectual disabilities,

vary in the standard of accommodation provided, with some providing excellent

services, others less so.

16.57 The specific housing problems of people with particular disabilities were

highlighted during the inquiry. SANE Australia reported that people with a psychiatric

disability experience a lack of accommodation options and risk becoming homeless.

The organisation noted that some 45 per cent of people with a psychiatric disability

live in hostels, institutions and similar accommodation, with around 11 per cent

’effectively homeless’. Mentally ill people also live in caravan parks and can be the

subject of heavy exploitation.52 Blind Citizens Australia noted that people who are

blind need to live close to transport and amenities to be able to use these facilities

independently but this imposes significant financial costs. People who are unable to

afford the additional costs of living close to services are instead paying a high price in

terms of social exclusion and lost opportunities for participation in the wider

community.53

49 Submission 158, p.38 (Disability Action).

50 Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.372.

51 Australia’s Welfare 2001, p.361.

52 Submission 125, pp.i, 10 (SANE Australia); Committee Hansard 1.4.03, p.856 (St Vincent de

Paul, Ballina).

53 Submission 87, p.6 (Blind Citizens Australia).

382

16.58 Over recent decades there has been a consistent trend towards the provision of

more community-based accommodation services, relative to institutional-style ’cared

accommodation’ for people with disabilities. The largest increase in community living

in recent decades has been in the rate and number of people with a severe or profound

restriction living with their families.54 However, often there are not sufficient supports

for families caring for people with disabilities. One witness noted that ’neighborhoods

have deteriorated, so you cannot ask your neighbour to look after your daughter for a

day or half a day; that is, people who volunteered in the community in more informal

systems.were not as readily available’.55 There is also a lack of extended family

support that was available to many families in past years.

16.59 Another problem highlighted was that of ageing parents caring for children

with disabilities. These children will eventually need appropriate accommodation

places . which are in increasingly short supply . when parents are unable to continue

caring for them.56

There are many out there who are really worried about the future of their children because of

their age . it is not so much the age of the child; it is the age of the parents that is the

worry.Most parents are willing to care for their son or daughter, young or adult, at home but

they need arrangements for the future to be in place. This issue is about elderly parents

worrying for years about what will happen to their child and about where the child will be

when they, the parents, die.

Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.767 (Mrs Fidler, Ballarat).

16.60 The Committee believes that the current housing assistance programs and

services need to be maintained and expanded. In chapter 6, the Committee made a

number of recommendations to address the housing needs of low income people and it

believes that people with disabilities will benefit from the implementation of these

recommendations. In addition, the Committee has recommended that a disability

allowance should be introduced and that this allowance should take into account the

additional housing costs of people with disabilities, such as the need for housing

modifications.

54 Australia’s Welfare 2001, pp.308-9.

55 Committee Hansard 29.4.03, p.18 (Disability Action).

56 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, pp.767-68 (McCallum Disability Services).

58 Submission 87, pp.6-7 (Blind Citizens Australia); Committee Hansard 2.5.03, pp.237-38

(Tasmanians with Disabilities); 4.8.03, pp.1156-57 (Physical Disability Council).

383

Transport

16.61 Transport in terms of affordability and access poses problems for many people

with disabilities.58 Transport is important in facilitating access to employment,

educational facilities, and health and community services, all of which are important

in alleviating poverty. Transport also plays a vital role in providing access to social

and community life.

16.62 The States provide public transport concessions for people with disabilities.

The States also operate taxi subsidy schemes; however, the nature and extent of these

schemes varies considerably between States. The Physical Disability Council argued

that there needs to be commonality between the various State schemes.59

16.63 At the Commonwealth level, the Mobility Allowance is paid to people engaged

in paid or voluntary work, training or job seeking, who are unable to use public

transport without substantial assistance. This allowance provides some assistance but

because it is exclusively focused on employment participation it excludes people not

in the workforce such as aged persons. The allowance is not related to the actual cost

of transport but is a fixed amount . with evidence suggesting that the level of

allowance paid is not sufficient to meet the transport needs of many people with

disabilities.60 Private transport often involves expensive modifications to enable it to

be used by people with disabilities.

16.64 Public transport is often difficult to use for certain people with disabilities, and

is virtually non-existent in rural and remote areas. In relation to blind people, one

submission noted that ’public transport is often not an option because of the

inaccessible design of transport infrastructure and other factors related to safety and

timeliness. Like other people living in regional and rural locations, people who are

blind are adversely affected by the paucity of public transport infrastructure in these

areas, however, unlike others, they do not have the alternative option of driving. In

such cases, taxis are essential’.61

16.65 The Committee believes that the transport needs of people with disabilities

need to be addressed and urges the Commonwealth and States Governments to expand

assistance in this area to address unmet needs. The Committee also believes that its

recommended disability allowance needs to take account of the additional transport

costs of people with disabilities.

59 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1156 (Physical Disability Council).

60 Submissions 188, p.25 (Physical Disability Council); 87, p.7 (Blind Citizens Australia).

61 Submission 87, p.7 (Blind Citizens Australia).

384

Access to information

16.66 Access to information in appropriate formats is also an important issue for

people with disabilities. For blind people, for example, the increasing reliance on

computer aided technology imposes costs in acquiring the types of adaptive

equipment and technology required so that they can access basic information, for

example, braille note takers and computers.62

16.67 At present there are no Commonwealth subsidies available for the purchase of

equipment or technology outside the workplace. The Committee believes that its

recommended disability allowance needs to take account of the additional information

and technology-related costs of people with disabilities.

Support and assistance for carers

16.68 The financial hardship faced by many carers of children or adults with a severe

physical, intellectual or psychiatric disability was raised during the inquiry. It was

emphasised that the current income system does not adequately remunerate carers for

the contribution to care that they make. Some case studies are provided below.

Carers . the constant struggle

Daniel’s wife has schizophrenia and his 15 year old son has multiple disabilities: intellectual

and ADHA. Daniel also has a 7-year-old son who is hyperactive. Daniel has been a full time

carer since 1993 when he resigned from work to care for his wife and son. He has been on the

Carer Payment since 1995. Daniel and hid wife live in a Ministry of Housing home for which

they pay rent. He has a bank debt, which causes him significant anxiety. His current

electricity account is $811 and he does not know how he will pay this. He "robs Peter to pay

Paul" is his expression of how he sometimes juggles accounts when they come in.

Submission 33, pp.5-6 (Carers Australia).

Donna has cared for her daughter Allison from the day of her birth 25 years ago. Allison has

a severe intellectual disability and suffers from uncontrolled epilepsy. Her seizures can come

at any time of the day and they are life threatening. In the last 23 years Donna has battled

with agencies to receive some respite services and assistance with care..The many years of

such stressful caring have taken a toll on Donna, she herself has developed an anxiety

disorder and depression. Over the years her marriage has broken up and she has felt

abandoned in her attempts to keep Allison at home by her family.

Submission 158, p.28 (Disability Action).

62 Submission 87, pp.7-8 (Blind Citizens Australia); Committee Hansard 2.5.03, p.238

(Tasmanians with Disabilities).

385

16.69 Commonwealth income support for carers includes the following payments:

Carer Payment (CP) . is an income support payment to those who provide

full-time care to a person aged 16 years or more with a severe physical,

intellectual or psychiatric disability. The payment is for carers who,

because of the demands of their caring role, are unable to support

themselves in full-time employment. Care is provided in the person’s home

but the carer is not required to live with the person being cared for. CP

recipients may also be eligible for Carer Allowance. CP is paid at the same

rate as other pension payments which is currently $226.40 per week and is

subject to income and assets tests.

Carer Allowance (CA) . is paid to people who are caring for a child or an

adult with a severe disability or chronic medical condition or who are frail

aged. The person being cared for must require significantly more daily care

and attention than a person of the same age who does not have a disability.

The carer and the person being cared for must be living together in the

same private house. The Child Disability Assessment Tool and the Adult

Disability Assessment Tool are used to assess eligibility for CA for

children and adults respectively. The rate of payment is currently $45.05

per week.63

Financial security for carers

16.70 Financial security is a major concern for many carers, particularly primary

carers. There were an estimated 2.3 million carers in Australia in 1998 according to

the most recent ABS survey of disability and carers, and 450 000 primary carers.

These carers, who are usually family members, provide unpaid work at home for

children or adults who have a disability, chronic condition or who are frail aged. Of

the 2.3 million carers, 59 per cent combined their caring role with full-or part-time

work, with the majority employed full-time (63 per cent). Among the employed

158 200 primary carers, only 48 per cent were employed full-time.64

16.71 Carers Australia, citing results form the ABS 1998 disability and carers survey

found that almost half (49 percent) of primary carers of working age were dependent

on government income support. Carers Australia stated that the financial hardship

faced by many carers is the result of the limited access to social security payments; the

inadequacy of these payments; the necessity of having to give up paid employment;

and the extra costs incurred in their caring role . and the inadequate level of the Carer

Allowance in offsetting these costs. While the Carer Payment and Carer Allowance

provide some recognition of the circumstances of carers, neither payment is adequate

63 Some carers, ineligible for these payments, may receive other income support payments such as

Parenting Payment.

64 Submission 33, pp.6-7 (Carers Australia).

386

compensation for the costs incurred in caring, or the services that family and other

informal carers provide.65 Carers Australia noted that:

For most carers life is somewhat of a daily struggle of competing demands,

but for those living on low incomes everyday living can be particularly

difficult. The majority of carers are in fact of workforce age and many

would like to work, but their caring responsibilities are significant barriers

to full-time work and to having careers. Many have to be content with lowpaid

and insecure jobs, if they can get work at all.66

16.72 Carers Australia argued that income support arrangements for carers could be

improved by doubling the rate of Carer Allowance to $90.10 per week in recognition

of the high cost of care incurred by the carer; and that people receiving the Carer

Payment should be automatically eligible to receive the Carer Allowance. ACOSS

similarly argued that Carer Allowance should be paid to the primary carers of adults

and children with disabilities that require a level of care that is sufficient to qualify for

Carer Payment. Carers Australia also argued for the introduction of a transport

allowance for primary carers to assist the carer in their caring responsibilities and

enable the carer to access services and participate in community activities.67

Respite care

16.73 Evidence also indicated that more respite care needs to be available for carers.

In relation to the unmet needs of carers, the AIHW study referred to earlier, noted that

in 1998 there were an estimated 23 600 primary carers of people with disabilities aged

under 65 years who reported that they had never received respite care but needed it,

and a further 17 000 who had received it at some stage but needed more. In relation to

older carers, it was estimated that 5300 primary carers had either never received

respite and wanted it, or had received it in the previous three months but wanted

more.68

16.74 A number of respite care programs currently operate. The National Respite for

Carers Program funds Commonwealth Carer Respite Centres, State-based

Commonwealth Carer Resource Centres, and a number of projects to assist carers of

people with dementia. Funding for the program increased from $19 million in 1996-97

to $88 million in 2002-03. Residential respite care also provides assistance to carers

facing other critical demands, their own health or personal needs, and the opportunity

65 Submission 33, pp.iv, 3-4 (Carers Australia). See also Submission 158, pp.28-30 (Disability

Action).

66 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.717 (Carers Australia).

67 Submission 33, p.v (Carers Australia); ACOSS, Fairness and Flexibility, p.16; Committee

Hansard 20.6.03, p.721 (Carers Australia).

68 Unmet Need for Disability Services, p.xxiii.

387

to take a holiday or participate in lifestyle activities. In 2001-02, almost half of all

admissions to residential aged care were for respite care.69

16.75 Evidence also emphasised that respite care needs to be delivered in more

flexible ways. Carers Australia noted that:

The respite out there at the moment is largely supplier driven rather than

demand driven, so the carer has to fit in with what is available rather than

the other way round. We need a big change in attitude from the supplier

point of view to make it much more flexible.70

16.76 Carers Australia also drew attention to particular subgroups of carers that are

likely to face financial difficulties, including:

Young carers . there are an estimated 18 800 young carers under the age of

25 years (based on the 1998 ABS carer survey). Over 50 per cent of them

are caring for a parent in a sole parent household. Their caring

responsibilities are likely to have a substantial impact on all aspects of their

lives, including their capacity to engage in education or employment and

their ability to participate socially. Their financial situation is often

precarious.

Single parents . there are approximately 40 300 single parents receiving

Carer Allowance and caring for children under 16 years. The majority of

these people are relying on government income support and many face

difficult financial circumstances.

Ageing carers . there are increasing numbers of life-long carers of children

with disabilities, and as these carers age their own health is likely to

deteriorate and place a strain on their limited resources with alternative

support likely to be required for their children.

Low income carers . this group of carers have the pressures of attempting

to manage financially in addition to their caring responsibilities and

associated costs. To remain in employment requires flexible work

practices, support in the form of alternative care arrangements and financial

assistance with the costs of caring.71

69 Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.80.

70 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.719 (Carers Australia). See also Submission 158, p.30

(Disability Action).

71 Submission 33, pp.9-11 (Carers Australia); Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.722 (Carers

Australia).

388

Recommendation 85

16.77 That the Commonwealth Government review:

. the level of income support provided to carers, especially the rate of Carer

Allowance;

. the income support and other support needs of carers with special needs,

such as young carers and ageing carers (also the subject of a separate

recommendation); and

. the level of respite care provided for carers.

Recommendation 86

16.78 That where young carers have primary care responsibilities in their

families, adequate financial support measures be available, including removing

current restrictions that discourage young people from combining paid work or

study with their caring responsibilities.

Recommendation 87

16.79 That, as a matter of priority, the Commonwealth relax the rules for adult

carers who live adjacent or near to the person they are caring for to enable them

to receive Carer Allowance.

389

CHAPTER 17

SERVICE PROVIDERS

You think things will get better, but somehow they never seem to.1

17.1 People in crisis can seek support from many community services and support

groups. These agencies range from small volunteer groups to national organisations

including St Vincent de Paul, The Smith Family, Salvation Army, Mission Australia,

Anglicare, UnitingCare and Lifeline. Local government also provides services

including childcare and emergency support. Commonwealth financial support is

delivered through Centrelink offices across the country.

Community service sector

17.2 There has been a long history of provision of community services by nongovernment

organisations in Australia. Over time the face of the community service

sector has changed. The non-government community services sector is now very large

and encompasses many organisations.2 TasCOSS noted that:

At a community level, we have witnessed a transition from relatively

informal systems of support based on local organisations/networks (e.g.,

church-based charitable groups, service clubs, etc) to more formalised

structures that are dependent on grant funding from government sources.3

17.3 Agencies are no longer ’low-key places for a cup of tea and a friendly chat’:

They are expected to be competent and professional organisations and need

to consider a whole raft of administrative and operational responsibilities

such as policies and procedures; forward planning and budgeting; insurance;

access and equity in services; volunteer recruitment, training and support;

occupational health and safety; performance reviews; incorporation

requirements; annual audits; and annual reports.4

17.4 Services provide assistance to homeless persons, the aged, youth, families,

children, Indigenous Australians, migrants and refugees, people with disabilities,

people with mental illness, people with drug and alcohol problems, people with and

families shattered by problem gambling, and people who require personal counselling

1 Salvation Army, Newcastle. Notes from Committee inspections, Newcastle 29.5.03.

2 Industry Commission, Charitable Organisations in Australia, Report No.45, 16 June 1995,

Chapter 1 . the role and structure of the charitable sector in Australian society.

3 Submission 176, p.13 (TasCOSS).

4 Committee Hansard 28.5.03, p.481 (Holroyd City Council).

390

or financial counselling. There is assistance through emergency relief such as food

vouchers and payment of utilities bills; there is research into poverty and social issues;

and there is the development and implementation of innovative programs to reduce

poverty or to moderate its effects.

17.5 It is difficult to accurately identify the resources being utilised by community

service organisations to help low income and disadvantaged Australians. The

Australian Institute of Health and Welfare indicated that the total value of the welfare

services provided during 2000-01 was estimated at $43.2 billion, of which

$13.7 billion related to expenditure incurred. Non-government community service

organisations incurred expenditure of $6.9 billion and government (Commonwealth,

State and Territory and local) incurred $6.6 billion.5

17.6 The ABS 1999-2000 survey on community services provided an overview of the

whole sector. The survey only included organisations with employees. In June 2000

there were 2,800 ’for profit’ organisations, 5,938 ’not for profit’ organisations and 548

government organisations. Expenditure for 1999-2000 was estimated at $12.6 billion.6

17.7 An ACOSS survey in 2003 provided information on the organisations which

assist low income and disadvantaged Australians. The survey was based on responses

from 26 per cent of the primarily not for profit member organisations of the State and

Territory Councils of Social Service. These organisations assisted 2,382,799 people

through the provision of services including aged care, family support, advocacy, crisis

assistance and housing assistance. Clientele access services by themselves or may be

referred by Centrelink, the courts or by other welfare agencies.7

17.8 Organisations rely on multiple sources for their funding including government

sources, client fees, donations, and contributions from business.

Laverton Community Centre and Neighbourhood House;

Emergency Financial & Material Aid [Commonwealth FaCS funded];

Financial & Family Counselling [City of Hobsons Bay funded];

Access to Court Fund to assist Emergency Relief program [Sunshine Magistrates

Court];

No Interest Loan Scheme [Community Funded . initial donation];

Respite Child Care [State Human Services funded].8

5 AIHW, Australia’s Welfare 2003, p.123.

6 ABS, Community Services Australia 1999-2000, ABS Catalogue no 8696.0.

7 ACOSS, Australians Living on the Edge Survey of the Community Services Sector, ACOSS

Paper 125, January 2003, p.5.

8 Submission 63, p.4 (Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood House Inc).

391

17.9 Commonwealth funding is provided through the Emergency Relief Program.

Grants are made to a range of community and charitable organisations to provide

emergency assistance to individuals and families in financial crisis. Assistance is

provided in the form of food vouchers, assistance with accommodation, payment of

outstanding accounts and sometimes cash. Consideration is being given to the future

direction of the Emergency Relief Program through a comprehensive consultation

process with emergency relief providers and other relevant stakeholders. The

Commonwealth will provide $28.9 million for the Emergency Relief Program in

2003-04 to some 900 agencies for distribution through more than 1400 emergency

relief outlets. The Program also provides funds for training and support to Emergency

Relief agencies.9

17.10 FaCS released an Emergency Relief discussion paper in March 2003 that

focused on community linkages and client outcomes, accountability and effectiveness

and service delivery. Throughout the discussion paper process, agencies expressed

support for the collection and aggregation of data about clients and their reasons for

seeking emergency relief and what subsequently happens to them. FaCS indicated that

because data collection is complex and agencies capacity to collect data varies, there

will be a phased in approach for data collection; during 2003-04 only minimal data

will be collected.10

17.11 The Commonwealth also provides funds for community agencies to assist

people with a range of personal problems through a number of other programs,

including the Australians Working Together, the Stronger Families and Communities

Strategy, the Supported Assistance Accommodation Program and the Family

Relationships Program.11

17.12 Organisations also receive funding through State and Territory Government

programs.

Provision of services

17.13 People seek assistance from community service organisations for many

reasons: they may need immediate financial assistance to provide food and help with

utilities bills; they may need on-going assistance to find suitable accommodation or

financial counselling; they may be escaping domestic violence or they may need help

in dealing with government agencies. The range of reasons for people seeking

assistance is huge. As already noted, many agencies provide emergency relief;

however there has been a growth in the provision of other services which look beyond

9 FaCS, Portfolio Budget Statements 2003-04, pp.109, 122.

10 FaCS, Annual Report 2002-03, Volume 2, pp.123-24.

11 FaCS, Discussion Paper Emergency Relief Program, March 2003, p.5.

392

just emergency relief to longer term management of complex problems, and

prevention and early intervention programs.

Increasing demand for services

17.14 There was overwhelming evidence that community service agencies were

under increasing pressure to provide additional services with very limited resources.

The impact of the increased demand on services was dramatically illustrated in

evidence from Fairfield Community Aid:

I came to this agency in 1995 as a volunteer and at that time we saw 12 to 15 clients a day.

We now see at least 30 a day and it is more common to have 50 people come to the office.

One day we saw 69 and it would have been 71 except two agreed to come back the next day.

The other 69 were all desperate for help and sat and waited for hours on end for a small food

voucher. ($20 to $30 for a single and $50 to $60 for a family). This is suburban Sydney,

NSW in the 21st Century! Doesn’t sound much like ’the Lucky Country’ does it?

Submission 75, p.1 (Fairfield Community Aid).

17.15 The Committee received other examples of increasing demand for services:

Welfare Rights and Advocacy Service, WA, has seen a 240 per cent

increase in demand for services over the last four years as a result of people

seeking information and assistance with Centrelink matters.12

Western Australian relief agencies paid approximately $1.34 million to

utility service providers to prevent disconnection or restriction of supply to

low-income and disadvantaged consumers in 2002-03.13

Anglicare Wollongong stated that its emergency relief service has

increased 20 per cent per year from 1999. Active case records have

increased to 3,900 clients. 90 per cent of those interviewed reported

Centrelink income as their main source of income. There has been an

increase in older people (over 65 years) and younger people (under 20

years) accessing the service.14

St Vincent de Paul, Raymond Terrace is providing $7,000 worth of Bilo

food vouchers per month.15

12 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1030 (Welfare Rights and Advocacy Service).

13 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1028 (WACOSS).

14 Submission 226, p.1 (Anglicare Wollongong).

15 Submission 213, p.3 (SVDP, Raymond Terrace).

393

St Vincent de Paul, Newcastle Northern Regional Council distributed over

$83,432 in food alone in nine months.16

Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre stated that ’the services in Fairfield area

that provide emergency relief to those living in poverty are now constantly

over-stretched, and we are seeing very little from the government to

provide a way out of poverty’.17

St Vincent de Paul, Townsville has nine conferences with 88 members.

There were 3,542 helpline calls in 2001-02. In 2002-03 it jumped to 6,332

calls. A second phone was put in response to the demand but it is still

difficult as volunteers are older people who assist at night-time when they

finish work, or in their afternoons.18

St Vincent de Paul, Central Illawarra has provided telephone vouchers to

the value of $14,500 for in home lines in the Central Illawarra since the

scheme commenced in 2003-03.19

Lismore and District Financial Counselling experienced a 30 per cent

increase in the number of clients it helps. The number of clients seen in the

first six months of 2003 would have been almost a years worth three years

ago.20

Lifeline Northern Rivers has seen a 130 per cent increase in the last two

years for requests for material assistance and over 5,000 crisis telephone

calls from people in the northern rivers region.21

Lifeline Darling Downs receives about $68,000 of combined

Commonwealth and State emergency relief funding per year with about

$120,000 per year in aid distributed at the moment. ’It is like a revolving

door. Often we do not have enough to meet demand. In smaller areas,

where their allocations have run out, they will refer them back to larger

centres like Toowoomba, particularly during peak times of Easter,

Christmas and school holidays’.22

16 Submission 197, p.1 (SVDP, Newcastle North Regional Council).

17 Submission 62, p.4 (Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre).

18 Committee Hansard 6.8.03, p.1268 (SVDP, Townsville).

19 Submission 227, p.1 (SVDP, Central Illawarra)

20 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.827 (Lismore & District Financial Counselling).

21 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.833 (Lifeline Northern Rivers).

22 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1184 (Lifeline Dowling Downs).

394

The assistance described above does not include the huge amount of in-kind assistance

that is provided such as clothing and furniture.

17.16 The ACOSS survey of community services organisations shows the increase in

demand for services across the sector:

the number of people seeking assistance from community welfare agencies

increased by 12 per cent from the 2000-01 to the 2001-02 financial year;

despite agencies helping 2.4 million people across Australia in this period,

another 180,000 people did not receive the assistance they sought in 2002,

representing a 19 per cent increase from the previous year;

the greatest unmet need was in the housing area where 29 per cent of the

client base did not receive the services they sought; and

many organisations (42 per cent) did not expect that they would be able to

meet an increase in demand and/or costs over the next twelve months.23

17.17 Agencies indicated that there has been a large increase in the number of client

groups and people who had not previously sought assistance. These groups included

the ’working poor’ and homeless persons/families due to the high cost of private rental.

One agency noted that of the 500 clients that they had seen up to 30 April 2003,

19.8 per cent have been working residents not in receipt of government benefits.24

17.18 Agencies have also reported an increased demand for services in rural and

regional areas:

Over the past 12 months or so we’ve seen an increasing number of people who have never

needed to use emergency relief before: two-parent families, lower income working people,

unemployed singles.particularly men.those who have been in small business but have

been unable to cope with the overheads associated with employing workers, the public

liability insurance, workers compensation and administrative requirements around GST

et cetera. There is a combination of reasons for this increase in emergency relief clientele and

the changing nature of these groups. The cost of living has always been higher in rural areas

but it is increasing to a level that is unimaginable for many. This has worsened since the

introduction of GST. As well, Centrelink breaching and the impacts that breaching often may

have on a family budget means that both singles and families may be left for extended

periods of time without enough money to live on.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1027 (WACOSS).

23 ACOSS, p.5.

24 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.161 (Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood House).

395

Impact on welfare services of people being breached

17.19 Many witnesses also indicated that the breaching of recipients of support

payments had increased the number of people coming to agencies seeking assistance.

One agency described the increase as an ’explosion’ while another stated that it was a

massive issue and probably represents one of the single biggest impacts on people

seeking assistance.25 Another witnesses stated ’we certainly are staggered.by the

number of people who come in clearly distressed, aggravated and in crisis as a

consequence of the change that has occurred with their Centrelink benefits; they have

been breached, their circumstances have changed or there has been a change in their

regime of payment and that has caused great grief and they do not have money for two

weeks or 10 days and things like that’.26

17.20 People who are breached have turned, or been directed by Centrelink, to

community service agencies for assistance in the form of food, clothing, money and

accommodation. The Salvation Army Southern Territory commented that ’ER services

have had to increasingly .step into the breach. created by periods of reduced or

cancelled unemployment benefits either to provide additional support or to attempt to

undo the rapidly escalating damage that can be precipitated by these penalties’.27 The

Salvation Army Ballarat stated that it ’ steps into the gap daily when the intended

safety net of our social security system breaks down. Gaps occur through breaching,

waiting periods, delays in payments, overpayments, administrative errors and

misinformation. Penalties drive the poor deeper into hardship and poverty.’28

17.21 Agencies are also dealing with very distressed people, particularly those that

have been breached: ’the problem of people being breached.coming to us straight

from a Centrelink office.is a real one. They are often very angry and frustrated at

what has occurred for them there. They come to us and if we cannot meet their need,

their frustration level immediately is that much higher and it is more difficult for us to

manage’.29 Anglicare Illawarra explained:

We are now experiencing at least one serious incident.an incident that we

document.a week involving people who have become violent or aggressive.

Every time, their behaviour is linked to the withdrawal of benefits from

Centrelink and to Centrelink directing people.30

25 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.964 (SVDP Wollongong).

26 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.931 (Anglicare Illawarra).

27 Submission 166, p.32 (Salvation Army Southern Territory).

28 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.746 (Salvation Army Ballarat).

29 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.941 (Anglicare Illawarra).

30 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.931 (Anglicare Illawarra).

396

Emerging and complex problems from people seeking assistance

17.22 Not only is there an increase in the number of people approaching agencies, but

also the number of people with long-term and/or complex issues. Often these are

people who present with multiple issues including mental health, drug and alcohol

dependency and disabilities that require long term commitment by agencies to

stabilise or resolve crises. People presenting with these issues need long term

specialist care; however, agencies report great difficulty in finding the right services,

particularly in the areas of mental health, supported accommodation and addictions

recovery programs.31

17.23 Witnesses added that there is a new set of emerging problems. For example,

changes in housing and rental markets have lead to the increased use of caravan parks

for those who cannot access permanent accommodation. Caravan parks present

particular problems for the tenants and are subject to redevelopment as have inner city

boarding houses. If this occurs there is a significant impact on families living in this

type of accommodation and a great demand on agencies to assist former tenants to

find alternative accommodation. One example received by the Committee was of a

caravan park where the owner could no longer find suitable insurance cover so that all

families in the park were evicted. A number of agencies responded, along with State

and local government, to find housing and white goods and furniture for the families

evicted. In this instance, a great deal of resources were called upon to assist families.32

17.24 Accommodation generally is one area of major concern. The Committee

received extensive evidence of the lack of crisis accommodation and low cost

accommodation that agencies can access. When there is no accommodation available,

even at low cost motels, agencies can do nothing but turn people away. Lifeline

Northern Rivers for example, stated that it had turned away 474 adults plus 300

children from its family service.33 Many agencies indicated similar problems.

17.25 Agencies have also found that there is a high demand for personal and

relationship and financial counselling yet this is very poorly funded and has long

waiting lists.34 Cranbourne Information and Support Service, a small Victorian agency

providing financial counselling highlighted this problem:

The financial counsellor based at our organisation three days a week is the

only one in the area and is so overwhelmed by the complex cases involving

families losing their homes due to ever-increasing debt and never-increasing

31 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.964 (SVDP, Illawarra).

32 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1189 (Lifeline Brisbane).

33 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.853 (Lifeline Northern Rivers).

34 Submissions 138, p.3 (Knox City Council . Family Support & Community Education Service);

183, p.2 (WACOSS); 231, p.2 (Centacare Ballarat).

397

income, and the demand for bankruptcies, that for the first time a waiting

list has been instituted (it is already almost four weeks long).35

17.26 Agencies also reported an increase in calls for assistance to get children back to

school.36 The Salvation Army Southern Territory has responded by establishing a

range of services including book swapping programs and other advice to assist parents

to minimise the costs ’but with such dramatic increases in need for our programs the

Salvation Army will find it increasingly difficult to respond without supplementary

changes to policy to assist poor families’.37

17.27 Another emerging area of assistance to children has been the provision of

breakfast. In the Newcastle region, St Vincent de Paul supported the Red Cross

Breakfast Club and contributed over $1,200 in six months to provide breakfast for

children who would otherwise go to school hungry. In one primary school of 400

pupils in the Newcastle region, the Breakfast Club averages between 27 and 40

children attending for breakfast each morning.38

17.28 Agencies also report calls for assistance in paying for funeral expenses.39

Impact on welfare workers of increasing demands

17.29 Many agencies indicated that increasing calls for assistance in an environment

of financial constraint was putting a severe strain on their staff. Community service

organisations have responded to the demand for increased services by relying on staff

to do extra but unpaid work and turning to volunteers to help out. This is an extra

burden for both staff and volunteers. St Vincent de Paul Raymond Terraced stated

’volunteers are finding there is insufficient time to properly assist people with material

assistance, many of who relish the opportunity to have a one on one discussion with a

willing listener’.40

17.30 The situation in some areas is more acute. The Salvation Army Darwin stated:

Welfare workers are being burnt out under the constant strain of daily

interaction with clients. These clients can sometimes be abusive, are often

under emotional pressure and there are no longer quick fix solutions for

them. This places a strain on my welfare workers and the strain they are

35 Submission 61, p.4 (Cranbourne Information and Support Service).

36 See for example, Submission 171, p.3 (Southern Peninsula Community Support & Information

Centre).

37 Submission 166, p.19 (The Salvation Army Southern Territory).

38 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.577; Submission 214, p.1 (SVDP, Lower Hunter Region).

39 See for example, Submission 214, p.3 (SVDP, Lower Hunter Region).

40 Submission 213, p.3 (SVSP, Raymond Terrace)

398

under reduces the quality of care the Salvation Army is wanting to provide

to clients. We are not able to always respond to our clients’ needs in the best

possible way. As a result of that, we have now introduced regular

supervision for welfare workers but this has been an increased cost for the

programs we are providing.41

17.31 A further problem for some agencies is the reliance on an ageing population of

volunteers. There was evidence that smaller organizations are closing because

members are getting older and cannot continue to provide assistance.42

17.32 Agencies have responded by forming waiting lists, increasing referrals and

closer targeting of services. However, this is discouraging for both staff and clients,

and can be counter productive . people in need may not come back to access the

services they require or return with greater and more complex needs.

17.33 In some areas, the problems have become so great that organisations have

withdrawn from providing emergency relief services. This adds to the pressures on

those agencies left providing assistance. For example, in the Campbelltown area three

of the six major charities involved in forms of direct assistance have either pulled out

completely or reduced their assistance in the last two years.43 St Vincent de Paul,

Lismore stated that there had been seven family services in the diocese of Tweed

Heads and Port Macquarie in the early 1990s. However, owing to occupational health

and safety issues, funding, and lack of support and recognition from the government

and community only one remains open.44

17.34 While services are trying to cover the increased demand with limited resources,

there has also been an increase in costs for community service organisations. ACOSS

noted that a third of the agencies who responded to its survey indicated that they had

experienced difficulties in obtaining insurance in 2001-02. The cost of insurance was

the major difficulty, while some agencies had been refused cover. Three quarters of all

respondents indicated that they are paying more for insurance in 2002-03 than in

2001-02 with an average increase per agency of $5,287.45

17.35 Individual services provided the Committee with evidence on the extent of

unmet demand. For example, the Salvation Army Ballarat indicated that it was turning

away 100 clients a month on average as they do not have the workers or funding for

41 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1096 (The Salvation Army Darwin).

42 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, pp.135-36 (Knox City Council).

43 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.964 (SVDP, Wollongong).

44 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.853 (SVDP, Lismore).

45 ACOSS, p.22.

399

emergency relief.46 Southlakes Refuge in the Lake Macquarie area of NSW provides

accommodation for 15 people and is staffed by 61 trained volunteers. The Refuge is

funded by an Op-Shop also staffed by volunteers. During 2001-02 the Refuge

accommodated 129 people but turned away 519 people.47

17.36 The increase in unmet demand placed welfare agencies in a difficult position.

TasCOSS stated:

Regular surveys of unmet need levels, and the resulting pressures on

community service organisation (e.g., ACOSS Australians Living on the

Edge Survey findings) demonstrate that the non-government sector is unable

to address the level and complexity of need arising in our communities. In a

state such as Tasmania, with labour market and demographic characteristics

that drive up poverty levels, this trend is even more evident. Nongovernment

organisations are doing more with less, finding efficiencies

wherever possible, but still failing to confront the needs they identify in

their respective client populations.48

17.37 Many agencies argued that the funds available from the Commonwealth are

plainly inadequate to meet demand and government had failed to recognise this:

We receive just under $11,000 from FaCS to fund our emergency relief

program, and yet the demand is such that we are spending nearly $3000

each month. Already in January and February this year, the demand has

increased to such an alarming rate that we are restricting our criteria for

assistance and still turning people away in order to keep to our emergency

relief budget. I suspect this trend will increase, and we will be faced with an

emergency relief crisis in our area within a year if we are not provided with

increased funding.49

17.38 The Salvation Army Darwin also noted that it had not received additional funds

for a number of years even though the population of Darwin had increased: ’the

amount of money we have simply gets smaller as the population increases’.50 Southern

Peninsula Community Support and Information Centre stated that while Emergency

Relief is crucial for the Centre to continue to assist those living in poverty, if the

Centre did not receive financial assistance from other sources, such as donations, it

would not assist all in need.51

46 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.753 (Salvation Army Ballarat).

47 Submission 20, p.3 (Southlakes Refuge).

48 Submission 176, p.14 (TasCOSS).

49 Submission 61, p.3 (Cranbourne Information and Support Service).

50 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1097 (The Salvation Army Darwin).

51 Submission 171, p.6 (Southern Peninsula Community Support & Information Centre).

400

17.39 Lifeline Northern Rivers commented:

I feel that more needs to be done to recognise community organisations like

ours, which do not attract public funding, but are meeting an increasing and

unrecognised demand for welfare recipients. This is brought about because I

believe governments at all levels want to save a few dollars, bury their heads

in the sand and absolve themselves of any community responsibility to

assist these Australian citizens.52

Recommendation 88

17.40 That the Commonwealth increase the current level of emergency relief

funds allocated to agencies.

17.41 The plight of small community organisations in rural and regional Australia

was also discussed in evidence. The continuing drought and increasing financial

problems in rural areas, has resulted in people withdrawing from their positions in

community organisations. Lifeline North Queensland noted that there are fewer

people to actually run and meet all the legislative and financial requirements of a

committee of management, ’so you are putting further and further drain on fewer and

fewer resources, which means that there are more communities which are more

stressed and therefore looking outside’. As a result communities cannot draw in extra

services as government requires people who are able to meet statutory requirements:

They are looking for strong, active, participatory communities that can put

up those sorts of committees, and that is really tough when everybody is

exhausted and really concerned about whether they can feed their family

tonight when they have been the ones who have been out there and they

have given $1,000 last year to the old people’s home for a new bed, or

whatever. Because we are relying more and more on the community to buy

palliative beds in smaller communities, we are relying on the community to

raise money for a cancer appeal or to help a family whose house has burnt

down, people are being really stretched, and that affects their own selfesteem

and their own capacity to continue. So some people will not go off

the farm. I have letters from people right up and down the eastern seaboard

saying, ’I no longer participate in anything because I am too ashamed to do

so,’ and that is really tough.53

Beyond emergency support . longer term outcomes

17.42 Agencies acknowledged that while there is a growing demand for emergency

support, there is a need to introduce longer term support for clients and a more

coordinated approach to the increasingly complex cases that they are dealing with.

Unless this occurs, people will not be able to move out of poverty and their

52 Submission 217, p.3 (Lifeline Northern Rivers).

53 Committee Hansard 6.8.03, pp.1247-48 (Lifeline Northern Queensland).

401

disadvantaged situations and ’break the cycle of handout mentality we have’. The

Salvation Army Darwin stated ’it is unfortunate that today many people consider the

welfare handout as part of their budget and rely on it. That is something we have to try

and break and encourage them to look for alternative sources’.54

17.43 The Smith Family also commented that it saw itself as:

.about the prevention of poverty in Australia, in both the short-term and

long-term way. To work towards that end we have a framework, at the heart

of which is a strategic focus on education and lifelong learning.We come

out of an over 81-year history probably acknowledged by most people in the

community as a welfare agency, but we are changing ourselves, on the basis

of our internal research capacity and our work with other researchers, to

become an organisation dedicated in an evidence based way to preventing

poverty and to building the capacity of young children and families in

disadvantage throughout Australia.55

17.44 The community sector suggested a number of pathways to achieve better longterm

outcomes. One is the introduction of case management. Case management would

offer greater support to clients and assist them in accessing the services they need.

However, agencies indicated that lack of funds and the pressure from emergency relief

cases impacted adversely on their ability to provide effective case management.

Anglicare Illawarra stated:

We also believe that there need to be funded resources, again delivered

through government to organisations like ours, Barnados and community

centres that are involved at the coalface of poverty, to undertake more

involved case management with people working in the area. It is not good

enough for the people with whom we are working for us to be able to offer

them only a half-hour, 45-minute or one-hour appointment to try to resolve

issues and difficulties.

Quite often we will see people once a week for a year to try to work through

stuff. Again, that puts a strain on our resources, but it is work that just needs

to be done. If we had additional resources to implement case management

approaches so that we could really interface effectively with mental health

team and drug and alcohol workers in the city, and look at interfacing with

regard to accommodation and how we might do that differently in this city,

then we might actually be able to start addressing some of these concerns

structurally much more effectively than we can currently.56

54 Committee Hansard 29.7.03, p.1097 (The Salvation Army Darwin).

55 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.379 (The Smith Family).

56 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.933 (Anglicare Illawarra).

402

Early intervention and prevention programs

17.45 Another way of providing long-term support is through early intervention and

prevention programs. Many organisations both on a national and local level have

instituted programs aimed at lifting people out of poverty. Programs are aimed at all

age groups: from occasional care for children and parenting programs, to school

assistance programs through the supply of books and computers, to adult literacy and

training programs. Some examples provided to the Committee include:

The Smith Family provides substantial funding for its Learning for Life

strategy and program. The program provides financial assistance,

educational support for students and their families and mentoring. It is

established in compulsory and tertiary education and is being extended to

preschool and early childhood.57

Home Instruction for Parents of Preschool Youngsters (HIPPY) established

by the Brotherhood of St Laurence supports parent to take an active role in

the education of their pre-school age children in the home. The

Brotherhood also runs a homework centre at Fitzroy which provides

academic and personal support for secondary school students.58

Pathways to Prevention Project is a partnership initiative for Mission

Australia and a range of educational, government and business

organisations. It targets preschool age children, their families, schools and

communities with early intervention programs designed to help children

make a successful transition from home to school.59

The Ark Olive Branch Café run by the Salvation Army in Newcastle is a

fully functioning café restaurant providing nationally accredited training in

hospitality operations targeting disadvantaged youth. The hands on

training, under the close guidance and supervision of industry qualified

trainers, equips the trainees with real day to day knowledge and experience

in an inner city café restaurant. Assistance with placement is provided upon

completion of training and a high employment rate reflects the success of

the program.60

The Samaritans Foundation in Newcastle, in response to high levels of

unemployment, has established a gardening and home maintenance

57 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.379 (The Smith Family).

58 Submission 98, p.27 (BSL).

59 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, pp.1209-13 (Mission Australia).

60 Information from inspections by the Committee, Newcastle 29.5.03.

403

business run by tenants in a housing estate and a job assistance centre and

Internet café in Muswellbrook.61

Laverton Community Centre and Neighbourhood House operate a

Community Children’s Centre which houses all their child care programs as

well as a Post Natal Depression Group, Out-posted Family Counsellors, In

Home Support Workers, new mothers groups and other services that have

children or their families as a focus. All services are free or fit under the

not for profit category.62

Southern Peninsula Community Support and Information Centre in

Victoria has initiated a Budget Support Program. The Program was set up

as normal budget counselling methods had not worked with clients. Clients

who enter the program are given support to bring their budget into balance,

training in how to manage their money and deal with financial issues and

support with other issues arising from poverty. The Centre stated ’this

program is being very successful and there are financial benefits arising

from savings in present and future emergency relief funds. It would be

good for such an innovative program to have further funding and wider

application.’63

St Vincent de Paul Society, Lismore, manages a number of homes in

conjunction with the NSW Housing Department. The homes are rented to

disadvantaged families at a low rent for approximately 12 months. The

Society assists families with budgeting and other skills development. This

has proved successful and ’families have been able to set themselves up to

take care of their own destiny at the end of that period because the rent is

so low and the help is ongoing.’ Families have been able to move into other

rental accommodation and one family saved enough to buy their own small

home.64

Cooperation and increased community capacity

17.46 Agencies also pointed to the need to increase cooperation between

organisations to provide a uniform approach. Cooperation strengthens community

networks and provides a greater spread and balance of services.

Other recommendations include.and this is through organisations that are

working in the delivery of emergency relief services, and there is a number

61 Submission 149, p.4 (Samaritans Foundation).

62 Submission 63, p.4 (Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood House).

63 Submission 171, p.7 (Southern Peninsula Community Support & Information Centre).

64 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.848 (SVDP, Lismore).

404

of them in this city.a uniform approach to policies, service standards and

assessment and training by agencies involved in the provision of emergency

relief; and training to include specialist approaches to working with mental

health and drug and alcohol issues. It is really critical that, if that work is to

be ongoing and involve different agencies, we are provided with the

resources to skill our workers to do their job effectively. For us that is not

currently provided for through the emergency relief funding as administered

by Family and Community Services.65

17.47 However, there were concerns about the change in the community welfare

sector. TasCOSS commented that dependence on government funding has seen a loss

of valued structures in many smaller centres and a greater reliance on services that

may in some instances only be accessed from large, more distant centres.66 This view

was echoed in other comments that access to State and/or Commonwealth funding for

resources is not easily achieved by local community groups and that ’statewide and

regional projects appear to be preferred and short term, self sustaining projects are

preferred to ongoing salary commitment’.67

17.48 Lifeline Brisbane also commented that competitive funding is a major problem.

As Lifeline is mostly self-funded, it was argued that it could be more cooperative and

collaborative. However, this may not be the case with other agencies which depend

solely on government income:

They might get the funding, and you might miss out. It is just not going to

happen, is it? Up to a point it can work well. With a lot of people putting

work in on the ground we can all cooperate up to a point, but not to the point

where you might miss out on the funding you need. I think that is a major

problem with competitive funding models of all sorts.68

17.49 TasCOSS concluded:

The very real growth that has occurred in support systems in recent years

has been in services provided by non-government organisations. Much of

this apparent growth, however, has in fact been an ’outsourcing’ of services

that had once been ’mainstream’ government-provided services (e.g.,

disability services, job-placement services), while others have reflected

changes to demographic patterns (e.g., ageing) without addressing the

complex needs of low-income households. Specifically, there has been no

real growth in services for families isolated from communities by the

impacts of poverty. Family support services and generalist community-

65 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.933 (Anglicare Illawarra).

66 Submission 176, p.13 (TasCOSS).

67 Submission 111, p.4 (Casey North Community Information & Support Service).

68 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1190 (Lifeline Brisbane).

405

capacity building services are still very much the poor relation of

community services funding.

.Worse, it has become clear to TasCOSS . as the peak community welfare

organisation in Tasmania . that our community service organisations are

now so focused on the day-to-day provision of contracted services that they

are less able to engage in forms of cross-sectoral support (to peer

organisations), in forms of systemic advocacy on policy issues, and in forms

of overtly political action to highlight government inaction. That is, the

poverty-driven stresses on service systems in the non-government sector

have led not to a louder clamour for public interventions but instead to a

more inward-looking focus on organisations’ own resources and priorities.69

17.50 TasCOSS recommended that additional resources should be devoted to explicit

attempts to increase community capacity, especially in areas of demonstrable poverty.

The primary focus of these measures should be the creation/re-creation of informal

and formal networks of support to families. It also recommended that funding

priorities to non-government service providers . through State, Commonwealth and

joint programs . should be informed by an understanding of the support needs of lowincome

households, especially those experiencing long-term and/or whole-household

unemployment. Program goals should by mapped against, and accountable in terms

of, state and regional strategies to alleviate poverty.70

17.51 The importance of increased community capacity and networks is closely

linked to the effectiveness and timeliness of service delivery. This can best be seen

through the location of community services and the degree to which they are linked

with complementary services. For example, whether an emergency relief agency is

located near to or with a counselling or homeless assistance service so that the person

can access case management and other services. The Newcastle City Council spoke of

the need to encourage and support projects which attempt to develop collaborative

partnerships between agencies.71 The Committee considers that there needs to be an

appropriate continuum of services in each community. This means that there needs to

be universal capacity building and early assistance services at the front end, as well as

targeted secondary and tertiary services to address individuals and families who are in

need of additional or crisis support.

Conclusion

17.52 The Committee received overwhelming evidence of the increasing demand on

services provided by agencies assisting low income and disadvantaged Australians.

There have been increases in calls for emergency relief and assistance with

69 Submission 176, p.14 (TasCOSS).

70 Submission 176, p.15 (TasCOSS).

71 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.539 (Newcastle City Council).

406

accommodation. Agencies are also seeing people with more complex issues and

multiple levels of disadvantage. Many people are seeking assistance from welfare

agencies because they have been breached by Centrelink.

17.53 This has placed many agencies under considerable strain as resources are

stretched to meet the needs of clients. This is of particular concern for agencies which

rely on a largely volunteer workforce.

17.54 The Committee received considerable evidence of the extent of the unmet

demand for services. Individual workers gave examples of many cases were their

agencies have had to turn away people because, for example, there was no emergency

accommodation in the area.

17.55 While the evidence on the increasing demand for emergency relief was bleak,

the early intervention and prevention and intensive support programs instigated by

welfare agencies provide an effective avenue to lift people out of poverty. These

programs range from living skills programs to financial assistance for education. They

may be based in a local community or be provided nation-wide. Whatever the case the

benefits of these programs are enormous.

Recommendation 89

17.56 That the Commonwealth government streamline the funding

arrangements for all its community funding programs.

Recommendation 90

17.57 That the Commonwealth conduct an audit of its community funding

programs to determine:

. whether they are located in the areas of greatest need;

. the degree to which complementary services are co-located;

. that there is an identifiable continuum of services from capacity building

through to tertiary and crisis support.

Recommendation 91

17.58 That COAG conduct an audit similar to that in the previous

recommendation to determine the adequacy of Commonwealth, State and local

government funded community services in local communities.

Local government

17.59 Local government has for a long period provided many services to those in

need in their communities. Services range from welfare services to child care and

youth services. Many councils employ staff to assist residents with housing and

407

employment. For example, Knox City Council, Victoria, provides a Family Support

and Community Education service which provides the following services to residents:

intake, assessment and referral;

crisis counselling;

financial counselling;

emergency relief;

no interest loan scheme;

community education;

problem gambling counselling; and

legal service.72

Councils also provide concessions schemes for council payments such as rates.

17.60 Like the non-government agencies, councils indicated that there had been an

increase in the number of people seeking assistance. Councils commented that there

was a growing demand for a variety of services, including housing assistance, and

emergency assistance. Darebin City Council stated that there had been a 40 per cent

increase in requests for emergency assistance between 1998 and 2000.73 Knox City

Council stated ’the increase in demand for assistance over the past three years and a

decrease in funding provided by local donations have forced the [Council’s emergency

relief] network to severely limit the amount of aid provided to clients. Often assistance

is minimal and therefore does not address the long-term financial issues facing the

client’.74

17.61 The demand for services has been such that councils are now providing

assistance in areas where they have not traditionally had a presence.

That is a funded program for which our local council had to step outside the square.that is a

financial counselling program, which is usually a state government responsibility. But when

you have funded services which are unit cost based and then they invert the pyramid and

decide that they can only provide this many hours in financial counselling, and you end up

with an eight-week waiting period, how do you address the crisis? We convinced our council

that the prime responsibility of any local government is to its residents and that if state and

federal are not going to address the problems then we should do it on the local level. We now

have a point five position financial counsellor.

Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.160 (Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood House).

72 Submission 138, p.2 (Knox City Council).

73 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.133 (Darebin City Council).

74 Submission 138, p.7 (Knox City Council).

408

17.62 Some local government areas have experienced higher levels of demand

because of urban migration, particular areas on the outer fringes of major cities. This

has been driven by the gentrification and increasing housing prices in parts of major

cities. Low income families are forced out of these areas into other local government

areas to find cheap housing. In one Victorian local government area, for example,

between the two census periods of 1996 and 2001, there was a marked increase in

lowest income groups and a decrease in medium and high income.75 Socioeconomic

disadvantage becomes entrenched in specific localities: there are relatively high

proportions of low income households and reduced access to housing, employment

and educational opportunities. Increased house prices have also driven an increase in

private rents which also reduces the affordability of housing.

17.63 The Welfare Rights and Advocacy Centre WA stated ’urban renewal has seen

the relocation of many local families into outer fringe areas in WA, particularly in the

Perth metropolitan area. Public transport infrastructure in many of these new areas is

inadequate, with only one or two buses running each day. Many families now face

increased costs in public transport as they are housed in public housing a long distance

from a city centre.’76 Poor transport further hinders efforts by low income families to

find employment and to engage in educational and social activities.

17.64 The Committee received evidence from local government authorities about

their efforts to improve services to low-income and disadvantaged families through

coordinated approaches across their municipalities and to take a more strategic

approach to reduce poverty. The City of Darebin, for example, established a Poverty

Action Group. The Group looked at housing affordability and appropriateness;

unemployment, paid and unpaid work; income security; gambling; and community

building. Darebin stated ’primarily our actions are around research, policy

development, trying to do some leadership and advocacy on areas, coordination and

facilitation of services and establishing partnerships and strategic alliances to try and

address some of these issues’.77

17.65 A further example is Newcastle City Council’s Social Plan Advisory

Committee, comprising both Council and community representatives, which guides

the Council in the development of its social plan. The plan identifies key social and

community needs and strategies to address those needs. The positive trend of a

community sector that works collaboratively to develop innovative projects was

demonstrated by the example of a plan to help a local community create enterprise.

75 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, pp.161-62 (Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood

House).

76 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1031 (Welfare Rights and Advocacy Centre).

77 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, p.134 (Darebin City Council).

409

The aim is to develop ’a more supportive model where the communities will be

identifying their needs, solving their problems and creating their own opportunities’.78

17.66 The benefits of such partnerships and strategic alliances within municipalities

to focus on areas of disadvantage and improve the provision of services are great:

Where we have local government and community working together,

networks are created, our services can be spread and we can make those that

are responsible for the provision of services actually accountable. That way,

we get a broader range of professionals.79

17.67 Fairfield City Council stated:

The development of cities involves very complex issues that require

consultation with all concerned, a comprehensive and co-ordinated

approach, and a level of commitment by all levels of government, and the

private sector to bring about change for the better.

An example of such a program was the ’Better Cities Program’ that

highlighted the need for planning to be undertaken in order to secure funds

for implementation of government programs. The prerequisite was a

requirement to coordinate, to integrate, to partner, to innovate, to consult, to

commit joint budgets and to act to achieve outcomes.

Reinstating a similar program would greatly assist in solving problems that

contribute to severe poverty in the community.80

Conclusion

17.68 Evidence provided to the Committee showed that the provision of services by

local government varies significantly across the States, often related to the size and

resources of the local council. However, the Committee heard about and saw many

initiatives that have been successfully undertaken at the local level, clearly

demonstrating the value of services being provided by and for the ’grass roots’ level.

Centrelink

17.69 For many low income and disadvantaged Australians, Centrelink is their

principal point of contact with government. Centrelink provides services on behalf of

ten Commonwealth departments including Family and Community Services, Health

and Ageing and Veteran’s Affairs.

78 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, pp.537, 540 (Newcastle City Council).

79 Committee Hansard 1.5.03, pp.161-62 (Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood

House).

80 Submission 119, p.6 (Fairfield City Council).

410

Access to and attitude of Centrelink staff

17.70 The Committee repeatedly heard evidence during the inquiry concerning

difficulties with accessing Centrelink services and the attitude of Centrelink staff. Of

major concern was the relationship between Centrelink staff and the people who seek

their help. The Salvation Army Eastern Territory stated that ’it has become

increasingly apparent, both through observation and research, that the relationship

between Centrelink, and the welfare recipient, has deteriorated to the extent that it has

become plainly adversarial’. The Committee received many comments supporting this

view of Centrelink staff attitude to their customers:

The customer service staff make us feel as if we are taking money out of their own pockets.

We are treated as if we are all ’Dole Bludgers’.

Submission 135, p.3 (The Salvation Army Eastern Territory).

Quite often the admin staff look down on them and judge them because they are scruffily

dressed, have no money, are on the dole and have not got a job. Some of the staff have said,

’There are jobs out there; you should go out and get one.’ So they feel like they do not want to

go into Centrelink, because they are judged every time they do. They sometimes get angry;

therefore they get thrown out and do not access the service.

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.904 (Warrawong Community Development Project).

One male applied for the dole after working for 3 years full time, with a history of casual

work since the age of 15. When he put in his application form, he felt Centrelink’s staff

weren’t supporting him. In fact he observed that the staff treated people receiving benefits

based on their appearance and sometimes gender.

This young male has a history of productive employment and yet was made to feel like a

’Blight on Society’, and personally felt everyone would label him a ’Dole Bludger’. This male

person has had a productive working employment record since he was 15 and achieved his

V.C.E. and has furthered his academic studies at University & TAFE.

.This experience of seeking welfare support has put this person against applying for what is

a rightful and justifiable claim for assistance between jobs. This raises concerns about how

other "legitimate" claimants are treated and branded.

Submission 47, p.5 (Chelsea Neighbourhood Housing Inc).

17.71 The level of frustration and anger of people fronting Centrelink Offices or

using Call Centres is often exacerbated when changes to their payments or financial

circumstances have been the result of Centrelink error. A report of an evaluation of

mistakes by Centrelink experienced by its customers across the employment, families

and children, youth and student, retirement, and disability and carers payment streams

indicated that the main types of mistakes focussed on payments being stopped or debt

accrued, eligibility issues and misplaced documentation by Centrelink. The report

noted that ’while it is largely inevitable that mistakes will occur in an organisation the

size of Centrelink, the way these are handled, and perceptions of the seriousness of

these mistakes varies widely, and as such, each mistake has a different effect on

411

customer perceptions of the organisation’.81 Centrelink officers should have a greater

understanding and sensitivity in dealing with customers who are aggrieved as a result

of Centrelink’s own mistakes.

17.72 There was also evidence concerning a lack of understanding of the difficulties

of particular groups in accessing Centrelink services, the inflexibility of Centrelink in

dealing with these groups and the lack of understanding of the impact of changes to

procedures on people. The following examples provide an indication of some of the

groups involved.

17.73 The particular concerns of women are sometimes not understood:

We have experienced cases where women have been penalised by Centrelink for late

reporting of ’change of circumstances’ often in the midst of a traumatising situation. In

addition we have witnessed scenarios where Centrelink has refused to change payment

details. For example, there is a 21 day waiting period for payment to be transferred from one

parent to another if the initial carer of the child does not complete Centrelink documentation,

even when there is clear evidence that the change has occurred. Obviously, with domestic

violence this is not feasible.

Submission 93, p.2 (Lismore Women’s and Children’s Refuge).

17.74 There were examples of people with mental illness experiencing poor outcomes

from their dealings with Centrelink.

We found a lady who had been living on the streets for years and if anyone deserved a

pension it was her. I took her along myself to get her sorted out. She is paranoid and all these

other things, and when the clerk said, ’What is your name?’ she said, ’I don’t have to tell you

anything!’ And then, of course, the guy started to put all his stuff away, ’Blow you, lady,’ he

said. It took days to get her sensible enough to be able to get a minimum of information. Then

I found this clerk could have just signed the form, and I said, ’Why didn’t you do that?’ He

said, ’She might rip the system off.’ I find these people are too silly and too debilitated to be

able to even begin to work out how to rip off the system.

Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.662 (UnitingCare).

81 Evaluation of mistakes with Centrelink experienced by customers, Final report, DBM

Consultants, June 2003; provided to Community Affairs Legislation Committee, 2003

Supplementary Budget Estimates, Answer to Question on Notice No 209 .Attachment 5.

412

To me, you need to talk about the staff at Centrelink and how they treat people on the dole or

on the disability support pension, especially people with mental illnesses. Say you have

schizophrenia and you are frustrated and they are not helping or assisting you in any way.

You lose your temper and you go off the deep end. Those people just get turfed out or

whatever happens. What does the person do then? They are back on the streets. There needs

to be some compassion from some of these Centrelink people.

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.913 (Warrawong Community Development Project).

17.75 An example of the impact of changes to procedure was provided in relation to

itinerant clients. These people are highly mobile and they have few personal

belongings. They often lose most or all of their belongings as they shift from place to

place. Centrelink may require the production of a birth certificate . an item that an

itinerant person is very unlikely to possess. They are then required to pay $42 to get

another birth certificate. St Vincent de Paul commented ’there is little appreciation of

how mobile many people living on the breadline are; it does not translate into

Centrelink policies or even allow for flexibility in Centrelink policies’.82

17.76 Illiterate clients are another group which often experiences difficulties

accessing Centrelink and often are breached because they cannot respond to requests

by Centrelink.

Grantleigh, 42, had problems dealing with Centrelink forms due to illiteracy. He was too

ashamed to tell anyone that he could not read. Normally his wife helped him by reading out

the forms but she went to hospital for four weeks for a major operation. In that time he

received a letter from Centrelink. He was subsequently breached for failing to attend an

interview. He did not realise he had been breached until his payments were reduced. He rang

Centrelink to ask why his payments had been reduced and they informed him of the breach.

First he claimed that he had not received the letter but he eventually plucked up the courage

to tell them that he was illiterate. The breach was nevertheless maintained.

Submission 46, p.17 (SACOSS).

17.77 Another concern was the high level of debts to Centrelink. The Welfare Rights

and Advocacy Service WA stated that ’there continues to be a significant effort on the

part of Centrelink to raise and recover debts. Particularly targeted within this state are

Indigenous people and young people, who may not have the same capacity to

challenge overpayment decisions, even where there is a substantial merit to their case

and provision for waiver action on the part of Centrelink exists.’83

82 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.964 (SVDP, Wollongong).

83 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1031 (Welfare Rights and Advocacy Centre).

413

17.78 Evidence from rural and regional Australia indicated that many people find

contact with Centrelink ’becomes too hard’ and they just give up trying to access

services. People from rural areas have to use call centres and they find it difficult to

access the correct information. Lifeline North Queensland stated ’they do not know

what they are looking for, there they do no know what button to push’. This puts rural

people at a disadvantage.84

17.79 Another example of difficulties faced when functions are moved out of local

areas was provided by the Illawarra Legal Service. Centrelink has now located its debt

recovery section and the compensation section in Sydney. As a result, relationships

are hard to build with people in Centrelink partly because ’they are removed even one

more step from their customer client base. I think the more removed you get, the more

desensitised you become to the particular problems that individuals face’.85 The

Salvation Army described the impact for people in rural areas:

The administrative maze of debt collection in Horsham, records in

Melbourne and call centres which are goodness knows where places at a

disadvantage the already disadvantaged recipients in Ballarat and other rural

areas. It is my belief and experience that Centrelink largely fails to

understand and respond to the complexity of the needs and situations that

people in poverty present with.86

17.80 The large turnover of Centrelink staff was seen as a problem by some agencies

as it created difficulties for agencies and individuals to establish a working

relationship with Centrelink.87 In other areas, the number of specialist staff has

decreased or are insufficient to deal with the demand. The Salvation Army Ballarat

stated that there had been four social workers for the area but this had been reduced so

that it is fairly difficult for a client to see a welfare worker.88 St Vincent de Paul

Lismore stated that Centrelink ’social workers today seem to filter the clients back to

us to go into our budget counselling. That would suggest to me that the financial

social workers in Centrelinks around Australia are overworked and only too glad to

transfer the workload wherever possible, to someone else.’89

84 Committee Hansard 6.8.03, p.1249 (Lifeline North Queensland).

85 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.949 (Illawarra Legal Service).

86 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.746 (Salvation Army Ballarat).

87 Submission 171, p.6 (Southern Peninsula Community Support & Information Centre);

Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.914 (CPSA).

88 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.749 (Salvation Army Ballarat).

89 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.866 (SVDP, Lismore).

414

Pressure on agencies from people directed by Centrelink

17.81 A number of agencies referred to the problem of Centrelink directing people to

agencies without making initial contact and giving the impression that the agency will

be able to provide immediate assistance. This is not always the case leading to more

frustration for those seeking assistance and greater difficulties for agencies trying to

help people.

I am sure that if you are working at the coal face of Centrelink, when you

have got someone in distress because you are not able to assist them, it is an

easier thing to say, ’Go and see that organisation, I am sure they will help

you out’.90

.in all our centres we have people sent daily from Centrelink to us and the

feeling of the people coming to us is that, ’It was the government that told us

its here.’

They have great expectations and they are disappointed half the time.

That is right, because we cannot help everybody. We do not have the funds.

We have to monitor what we are doing and be careful with the funds.91

17.82 These financial considerations lead into a broader issue raised in evidence

concerning agencies being expected to take responsibility from government without

additional funding, in effect providing a safety net that government was failing to do.

We are picking up those who fall out of the system, or for whom the system

has failed.our funding has not increased but we are doing the work that

maybe ought to be funded or done by government at some level.92

.we cannot afford to continually bail the government out of its economic

and social responsibility to its citizens. We do not have the resources to do

it, and we are just a single organisation.93

Centrelink liaison with community sector

17.83 Centrelink indicated that it had recognised the need to deal more effectively

with its customers and to develop greater links with the community sector. Centrelink

provided the Committee with examples of new programs within Centrelink offices

such as the provision of Personal Advisers to help mature aged people and parents to

engage with the workforce or to take up social opportunities. Another program is the

Financial Information Service which provides an independent, free and confidential

90 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.941 (Anglicare Illawarra).

91 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, p.866 (SVDP, Lismore).

92 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.758 (Salvation Army Western Division Victoria).

93 Committee Hansard 2.7.03, p.933 (Anglicare Illawarra).

415

service to the community that encourages and assists people to maintain or improve

their standard of living by planning effectively for retirement and maximising overall

retirement income.94 Centrelink also employs welfare staff in its offices and other

specialist staff such as disability-specific staff.

17.84 Centrelink indicated that its staff maintain contact with local organizations

through regular meetings and consultations. Newcastle City Council noted that

Centrelink had been involved in a number of its community consultations:

They are involved in some of our networks, like our homelessness network,

so on a local level they have been quite participatory in what the local

community perceives are its issues and looking at how they can work on

local community issues. We have also been invited to Centrelink forums

regarding venue policies, been briefed on what those policies are and been

asked for input. Those processes are very open.95

Other agencies also indicated that they met with the local Centrelink staff on a regular

basis and that the meetings are very positive.96 However, this was not always the case

and there are areas where meetings between agencies and Centrelink do not occur.97

17.85 Centrelink commented that it ’was trying to present itself as being part of the

community and facilitate in some instances the getting together of a number of

community organisations to look at individual cases, particularly with youth’.98 At the

same time, Centrelink through the Community Connect trial, is working on a more

cooperative approach to sharing information about services.

17.86 As part of Australians Working Together, Centrelink staff created directories of

services in locations. For the last year, Centrelink has been working with the

community sector as how this information might be shared with them, ’in terms of

giving a wide range of organisations access to a site that has a lot of detail on all those

sorts of services in small locations, large locations, state funded community

organisations and non-government organisations’. The trials are under way at the

moment with some key organizations, including the Smith Family, the Benevolent

Society and the Brotherhood of St Laurence, to look at how the site may be used in a

94 Submission 165, Supplementary Information, 20.6.03, p.4 (FaCS).

95 Committee Hansard 29.5.03, p.548 (Newcastle City Council).

96 Committee Hansard 30.6.03, p.749 (Salvation Army Ballarat); 1.7.03, p.863 (SVDP, Tweed

Heads); 2.7.03, p.941 (Anglicare Illawarra).

97 Committee Hansard 1.7.03, 862 (Lifeline Northern Rivers).

98 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.695 (Centrelink).

416

more cooperative way for sharing other information and for giving agencies access to

more information that Centrelink holds.99

17.87 Centrelink is also using programs which respond more effectively to local

community needs and targets groups in need. The use of support staff in Centrelink

offices has proved valuable. St Patrick’s Community Support Centre gave evidence on

the value of community support staff in Centrelink:

Of our 93 residents and lodgers, the vast bulk of them are on some form of

Centrelink payment. We have an excellent relationship with the local

Centrelink people. They have a community support person out of the

Centrelink office who is working really well. That is great. In terms of

Centrelink and how it used to be and the difficulties that were associated

with ringing up support staff within the Centrelink office, their having a

person who is identified as a community person has certainly made my life a

lot easier. I am able to ring in and say, ’What is the situation with this

client?’ They are able to tell me what is going on and it is able to be put to

bed pretty quickly.100

17.88 Co-location of staff in Centrelink offices has also improved services. For

example, in Sutherland, there are issues around tenancy rates, so a housing officer

spends a day a week in the Centrelink office. This provides a coordinated service for

clients. Outservicing is another way of improving services. Customer service officers

visit organizations where there are particular issues and particular problems. Officers

visit local juvenile justice centres, boarding houses and alcohol and drug services. The

Rev Bill Crews indicated the benefits of this program as Centrelink visits his centre:

’one of the good things that Centrelink does is provide someone who comes down and

spends a day with us and meets the people where they are. They bring along their

laptop, plug it in and do it all there’.101

17.89 Centrelink is also targeting groups which have problems in accessing their

services. One group is released prisoners who find it intimidating to have to come into

Centrelink offices. Centrelink has been working with the correctional departments in

all the States and Territories, looking at arrangements for Centrelink staff to be located

in the prisons themselves before the prisoners are released so that Centrelink can

connect them with their parole officers, with the courts. This will result in a more

seamless integration of services and Centrelink officers will understand what referrals

are out there for them.102

99 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.695 (Centrelink).

100 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.1061 (St Patrick’s Community Support Centre).

101 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.662 (UnitingCare)

102 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.696 (Centrelink).

417

17.90 In relation to illiterate clients, Centrelink is at present looking at better

assessment tools to try to improve referrals for this group. However, Centrelink stated

that these matters should be discussed at the initial grant interview with a person, but

’it does require the customer themselves to be prepared to talk to Centrelink about

those issues, and in many cases they prefer not to say anything’.103

Conclusion

17.91 The Committee heard a great deal of evidence, both negative and positive,

concerning Centrelink. The Committee acknowledges that the role of Centrelink is

often difficult and that programs have been put in place to build effective working

relationships with welfare providers and to provide services more in line with the

particular needs and circumstances of clients.

17.92 However, there was also evidence that the level of flexibility and willingness to

build relationships varies between Centrelink offices. There was also evidence that

there are insufficient specialist staff in some areas to meet increasing demand.

Recommendation 92

17.93 That Centrelink Community Service Centres be resourced to establish

local management advisory committees with membership drawn from its

customer base, emergency relief providers, local schools, the police, employers

and community representatives to sensitise service delivery to local needs.

Recommendation 93

17.94 That Centrelink CSCs be resourced to act as community service hubs for

Commonwealth government-funded programs to ensure there is a greater

connection between income support and other human service delivery.

103 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, pp.691-92 (Centrelink).

418

419

CHAPTER 18

FUTURE DIRECTIONS

.tackling poverty is a long journey that we must take together, and we need

to do it nationally as well as in our own communities. We recognise that

there are no quick fixes.1

18.1 Evidence to the Committee highlighted the inadequacies of the current

approaches to poverty alleviation, especially the lack of a clear national focus.2 This

chapter looks at the need for a comprehensive, national whole of government

approach to poverty alleviation in Australia. It also reviews the need for structural

changes to reduce poverty in this country, as well as an integrated policy framework

to promote social and economic sustainability.

The need for a national strategy

18.2 Submissions and other evidence emphasised during the inquiry that currently

Australia has no clear national objective to reduce poverty, nor strategies to combat

poverty and social exclusion. Such a framework would provide a concrete set of

broadly supported goals and policy priorities in relation to poverty reduction. ACOSS

stated that:

Governments have an important role to play in drawing attention to poverty

and disadvantage, taking action to reduce it and monitoring progress to

address it. Progress is much more likely to be made when governments

make commitments that are tied to benchmarks. If Australia is serious about

tackling poverty and making sustainable improvements in living standards

and opportunities for all, a comprehensive national strategy is needed.3

18.3 The development of a national approach to poverty alleviation and a national

commitment to reduce poverty was widely supported during the inquiry by advocacy

groups and the welfare sector.4

18.4 State Governments also indicated their support for a national approach. The

South Australian Government proposed:

1 Committee Hansard 30.4.03, p.36 (Catholic Social Services Victoria).

2 Submissions 44, p.61 (SVDP National Council); 169, pp.3-4, 29 (Mission Australia); 30, p.7

(Jesuit Social Services).

3 Submission 163, p.30 (ACOSS).

4 Submissions 44, pp.69-72 (SVDP National Council); 148, pp.3-5 (Catholic Welfare Australia);

169, p.4 (Mission Ausralia).

420

.the development of a national agenda on poverty that will inform key

Commonwealth reform initiatives, facilitate collaboration between the

States and Commonwealth and inform policy development in key portfolios

such as housing, health, and family and community services.5

Likewise, the Victorian Government stated that:

...it is now time to reaffirm our national commitment to equity and our

determination to match our continued high levels of growth with higher

levels of equity.we need to undertake a serious analysis of the drivers of

poverty, the composition of poverty in Australia in 2003, and the strategic

approaches that could be adopted to develop a coordinated national

response.6

Whole of government approach

18.5 Evidence strongly supported a whole of government approach to poverty

alleviation involving all levels of government . Commonwealth, State and local. For

example, UnitingCare Australia argued the need for ’developing a whole of

government . and, by that, I mean across portfolios and different levels of government

. framework for engaging with poverty that has indicators and benchmarks attached to

it as a way forward’.7

18.6 Similarly, Catholic Welfare Australia argued that an anti-poverty strategy would

seek to coordinate all elements of government policy initiatives and coordinate

different spending and taxation elements so that it would be one coordinated and

mutually consistent reinforcing strategy.8

18.7 Such an approach would provide for the development of a set of integrated

policies covering a range of areas including employment; education and training;

housing; health; early childhood education; aged care services; and services for people

with disabilities.9

18.8 In Ireland, a system of ’poverty proofing’ of government policy was introduced,

which is a process by which Government departments and agencies and local

authorities assess policies and programs at design and review stages in relation to the

likely impact that they will have, or have had, on poverty. The Combat Poverty

5 Submission 187, p.33 (SA Government).

6 Submission 69, p.32 (Victorian Government). See also Submission 129, p.7 (Queensland

Government).

7 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.669 (UnitingCare Australia).

8 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.707 (Catholic Welfare Australia). See also Submission 98, p.vii

(BSL).

9 Submissions 44, p.69 (SVDP National Council); 133, p.2 (UnitingCare Australia).

421

Agency noted that ’the idea [is] that anything being done in a government department

would have some impact assessment, in relation to its impact on poverty’.10

18.9 Submissions and other evidence pointed to the often bewildering array of

Commonwealth, State and local government programs with a poverty-related focus

which are often conceived of with only a limited local focus and very limited

coordination between different levels of government. The SVDP National Council,

commenting on Commonwealth-State funding arrangements, stated that:

At the moment it is absolutely crazy. You have a Commonwealth-state

housing agreement here, which is totally separate from education grants

over here, and they do not consider it when they are considering hospital

funding over here. They are all disjointed but they are all part of the same

problem.11

18.10 From a State Government perspective, the South Australian Government

noted that the Commonwealth Government’s Strengthening Families and

Communities strategy, while containing many useful elements, is not linked to any

state government initiatives in the same policy area.12

18.11 Submissions, nevertheless, pointed to areas where there are currently attempts

at a national approach to specific areas of social need illustrating that it would be

possible to develop a similar approach in relation to poverty alleviation. The South

Australian Government pointed to the National Agenda for Early Childhood which

involves a collaborative approach between the Commonwealth and the States. It was

argued that this approach would seem to be capable of engaging the broad range of

stakeholders and governments in the Australian context.13 FaCS also commented on

the Commonwealth’s innovative approach in the area of early childhood development,

noting that:

Departments are working around those issues [of early childhood] in ways

that they have not worked together before, to find shared objectives in

investing more effectively in early childhood development.that is an

indication of a recognition that the issues need to be looked at in a way .

and in a whole of government way . that has not been done before.The

process of discussion that the government has initiated, with very wide buyin

not only across Commonwealth departments but also across state

governments, will be important in.helping us move forward.14

10 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.979 (Combat Poverty Agency).

11 Committee Hansard 19.6.03, p.615 (SVDP National Council).

12 Submission 187, p.33 (SA Government).

13 Submission 187, p.35 (SA Government).

14 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.694 (FaCS).

422

18.12 A number of States/Territories are adopting a more integrated, whole of

government approach to poverty alleviation. Details of the Australian Capital

Territory Government’s approach is illustrated below.15 While these are valuable

State-based initiatives an overarching national approach is needed.

ACT: Integrated Approach to Addressing Poverty

The ACT Government has adopted a comprehensive, whole of government approach to

delivering policies to people in poverty in the ACT. As a first step, it has sought to establish a

baseline for disadvantage in the ACT supported by evidence rather than anecdote.

The project . Addressing Disadvantage . consisted of four parts:

mapping ACT Government services for people experiencing disadvantage and those in

poverty;

locating and analysing poverty in the ACT;

researching the need for and provision of human services in the ACT; and

consulting about disadvantage with non government organisations.

The mapping has provided the Government with a clear picture of the services it funds for

people experiencing disadvantage and those in poverty.

Research done for the project by the National Centre for Social and Economic Modelling

showed that financially disadvantaged people live in all suburbs in the ACT. This has

significant implications for service delivery, and shows that targeting resources to a few

suburbs would not assist the majority of the ACT’s financially disadvantaged.

Work commissioned from the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare showed that

Canberra’s human services are more likely to be provided through the home and community.

This also has implications for service planning and provision. For the first time, a

Government of the ACT has a clear picture, based on nationally consistent data, of human

services and the people who access the support they provide.

ACTCOSS consulted with non-government organisations and found that people in the ACT

experience multiple types of disadvantage, have complex needs and require holistic personcentred

services. This points to the need for multidisciplinary services based on the needs of

the individual.

The project identified a range of areas where service provision could be strengthened,

including education, youth and family services, health, disability and housing.

ACT Government, Addressing Disadvantage in the ACT, Canberra 2003; ACT Chief Minister, Key

Report to Guide Social Plan, Media Release, 9 June 2003.

15 See also Submission 199, pp.2-13 (ACT Government); Committee Hansard 19.6.03, pp.634-44

(ACT Government).

423

A national approach to poverty alleviation

18.13 As noted above, submissions and other evidence argued that a national

approach to poverty needed to be developed in Australia. Evidence indicated that the

elements of a comprehensive strategy for poverty alleviation required:

the development of an agreed national benchmark measure of poverty;

the development of a national anti-poverty strategy in consultation with key

government, welfare, community and business stakeholders; and

implementation structures to support the anti-poverty strategies adopted.

These issues are discussed below.

Agreed national poverty benchmark measure

18.14 As discussed in previous chapters, there is little agreement about how to

measure relative poverty in Australia. During the inquiry it became clear that the

absence of agreement about a core measure of poverty in Australia has frustrated an

informed debate and contributed to a sustained policy paralysis in addressing and

reducing poverty in this country.

18.15 While there is no official poverty line in Australia, the Henderson poverty line

has been widely used for decades in Australian poverty studies, although as noted in

chapter 2, it has been criticised by some commentators for, in particular, overstating

the level of poverty due to the method used to regularly update the poverty line.

18.16 Many witnesses argued that while there is little prospect of agreement on the

adoption of a poverty line in Australia a combination of measures or the construction

of a new measure may be more appropriate.16 Professor Saunders argued that:

.the more ways we can come at the problem the better, because the danger

with putting all your eggs in one poverty line basket, as it were, is that if the

poverty line itself is subject to criticism you lose the lot. One important

reason for trying to get a number of different handles on the issue allows us

to say: "These things are robust at least in relation to this group. We’ve tried

five different ways of measuring this group, and on all five measures this

group is poor". That is much more convincing than saying, "We have one

measure, and they are poor on that measure".17

16 See Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.439 (Professor Saunders); Committee Hansard 27.5.03,

pp.441-42 (CIS).

17 Committee Hansard 27.5.03, p.433 (Professor Saunders). See also Submission 69, p.7

(Victorian Government).

424

18.17 A number of different approaches are possible. For example, some

submissions argued that deprivation indicators could be developed as alternatives to,

or complementary measures to, income poverty measures.18 Other submissions argued

that expenditure data could be used to supplement income data to measure living

standards, given that reported incomes may not be a reliable indicator of a person’s

standard of living.19 These approaches are discussed in more detail in chapter 2.

18.18 Evidence pointed to overseas examples as providing possible models. The

United States adopted an official poverty line in 1968. The poverty line was

determined by a minimum food budget for a family of four (which represented a third

of family expenditure). The food budget was multiplied by three to obtain the overall

minimum budget, and those with incomes below this were counted as poor. Since then

the US poverty line has been updated in line with prices. It is therefore an absolute

measure, with a fixed real value, that has not taken account of changing consumption

needs. By the mid-1990s the poverty line had fallen to an equivalent of less than one

third of median household income. A recent review of the official poverty measure by

the US National Research Council suggested that it should be revised to reflect not

only price changes, but also changes in the consumption of basic necessities.

18.19 In contrast to adopting a single absolute poverty measure, Member States of

the European Union (EU) have agreed to a multi-dimensional range of indicators. In

relation to low income, Eurostat, the European statistical agency, has adopted a

relative measure . based on 60 per cent of median income . as an indicator to

compare Member States of the EU. Other indicators of low income, such as persistent

low income have also been agreed by the EU. Agencies of the EU also have a set of

commonly agreed indicators of poverty and social inclusion encompassing different

measures of low income, employment, educational attainment and health outcomes.20

The Irish Government has adopted a different approach to measuring poverty. The

Government applies a ’consistent poverty’ measure which identifies those families

who have both very low incomes and who report expenditure difficulties in being able

to afford essentials.21

National anti-poverty strategy

18.20 A variety of options were suggested during the inquiry as to how a national

anti-poverty strategy could be developed. ACOSS suggested that such a strategy

should be established at the national level, in collaboration with State governments,

through the Council of Australian Governments (COAG). ACOSS argued that such a

18 Submissions 163, pp.62-63 (ACOSS); 95, pp.17-19 (Professor Saunders).

19 Submission 172, p.18-36 (Smith Family).

20 UK Department for Work and Pensions, Measuring Child Poverty, April 2002, pp.16-17.

21 See Submission 69, p.7 (Victorian Government).

425

strategy should be developed over a 12 month period of consultation, including the

convening of a national anti-poverty summit.22

18.21 A number of State Governments also suggested the COAG process could be a

possible option.23 The South Australian Government suggested that the possible

processes under the COAG model would be an initial reference to COAG to set its

agenda, the establishment of a Ministerial Council on Poverty and the establishment

of a high profile board to engage community and business stakeholders. The South

Australian Government argued, however, that the weakness of this approach is that it

is driven and owned by Governments and bureaucracies with little scope for other

stakeholders to participate.24

Ireland’s National Anti-Poverty Strategy

18.22 Ireland’s National Anti-Poverty Strategy (NAPS) also provides a potential

model. Following the United Nations World Summit for Social Development in 1995,

the NAPS was established in 1997 as a governmental commitment to a ten year plan

for the reduction of poverty in Ireland. The Government set up an interdepartmental

policy committee . comprising representatives of several Departments including those

dealing with welfare, community and family affairs, education and health and also

undertook analysis and consultation in terms of coming up with the strategy.25 NAPS

focused on a number of key themes including income adequacy, unemployment,

educational disadvantage, rural poverty and disadvantaged urban areas. Each of these

themes was set a target for the reduction of poverty within their respective areas, and a

global target was also set as an overall aim. Details of the strategy are provided below.

Ireland’s National Anti-Poverty Strategy

The National Anti-Poverty Strategy comprises:

An explicit definition of poverty: consistent poverty . where a person has less than 70

per cent of median income and does not have access to basis items (as detailed below);

and income poverty . where a person has an income less than 60 per cent of the median

income. Consistent poverty has declined from 14.5 per cent in 1994 to 5.2 per cent in

2001, whereas income poverty has increased from 15 per cent in 1994 to 22 per cent in

2001.

22 Submission 163, p.30 (ACOSS). See also Submissions 69, p.32 (Victorian Government); 187,

p.38 (SA Government).

23 Submissions 69, p.32 (Victorian Government); 187, p.38 (SA Government).

24 Submission 187, p.38 (SA Government).

25 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.978 (Combat Poverty Agency).

426

A global poverty reduction target and sub-targets in the areas of educational

disadvantage, unemployment, adequacy of social transfers, disadvantaged urban areas

and rural poverty.

The global target relates both to the numbers below relative income poverty lines and the

experience of basic deprivation (access to necessities measured by a set on non-monetary

deprivation indicators) including:

going without a substantial meal all day

not being able to afford adequate heating

having to buy second hand clothes

not being able to afford an overcoat.

In addition to the standard indicators other indicators employed relate to:

Financial: measure of consistent poverty; decile ratio shares

Education: numbers without basic qualifications; early school leaving; training

qualifications

Employment: youth unemployment, proportion of employees below poverty line,

children in jobless households without basic qualifications, access to training, tenure of

employment

Health: concentration of premature deaths, cancer deaths, health access for different

groups, low birth weight, variations in life expectancy across groups, infant mortality

levels across groups, variations in cardiovascular disease, mental health levels

Housing: homelessness, availability of affordable housing, housing standards

Social Participation: literacy and numeracy levels, access to services, public transport,

participation in community groups, integration of public services; crime levels.

Committee Hansard 28.7.03, pp.975-992 (Combat Poverty Agency); Submission 163, p.29 (ACOSS).

Consultative mechanisms to develop strategy

18.23 Evidence indicated the importance of an effective consultative mechanism

with key stakeholders in the development of any anti-poverty strategy. Mission

Australia called for the development of a nationally co-ordinated Poverty Reduction

and Elimination Partnership comprising government, non-government, business and

community representatives to develop and evaluate multidisciplinary strategies to

reduce poverty.26

18.24 Some groups suggested that a national summit should be convened as part of

the consultative phase. Submissions argued that a summit could help raise the status

of the issue of poverty in the public arena and emphasise the responsibility of the

26 Submission 169, p.4 (Mission Australia).

427

community collectively to participate in finding solutions to the problem of poverty.27

The SVDP National Council indicated that there was widespread community support

for a summit:

We believe that there is a fairly big consensus out there that something has

to be done about it [poverty]. Certainly it exists amongst a number of

welfare organisations and with most of the trade union movement.It exists

with certain members of the business community. We have been taking to

them too.28

18.25 The Committee questioned witnesses as to whether a summit would

degenerate more into a ’talkfest’ where deeply held disagreements around the issue of

poverty would dominate to the detriment of the development of a plan of action. The

SVDP National Council suggested that it would be useful to convene a pre-summit

meeting so that this did not occur. This meeting would formulate a set agenda for the

main summit and act as a way to build consensus among the various stakeholders . ’it

is no use calling people into a summit and then having a free-for-all.It has to be

planned and carefully structured. It also has to bring in all sides of politics’.29

18.26 Other groups expressed their support for a summit. Catholic Welfare Australia

argued that a summit would be able to bring together stakeholders to discuss a

national strategy . ’but this is not seen as leading to a gabfest, but rather simply to try

to build consensus for the adoption of such a strategy’.30 The Australian National

Organisation of the Unemployed commented on the effectiveness of similar

arrangements overseas:

I know that these things can be very effective, because I have seen some that

are very effective. The National Economic and Social Forum in Ireland is a

fine example of how things can be brought together and things

changed..You look at Ireland, for example . when you actually pick up the

people who have a real deep vested interest in this they are not interested in

the talk, they are interested in the action. And when that influence is strong

enough, for a start that will drive the thing to become action oriented rather

than talk oriented.31

27 See Submission 148, p.12 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

28 Committee Hansard 19.6.03, p.615 (SVDP National Council).

29 Committee Hansard 19.6.03, p.615 (SVDP National Council).

30 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.707 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

31 Committee Hansard 4.8.03, p.1163 (ANOU).

428

18.27 Some doubts were expressed as to whether a summit would be effective in

addressing the issues around poverty.32 FaCS commented that if a summit were to be

held ’it would be very important to agree on what we meant by some of the concepts,

because.there can be a lot of disagreement about what is appropriate to be focusing

on’.33

18.28 Submissions and other evidence also argued that governments needed to

commit to a reduction in poverty over a fixed time frame. ACOSS argued that at a

minimum, governments should commit to an overall reduction in the level of poverty

by a quarter, and the level of child poverty to be halved, over a 10 year period. This

would require the adoption of:

a widely understood and accepted definition of poverty;

a method to measure progress in the achievement of this commitment; and

the adoption of benchmarks and targets, including national, local and group

specific targets for the achievement of substantial improvements in a range

of social indicators including levels of unemployment, income adequacy,

educational attainment, health outcomes, housing affordability, Indigenous

wellbeing and access to essential community services.34

National poverty reduction targets

18.29 Other welfare groups also emphasised the importance of national poverty

reduction targets. The SVDP National Council argued for the adoption of a timeframe

for a poverty alleviation strategy of 5 years and progressive benchmarks to be

achieved over that period.35 Catholic Welfare Australia suggested a national

commitment to reduce adult poverty by at least 50 per cent, and child poverty by at

least 75 per cent, within a generation.36 Catholic Welfare Australia noted that a

targeting strategy places an important discipline on government and ’makes it

measurable and accountable about its achievements in poverty reduction strategies

against the national strategy’. They added that:

Targets can be under the short-term model of reducing child poverty by a

certain amount within a certain period of time . two or three years . and the

shorter targets have proved quite successful in Ireland. Or perhaps longer

32 Committee Hansard. 27.5.03, p.449 (CIS); Committee Hansard 19.6.03, pp.648-49 (Australia

Institute).

33 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, pp.693-94 (FaCS).

34 Submission 163, p.30 (ACOSS).

35 Submission 44, p.69 (SVDP).

36 Submission 148, p.14 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

429

term targets, as apply particularly in the case of the UK, which has claimed

to eliminate child poverty within a generation.37

18.30 A number of State Governments are developing benchmarks and indicators to

monitor progress in achieving their anti-poverty objectives. The Tasmanian

Government, as part of its Tasmania Together plan, which is an integrated social,

environmental and economic plan for Tasmania, has developed a cluster of six

benchmarks to focus on the immediate and long term impacts of poverty in that State

(see Table 18.1).

Table 18.1: Tasmania: Benchmarks for Poverty Alleviation

Benchmark Targets Baseline Latest Data Comment

The cost of food,

electricity, housing,

transport and health as a

percentage of income for

low-income earners.

2005 65%

2010 62.5%

2015 60%

2020 55%

2001

Couples 72%

Families 63%

2002

Couples 71%

Families

62%

This is a measure of

discretionary expenditure

available to families, taking into

account both cost pressures on a

basket of essential goods and

services.

Proportion of households

with income below the

OECD poverty line.

2005 8%

2010 6%

2015 4%

2020. 0%

1999-2000

10%

- Uses the OECD half median

poverty line ($415/wk in 1999-

2000).

Long-term unemployed

people as a % of all

unemployed Tasmanians.

2005

Australian.

Average

2010 on

Best performing

State

April 2001

Tas 39.7%

Aust 22.4%

April 2002

Tas 40.1%

Aust 23.7%

Long-term unemployment

defined by ABS as those out of

work for more than 52 weeks.

Recent figures indicate a decline

in Tasmania’s long term

unemployment.

Proportion of adults who

report being unable to

raise $2,000 in a week for

an emergency

2005 30%

2010 20%

2015 10%

2020 0%

1998

40.8%

Baseline data

from Healthy

Communities

Survey

A measure of financial

security/resilience and of

control.

Proportion of Tasmanians

who report that they

cannot buy enough food

for the household.

2005 0%

2010 0%

2015 0%

2020 0%

1998

10%

Baseline data

from Healthy

Communities

Survey

Index of relative socioeconomic

disadvantage

(rural)

2005 Maintain

or

improve

2010 .

2015 .

2020 .

1996

Index of

Relative Social

Disadvantage

(IRSED) 974

Rural Index of

Socio-

Economic

Advantage

(RIRSEA)

1019

New data

from 2001

Census

available in

Sept 2003

Baseline data now using two

ABS indices.

On IRSED, the 974 value for the

whole of Tasmania ranks below

the Australian average of 1000.

Under the alternative RIRSEA

index Tasmania’s rural areas

score above the national average

and are ranked second after

ACT.

Source: Submission 185, p.27 (Tasmanian Government).

37 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.707 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

430

18.31 In the European Union, social indicators are seen as important tools in

measuring anti-poverty objectives and are the basic building blocks of anti-poverty

action plans. The EC indicator framework seeks to provide information on issues such

as levels of poverty, labour market disadvantage, poor health, poor housing,

deprivation, educational levels, literacy and numeracy and capacity to participate in

society. In the United Kingdom, the Government is developing benchmarks to

monitor progress in the achievement of its anti-poverty objectives and has established

government bodies and consultative mechanisms with the aim of developing

appropriate policy responses.38

18.32 Ireland’s NAPS contains 36 targets in areas such as income, employment,

education, health and housing. The strategy is now also concentrating on particular

groups at risk of poverty, such as women; children and young people; older people;

ethnic minorities; and people with disabilities and sets targets to measure progress in

achieving anti-poverty objectives in relation to these groups.39

Establishment of an anti-poverty body

18.33 Evidence to the inquiry indicated the need for structures to be established to

support any anti-poverty strategies adopted. Many overseas countries have specific

structures, research programs and consultative mechanisms concerned with poverty

and social exclusion.

18.34 In Ireland a number of bodies support that country’s anti-poverty strategy. A

statutory body, the Combat Poverty Agency was established in 1986. The Agency

provides policy advice to the Government on issues pertaining to poverty; undertakes

research to inform that policy advice; undertakes pilot projects in the field; and

provides public education and information. A national Office for Social Inclusion has

been established in the Department of Social and Family Affairs. Social inclusion

units have also been established in government departments responsible for delivering

the strategy, and in some local authorities. A Social Inclusion Consultative Group has

been established which meets twice a year. It comprises senior public servants across

government departments, business, trade unions, community and voluntary sector

organisations and anti-poverty experts. A Social Inclusion Forum also meets once a

year that includes a wide range of groups, such as NGOs and local authorities. The

aim is to give feedback on the implementation of the strategy. A Cabinet

Subcommittee on Social Inclusion, chaired by the Prime Minister, has also been

established.40

38 Submission 163, pp.26-30 (ACOSS).

39 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, p.980 (Combat Poverty Agency).

40 Committee Hansard 28.7.03, pp.975, 980 (Combat Poverty Agency).

431

18.35 The United Kingdom has a Social Exclusion Unit within the Cabinet Office,

supported by research and analysis conducted through the Centre for Economic and

Social Inclusion.41

18.36 Various initiatives have been undertaken at the State/Territory level in

Australia. The South Australian Government has established an independent board

that advises the Government on its Social Inclusion Initiative and reports to the

Department of the Premier and Cabinet. The SA Government noted that this approach

provides for the involvement of other stakeholders while still being closely connected

to Government.42

South Australia: Social Inclusion Initiative

In March 2002, the Premier established the Government’s Social Inclusion Initiative and

appointed the Social Inclusion Board with the objective of tackling some of the most pressing

social issues facing the state and by linking social and economic policy. The Board will

advise Government on new ways to achieve better outcomes for the most disadvantaged

people in the community.

Initially the Premier has asked the Board to consider three specific references:

Reduce the incidence of homelessness and reduce the number of people sleeping rough

by 50% during the life of the Government;

Support young people to stay at school and successfully complete twelve years of

education reflected by a measurable increase in school retention rates; and

Respond to the recommendations made at the June 2002 Drugs Summit.

The Board advises on collaborative action by Government and collaborative initiatives

between State Government and others sectors, and reports to the Premier on the impact of

these actions.

The Board comprises community leaders bringing together experience and expertise as well

as established linkages across non-government organisations, the business sector and the

broader community. These enable the Board to build partnerships, to work with all spheres of

government and maximise the cross sectoral use of resources.

The Social Inclusion Unit supports the work of the Board in achieving these objectives and is

located within the Department of the Premier and Cabinet.

Submission 187, Attachment 2 (SA Government).

18.37 Several submissions argued that an anti-poverty commission or similar body

should be established in Australia to oversee the development and monitoring of a

national anti-poverty strategy. ACOSS argued that an advisory council should support

41 Submission 163, p.31 (ACOSS); see www.cesi.org.uk.

42 Submission 187, p.34 & Appendix 2 (SA Government).

432

the work of an anti-poverty commission with membership drawn from

Commonwealth, State and local governments, business and trade unions, community

service agencies and key experts. The commission would report regularly to

Parliament on progress against the strategy. ACOSS suggested that policy units within

the Commonwealth Government and line departments, both Commonwealth and

State, should also be established to coordinate government activity to address poverty,

and assess the impact of programs and policies on poverty reduction.43

18.38 Similar structures were also advocated by other groups. Catholic Welfare

Australia proposed the establishment of a statutory authority . the Commission for

Poverty Reduction. The proposed commission would:

develop a range of indicators to measure poverty and deprivation;

report to the Parliament on performance against poverty reduction targets;

undertake inquiries into specific issues relevant to poverty reduction; and

undertake research into the causes and effects of poverty in Australia.44

18.39 Catholic Welfare Australia proposed that full and part-time representatives

would be appointed to the commission with representation from policy experts in

academia, social policy research bodies, social welfare agencies, and the business

community. It was envisaged that the commission would have similar powers to the

Productivity Commission in conducting inquiries.45 Catholic Welfare Australia

suggested that the body needed to be independent and pointed to the success of the

Productivity Commission in this regard . ’its statutory independence, its capacity to

conduct inquiries and to measure effects of assistance have proved a very powerful

influence in building success for change in this country. We would see that their

emphasis could perhaps be balanced by a similar commission whose prime focus was

in considerations of poverty reduction’.46

18.40 The Victorian Government suggested that an expansion of the responsibilities

of the Productivity Commission . which could be renamed the Productivity and

Equity Commission . would provide a possible means to implement an anti-poverty

strategy. The Victorian Government noted that the Productivity Commission has

initiated important improvements in the area of micro-economic reform . ’we believe

there is potential to drive changes in equity and social justice in Australia through

43 Submission 163, p.31 (ACOSS); Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.676 (ACOSS).

44 Submission 148, p.3 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

45 Submission 148, pp.14-15 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

46 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.707 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

433

comparable processes’.47 Catholic Welfare Australia, however, while noting that the

Productivity Commission has been a good example of consensus building for social

change in the case of micro-economic reform argued that the Commission would not

be a ’suitable advocate’ for the most disadvantaged because of its primary emphasis on

economic efficiency rather than equity considerations.48

18.41 Other options suggested included the establishment of an independent board.

The South Australian Government noted that an independent board that reports to the

Premier and Cabinet was established as part of that State’s social inclusion initiative.

The Government noted that this arrangement provides greater scope for the

engagement of other stakeholders while still being closely connected to Government

compared with COAG arrangements.49

Conclusion

18.42 The Committee believes that there is an urgent need for a comprehensive

national approach to the alleviation of poverty in Australia. The lack of clear national

objectives to reduce poverty and social exclusion limits the ability of governments to

develop and implement appropriate policies in this area.

18.43 A national anti-poverty strategy needs to involve key policy areas including

employment, health, education, income support, housing and other relevant areas.

Targets related to poverty alleviation need to be set in these areas as part of a whole of

government strategy to fight poverty. The development and use of comprehensive

anti-poverty targets has assisted the Irish and United Kingdom Governments to

measure their progress in addressing inequality and disadvantage.

18.44 The strategy needs to be developed in close consultation with key

stakeholders including State governments, the welfare sector, unions, the business

community and key experts in the field of poverty. To this end, the Committee

believes that the broad parameters of an anti-poverty strategy should be developed

over a 12-month period and include an anti-poverty summit. The Committee

envisages that the consultative phase would enable consensus building and would

establish key goals and broad priorities for an anti-poverty strategy.

18.45 The Committee further considers that a statutory authority or unit reporting

directly to the Prime Minister should be established to develop in greater detail the

anti-poverty framework agreed to during the consultative phase, and to provide a

mechanism to implement and monitor the anti-poverty strategy adopted.

47 Submission 69, p.32 (Victorian Government). The Victorian Government also suggested that

another option would be using the existing COAG framework.

48 Submission 148, p.14 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

49 Submission 187, p.38 (SA Government).

434

Recommendation 94

18.46 That a comprehensive anti-poverty strategy be developed at the national

level and that this involve:

. an initial summit of Commonwealth, State and local governments, the welfare

sector, unions, the business sector, community groups, income support

customers and relevant experts in the field to be held to highlight the

importance of the issue and agree on a timetable for action;

. a commitment to achieve a whole of government approach. That is,

coordinated action across policy areas such as employment, health, education,

income support, community services, housing and other relevant areas to

reduce poverty and poverty of opportunity;

. not longer than a 12-month period of consultation.

Recommendation 95

18.47 That a statutory authority or unit reporting directly to the Prime Minister

be established with responsibility for developing, implementing and monitoring a national anti-poverty strategy and that this entity:

. establish benchmarks and targets to measure progress against a series of antipoverty objectives;

. report regularly to the Parliament on progress against the strategy; and

. undertake or commission research into a range of poverty-reduction measures.

Structural changes aimed at reducing poverty

18.48 Evidence to the inquiry indicated that the development and implementation of

a comprehensive anti-poverty strategy will require structural changes to address the

underlying causes of poverty in Australia. This will require a re-ordering of the social

and economic priorities in this county.50 Catholic Welfare Australia stated that ’we

need to create a social and economic environment that proofs the nation against

poverty, reducing the risk of economic disadvantage becoming socially entrenched’.51

50 Committee Hansard 20.6.03, p.655 (UnitingJustice Australia); 30.4.03, pp.36-37 (Catholic

Social Services Victoria). See also Submissions 30, pp.1-8 (Jesuit Social Services); 44, pp.69-

74 (SVDP National Council); SVDP, Two Australias: Addressing Inequality and Poverty, May

2001.

51 Submission 148, p.2 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

435

18.49 The SVDP National Council stated that over the last two decades there has

been a move away from a national commitment to egalitarianism:

We have moved from our egalitarian nation based on European social

values of accepting that society is designed for the common good and that

government has a responsibility of ensuring that everyone contributes to,

and benefits from, that common good to a nation that is increasingly focused

on the pursuit of the individual and the belief in the free market to solve all

our problems. The free market was never designed as a social tool. If we are

to accept this move [away from egalitarianism].Australians should be

asked: do you want a nation with a health system which is affordable only to

the wealthy?...Are you prepared to put up with the level of homelessness

and destitution which up until now has been unacceptable in this country?

Are you prepared to put up with the quality of an education system

dependent upon how wealthy you are?52

18.50 Catholic Welfare Australia argued that as a nation we can choose the level of

poverty that exists.

We can choose to make poverty reduction a key priority for policy reform.

But we have not chosen to do this. The national commitment to the fight

against poverty in Australia is tepid. This is partly because current social

values insufficiently reflect a sense of solidarity for those in need. But it is

also a failure of policy. Only governments have the fiscal and legislative

means to approach a social problem so complex, so deeply connected to the

institutional structures of our society.53

18.51 Significant structural changes are required to address the economic and social

determinants of poverty in Australia. Submissions emphasised that the policy

framework to address unemployment, for instance, needs to focus both on achieving

the maximum sustainable rate of economic growth, and ensuring that economic

growth benefits all sections of the community, including the most vulnerable.54

18.52 Inadequate levels of education and skills also contribute to poverty. The

people most at risk of joblessness . especially long-term joblessness . throughout

their working lives are those with limited education, vocational skills and a limited

history of secure employment. Submissions emphasised that people who have not had

access to appropriate education and training opportunities are finding it increasingly

difficult to actively shape their own social and economic futures. ACOSS noted that:

Improving education and training for people most at risk of joblessness, and

those already unemployed long-term, is a critical element of any anti-

52 Committee Hansard 19.6.03, p.599 (SVDP National Council).

53 Submission 148, p.2 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

54 Submissions 98, pp.vi, 9-13 (BSL); 129, pp.8-9 (Queensland Government).

436

poverty strategy. This approach will not be effective, however, in the

absence of strong growth in employment. Moreover, education, employment

and training policies require a much more substantial investment, and a

revamp of their design, to overcome deeply entrenched labour market

disadvantage.55

18.53 Changes in family formation especially being single and supporting

dependent children contribute to the risk of poverty particularly when combined with

other factors such as joblessness. Submissions emphasised that innovative initiatives

across a range of policy areas are required to address this issue.56

18.54 Evidence to the Committee indicated that, while requiring some fundamental

policy changes, affluent countries like Australia have the economic capacity to abolish

poverty. The SVDP National Council argued that the total amount of additional

funding required to abolish poverty in Australia is about 2 per cent of GDP or

$12 billion per annum. This could be implemented over a number of years to lessen its

overall impact. The Society estimated that the proposal would ultimately involve the

wealthiest 20 per cent of Australians (which control over 60 per cent of the wealth)

surrendering, over time, 2-3 per cent of that wealth to the community as a whole.57

18.55 The SVDP Society argued that these changes could be funded by a

combination of new revenue sources and re-ordering priorities within existing

Government programs. New revenue sources suggested by the Society would include

the removal of tax concessions on trusts; limitations on the tax concessions granted to

wealthy individuals and companies; and higher marginal tax rates on very high

income earners and companies. The Society suggesting that re-ordering of

Government funding priorities could include means testing the private health

insurance rebate; means testing other payments, including the baby bonus; re-ordering

of education grant priorities to ensure that the poorest schools receive the bulk of the

funding; and reviewing other government subsidy programs with the aim of reducing

funding in certain areas and extending funding to other areas, especially where the

need is greatest.58

18.56 Professor Saunders also argued that the financial cost of abolishing poverty

represents only a small fraction of Australia’s national income or GDP (estimated at

less than 2.4 per cent of GDP) . ’we can thus pay to remove all Australians from

55 Submission 163, p.101 (ACOSS).

56 Submission 163, p.102 (ACOSS).

57 Submission 44, p.73 (SVDP National Council).

58 Submission 44, pp.73-74 (SVDP National Council). See also SVDP, ’Greed, poverty and

compassion: where to Australia?’, Paper presented to ALP Round-table on Poverty, October

2002, pp.7-8.

437

poverty if we want to: the fact that we don’t do so is a matter of choice, not

affordability’.59

18.57 Submissions noted that comprehensive policies to reduce poverty need to

consider not only their fiscal costs, but also their potential longer term benefits to the

nation. Catholic Welfare Australia noted that a systematic approach to reducing

unemployment and moving people from welfare to work will increase participation in

the labour market. This will lead to higher GDP per capita. This strategy, as well as

improving the lives of those currently unemployed, will also improve the wellbeing of

all Australians by improving social cohesiveness. Thus an effective national antipoverty

strategy has both direct and indirect benefits for the nation as a whole.60

Social and economic sustainability

18.58 In addition to the need for structural changes, evidence to the inquiry

indicated the need for a new integrated policy framework where a range of objectives,

including issues of equity and disadvantage are incorporated into government policy

rather than, as has largely occurred in the past, a concentration on strictly economic

objectives. It has been argued that governments should commit to conjoint economic,

social, cultural and environmental policies where economic, social, cultural and

environmental objectives are all given equal attention.61

18.59 Evidence called for the development of a fairer and more sustainable society

where there is a more equal distribution of the benefits of economic growth. One

study noted that a continuing problem in Australia has been the preoccupation of

public policy with the economy, with social and environmental issues relegated to

secondary concerns.62 Another study noted that the notion of the public interest to be

served by government has altered . it is now understood by many Western

governments as that interest which maximises the rate of economic growth. This

interpretation of the public interest does not give priority to the distribution of the

benefits of such growth to those who make up the society.63

18.60 Catholic Welfare Australia stated that there can be a reordering of priorities .

’we can choose to focus first on those in greatest need and ensure their interests

59 Submission 95, p.3 (Professor Saunders). See also Submission 148, p.33 (Catholic Welfare

Australia).

60 Submission 148, p.2 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

61 Yencken D & Porter L, A Just and Sustainable Australia, The Australian Collaboration,

September 2001, p.90.

62 Yencken & Porter, p.6.

63 Fincher R & Saunders P, ’The complex contexts of Australian inequality’ in Fincher R and

Saunders P, eds., Creating Unequal Futures?, Allen & Unwin, 2001, p.24.

438

receive the most weight in the calculus of economic and social policy. We can choose

to make poverty reduction a key priority for policy reform’.64

18.61 Evidence indicated that economic policy should not be an end in itself but a

means . the basic test of the success of any economy should be the well-being of its

people. One study noted that:

If growth does not provide properly for the well-being of all Australians, if

it does not contribute to the solution of existing social, cultural and

environmental problems, if it increases disadvantage, produces new

inequities, and further despoils the environment, then it not only causes pain

and hardship to those affected but also undermines the fabric of the society

and the future potential of the economy.65

18.62 Responses to poverty and inequality in Australia must recognise the

interconnectedness of all aspects of government policy, including taxation, welfare,

community services, and business policy.66 Governments must recognise the role

played by other social and economic policies and institutions in affecting, and in some

cases, perpetuating disadvantage in society. For instance, while welfare policy that

directs income support to social security recipients may have a significant positive

effect of poverty levels, other public policies may increase inequalities. For instance,

Governments over several decades have paid limited attention to the severe equity

effects of economic policies that have allowed unemployment to rise substantially

during and after recessions. Moreover, funding cuts have substantially withdrawn

resources from essential human services. As one study noted:

A major challenge for policy is to change the underlying conditions that

give rise to growth in poverty and inequality and the exclusion of

groups...from the benefits of general improvements in community living

standards. Current approaches of economic and social policy interpret the

role of government and the "public interest" as purely the maximisation of

economic growth. Both poverty and inequality continue to grow, despite

apparent sustained economic success. These policies must be substantially

rethought and new directions found to place equity and the welfare of all

people at the heart of core national values.67

18.63 A more socially and economically sustainable community requires services to

be available, affordable, inclusive and timely. Services also need to be delivered

within a framework of long-term strategies to address the underlying issues of

disadvantage in order to build a more equitable country.

64 Submission 148, p.2 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

65 Yencken & Porter, p.6.

66 Submissions 44, pp.61-62 (SVDP National Council); 148, pp.2-5 (Catholic Welfare Australia).

67 Yencken & Porter, p.40. See also Fincher & Saunders, pp.23-24.

439

18.64 Short term economic-based methods of determining outcomes and measuring

progress are not adequate. VCOSS argued that there is a need for integrated long-term

thinking and planning, which recognises the interdependence between social,

environmental and economic challenges facing the community.68 Internationally,

many governments are recognising the importance of innovation and investment in

social, environmental and economic capital; linking economic growth with improving

services and reducing inequities; sustainable resource use; and effectively engaging

with stakeholders in promoting new initiatives.69

18.65 Submissions argued that the key to ensuring a sustainable future for all

Australians is to integrate a sustainability approach across all government functions.

VCOSS noted that building such a framework will require coherent integration of

policies across the economic, social and environmental spheres, significant

participation of the community in policy-making and implementation, and a strong

political commitment to a long-term perspective.70

Conclusion

18.66 Evidence to the inquiry overwhelmingly indicated the need for a

comprehensive, national approach to poverty alleviation in this country. Poverty and

inequality are becoming entrenched in Australia . too many Australians have been left

behind despite a period of sustained economic growth.

18.67 The Committee believes that a national strategy needs to be developed in

close consultation with key stakeholders including the welfare sector, unions, State

governments and the business community. The Committee believes that there is

genuine and widespread community support to enable a consensus to be built around

the key goals and broad priorities that are needed for such a strategy. The Committee

believes that an anti-poverty summit should be held involving all key groups to further

this consensus building process.

18.68 An anti-poverty strategy needs to involve key policy areas including

employment, health, education, income support, housing and other relevant areas.

Targets related to poverty alleviation need to be set in these areas as part of a whole of

government strategy to fight poverty. As a nation we must be prepared to measure our

progress in the policy areas that are the drivers of both opportunity and poverty. The

development and use of comprehensive anti-poverty targets has assisted the Irish and

United Kingdom Governments to measure their progress in tackling poverty and

disadvantage.

68 Submission 118, p.32 (VCOSS).

69 Submissions 163, pp.26-30 (ACOSS); 148, pp.34-38 (Catholic Welfare Australia); 169, p.27

(Mission Australia).

70 Submission 118, p.32 (VCOSS).

440

18.69 The Committee has recommended that a statutory authority or unit reporting

directly to the Prime Minister should be established to develop in greater detail the

anti-poverty framework agreed to during the consultative phase, and to provide a

mechanism to implement and monitor the anti-poverty strategy adopted. It would be

the task of this body to establish benchmarks to measure progress against a series of

anti-poverty objectives.

18.70 The Committee believes that we need to create a social and economic

environment that proofs the nation against poverty, reducing the risk of economic

disadvantage becoming socially entrenched. The Committee also considers that there

is a need for a new integrated policy framework where a range of objectives including

issues of equity are given equal weight in the formulation of government policy.

18.71 We as a nation can choose the level of poverty that exists in this country. We

can structure our policies and national strategies to fight the war against poverty. To

fail to do this is to fail the poor and the disadvantaged in our community and to

impoverish ourselves as a nation.

Senator Steve Hutchins

Chairman

441

BALANCING THE PICTURE ON POVERTY

1. Executive Summary

2. Overview

3. Poverty

4. Challenges

442

1. Executive Summary

The best way to assist hardship is to have a job.

This Government has overseen a strong growing economy, job growth and

implemented a number of effective initiatives to combat hardship.

The Government Senators dispute the myth that .Australia is losing the fight

for a fair go..

Australia has high and rising living standards with the benefits having been

shared widely across the community.

Some Australians do continue to face serious disadvantage.

This is a result of a number of factors, not just income.

Simplistic approaches such as broad increases in income support do not

identify types of hardship, nor do they address the cause.

National Poverty summits, jobs strategies or statutory authorities to oversee a

National Poverty Strategy are not solutions.

Solutions cannot be achieved by Government alone.

Ongoing individual, family, and community commitment and maximizing

individual empowerment are integral to improved outcomes.

The key is economic and social participation for all Australians, both in

working age and retirement.

443

There is a need to support and encourage participation, self-reliance and

mutual responsibility while assisting those in hardship to improve their

situation.

In situations where assistance is required early evidence-based targeted

intervention works best.

CORRECTION

On page 448 the figures at the bottom of the table have been reversed and

should read:

ALP Coalition

$1.5 billion : $2.4 billion

444

2. Overview

The Government Senators recognise there are challenges to assist those who are

suffering from hardship. It is not something that can or should be solved by more

meetings, reference groups, taskforces or creating more bureaucracy but rather

having the government continue to make decisions that work to the benefit of those

very people. It would be even better if that was to be achieved in a bipartisan

fashion.

The Government Senators view the Labor Report and its recommendations, not as a

serious attempt to enhance existing successful strategies but rather a shallow, naïve

and purely political attempt to condemn the government of the day. That is a sad

outcome for those for whom this inquiry was initiated.

We would have preferred to deal with many of the issues in more detail however the

Labor Party Chair denied us a reasonable extension of time after we received a most

unexpected 420 page Draft Report. We requested four weeks to adequately

consider all that was contained in the Draft but were given a week otherwise the

Labor Party was going to table without comment from the Government Senators.

For the Labor Party to suggest that Australia has a .rapid growth of inequality. and .is

losing the fight for a fair go. and .there is an increasing loss of opportunity. defies all

logic and fact. It is an example of where politics is put ahead of principle.

The Government Senators were hopeful that such an inquiry would have resulted in

a report that seriously sought to strengthen the gains that have been made and that,

in the best interests of those affected by poverty, there would be a genuine attempt

to reach a bipartisan outcome.

The problems of those affected by poverty are not easily defined, categorised or

resolved. Their problems are not solved by simply throwing more money at them,

expanding non-effective approaches or setting up more Government committees.

445

Issues of poor educational attainment, physical and mental health problems, family

breakdown, drugs, alcohol, gambling, smoking, illiteracy, disabilities, and indigenous

heritage have all been identified, in one form or another, as important drivers of poor

outcomes.

It is a statement of fact that Australia has one of the best and most generous income

support systems in the world. There are many systems in the developed world

whereby an individual has only a matter of weeks on income support (to which they

must have already contributed) before that support is cut off. No such scheme has

even been part of the Australian ethos.

Australians are extraordinarily generous in providing income support for those who

need it but equally their ’fair go’ attitude to life dictates there be a requirement for

participation and a system that does not encourage passivity and dependence. The

term ’mutual responsibility’ is something to which Australians can relate.

The Government has shown a commitment to welfare reform including reform to

assistance to those of working age. It is that commitment which, it was hoped, could

have been enhanced with the outcomes of this Report if the Opposition has been

prepared to sideline their political hatchery.

The Government senators therefore consider it important to provide a backdrop of

what has been achieved since 1996 prior to considering what programs can usefully

be enhanced to give some of the more marginalised people a greater opportunity.

While the current system works well for most people, at no stage are we, or the

Government, saying that everything that can be done has been done. Far from it.

Dealing with the issue of poverty is much more than glib comments such as "By

1990 no child will live in poverty ".

The provision of over 1.3 million new jobs, well distributed between full and part time

employment and between men and women, has resulted in a massive 30% fall in the

unemployment rate since 1996 . from 8.2% to 5.7%.

446

There have been more real full-time jobs created in the last six months than there

was in the last 6 years of the previous Labor government. The benefits of this have

had a broad geographic impact; almost half (46%) of local government areas now

have unemployment rates lower than 5%, compared with just 16% when the Howard

Government came to office. Also, there is now only one labour market region that

has an unemployment rate over 10% as against 15 regions in 1996.

The best national jobs strategy is the implementation of government policies which

ensure strong economic growth, including low inflation, low interest rates, budget

surpluses, a flexible workplace relations system and a tax system which does not

penalise entrepreneurial activity.

The Government has paid back $66 billion of the Labor Government.s $96 billion

debt, freeing up $5 billion a year in interest alone for new and expanded Government

services.

Good economic management is not accidental and good economic management is

not something that should be taken for granted. The gains that have been made in

employment opportunities, real wage increases, low interest rates and low inflation

(that benefit rich and poor alike) are all at risk if glib, fanciful and unrealistic targets

and programs are instituted.

It must also be recognised that assisting people facing disadvantage is not just a

Commonwealth Government responsibility. It is a responsibility that must be shared

by all levels of government, by communities, by churches and other altruistic bodies,

by business, by families and by individuals. The Commonwealth Government has

however sought to support each of these important components of our society. It

acts in partnership with state and territory governments on important issues such as

disability and housing through Commonwealth-State agreements.

It also must be remembered that the Commonwealth collects the Goods and

Services Tax and pays the net value, in full, to the State and Territory governments.

The GST provides to the States and Territories $575 million more than they would

447

have received under the previous revenue sharing arrangements. By 2006 that

figure will be $1.4 billion more and will continue to grow.

The Government Senators believe that it is appropriate for government to take

responsibility for policies and to be accountable. Therefore, we cannot agree that it

would be either wise or necessary to adopt a recommendation (No. 95) of the Labor

Party to establish a statutory authority. This would only remove the sense of

responsibility of others, and the functions that such a body could perform are already

being undertaken.

The worrying thing about such broad recommendations is that no government in the

world has ever accepted a figure on a poverty line as setting poverty targets have no

real benefit, they are a poor measure and are misleading and measuring poverty

through ’income’ has found to be inaccurate. The United Kingdom has spent over 12

months trying to come up with a definition of childhood poverty and still hasn.t

succeeded. There is ample evidence that the sort of income poverty measures

incorporated into these targets poorly measure the real outcomes for people and that

income based measures are based upon simplistic assumptions that higher taxes

and benefits will solve peoples’ problems.

Ireland is often quoted as having set ’poverty targets’ and yet there is now extensive

discussion in community organisations that these ’income poverty targets’ have

failed to deliver any real tangible benefit. Ironically, between 1994 and 2001, while

low incomes rose strongly, Ireland’s relative income poverty levels increased from

15% to 22%, as median incomes increased even more strongly.

Below is a list of key indicators that demonstrate the gains that have been made and

ones on which the Government senators had hoped Labor would want to build.

448

ALP Issue Coalition

3% Annual GDP Growth 3.7%

(1988-96) (1996-2003)

1.7% GDP per capita 2.4%

(1988-96) (1996-2003)

10.9% Unemployment Rate 5.7%

(1992) (2004)

934,000 Number of Unemployed 583,000

(1992) (2004)

7.6% Female Unemployment 6.1%

(Mar 1996) (Jan 2004)

8.6% Male Unemployment 5.4%

(Mar 1996) (Jan 2004)

11.6% Youth Unemployment 9.5%

(Mar 1996) (Jan 2004)

7.9% Mature age Unemployment 3.7%

(Mar 1996) (55- 59 YO) (Jan 2004)

16% Local Government areas with 46%

unemployment less than 5%

15 Labor Market regions with 1

unemployment above 10%

nil Working Credit $1,000

nil Training Credit $800 / fortnight

141,000 Apprenticeships 398,200

17% Home mortgage rate 7.05%

(June 1989-Mar 1990)

4% Average Annual Inflation 2.4%

Job creation >1.3 million

+ 7.6% Average Weekly Earnings + 16%

Average disposable + 13%

household income (since 1996)

-2.5% Real Value of Wages + 6.5%

(1992-96)

$96 billion Nation’s Debt $29.7 billion

$5,234 Government debt per capita $1630

$18.6 billion Expenditure on Health $31.1 billion

$2.4 billion Expenditure on Gvt. Schools $1.5 billion

Table 1: Key Indicators

449

3. Poverty

Concepts of poverty have many dimensions. While some people conceive of it in

terms of income, others emphasise levels of consumption, while still others view it in

terms of outcomes . what actually happens.

Broader concepts of poverty such as capabilities consider the question in terms that

encompass individual attributes, needs and resources . as well as the ability of

people to use these.

Research has very clearly shown that when these concepts are measured, to the

extent they can be, there is at best little congruence between the approaches. For

example, a large group of the people who are seen to be in consumption poverty are

not the same as those who have been identified as being in income poverty.

Similarly, income poverty poorly identifies those people with the most adverse

outcomes. Not only does it describe as being in poverty many who show little if any

disadvantage, it defines many as not being in poverty despite the fact they show

much more adverse social outcomes than many of those identified as being in

poverty.

The issue of income inequality in Australia also needs to be clarified. The

Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) survey indicates that

claims about the inequality of income and wealth distribution can be misleading.

Results of the research show that wealthy households are generally middle-aged

working households who have been saving for many years, including building up

superannuation and other assets. The median wealth of a household headed by

someone in their 50s is around 10 times that of a household with someone in their

20s.This is a reflection of lifecycle patterns in savings and consumption.

Australia also has a high degree of income mobility; meaning that people’s income

and their wealth change with time. The HILDA survey found that by 2002, 60% of

people on the lowest income scale had moved up out of this income bracket.

450

Simple measures not only give simple and misleading results, they encourage

simple ’solutions’. That is not what the Howard Government is about. The Howard

Government wants long term, sustainable solutions that will benefit as many as

conceivably possible.

Getting more people in jobs reduces the risk of poverty and welfare dependence

amongst families with children. Early intervention policies, including investment in

early childhood programs and support to youth facing critical lifecycle transitions, and

family support services, such as the Commonwealth Financial Counselling Program

and the Family Relationships Services Program, also reduce the risk of poverty.

Research conducted by the Department of Family and Community Services shows

that young people who grow up in households that rely on income support are

significantly more likely than other young people to receive income support

themselves in their late teens. Between the ages of 16 and 20 years, young people

from income support families were around three times more likely to be receiving

income support as young people from middle income families.

Overcoming disadvantage, hardship and poverty is not as simple as giving people a

few more dollars in income support, yet this is what income poverty measures and

the Labor Party suggest solves the problem.

A result of this is that adopting poverty benchmarks and targets, instead of providing

any guidance in how to reduce real problems and address causes, simply

encourages governments to pursue policies that reduce the target. Many of the

measures are also perverse.

Commonly-used relative poverty measures can suggest that poverty is falling at

times when living standards of the poor are declining. They also suggest that higher

taxes on middle and higher income earners reduce poverty . regardless of what

happens to the incomes of the poor.

451

The Government senators cannot accept a National Poverty Summit

(Recommendation 94) will achieve anything more than has been achieved with this

committee.

The Government Senators believe there is a need to avoid creating anymore

talkfests or occasions for grandstanding. The views and preferred approaches of

different interest groups in this field are already well known . including through the

inquiry. What is needed is a better understanding. especially of issues such as

multiple disadvantage, early intervention and welfare reform.

The Government has been identified as doing many of these.

These include:

- welfare reform consultations

- the funding of the HILDA report and other Social Policy Research, and

- the funding and introduction of Australians Working Together.

People who call for a summit ignore the tremendous effort made by community and

other groups already, in their regular and important submissions to and consultations

with government.

452

4. Challenges

Persons with severe hurdles to employment

International and Australian research suggests that the most successful approaches

to help people improve their prospects of employment include those with incentives

that ensure rewards from working and participation requirements tailored to

individual circumstances and capacity. This is the basis for welfare reform and the

Australians Working Together package, including Personal Advisers and the

Personal Support Programme.

Table 2: Initiatives aimed at encouraging participation by people of working-age

Initiative Description

Personal Support

Program

Provides support for people with major non-vocational barriers to

participation (implemented July 2002)

Transition to Work

program

Provides vocational assistance to parents, mature age workers

and indigenous job seekers who have been out of the workforce

(implemented July 2002)

Training Accounts

Funds training for indigenous and mature age job seekers

(implemented July 2002)

Training Credits

Funds training for job seekers who have participated in Work for

the Dole or Community Work (implemented July 2002)

Passport to

employment

Provides job search support services for Work for the Dole or

Community Work participants (implemented July 2002)

Centrelink Personal

Advisers

Provides participation support for target groups including

parents, older workers and .at-risk. claimants of Newstart

Allowance (implemented September 2002)

Better assessment of

people with

disabilities

Provides better assessment services for the purposes of

assessing Support Pension and exemptions from the Newstart

Allowance activity test for reasons of temporary incapacity

(implemented September 2002)

453

Support for parents Provides additional child care places (implemented

September 2002)

Introduction of compulsory interviews where youngest child

is aged over 6 and participation requirements where

youngest child is aged over 13 years (implemented

September 2003)

Support for older

workers

Introduction of voluntary interviews for payments without

participation requirements, ie Mature Age, Partner and Widow

Allowees (implemented September 2002)

Closing off of Mature Age and Partner Allowances to new

customers (September 2003)

Introduction of compulsory annual interviews for Widow

Allowance recipients (September 2003)

Introduction of a flexible activity test for NSA recipients aged over

50 (September 2003)

Working Credit

Provides incentives to part time work by allowing people to keep more

of their income support payment when they receive wages

(implemented September 2003)

Support for Indigenous

People

Introduction of Indigenous Employment Centres to provide

Community Development Employment Project participants with

the skills and experience they need to make the transition into the

paid workforce

Centrelink to progressively establish 12 new Remote Area

Service Centres located to service remote communities

Research to assist remote communities to identify practical ways

for their members to contribute to their families and communities

in return for income support through Community Participation

Agreements

Language, Literacy and

Numeracy Supplement

Assists with costs of attending training courses (implemented

September 2003)

Disability places Extra $160 million for disability employment services (implemented

progressively from July 2003)

454

By December 2003 more than 145 000 eligible clients accessed the services of

some 750 Centrelink Personal Advisers, and more than 100 000 participation plans

have been put in place.

Almost a third of income support recipients experience a common mental disorder

(e.g., anxiety, depression, substance-use disorder) in any 12 month period,

compared to 18 per cent of the general Australian population. This figure is even

greater among some client segments, with almost half of all lone mothers on welfare

experiencing mental health problems. Further, these conditions are associated with

significant barriers to economic and social participation.

However, most of those experiencing mental health problems do not seek help.

There are a range of programs to help those with severe problems including:

- Disability Support Pension (DSP);

- Reconnect;

- Supported Accommodation Assistance Program;

- Disability Employment Assistance; and

- Personal Support Program.

However, recent research shows a worryingly high prevalence of less severe, but

still disabling, mental health problems among income support recipients, especially

lone mothers.

The Government Senators note the Government is developing targeted interventions

for these, based on recommendations from the Centre for Mental Health Research.

Training does have an important role in improving hardship, but it is not a universal

panacea. Simply to call for more training ignores the wide range of different

approaches needed.

455

The Government has adopted many strategies including work for the dole, access to

childcare, improving incentives and through personal advisors to ensure that balance

is right and meets individual.s needs. Work for the Dole has provided 40 000 man

years of valuable work experience, 15 000 community projects and 0.25 million

Australians contributing benefits to their communities and adding to their work

experience.

The Government, in 2003, has also almost doubled the number of apprenticeships

created compared with 1996.

International evidence from programs to improve employability through education,

training and subsidised work tends to be mixed. Programs which are more

employment.focused do improve employment outcomes. Program outcomes vary,

often depending on the individual.s circumstances, including their level of

disadvantage, skills, education and training, and access to suitable labour markets.

There is evidence that community work programs may deter some clients from

continuing on unemployment payments, instead inducing them to leave that payment

rather than undertake the program. Evidence also suggests some participants in the

community work programs may become .attached. to the program and consequently

reduce their likelihood of gaining employment while on the program.

Recommendations:

The Government Senators recommend that initiatives that assist the transition

from welfare to work continue to be developed and implemented. These

initiatives should include those that:

- address the hurdles confronted by the unemployed

- improve job readiness

- address onsite and job-centred training

In particular, the hurdles of language, literacy and numeracy should be

identified as priorities.

456

Government initiatives should continue to be evaluated and funding directed

to those initiatives delivering outcomes for those facing hurdles to

employment.

Interaction between minimum wage and labour demand

Under this Government average weekly ordinary time earnings for a full-time adult

male are currently $993.30.

- this is a real increase of over $145 per week since 1996

- a total growth of 17.1%

- and an annualised compound growth rate of 2.1%.

For women the rate of growth is even faster

- 18.8% over the period February 1996 to November 2004

- an annualised growth rate of 2.2%.

These growth rates are substantially above those recorded in earlier periods.

The $145 per week increase in real earnings between February 1996 and November

2003 (a period of 7¾ years) compares with just a $45 per week gain in the 12½

years from November 1983 to February 1996.

The annual growth rate for males of 2.1% over the later period compares with just

0.5% for the period under Labor.

For women the rates are 2.2% and 0.7% respectively.

Since 1998 ABS have produced living cost indexes which consider the impact of

prices on different groups in the community. These show that the impact has been

relatively uniform, and in particular that the experience of income support recipients

has been similar to that of the rest of the community.

Since March 1998 the maximum single rate of age pension has increased by $36.40

a fortnight more than it would have done under the previous tax system. The effect of

theses measures has been to increase the real rate of pension by more than 7%

above the CPI increase between March 2000 and September 2003. The Australian

457

minimum wage is amongst the highest in the world, both relative to other earnings

and in real terms. It has also grown substantially over recent years.

A high minimum wage minimises the risk of having a large body of working poor, it

ensures there are reasonable financial incentives to take a job and it gives

employers an incentive to maintain workers. productivity by investing in them.

However, it definitely makes entry or re-entry into the labour market more difficult for

some groups . especially the young unskilled. Employers will not take on someone

whose expected productivity is not high enough to justify the cost of employing them.

As no pay is clearly a bigger contributor to disadvantage in Australia than low pay,

unwarranted increases in minimum wages are likely to increase rather than reduce

the level of disadvantage in the community.

Low-wage families with children have their wages supplemented by family payments.

While the current Federal Minimum Wage is around $431 per week, the net total

income of a minimum wage couple household that is renting, with a single income

earner and two children, is around $680 per week. - $130 to $250 a week above the

commonly used poverty lines for such a household.

Similarly, for a single person, a full time minimum wage should put them some $70 to

$150 a week above the usual poverty lines. Even where a person is employed parttime,

the interaction between income support and earnings is such that they usually

should be well above these poverty lines. Some minor exceptions may arise to this

for some youth in particular living circumstances working short hours or at junior

rates.

Despite this some survey-based estimates talk of the .working poor.. Analysis of

these cases in the survey strongly suggests this reflects poor recording of income in

such surveys. These cases usually record implausibly low hourly rates of pay (well

below the minimum wage) or levels of family payments and income support well

below the rates for which such a household would be eligible. It should be noted that

much of the rhetoric around the working poor reflects the situation in the United

States of America. Attempts to draw parallels between low waged employment in

458

that country and in Australia are very misleading. For example, in the US the

minimum wage is $US5.15 an hour and excludes entitlements to leave. For a 40

hour week this gives a gross income of $US206 (less 10% tax), compared to their

official poverty line of $US178.

At current exchange rates the Australian minimum wage is about $US340. In

contrast to Australia, where very few people (around 2%) are employed on the

minimum wage, large numbers of jobs are paid at this rate in the US.

For most job seekers, unemployment is a transitory phase. However there are

people who, once they become unemployed, find it difficult to obtain suitable

employment. The social safety net performs a vital function as it provides

unemployed people with income and a variety of other support to help them meet

basic living expenses. It also provides a range of incentives and obligations to help

them actively participate in the community and so limit the amount of time they need

to be on income support. An appropriate balance of obligations, assistance and

incentives is essential for encouraging participation. This needs to be supported by

a fair but firm compliance regime with penalties for non-compliance.

459

Table 3: Minimum Wages Internationally

Recommendations:

The Government Senators recommend that we do not return to unnecessary

government intervention in the form of outdated labour market programmes,

which were proven to be unsuccessful in the 1970’s and would be a

retrograde step to implement now.

The Government continue to introduce further reforms, which increase labour

market flexibility while maintaining a safety net.

460

Asset rich and income poor

The Government Senators recognise that Australians may be in possession of large

assets without having a large income stream.

Income support payments are means tested to make sure that they go to those in

most need. People with substantial assets, apart from the home in which they live,

are generally expected to use these assets to support themselves rather than rely on

other taxpayers for support.

However, the system has special provisions to help where this is not reasonably

feasible. There are hardship provisions that can allow assets to be disregarded.

Where this does not apply, the Pension Loans Scheme allows people to effectively

borrow against their assets for their lifetimes.

Further, the Government also provides extra concessions for retiring rural people,

such as the foregone wages provisions, the aggregation rules, and concessions that

allow retiring farmers to hold their farm in a trust so they can hand over the farm to

the next generation without having their pension affected.

Under the assets test a pensioner.s home is exempt from the assets test. However,

where the home is on more than 2 hectares (5 acres), the value of the land in excess

of the 2 hectares (called curtilage) is included as an assessable asset for the

purpose of the assets test. Where the value of the principal residence is in excess of

allowable curtilage it is likely to affect a person.s income support payment.

The Government Senators recognise some farmers, in particular, may be under

hardship. Special hardship provisions exist that assist Australians who have assets

that they are unable to sell, are in the processes of selling, or which it would be

unreasonable for them to sell.

The Government also assists rural young people through access to additional

benefits such as Rent Assistance and Fares Allowance.

461

Recommendations:

The Government evaluate the potential benefits and pitfalls of easing the

curtilage rules to assist mature-age Australians.

The Government Senators support the recent superannuation changes

including the introduction of market-based income stream products and the

Government.s co-contribution measures to assist those Australians on lowincome

to save.

Participation

More Australians are working than ever before - the proportion of the adult

population in paid work is at record highs (61% in January 2004). Both men and

women have increased their participation since 1996, although the increase has

been much stronger for women than men . a continuation of trends going back to

the 1960s. The growth in opportunity has also meant that those who work are

working longer hours.

However, the decline in men.s labour force participation, and especially older men.s

participation, which was a feature of the decades leading up to the mid 1990s,

appears to have stopped and even reversed in the last ten years. While some of this

may be the fruits of strong economic growth, there is reason to hope that the

measures the government has taken to encourage older men to stay working have

begun to take effect . the employment rate of men aged 55-64 has risen from 55%

to 61% since 1996.

As the Treasurer.s recently released Demographic Taskforce Paper highlighted, the

challenges of increased social spending as a result of an ageing population need to

be addressed. A 2% increase in participation of the nation.s population in the

workforce would result in a 9% increase in the nation.s GDP. Labor’s opposition to

creating an environment whereby people over the age of 55 can work longer if they

choose (either part or full-time) ignores the desire of those concerned and overlooks

the possible poverty impacts in later life. That, we believe, was what we were aiming

to overcome.

462

Many recommendations of the Majority Report involve simply greater expenditure on

new programs or existing ones. The Report as a whole is not a responsible response

in light of the Treasurer.s Demographic Taskforce paper.

Part time hours are popular with working Australian women . 45% of them work less

than 30 hours per work. This is one of the highest proportions in the world.

The evidence strongly suggests that most of those working part time do so because

they prefer to . it allows them to balance work, family responsibilities and leisure.

More people of all working age now have greater choice, and the Labor Party (it

would be hoped) would stop wanting to remove or belittle that choice.

Youth (15-19 years) unemployment has fallen from a high of 29% in 1993 to 17%.

This is still too high, but it must be remembered that the unemployed are only about

9% of the 15-19 population . many of the rest are studying full time.

Issues surrounding children who have to leave their homes because of parental

violence are complex and variable.

Under Youth Allowance, young people who leave the parental home due to parental

violence or abuse are treated as independent as it is unreasonable for them to live at

home. Specialist assistance is offered by Centrelink Social Workers.

There are also several special programs to help youth:

Reconnect

This provides early intervention support for young people, aged between 12 and 18

years, who are homeless or at risk of homelessness, and their families. There are 98

Reconnect services operating across Australia. In 2002-03 they helped 11,392

young people and their families.

463

Job Placement, Employment and Training Program (JPET)

JPET offers ongoing support and referral services to young people overcoming a

range of problems, including housing, substance abuse, family difficulties, sexual or

other abuse, lack of self-esteem, reliance on income support, and other barriers to

employment, education or training. The program helps over 14,000 eligible young

people each year.

Youth Activities Services (YAS)

The Youth Activities Services Program supports young people (aged 11.16 years)

and their families to build self-reliance, strengthen family relationships and

encourage community involvement. The program provides after school activities that

are both creative and challenging and also have an aspect of positive peer support.

There are 91 YAS services currently operating.

Transition to Work (TTW), which commenced on 1 July 2002, is a key component of

assistance for people returning to the workforce. The primary objectives of TTW are

to provide preparatory assistance that builds self esteem, addresses confidence

issues and improve individuals. prospects of obtaining paid employment through

assessment, skills training, support and advice on how to get into the jobs market.

For some it will be the first step in their return to paid employment.

Recommendations:

The Government Senators recommend

a continuing increased focus on participation (return from welfare to work,

increased mature age participation) and self-reliance to maximise economic

growth and minimise personal hardship.

a review of the structural and cultural barriers to mature-age employment.

464

Breaching

The Howard Government was extremely concerned about the Labor Government.s

breaching policy in which people had all benefits removed if they failed to meet any

of their activity requirements.

There was a need for a change that was fairer so the Howard Government has done

extensive work in this area in the quest to minimize potential adverse impacts of

breaching on vulnerable job seekers.

As a direct result of administrative improvements and policy changes, breach

numbers reduced by 30% in 2001-02, and 50% in 2002-03 and this trend continues.

Job seekers are now also given 14 days notice before a breach penalty commences,

compared to a .no notice policy. under Labor. This gives job seekers more

warning before they start to receive reduced payments and is one of the

recommendations from the Ombudsman’s Review.

Recommendations:

That the Government continue to implement initiatives that decrease the

number of clients breaching while upholding the principles mutual obligation

and joint responsibility.

State and Territory issues

The States have a poor record on child protection issues, as a long succession of

scandals have indicated. There is little doubt that the justice and (Commonwealthfunded)

welfare systems are having to bear the burden of decades of inadequate

resourcing and poor management in this area. The neglect by the states of early

childhood intervention is one motive for the Australian government now diverting

funds to this.

465

A number of Australian Government initiatives recognise the costs incurred by

people with disabilities. Assistance includes:

- concessions linked to the Pensioner Concession Card

- cash payments (e.g. Mobility Allowance, Pharmaceutical

Allowance)

- tax relief (e.g. the Medical Expenses Offset);

The Government currently funds approximately 430 non-government organisations

to provide employment assistance services to people with disabilities nationally. The

Government also funds Commonwealth Rehabilitation Service Australia (CRS) to

provide vocational rehabilitation services nationally.

In 2002-03 a total of 64,639 people with disabilities were assisted by disability

employment services at a cost of $303.7 million, and a further 35,892 were assisted

by CRS Australia at a cost of $113 million. The Government also funds a range of

employer incentive programs that seek to encourage and assist employers to employ

people with disabilities that include wage subsidies, a workplace modifications

scheme, the Supported Wages System and a Disability Recruitment Coordinator

function.

The State and Territory Governments have responsibility for the planning, policy

setting and management of accommodation support for people with disabilities.

However, we understand the Australian government is very concerned for the

accommodation needs of people with disabilities. The Australian Government

provides substantial funds to states and territories towards meeting their

responsibilities, and the latest version of the Agreement includes strong reporting

requirements so that all parties . and people with disabilities and their families . can

satisfy themselves that state governments are doing the right thing by people with

disabilities. Bilateral agreements with each state and territory include strategies to

improve systems for balancing long-term accommodation demand with other early

intervention.

Poor urban planning, public housing policy and transport infrastructure have created

pockets of disadvantage in the major capital cities and in some regional areas. Once

466

created, these .poor neighbourhoods. are a difficult problem to remedy, as they set

up vicious circles of low aspirations, low education and low employment.

Housing is primarily a State Government responsibility to which the Commonwealth

makes a contribution. Many of the issues associated with the cost and availability of

housing are local and better addressed at that level. For the 2003 Commonwealth

State Housing Agreement (CSHA), the Australian Government is providing around

$4.75 billion over five years. About $3.72 billon of this will be provided as base

funding which is primarily used for public housing. This will allow five years of fiscal

certainty for States and Territories to provide housing assistance.

The CSHA assists around 400,000 households. The 2003 CSHA features indexation

for the first time. Currently around $1.9billion is provided per annum for Rent

Assistance supporting around 940,000 families / individuals.

The development of the Government.s programs for housing assistance, the CSHA,

the Rent Assistance Program for the private rental market, and support for home

ownership through the First Home Owners Grant scheme, have ensured that the

broader issues of welfare and support services, employment, the housing industry,

taxation, and other national objectives are being taken into account.

The most important element of the government.s present strategy for homelessness

is to develop people.s capacity, especially through Personal Advisers and the

welfare reform agenda. The Australian Government response to homelessness is

being coordinated under the National Homelessness Strategy, which recognises that

homeless people have many different needs and therefore need a range of

responses. The Strategy is underpinned by Supported Accommodation Assistance

Program and includes a number of targeted initiatives, such as the Family

Homelessness Prevention Pilots.

States and Territories have promoted gambling as a source of revenue. Their

revenue from gambling has grown enormously since 1992. Given the issues of

transparency and reporting standards for gambling revenues and related

467

programmes in the states, it is difficult to ascertain precise information on State and

Territory expenditure on gambling support services.

Estimates of the amount spent on problem gambling services as a proportion of total

gambling revenue range from .04% in WA to .49% in SA . neither of which is a

substantial part of the revenues raised through gambling activities. Spending levels

on problem gambling services do not reflect the growth in revenue from gambling or

in the numbers of people experiencing gambling problems.

Table 4: State Gambling Revenue

State and Territory revenue from gambling has increased markedly over the period

1992-93 to 2001-02.

Victorian revenue growth increased by a massive 200% from $581.3

million to $1.7 billion.

In NSW, revenue growth was 91% from $918.2 million to $1.7 billion.

Queensland revenue growth was 162% from $290.7 million to $763.4

million.

NSW VIC QLD SA WA TAS ACT NT TOTAL

Per Capita Gambling

Expenditure 2001-02 (dollars) $1,211 $1,180 $842 $784 $469 $726 $966 $1,576 $1,016

2000-01 $1,197 $1,146 $808 $735 $464 $660 $966 $1,250 $988

Gambling expenditure as a % of

household disposable income 3.83% 3.81% 3.19% 2.95% 1.64% 2.95% 2.42% 4.45% 3.41%

Total Gambling Expenditure

2001-02 (millions) $6,047 $4,365 $2,306 $909.6 $673.4 $256.4 $231.3 $216.9 $15,005

State/Territory Govt. Revenue

(millions) 2001-02 $1,201 $1,370 $555.9 $306.2 $223.5 $64.1 $47.2 $34.7 $3,803

State/Territory Govt. Revenue

Estimate of GST Relativities .

Gambling (millions)

$558.4 $413.2 $207.5 $86.2 $60.1 $24.5 $21.3 $14.5 $1,386

Total Revenue $1,759 $1,783 $763.4 $392.4 $283.6 $88.6 $68.5 $49.2 $5,189

Revenue Change 10 yrs 91% 206% 162% 194% 63% 110% 77% 270% -

Expenditure Change 10 yrs 122% 293% 134% 172% 31% 116% 78% 281% -

Estimated current percentage of

gambling revenue expended on

problem gambling services **

.29% .46% .24% 0.49% 0.04% .4% .16%

Not

possible

to

estimate

468

South Australia had a similar revenue growth rate of 194% from $133.3

million to $392.4 million.

WA revenue growth was 63% from $173.5 million to $283.6 million.

Tasmanian revenue growth was 110% from $42.2 million to $88.6.

ACT revenue growth was 77% from $38.7 million to $68.5 million.

NT revenue growth was an enormous 270% from $13.3 million to $49.2

million.

The Australian Government has led the way in addressing these problems. It has

already

- committed $8.4 million for research and to raising public awareness

of problem gambling

- established the Ministerial Council on Gambling

Recommendations:

While the Government Senators are not in the habit of making recommendations

outside their jurisdiction, they believe there are two issues that really require the

urgent attention of the States and Territories.

Housing

- That State Governments should assist home buyers by reviewing their ever

increasing stamp duty taxes on houses as those increases virtually wipe out

the benefit of the first home buyer incentive.

Problem Gambling

- That State and Territory Governments reduce their reliance on Gambling as

a source of revenue and increase investment in problem gambling programs.

Credit card and social disadvantage

Across the Australian community, the incidence of ongoing credit card debt is

surprisingly low. However, it is a problem for a minority of people - not all of them low

income. A recent study of ABS data found that having credit card debt is only weakly

469

associated with measures of serious financial hardship. Where such debt and

hardship are found together, the household is often found to be suffering serious

cash flow problems that indicate poor financial management of limited resources. In

contrast, many elderly households are found to have low incomes but are yet living

quite comfortably.

This suggests that financial education has an important role to play in reducing the

incidence of real poverty, and conversely that raising the cash incomes of the poor

may not be sufficient to lift them all out of hardship.

The Government Senators support the development of the Government.s National

Consumer and Financial Literacy Taskforce and look forward to its recommendations

in August 2004.

Recommendations:

That the Government continue to recognise the need for financial counselling

as an effective initiative in assisting Australians in moving from welfare to

work, and to prevent them accumulating unsustainable debt

Indigenous Australians

The Australian Government has shown a commitment to working more closely with

Indigenous communities in establishing mutual obligation strategies and developing

sustainable partnerships. Policy development and program delivery are engaging

more directly with local Indigenous communities in the identification of priorities,

consideration of local needs, capacity, participation and disadvantage. A significant

example of participation is the implementation of the Indigenous Community

Coordination Pilots (ICCP), which have been established in each State and Territory.

ICCP is a Council of Australian Governments (COAG) initiative and is based on the

development of partnerships between the local Indigenous communities, the

Australian Government and State/ Territory Governments. The extent of poor

outcomes for Indigenous Australians has been identified in the report to the Steering

Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision, titled . Overcoming

Indigenous Disadvantage: Key Indicators 2003.. This report confirms that Indigenous

470

Australians continue to experience marked and widespread disadvantage.

Indigenous Australian disadvantage is compounded by the extensive diversity within

the Indigenous community related to culture, language, literacy, environment and

regional isolation.

Recommendations:

The Government continue to assist Indigenous Australians through initiatives which:

- identify hurdles to employment and participation

- assist with the removal or overcoming of those hurdles

- assist with the transition from welfare to work

Senator Sue Knowles (Deputy Chairman)

Liberal Party, Western Australia

Senator Gary Humphries

Liberal Party, Australian Capital Territory

471

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF PUBLIC SUBMISSIONS, TABLED DOCUMENTS

AND OTHER ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AUTHORISED

FOR PUBLICATION BY THE COMMITTEE

1 Mendes, Dr Philip (VIC)

2 Hemlof, Mr Loris Erik Kent (SA)

3 Martin, Mr Dennis (SA)

4 Venner, Mr Ross (NSW)

5 Costello, Mr Nick (VIC)

6 Cox, Mr David (NSW)

7 Wilson, Ms Margaret (NSW)

8 Hill, Mr George (NSW)

9 Murphy, Mr Raymond (NSW)

10 Williams, Mrs M (SA)

11 Schilling, Mr Ashton (SA)

12 Needham, P R (TAS)

13 Barnett, Mr Michael (SA)

14 Whitfield, Mr Keith (NSW)

15 Catholic Women.s League (Tasmania) Inc (TAS)

Supplementary information

Competing family models, competing social policies, Dr Catherine Hakim,

AIFS conference 12 March 2003, provided at hearing 2.5.03

16 Bollard, Mr Ian (WA)

17 Underemployed People.s Union WA Inc (WA)

18 Anonymous (VIC)

19 Preston Reservoir Progress Association (VIC)

20 Southlakes Refuge (NSW)

21 Newcastle Welfare Rights Information Service Inc (NSW)

22 Cooranbong Community Services Centre (NSW)

23 Balaam, Mr Kevin (VIC)

24 Aboriginal Corporation for Homeless and Rehabilitation Community Services

(NSW)

25 Anonymous (VIC)

26 Amy, Ms Ruth (NSW)

27 National Council of Women of Australia (ACT)

472

28 Australian National Organisation of the Unemployed (QLD)

29 Combined Pensioners and Superannuants Association of NSW (NSW)

Supplementary information

Additional information following hearing , dated 5.9.03

30 Jesuit Social Services (VIC)

31 Anonymous (NSW)

32 Tasmanian Catholic Justice and Peace Commission (TAS)

33 Carers Australia (ACT)

34 Brons, Mr Ron (VIC)

35 Springvale Benevolent Society Inc (VIC)

36 Winton Shire Council (QLD)

37 Lutheran Community Care (SA)

38 Maynard, Ms Jacqui (NSW)

39 Country Women.s Association Of New South Wales (NSW)

40 Newcastle Family Support Services (NSW)

41 Dianella Community Health Inc (VIC)

42 Catholic Women.s League Australia Inc (ACT)

43 Dandenong and District Benevolent Society (VIC)

44 St Vincent de Paul Society - National Council of Australia (NSW)

45 Centre for Independent Studies (NSW)

Supplementary information

Summary of opening statement provided at hearing 27.5.03

46 South Australian Council of Social Service (SA)

Supplementary information

Summary on Social Disadvantage in South Australia, April 2001 provided at

hearing 29.4.03

Social Disadvantage in South Australia Report, April 2001 provided following

the hearing 29.4.03

47 Chelsea Neighbourhood House Inc (VIC)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 1.5.03

2001 Annual Report and information

Striking a Balance, The Impact of Gaming in the City of Kingston, July 2002

City of Kingston Health Data Profile, February 2001

City of Kingston Strategic Public Health Plan 2002-2005

48 Knox Community Care (VIC)

49 No submission

50 Shop Distributive and Allied Employees. Association (VIC)

473

51 Women.s Action Alliance (SA)

Supplementary information

Letter to SA Minister for Health re HECS debt, 20.2.03 provided at hearing

27.5.03

52 Mid North Primary Health Care Committee (SA)

53 North Queensland Branch of Queensland Shelter (QLD)

Supplementary information

Supplement to submission presented at hearing 6.8.07

54 Johnston, Mrs G (NSW)

55 Barrett, Mrs Sandra; Fisher, Mrs Alice and Arendse, Mrs Yvonne (VIC)

56 Australian Bahà.ì Community (ACT)

57 Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations (ACT)

Supplementary information

Paper on AFHO position for CSHA negotiations, June 2002, received 25.6.03

58 Country Women.s Association of Victoria Inc (VIC)

59 Shelter South Australia (SA)

Supplementary information

Rebuilding the Australian Dream, National Shelter Policy Platform -2003,

April 2003 provided at hearing 29.4.03

60 Australian Family Association (VIC)

61 Cranbourne Information & Support Service (VIC)

62 Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre (NSW)

Supplementary information

Copy of sub to Senate EWRE Committee inquiry into current and future skills

needs provided at hearing 28.5.03

63 Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood House Inc (VIC)

Supplementary information

Housing, income and other statistical data for local area provided at hearing

1.5.03

64 University of Technology Sydney (UTS) Students. Association (NSW)

65 Dobson, Ms Jo (NSW)

66 Wilson, Mr Peter (VIC)

67 Dixon, Ms Barbara (NSW)

68 The Australia Institute (ACT)

69 Victorian Government (VIC)

70 Barnardos Australia (NSW)

71 Serr, Dr Klaus (VIC)

72 Mason, Mr George (NSW)

474

73 Bishops. Committee for Justice, Development, Ecology & Peace and

Australian Catholic Social Justice Council (NSW)

74 Ms Tania Roberts (NSW)

75 Fairfield Community Aid (NSW)

Supplementary information

Copy of articles received at inspection 28.5.03

76 Unemployed Persons Advocacy (UNEMPA) (QLD)

Supplementary information

Evidence provided at hearing 4.8.03

Additional information following hearing , dated 27.8.03

77 Melbourne Citymission (VIC)

78 Sisters Inside (QLD)

79 Congues, Mr Ron (VIC)

80 Chandler, Mrs Val (SA)

81 Kobylinski, Ms Sherry (NSW)

82 Bennett, Mr K (NSW)

83 Wilson, Ms Pamela (NSW)

84 Blackwood, D J (NSW)

85 Hommel, Ms Christine (NSW)

86 Australian Federation of Aids Organisations (NSW)

87 Blind Citizens Australia (VIC)

Supplementary information

Comments on how an equipment subsidy scheme might operate provided

following hearing 1.5.03, received 6.5.03

88 Coalition of Aboriginal Legal Services NSW (COALS) (NSW)

89 Anglicare Victoria (VIC)

90 MAXNetWork Pty Ltd (QLD)

91 Romeril, Ms Barbara (VIC)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 1.5.03

Powerless in a Privatised State: The impact of privatisation on domestic

electricity disconnections Victoria 1985 to 1997, Barbara Romeril, Financial

and Consumer Rights Council, 1998

An Unfair Deal: A consumer audit of the electricity, gas and water industry

reforms, Beverley Kliger, Financial and Consumer Rights Council, 1998

92 Anglicare Tasmania (TAS)

93 Lismore Women.s & Children.s Refuge Inc (NSW)

475

94 Australian Council of Trade Unions (ACTU) (VIC)

Supplementary information

Minimum Wages Case 2003, ACTU Witness Statements, 5 February 2003

provided at hearing 30.4.03

Response to a question following the hearing 30.4.03, dated 1.5.03

95 Saunders, Professor Peter (NSW)

96 Salvation Army Newcastle Community Services Centre (NSW)

97 Ford, The Hon Jonathan MLC (WA)

98 Brotherhood of St Laurence (VIC)

99 Financial & Consumer Rights Council Victoria (VIC)

100 Sunshine Coast Regional Housing Council (QLD)

101 National Council of Single Mothers and Their Children (SA)

102 Shelter New South Wales (NSW)

103 University of South Australia Students Association (SA)

104 UnitingCare Centre for Social Justice (QLD)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 4.8.03

..in the too hard basket.: Responding to vulnerable children and teenagers,

and their families in the western corridor region of south east Queensland,

Final report of research partnership, 2003

Benefit comparisons from Lifeline Darling Downs and SW Qld

105 Energy Action Group (VIC)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 1.5.03

From Universal Service to No Service? The Redlining of Vulnerable

Electricity Customers in Victoria, Andrea Sharam, 2001

Paying Too Much! Redlining, Economic Discrimination and Essential

Services, 2002

106 Office of the Commissioner for Children (TAS)

107 Community Housing and Employment Co-op (NSW)

108 Australian Education Union (VIC)

Supplementary information

Provided following the hearing 30.4.03

Towards a National Plan for Preschool Education . A discussion paper by

Michaela Kronemann, December 1998

Scrounging to meet the Shortfall . Fees, fundraising and sponsorship in

Government school, Michael Howard and Jane Coulter, 1995

476

109 Child & Family Welfare Association of Australia Inc (NSW)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 26.5.03

A Time to Invest in Australia.s most disadvantaged children, young people,

and their families, Policy Paper, August 2002

Opening presentation

110 Darebin City Council (VIC)

111 Casey North Community Information & Support Service Inc (VIC)

112 Australian Association of Social Workers (ACT)

113 Financial Counsellors. Association of NSW Inc (FCAN) (NSW)

114 Coles, Mrs Carmel (VIC)

115 Brent, Ms Yvonne (NSW)

116 Dawes, Mr Kevin (NSW)

117 Catholic Social Services Victoria (VIC)

Supplementary information

.Surviving, not living.: Disadvantage in Melbourne, August 2001 provided at

hearing 30.4.03

118 Victorian Council of Social Service (VCOSS) (VIC)

119 Fairfield City Council (NSW)

Supplementary information

Profile of Fairfield City provided at hearing 28.5.03

120 Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union (NSW)

121 Victorian Alcohol and Drug Association (VIC)

122 Clarke, Ms Margaret (NSW)

123 Casey Cardinia Legal Service Inc (VIC)

124 Welfare Rights Unit (VIC)

125 SANE Australia (VIC)

126 Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers. Union (WA)

Supplementary information

Opening notes; contract cleaning industry case study; comparison cleaners

award and AWA; decent work framework provided at hearing 28.7.03

Response to a question following hearing 28.7.03, dated 11.8.03

127 Student Association Inc . University of Tasmania (TAS)

128 National Association of Community Based Children.s Services (VIC)

129 Queensland Government (QLD)

130 National Union of Students Inc (VIC)

131 Hunter Council of Social Services (NSW)

Supplementary information

Case studies provided at hearing 29.5.03

477

132 Catholic Justice and Peace Commission of the Archdiocese of Brisbane (QLD)

133 UnitingCare and UnitingJustice Australia (ACT)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 20.6.03

.Because Children Matter: Making a case for addressing child poverty in

Australia., UnitingCare Burnside, June 2003 and copy of opening statement

Provided following public hearing 20.6.03

Article: Asking the right questions of disadvantaged and homeless

communities: the role of housing, patterns of illness and reporting behaviours

in the measurement of health status, Australian and New Zealand Journal of

Public Health, 2001 Vol.25 No.4

Article: Soup Kitchen Consumer Perspectives on the Quality and Frequency

of Health Service Interactions, Dr L Trevena et.al

134 Centre for Public Policy . The University of Melbourne (VIC)

135 Salvation Army Australia Eastern Territory (NSW)

136 UnitingCare-Sunshine Mission (VIC)

137 Coolum Youth & Community Association (QLD)

138 Knox City Council . Family Support and Community Education Service

(VIC)

Supplementary information

Impact of increased cost of services on local communities provided following

the hearing 1.5.03, dated 11.6.03

139 Australian Federation of Deaf Societies (NSW)

140 Wood, Dr Beverley (VIC)

141 Media Entertainment & Arts Alliance (NSW)

142 Holroyd City Council (NSW)

143 NSW Council of Social Service (NCOSS) (NSW)

144 Tenants Union of Victoria (VIC)

145 Willis, Ms Judith (VIC)

146 Canterbury/Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre (NSW)

147 Southern Cross University - Student Representative Council (NSW)

Supplementary information

Notes for opening statement provided at hearing 1.7.03

148 Catholic Welfare Australia (ACT)

Supplementary information

Additional information following hearing, dated 10.10.03

149 Samaritans Foundation (NSW)

150 Transport Workers. Union (VIC)

151 Bishop.s Commission for Justice, Development and Peace . Catholic Diocese

of Armidale (NSW)

152 Melbourne University Student Union Inc (VIC)

478

153 Immigrant Women.s Speakout Association NSW Inc (NSW)

154 Noosa Shire Council (QLD)

155 Angus, Ms Suzanne (WA)

156 Australian Manufacturing Workers. Union (NSW)

Supplementary information

Corrections to written submission and opening presentation re casualisation,

26.5.03

Response to a question following the hearing dated 27.5.03

157 Reliable Parents Inc (WA)

158 Disability Action Inc (SA)

Supplementary information

Response to a question following the hearing 29.4.03, dated 22.5.03

159 Un(der)employed People.s Movement Against Poverty Inc (SA)

160 Queensland Council of Social Services Inc (QLD)

161 Cock, Mr Bruce (VIC)

162 Hayler, Louis Miles (WA)

163 Australian Council of Social Service (ACOSS) (NSW)

Supplementary information

Response to question following hearing 20.6.03, dated 1.7.03

164 Lone Fathers’ Association Australia Inc (ACT)

Supplementary information

Correspondence concerning GST issues dated 18.3.02 and 5.12.02

165 Commonwealth Department of Family and Community Services (ACT)

Supplementary information

Response to questions following hearing 20.6.03, dated 13.8.03

166 Salvation Army . Australia Southern Territory (VIC)

167 Powell, Ms Vicki-Leigh (QLD)

168 Senior Citizens, Invalid & Old Age Pensioners . Morisset Branch (NSW)

169 Mission Australia (NSW)

170 Colley, Cr June (QLD)

171 Southern Peninsula Community Support & Information Centre (VIC)

172 The Smith Family (NSW)

Supplementary information

Opening presentation by Dr Rob Simons, provided at hearing 27.5.03

173 Trafford, Mr Geoff (NSW)

174 Higgins, Mr Paul (NSW)

175 Australian Nursing Federation (ACT)

176 TasCOSS (TAS)

177 Blackburne, Mr Burt (VIC)

479

178 National Tertiary Education Industry Union (VIC)

179 Salvation Army Noosa Shire Accommodation Service (QLD)

180 Tasmanian Poverty Coalition (TAS)

181 Men.s Confraternity Incorporated (WA)

182 Consumers. Federation of Australia and CARE Financial Counselling Service

(ACT)

Supplementary information

Correspondence with ABA re Basic Bank Account, April 2003, and

diagrammatic view of competition and its relationship to social policy

provided at hearing 20.6.03

183 Western Australian Council of Social Service Inc (WACOSS) (WA)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 28.7.03

.Meeting Youth Housing Needs in Broome through Collaborative Practice.,

Consultants report on stage 1, Shelter WA, March 2003

.A Profile of Households Experiencing Homelessness in Western Australia.,

Shelter WA, June 2003

Rebuilding the Australian Dream, National Shelter Policy Platform -2003,

Background Information

Supplementary submission, July 2003

Provided following public hearing 28.7.03

Response to a question on notice, dated 1.8.03

184 COTA National Seniors Partnership (VIC)

185 Tasmanian Government (TAS)

186 Wiles, Dr David (WA)

187 South Australian Government (SA)

188 Physical Disability Council of Australia (QLD)

Supplementary information

Provided at hearing 4.8.03

PDCA supplementary response, June 2003

Towards a disability allowance: Offsetting the costs of disability, July 2001

Additional cost of living due to a physical disability, questionnaire

189 Sharpe, Ms Janice (NSW)

190 Booth MHA, Mr Kim (TAS)

191 Newcastle City Council (NSW)

192 Youth Commitment . Northern Sunshine Coast (QLD)

193 L.Estrange, Mr Marcus (VIC)

194 Roberts MP, Ms Elisa (QLD)

195 Brohier, Mr Peter (VIC)

Supplementary information

Additional information dated 26.7.03; 30.3.03; 6.8.03 3.9.03 and 14.10.03

480

196 Darebin Community Legal Centre and Advocacy Program for Women in

Prison (VIC)

197 St Vincent de Paul . Newcastle North Regional Council (NSW)

198 Sowton, Mr Adrian (VIC)

199 ACT Government (ACT)

Supplementary information

Four reports on .Addressing disadvantage in the ACT., 2003, and copy of

overheads used in opening presentation provided at hearing 19.6.03

200 Eastlakes Christian Life Centre (NSW)

201 Centre of Full Employment and Equity (NSW)

202 Jenkins, Mr Desmond (NSW)

203 St Vincent de Paul Society . The Mitchelton Conference (QLD)

204 Brennan, Mr Kevin (QLD)

205 Pigram, Mr John (NSW)

206 Australia at Work (NSW)

207 UnionsWA (WA)

208 St Vincent de Paul Society . St Joseph.s Conference, Tweed Heads (NSW)

209 Mitchell, Ms Pamela (SA)

210 Young Mothers for Young Women (QLD)

211 Unemployed Workers Group (Townsville/Thuringowa) (QLD)

212 St Vincent de Paul . Riverwood Conference (NSW)

213 St Vincent de Paul . Raymond Terrace Conference (NSW)

214 St Vincent de Paul . Lower Hunter Region (NSW)

215 St Vincent de Paul Society . Macarthur Ozanam Centre (NSW)

216 Australian Consumers. Association (NSW)

217 Lifeline . Northern Rivers (NSW)

Supplementary information

Opening statements and copy of bank letter to increase credit limit provided at

hearing 1.7.03

218 Smith, Mr Travers (NSW)

219 Freeman, Ms Pauline (QLD)

220 Marshall, Ms Coral (VIC)

221 St Vincent de Paul Society . Ballarat East Conference (VIC)

222 Lismore and District Financial Counselling Service (NSW)

223 Australian Pensioners and Superannuants Federation (APSF) (NSW)

224 Greenacres Association (NSW)

225 Aboriginal Cultural Centre (NSW)

226 Anglicare (NSW)

227 St Vincent de Paul Society . Central Illawarra (NSW)

481

228 Organ MP, Mr Michael (NSW)

229 Hall, Mr Timothy (NSW)

230 Illawarra Dental Health Action Group (NSW)

231 Centacare Catholic Diocese of Ballarat (VIC)

232 St Vincent de Paul . St Mary.s Conference (QLD)

233 Lismore Integrated Community Services Program (ICSP) (NSW)

234 Illawarra Home Link Association (NSW)

235 Bilboe, Mr John (NSW)

236 Northern Rivers Social Development Council (NSW)

237 Hillenbrand, Mrs Doris (NSW)

238 Dowling, Ms Gwen (NT)

239 Roberts, Mr John (NSW)

240 Humanist Society of Victoria Inc (VIC)

241 Women.s Electoral Lobby (WA) (WA)

242 Kirkwood, Ms Deborah (NSW)

243 Green, Mr Clyde (SA)

244 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission (ATSIC) (ACT)

245 Miller, Mr Ian (WA)

246 Carter, Ms Jacqui (WA)

247 Northern Territory Council of Social Service (NTCOSS) (NT)

248 Doctors Reform Society Australia (NSW)

249 Johnston, Mr Lawrence (QLD)

250 Coleman, Mr Patrick (QLD)

251 Berkeley Development Association Inc (NSW)

252 Edmunds, Ms Maree (QLD)

253 Australian Liquor, Hospitality & Miscellaneous Workers Union . Townsville

Regional Office (QLD)

254 Cummins, Mr R K (NSW)

255 Centre for Aboriginal Economic Policy Research (CAEPR) (ACT)

256 People with Disability (NSW)

257 O.Brien, Ms Anne (VIC)

258 Benzley, Mr Alan (VIC)

259 Slater, Mr Gary (NSW)

482

Additional Information

Centacare NT

Opening presentation, 29.7.03

Combat Poverty Agency, Ireland

.Building an Inclusive Society., Review of the National Anti Poverty Strategy,

February 2002

Committee inspections - Notes and information from inspections at Merrylands

(28 May 2003) and Newcastle (29 May 2003)

Curran, Ms Liz

Occasional Paper Number 9, October 2000 . Growing the Community

Together? Why and How?

Department of Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs

Entitlements for Protection Visa Holders, received 17.10.03

Department of Education Science and Training

The National Goals for Schooling, received 24.2.04

Gaggin, Ms Patricia

Copy of Social Security Appeals Tribunal decision, dated 6.5.03

Grampians Housing Network

(Provided at public hearing in Ballarat on 30 June 2003)

Some Housing Issues, an information paper dated June 2003

Hennelley, Mr Richard

(Provided at public hearing in Newcastle on 29 May 2003)

Socio-economic impact of blue green algae bloom

Mission Australia

Pathways to Prevention Project, presentation at Brisbane hearing on 4 August

2003

Office of Senator Claire Moore

Queensland response to comments on .Life Education Program. made at

Brisbane hearing on 4 August

PINARC Support Services

Copy of client.s letter concerning financial hardship, dated 10.7.03

St Vincent de Paul Society . Lismore

(Provided at public hearing in Lismore on 1 July 2003)

Statements by June Crawford and Pat Kelly

St Vincent de Paul Society . Nowra

(Provided at public hearing in Wollongong on 2 July 2003)

Copy of Mental Health Service Partnership Project Report, May 2003

483

St Vincent de Paul . Parramatta and Wollongong Dioceses

(Provided at public hearing in Merrylands, Sydney on 28 May 2003)

Social disadvantage in Western and South-Western Sydney, Tony Vinson, June

1999

The Great Divide Poverty and Wealth in Western and Outer South-Western

Sydney, June 1999

Statistical information on assistance provided

St Vincent de Paul . Townsville Regional Council

Statistical info

St Vincent de Paul, WA

Copy of article .Worlds apart: Why we don.t care about the poor.,

Weekendextra, 10 May 2003

Tasmanians With Disabilities

(Provided at public hearing in Hobart on 2 May 2003)

Towards a disability allowance: Offsetting the costs of disability . An analysis,

Physical Disability Council of Australia, June 2001

Triple J - Transcript of program on 18.09.03 re Senate inquiry into poverty and

financial hardship

United Way Ballarat Community Fund

2003-2005 Community Needs Analysis Document

Warrawong Community Project

(Provided at public hearing in Wollongong on 2 July 2003)

.Disillusionment . (but there is always a tomorrow).

YWCA Darwin

YWCA of Darwin Strategic Plan 2003-2008

484

485

APPENDIX 2

WITNESSES WHO APPEARED BEFORE THE

COMMITTEE AT PUBLIC HEARINGS

Tuesday, 29 April 2003

.The Hub. Community Centre, Aberfoyle Park, Adelaide

Liquor, Hospitality & Miscellaneous Workers Union (South Australia)

Mr Mark Butler, Secretary

Mrs Lynette Lapthorne, Union Delegate

Ms Lisa McScheffrey, Union Delegate

Mr Russell Spencer, Union Delegate

Disability Action Inc

Mr Phillip Beddall, Chairperson

Un(der) Employed People.s Movement Against Poverty Inc

Ms Monika Baker, Secretary

National Council of Single Mothers and their Children

Dr Elspeth McInnes, Convenor

Ms Yvonne Parry, Chief Executive Officer

South Australian Council of Social Service

Ms Pam Simmonds, Executive Director

Mr Ian Yates, Deputy Chair

Shelter South Australia

Ms Janet Adkins, Research and Policy Officer

Lutheran Community Care

Ms Colleen Fitzpatrick, Director

Wednesday, 30 April 2003

Melbourne Exhibition and Convention Centre, Melbourne

The following appeared as part of a roundtable discussion

Victorian Council of Social Service

Ms Cath Smith, Chief Executive Officer

Ms Caroline Atkins, Policy Analyst

Anglicare Victoria

Dr Ray Cleary, Chief Executive Officer

486

Dr Margaret Kertesz, Research & Development Officer

Brotherhood of St Laurence

Dr Stephen Ziguras, A/g General Manager, Social Action and Research

Mr David Perkins, Research and Policy Project Manager

Catholic Social Services Victoria

Father Joe Caddy, Director, Policy & Research

Ms Anne Tuohey, Senior Policy Adviser

Melbourne Citymission

Dr Mary-Ann Robinson, Social Policy Officer

Ms Sally James, General Manager Community Development

Ms Michele Lewis, General Manager Aged Care

The Salvation Army . Australia Southern Territory

Major Colin Berris

Jesuit Social Services

Dr Renata Kokanovic, Senior Research Officer

Ms Jeanette Pope, Research Fellow

St Vincent de Paul

Mr Syd Tutton, Victorian President

Mr Gavin Dufty, Policy Research Officer

Australian Education Union

Mr Roy Martin

Centre for Public Policy

Professor Brian Howe, Professorial Associate

Ms Cathy Lowy, Senior Fellow

Dr Philip Mendes, Senior Lecturer, Department of Social Work, Monash University

Appearing as individual organisations

Australian Council of Trade Unions (ACTU)

Ms Sharan Burrow, President

Mr Andrew Watson, Legal and Research Officer

Ms Marion Gaynor, Research Officer

Shop Distributive and Allied Employees. Association

Mr Ian Blandthorn, National Assistant Secretary

Transport Workers. Union)

Mr Linton Duffin, Federal Legal Officer

487

Thursday, 1 May 2003

Melbourne Exhibition and Convention Centre, Melbourne

National Union of Students

Mr Daniel Kyriacou, President

Ms Sarah McDowell, National Welfare Officer

Melbourne University Student Union

Mr Scott Crawford, President

Mr Clive Pattison, Manager, Council secretariat

National Tertiary Education Industry Union

Dr Carolyn Allport

Darebin City Council

Mr John Smith, Policy and Research Officer

Knox City Council

Ms Maryanne Day, Coordinator Family Support and Community Education

Ms Bianca Ades, Welfare Officer

Chelsea Neighbourhood House Inc

Ms Lorna Stevenson, Manager

Mr Craig Roberts, Secretary Committee of Management

Laverton Community Centre & Neighbourhood House Inc

Mr Michael Pernar, General Manager

Blind Citizens Australia

Ms Collette O.Neill, National Policy Director

Ms Maryanne Diamond, Executive Officer

Tenants Union of Victoria

Mr Mark O.Brien, Chief Executive Officer

Ms Madonna Boman, Research Officer

Victorian Alcohol and Drug Association

Mr Neos Zavrou, President

Ms Carol Bennett, Executive Officer

Energy Action Group

Ms Andrea Sharam, President

Ms Barbara Romeril

488

Friday, 2 May 2003

Glenorchy Civic Centre, Glenorchy, Hobart

TasCOSS

Mr David Owen, Policy Officer

Anglicare Tasmania

Ms Jo Flanagan, Manager

Tasmanian Catholic Justice and Peace Commission

Ms Maureen Holloway, Chairperson

Tasmanian Poverty Coalition

Ms Linley Grant

Salvation Army

Ms Ronda McIntyre, Director Child and Family Services

Tasmanians With Disabilities

Ms Robin Wilkinson

Ms Jan Miller

Ms Lorrine Heron, Coordinator

Student Association . University of Tasmania

Mr Wei-siong Liang, Treasurer

Catholic Women.s League

Mrs Patricia Gartlan, State President

Mrs Betty Roberts OAM, Member

Dr Janette Gartlan, Representative

Office of the Commissioner for Children

Ms Patmalar Ambikapathy, Commissioner

Mrs Karen Buczynski

Mr Kim Booth, Member, House of Assembly, Tasmanian Greens

Monday, 26 May 2003

Masonic Centre, Cnr Castlereagh and Goulburn Streets, Sydney

Combined Pensioners and Superannuants Association of NSW

Mr Mario Mifsud, State President

Mr David Skidmore, Policy & Information Officer

Immigrant Women.s Speakout Association NSW Inc

Ms Jane Brock, Executive Officer

489

Australian Manufacturing Workers. Union

Ms Sally Taylor, Co-ordinator, National Research Centre

Mr Adam Leeman, Member

Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union

Mr Jeff Lawrence, National Secretary

Mr Max Boyd, Delegate

Ms Dale Carter, Delegate

Ms Florencia Parajo, Delegate

Media Entertainment and Arts Alliance

Ms Lynn Gailey, Federal Policy Officer

Mr Simon Whipp, Assistant Federal Secretary

Mission Australia

Dr Marie Leech, General Manager, Community Services

Ms Megan Fahey, Manager, Research and Social Policy

Mr Jim Williamson, Senior Policy Officer, Y-Research Team

Child and Family Welfare Association of Australia

Ms Carole Marsden

Mr Nigel Spence, Board Member

Council of Social Service of New South Wales

Mr Gary Moore, Director

St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr John Finneran, President, Sydney Archdiocesan Council

Miss Cassandra Ashton, Coordinator, Family & Welfare Centre

Mr Ian Brown, Conference President

Ms Lorna Carter, Welfare Worker

Ms Kevin Cavanagh, President, Waterloo Conference

Mr Peter Chircop, Coordinator/Manager, Rendu Youth Services

Mrs Patricia Crawford, Vice President

Ms Christine Crimmins, President, Management committee

Ms Patricia McDonald, President, North Leichhardt Conference

Ms Carolyn McMahon, Family Assistance/Liaison Officer, South Sydney Regional

Council

Mr Owen Rogers, Executive Officer, NSW/ACT State Council

Mr Leon Toohey, Vice President, Riverwood Conference

490

Tuesday, 27 May 2003

Masonic Centre, Cnr Castlereagh and Goulburn Streets, Sydney

The Smith Family

Mr Martin Laverty, Government Relations Manager

Dr Rob Simons, National Manager, Strategic Research and Social Policy

Australian Federation of Deaf Societies

Mr Joe Sabolcec, Executive Officer

Mr Robert Adam, Coordinator, Community Relations and Development (accompanied

by Mr Andy Carmichael Auslan interpreter)

Financial Counsellors. Association of NSW

Ms Elizabeth Terry, President

Women.s Action Alliance

Mrs Jane Beard, Joint National President

Social Policy Research Centre

Professor Peter Gordon Saunders, Director

Ms Laura Adelman, Research Associate

Mr Peter Siminski, Research Officer

Centre for Independent Studies

Professor Peter Robert Saunders, Director of Social Policy Research

Dr Kayoko Tsumori, Policy Analyst

Shelter NSW

Dr M. Hazel Blunden, Policy Officer

Mrs Mary Perkins, Executive Officer

Country Women.s Association of NSW

Mrs Margaret Brown, Chairman, Study and Investigation Committee

Australian Federation of AIDS Organisations

Mr David Edler, Policy Officer

Mr Mark Bebbington, Policy & International Manager

Mr Robert Lake, Convenor, Care and Support Portfolio, National Association of

People Living with HIV/AIDS

Wednesday, 28 May 2003

Conference Room, Holroyd City Council, Merrylands, Sydney

Holroyd City Council

Ms Diane Jogia, Manager, Community Services

Mr Peter Prants, Community Projects Officer

491

Ms Debbie Killian, Director, Library and Community Services

Fairfield City Council

Mr Nickola Lalich, Mayor

Ms Sharon Fingland, Program Manager, Accessible City

Fairfield Migrant Resource Centre

Mr Nigel Hoffmann, NESB Youth Policy Officer

Ms Ulrike Bartels, Coordinator

Mr John Owen, Community Project Officer

Canterbury/Bankstown Migrant Resource Centre

Ms Maggie Moa, Co-ordinator

Ms Natasha Bobic, Community Project Officer

Holroyd Community Aid and Information Service

Ms Janice Sharpe, Welfare coordinator

Public forum

Mr A Burji

Mr Brian Cooper

Ms Joanne Karcz

Mr Bob Laughton, Australia at Work

St Vincent de Paul

Ms Margaret Tipper, Executive officer, Parramatta diocese

Ms Jenny Craig, Macarthur Ozanam Centre

Mr Vince Dobson, President, Parramatta diocese

Mr P Harrigan, Treasurer, Parramatta diocese

Mr Paul Power, Wollongong diocese

Mr John Stone, Rutherglen area

Thursday, 29 May 2003

Newcastle City Council, King Street, Newcastle

Coalition of Aboriginal Legal Services NSW

Mr John Boersig, Coordinator

Newcastle City Council

Ms Therese Postma, Social Planner and Member, Social Planning Advisory

Committee

Mr Terence Mahony, Community member, Social Planning Advisory Committee

Centre of Full Employment and Equity, University of Newcastle

Professor William Mitchell, Director

492

Ms Sally Cowling, Research Fellow

Hunter Council of Social Services

Ms Asha Ramzan, Regional Development Officer

Miss Julia Woods, Committee Member

Samaritans Foundation

Mr Cec Shevels, Chief Executive Officer

Salvation Army

Mr Howard Mole, Manager, Newcastle Community Services Centre

St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr Neil McGoldrick, President, Newcastle North Regional Council

Mr John Hakes, President, Lower Hunter Region

Mrs Pamela French, Secretary and Case Worker, East Maitland Region

Mrs Maureen Frize, President, St Johns Conference

Mr John Osborne, President, Raymond Terrace Conference

Mr Christopher Cox, Recipient

Mrs Tracey Cox, Recipient

Mrs Helen McEnerney, Budget Counsellor

Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union

Ms Carmel Cook, Regional Secretary

Ms Sandra Cant, Delegate

Ms Diane Larsen, Delegate

Mr Richard Hennelley, Research officer, The Fishing Party

Ms Heather Booker

Thursday, 19 June 2003

Parliament House, Canberra

National Council of the St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr John Meahan, President, National Council

Mr Terry McCarthy, President, National Social Justice Committee

Mr John Wicks, Vice President, National Social Justice Committee

Dr John Falzon, National Research and Advocacy Officer

COTA National Seniors Partnership

Mr David Deans, Joint Chief Executive and Director Government Relations

Ms Patricia Reeve, Director National Policy Secretariat

493

Lone Fathers Association of Australia

Mr Barry Williams, President

Mr Jim Carter, Policy Adviser

ACT Government

Mr Peter Brady, Director, ACT Office for Ageing

Ms Helen Hill, Manager, Policy Group, Chief Minister.s Department

The Australia Institute

Dr Clive Hamilton, Executive Director

Mr Richard Denniss, Senior Research Fellow

Friday, 20 June 2003

Parliament House, Canberra

UnitingCare Australia

Ms Lin Hatfield Dodds, National Director, UnitingCare Australia

Reverend Elenie Poulos, National Director, UnitingJustice Australia

Ms Jane Woodruff, Chief Executive Officer, UnitingCare Burnside, NSW

Reverend Bill Crews, Ashfield Mission, NSW

Mr Pete Lyon, UnitingCare Australia

Dr Steve Hatfield Dodds, Senior Policy Economist, UnitingCare Australia

Australian Council of Social Service (ACOSS)

Mr Andrew McCallum, President

Ms Megan Mitchell, Director

Mr Peter Davidson, Senior Policy Officer

Department of Family and Community Services

Mr Wayne Jackson, Deputy Secretary

Ms Kerry Flanagan, Executive Director, Strategic and Ageing Cluster

Ms Peta Winzar, Executive Director, Economic and Social Participation Cluster

Mr Jeremy Nott, Assistant Secretary, Strategic Policy and Knowledge Branch

Mr Barry Sandison, Assistant Secretary, Participation Strategies Branch

Mr Rob Bray, Director, Spatial and Distributional Analysis Section, Strategic Policy

and Knowledge Branch

Centrelink

Mr Andrew Whitecross, Director, Incentives Policy Section, Working Age Taskforce

Mr Graham Bashford, Deputy Chief Executive Officer, Business

Ms Marcia Williams, National Manager, Community Sector Relationships

Catholic Welfare Australia

Father Joe Caddy, Acting Chair, Catholic Welfare Australia Board

494

Mr Brendan Long, Team Leader, Social Policy Research Unit

Ms Margaret Deerain, Senior Policy Officer

Carers Australia

Mrs Louise Gilmore, President

Ms Julie Austin, Policy Adviser

Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations

Ms Ara Creswell, Executive Officer

Mr Thomas Muller, Policy and Networking Officer

Consumers Federation of Australia and Care Financial Counselling Service

Australian Consumers. Association

Mr David Tennant, Chair, CFA, and Director, CFCS and Consumer Law Centre of the

ACT

Ms Katherine Wolthuizen, Financial Policy Officer, Australian Consumers

Association

Australian Association of Social Workers

Mr Ian Rentsch, Chief Executive Officer

Ms Denise Scott, National Social Policy Officer

Monday, 30 June 2003

Ballarat Town Hall, Ballarat

The Salvation Army, Western Victoria Division

Major Brad Jenkins, Divisional Social Program Secretary

Major Heather Jenkins, Manager, Family Support Service

Major Rhonda Elkington, Manager, Macarthur Street Centre

PINARC Support Services

Ms Jenni Sewell, CEO

McCallum Disability Services

Mrs Erma Fidler, Member, Board of Governors

Mr Geoffrey Russell, Manager, Accommodation Services and Deputy Chief

Executive Officer

Mr Peter Brohier

Ballarat Child and Family Services

Ms Fiona White, Manager (BCFS) and representative Grampians Housing Network

Ms Lorraine Clarke, Financial Counsellor

Public Forum:

Ms Karen Henderson

495

Ms Kerryn Whiting, Chief Executive Officer, United Way Ballarat Community Fund

Centacare, Catholic Diocese of Ballarat

Mr Peter Clout, Family Services Manager

Ms Trish Nolan, Acting Director

St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr Brian Lenton, President, Bendigo Regional Council

Mr Doug Knez, President, Ballarat East Conference

Mr Ken Warren

Tuesday, 1 July 2003

Lismore and District Workers Club, Lismore

Lismore and District Financial Counselling Service

Mr Steve Snellgrove, Senior Financial Counsellor

Lifeline Northern Rivers

Mr Terry Harvey, Business Manager

Mrs Janet Gates, Director, Counselling

St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr John Denehy, President, Lismore Diocese

Ms June Crawford, Adviser for homeless issues, family support

Mrs Gwen King, Diocesan Centres Advisor

Mr John Kelly, Diocesan Vice-President

Mr Len Moore, President, Ballina Conference

Mr Norm Moore, President, Tweed Byron Regional Council

Mrs Shirley McMullen, Orara Regional President

Mr Mike Sutton, Diocesan Advisor, Budget Counsellor

Lismore Women.s & Children.s Refuge

Ms Sharyn Roche, General Support Worker

Ms Margaret Clarke

Australian Liquor Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union

Mr Brad O.Reilley, Delegate

Mr Steve Klaassen, Organiser

Southern Cross University Student Representative Council

Mr Nicholas Fredman, Student Rights Advocate

496

Wednesday, 2 July 2003

Wollongong Town Hall, Wollongong

Warrawong Community Development Project

Ms Maxyne Graham, Coordinator/Community Worker

Combined Pensioners & Superannuants Association NSW

Mr Bill Whiley, Secretary

Barnardos South Coast

Ms Vivienne Cunningham-Smith, Senior Manager

Illawarra Dental Health Action Group

Mr Stephan Taylor, Publicity Officer

Anglicare Illawarra

Mr Michael Mittwolen, Regional Manager

Greenacres Association

Mr Neil Preston, Chief Executive Officer

Illawarra Legal Centre

Ms Julia Priest, Welfare Rights Advocate

Ms Patricia Gaggin

Liquor Hospitality & Miscellaneous Workers Union

Mr Christopher Goodman, Delegate

Mr Paul Travers, Regional Secretary

St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr Brian Brennan, Regional President, Central Illawarra

Mr Brian Murnane, President, Wollongong Diocesan Council

Mr Paul Power, Manager, Vincentian Social Action Group

Mr Scott Bismire, Clinical Nurse Specialist, Illawarra Area Health Service

Ms Lesley Robson, Special Works Coordinator, Homeless Persons Services,

Wollongong Diocese

Mr Stephen Sweeney, Manager, John Purcell House & Manager,

Jim Da Silva Farm, Nowra

Mr Michael Organ, MHR, Federal Member for Cunningham

497

Monday, 28 July 2003

Grand Chancellor Hotel, Wellington Street, Perth

Ms Helen Johnston

Director, Combat Poverty Agency, Ireland

St Vincent de Paul, WA

Mr Brian Bull, State President

Mrs Merle Miller, State Vice-President

Ms Louise Durack, volunteer

Mr Baden Pratt

Dr Robert Serich, Chairman, Mental Health Advisory Committee, Vincentcare and

Co-director Clinical Services, Graylands Hospital

Ms Natalie Read, Welfare Officer, Vincentcare

Mr Rod Mapstone, Manager, Passages Resource Centre

Ms Cheryl Vernon, Manager, Youth Legal Services of Western Australia

Underemployed People.s Union WA Inc

Ms Mary Jenkins, Secretary

Dr Geoff Pain, Committee Member

People with Disabilities

Ms Kaye Regan, Executive Officer

Ms Kerry Allan

Ms Jane Broun, Carer

Mr Ian Miller

Ms Kimberly Parker

Mr Dennis Sheedy, Consumer

WACOSS

Ms Lisa Baker, Executive Director, WACOSS

Ms Lanie Chopping, Manager, Social Policy Unit, WACOSS

Mr Karel Eringa, Development Manager, Shelter WA

Mr Paul Pendergast, President, National Shelter and Policy Manager Shelter WA

Ms Kate Beaumont, Executive Officer, Welfare Rights and Advocacy Service

Unions WA

Ms Clare Ozich, Award Updating Officer

Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union (WA Branch)

Ms Helen Creed, National President

Ms Norah Brown, Member

Mr Yunus Kahn, Member

498

Ms Wanda Mazurkiewicz, Member

Ms Angela Miller

Reliable Parents Inc

Mr Anthony Borger, Chairman

St Patrick.s Community Support Centre

Mr Tony Grealy

The Hon Jonathan Ford, MLC

WEL Perth

Miss Hope Alexander

Ms Janet Lake, Secretary

Ms Jacqui Carter

Tuesday, 29 July 2003

Litchfield Room, Parliament House, Darwin

Northern Territory Council of Social Service

Ms Jane Alley, Executive Officer

Mr Graham Opie, Director

Anglicare NT

Ms Liz Forsyth, Chief Executive Officer

Salvation Army NT

Major Kelvin Merrett, Regional Officer

Catholic Welfare Australia . Centacare NT

Ms Jayne Lloyd, Executive Director

Ms Angela Rondo, Programs Manager

St Vincent de Paul

Mr Mick Fox, General Secretary

Mrs Elizabeth Madden, Manager, Darwin Centre of Charity

Mr Bill McMahon, former NT President and Chairperson Ozanam House

Northern Territory Shelter

Ms Alison Edwards, Executive Officer

Aboriginal Development Foundation

Mr Bernard Valadian, Executive Director

Coalition of Low Income Earners

Ms Anne Wolfe, Coordinator

499

YMCA Darwin

Mr Bob Ingram, Executive Officer

Mr Duncan Beggs, Board Director

YWCA Darwin

Ms Barbara Henry, Executive Director

Monday, 4 August 2003

St Mary.s Church, Merivale Street, South Brisbane

Australian Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Workers Union, Qld Branch

Mr Ron Monaghan, State Secretary

Mr Dion Conlon, Member

Mrs Jennifer Dewar, Member

Mrs Vivian Saunders, Member

Physical Disability Council of Australia

Ms Sue Egan, Chief Executive Officer

Australian National Organisation of the Unemployed

Mr Kevin Brennan, Director

Unemployed Persons Advocacy

Mr Ron Baker, President

St Vincent de Paul Society

Mr Tom Kelly, President, Social Justice Committee Qld

Mrs Robyn Hoare, Volunteer Fundraiser, Life Education Australia

Beverley (Private capacity)

Julie (Private capacity)

UnitingCare Centre for Social Justice

Dr Noel Preston, Director

Mr Derek Tuffield, General Manager, Lifeline Community Care, Darling Downs

Ms Mary McLean, Financial Counsellor, Lifeline Community Care, Darling Downs

Ms Julie Aganoff, Manager, Northern Counselling Services, Lifeline Community Care

Queensland Council of Social Services

Ms Shirley Watters, Executive Director

Mr Adrian Pisarski, Queensland Shelter

Miss Katherine Bennett, Constituent

Mr Matthew Brennan, Constituent

Miss Catherine Gammage, Constituent

Ms Susan Timbs, Constituent

500

Ms Beth Wilson-Szoredi, Constituent

Catholic Justice and Peace Commission of the Archdiocese of Brisbane

Mr Peter Arndt, Executive Officer

Mission Australia

Mr Lincoln Hopper, Operations Manager, Community Initiatives

Ms Cherie Lamb, Project Manager, Pathways to Prevention Project

Dr Kate Freiberg, Research Fellow

Ms Angela Carr, Research Assistant

Doctors Reform Society

Dr Peter Davoren, President, Qld Branch

Dr Theo van Lieshout, National Committee Member

Dr Tracy Schrader, National Committee Member

Wednesday, 6 August 2003

Townsville City Council, Townsville

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission

Mr Geoff Clark, Chairman

Lifeline North Queensland

Ms Kay Dodd, Manager, Community Services

Ms Brenda-Anne Parfitt, General Manager

North Queensland Branch of Queensland Shelter

Mr Kenneth Graham

Unemployed Workers Group (Townsville/Thuringowa)

Mr Frank Costanzo, Convenor

Ms Margaret Crowther, Member

Ms Mary Olsen, Member

St Vincent de Paul

Mr Warren Northey, Townsville Regional Council President

Mr Mike Johnson, Townsville Regional Council Vice President

Mr Jack Gleeson, Conference Member

501

INSPECTIONS

Wednesday, 28 May 2003

Merrylands, Sydney

The Committee inspected the following community centres accompanied by Mr Peter

Prants, Holroyd City Council

Barnardos Childrens/FamilyCentre, Kerr Parade, Auburn

Fairfield Community Aid, Barbara Street, Fairfield

Thursday, 29 May 2003

Newcastle, NSW

The Committee inspected the following community centres accompanied by

Ms Therese Postma, Newcastle City Council

Newcastle City Mission and McKenzie Centre

Newcastle Family Support Services

Ark Youth Crisis and Training Centre, The Salvation Army

Tuesday, 5 August 2003

Palm Island, North Queensland

The Committee travelled to and undertook informal discussions and inspections on

Palm Island with the following:

Community Council members and members of the business community

St Michaels School

Bwgcolmar Community School

Kootana Women.s Centre

Ferdie.s Haven Rehabilitation Centre

Palm Island Community Justice Group

502

503

APPENDIX 3

BIBLIOGRAPHY

The following reports, books and articles have been accessed by the Committee

during this inquiry. The list does not purport to be a comprehensive bibliography on

poverty. A number of submissions, especially from the major agencies, also included

bibliographies. A list of useful websites is provided at the end of the Appendix.

General

Anglicare, Food Insecurity . A Welfare Agency Perspective, November 2003

Australian Bureau of Statistics, Income and Welfare, ’Poverty and Deprivation in

Australia’, special article, Year Book Australia 1996

Australian Council of Social Service (ACOSS) .

’Research Compendium: Poverty and Inequality in Australia’, ACOSS Info 314,

20 November 2001

’Fairness and Flexibility: reform of workforce age social security payments in

Australia’, Paper 129, September 2003

’Australians Living on the Edge: Survey of the Community Services Sector’,

Paper 125, January 2003

Hidden Unemployment in Australia, November 2003

Generating Jobs: Fifteen Strategies for Reducing Unemployment in Australia,

October 2001

Australian Institute of Family Studies (AIFS) .

’Aboriginal Australians and poverty: issues of measurement’, Janet Taylor,

Family Matters no.35, August 1993

’Low Pay and Family Poverty: Tracing the Links’, Tony Eardley, Family

Matters no.51, Spring/Summer 1998

’Regional Disadvantage and Unemployment’, Christine Kilmartin, Family

Matters no.37, April 1994

’Taxation and family income’, Lucy Sullivan, Family Matters no.54,

Spring/Summer 1999

Baker M, ’Full Steam towards full employment’, Australian Options, Summer 2002

Bessant J, ’The Politics of Official Talk about Welfare Reform in Australia’, Just

Policy, No 28, December 2002

504

Bray JR, ’Hardship in Australia: An analysis of financial stress indicators in the 1998-

99 Australian Bureau of Statistics Household Expenditure Survey’, FaCS Occasional

Paper No 4, 2001

Brotherhood of St Laurence .

’Poverty’, Information sheet no.1, July 2002

’Income support and poverty’, Information sheet no.2, July 2002

’Poverty line update’, Information sheet no.3, July 2002

’Unemployment and poverty’, Information sheet no.4, July 2002

’The Invisible Australians: Conceptions of Poverty in Australia’, paper

presented to the 7th AIFS Conference, July 2000

’Making Australia a poverty-free zone’, 2002 Sambell Oration, Father Nic

Frances, October 2002

’No child.’ Child poverty in Australia, McClelland A, 2000

Eleven Plus Life chances and family income, Taylor J & Fraser A, 2003

Buchanan J & Pocock B, ’Responding to Inequality Today: Eleven Theses Concerning

the Redesign of Policies and Agents for Reform’, Journal of Industrial Relations, Vol

44, No 1, March 2002, pp.108-135

Carroll L, ’Poverty reduction: the Australian approach’, Development Bulletin, July

2001

Colvin K, The Women and Poverty Report: ’More than half-less than equal’, VCOSS,

October 2001

Commission of Inquiry into Poverty, Poverty in Australia: First Main Report, April

1975

Cox J, ’The Poverty Line Revisited’, Agenda, Vol 9, No 2, 2002, pp.99-111

Dawkins P, Gregg P & Scutella R, ’The Growth of Jobless Households in Australia’,

The Australian Economic Review, vol 35, no 2, pp.133-54, 2002

Department of Industry, Tourism & Resources, Key Demographic and Labour Market

Trends in Australia during the 1990s, 2002

Dunne L, ’Is poverty increasing or decreasing?’, The Adelaide Review, Feb 2002,

No 221, p.14

Dusseldorp Skills Forum, How Young People are Faring, Key Indictors 2003

Fincher R & Nieuwenhuysen J eds, Australian Poverty: Then and Now, Melbourne

University Press, 1998.

505

Fincher R & Saunders P, Creating unequal futures? Rethinking poverty, inequality

and disadvantage, Allen & Unwin, 2001.

Gregory RG, ’Its full-time jobs that matter’, Australian Journal of Labour Economics,

vol 5, no 2, June 2002

Henman P, ’Myths of Welfare Reform’, Australian Journal of Social Issues, No l37,

No.1, February 2002

Independent Review of Breaches and Penalties in the Social Security System (Pearce

Review), Making it Work, 2002

Industry Commission, Charitable Organisations in Australia, Report No 45, 16 June

1995

James R, Socioeconomic Background and Higher Education Participation: An

analysis of school students’ aspirations and expectations, DEST, April 2002

Kelly S, ’Simulating Future Trends in Wealth Inequality’, Paper presented at the 2002

Australian Conference of Economists, October 2002

Leeder S, ’Achieving equity in the Australian healthcare system’, Medical Journal of

Australia, Vol 179

Lyons M, Third sector: the contribution of nonprofit and cooperative enterprises in

Australia, Allen & Unwin, 2001

Marginson S, Pathways to Failure: The Educational Disadvantage of Children from

Low-income Families, The Ronald Henderson Research Foundation, Monash

University, Melbourne 2002

McClelland A, ’Mutual Obligation and the Welfare Responsibilities of Government’,

Australian Journal of Social Issues, Vol 37(3), August 2002

Mitchell D, ’Participation and opportunity: Redefining social security in Australian

and New Zealand’, International Social Security Review, Vol 55, 4/2002

National Centre for Social and Economic Modelling (NATSEM) .

’A portrait of child poverty in Australia in 1995-96’, Paper presented at the 6th

AIFS Conference, Melbourne, 26 November 1998

’An Introduction to Poverty Measurement Issues’, Greenwell H, Lloyd R &

Harding A, Discussion Paper No 55, December 2001

’Ancillary and Specialist Health Services: Does Low Income Limit Access?’,

Discussion Paper No 22, June 1997

506

’Financial Disadvantage in Australia . 1999: The Unlucky Australians?’,

Harding A & Szukalska A, A report commissioned by The Smith Family,

November 2000

’Financial Disadvantage in Australia 1990 to 2000: the persistence of poverty in

a decade of growth’, Harding A, Lloyd R & Greenwell H, A report

commissioned by The Smith Family, November 2001

’Is it worth working now? Financial incentives for working mothers under

Australia’s new tax system’, Paper presented to the 2003 Australian Social

Policy Conference, 9 July 2003

’Social Policy Matters: The Changing Face of Child Poverty in Australia, 1982

to 1997-98’, Harding A & Szukalska A, Paper presented to the 7th AIFS

Conference, July 2000

’The Costs of Children in Australia Today’, Paper presented to the AIFS

Conference, Melbourne, 13 February 2003

’Trends in Child Poverty in Australia: 1982 to 1995-96’, Discussion Paper

No 42, April 1999

’Worlds Apart: Postcodes with the Highest and Lowest Poverty Rates in

Today’s Australia’, presented to National Social Policy Conference, Sydney,

July 2001

Parliament of Australia, Parliamentary Library, ’The Poor in Australia: Who Are They

and How Many Are There?’, Current Issues e-brief 22 August 2002,

www.aph.gov.au/library/intguide/SP/poverty.htm

Preston A, ’The changing Australian labour market: developments during the last

decade’, Australian Bulletin of Labour, vol.27, no.3, September 2001

Productivity Commission, Independent Review of the Job Network, June 2002

Rothman S & McMillan J, ’Influences on Achievement in Literacy and Numeracy’,

Longitudinal Surveys of Australian Youth, Research Paper 36, ACER, October 2003

Saunders P, Welfare and Inequality: National and International Perspectives on the

Australian Welfare State, Cambridge University Press, 1994

Saunders P, ’The deserving Poor: Changing community views on the causes of

poverty’, Australian Social Monitor, Vol 5, No 2, May 2002

Saunders P, ’It’s Official: Inequality is Increasing Again’ Impact, Spring 2003

Saunders P, ’Poor Statistics: Getting the Facts Right About Poverty in Australia’,

Centre for Independent Studies, Issue Analysis, no 23, 3 April 2002

507

Saunders P & Tsumori K, Poverty in Australia: Beyond the Rhetoric, Centre for

Independent Studies, Policy Monograph 57, 2002

Steering Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision, Report on

Australian Government Services 2004, Productivity Commission, 2004

Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Report on Public Dental Services,

May 1998

Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Healing our Hospitals: Report on

Public Hospital Funding, December 2000

Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and Education References Committee,

Hacking Australia’s future: Threats to institutional autonomy, academic freedom and

student choice in higher education, November 2003

Senate Employment, Workplace Relations and Education References Committee,

Bridging the Skills Divide, November 2003

Senate Select Committee on Medicare, Medicare . Healthcare or Welfare?, October

2003

Senate Select Committee on Medicare, MedicarePlus: the Future for Medicare?,

February 2004

Social Policy Research Centre (SPRC) Discussion Papers .

’Unpacking Inequality: Wage Incomes, Disposable Incomes and Living

Standards’, Peter Saunders, No 63, December 1995

’A Challenge to Work and Welfare: Poverty in Australia in the 1990s’, Peter

Saunders, No 64, December 1995

’Defining Poverty and Identifying the Poor: Reflections on the Australian

Experience’, Peter Saunders, No 84, June 1998

’Household Budgets and Income Distribution over the Longer Term: Evidence

for Australia’, Peter Saunders, No 89, October 1998

’Working but Poor? Low Pay and Poverty in Australia’, Tony Eardley, No 91,

November 1998

’The Direct and Indirect Effects of Unemployment on Poverty and Inequality’,

Peter Saunders, No 118, December 2002

Social Welfare Policy Secretariat (SWPS), Report on Poverty Measurement, AGPS,

1981

Solas J, ’The War on Poverty in Australia’, Just Policy, No 27, August 2002

508

The Smith Family .

’Getting Poverty Back onto the Policy Agenda’, Saunders P, Briefing paper

No.10, March 2002

’The unlucky Australians? The launch of The Smith Family/NATSEM report

on financial disadvantage in Australia’, Zappala G & Green V, Briefing paper

No.8, March 2001

’The Smith Family’s Learning for Life program a decade on: Poverty and

Educational disadvantage’, Zappala G & Parker B, Background Paper No.1,

2000

’School to adult life transitions through work and study: A select review of the

literature’, Smyth C, Zappala G & Considine G, Background Paper No.4, 2002

Youth Unemployment in Australia: a contextual, governmental and

organisational perspective, Muir K with Maguire A, Slack-Smith D & Murray

M, A report by the The Smith Family for the AMP Foundation, November

2003

St Vincent de Paul Society .

’Greed, Poverty and Compassion: Where to Australia?’, October 2002

’The "Hidden Faces" of Poverty: Identifying Poverty Issues in Australia’, 2000

’Two Australias: Addressing Inequality and Poverty’, May 2001

Teese R & Polesel J, Undemocratic Schooling: equity and quality in mass secondary

education in Australia, Melbourne University Press, 2003

Travers P & Robertson F, Relative Deprivation among DSS Clients, Flinders

University of SA, Adelaide, 1996

Tsumori K, Saunders P & Hughes H, ’Poor Arguments: A Response to the Smith

Family Report on Poverty in Australia’, Centre for Independent Studies, Issue Analysis

no.21, 16 January 2002

Watson I, et.al., Fragmented Futures: New Challenges in Working Life, Federation

Press, 2003

Watson I, ’Kennett’s industrial relations legacy: impact of deregulation on minimum

pay rates in Victoria’, Journal of Industrial Relations, vol.43, no.3, September 2001

Watts M, ’Wages and wage determination in 2001’, Journal of Industrial Relations,

vol.44, no. 2, June 2002

Whiteford P & Angenent G, ’The Australian system of social protection . an

overview’, FaCS Occasional Paper No.6, 2001

509

Yenchen D & Porter L, A Just and Sustainable Australia, Melbourne, September 2001

Children

Adelman L, ’Role Reversal: Child Poverty in Australia and Britain’, SPRC Newsletter,

No.84, October 2003

Bradbury B & Jantii M, ’Child Poverty across Industrialized Nations’, Innocenti

Occasional Papers, Economic and Social Policy series, No.71, 1999

Bradbury B, ’Child Poverty: A review’, Social Policy Research Centre, Report No

3/03, November 2003

Business Council of Australia, The Cost of Dropping Out: the Economic Impact of

Early School Leaving, January 2003

Demosthenous H, Bouhours T & Demosthenous C, ’Socioeconomic status and youth

aggression in Australia’, Youth Studies Australia, v.21, n.4, 2002.

’Family tax benefit fails to relieve child poverty’, Impact, August 2001.

Gregory RG, ’Children and the Changing Labour Market: Joblessness in Families with

Dependent Children’, Centre for Economic Policy Research ANU, Discussion Paper

No.406, August 1999

Task Force on Child Development, Health and Wellbeing, Towards a National

Agenda for Early Childhood . What you told us, October 2003

UnitingCare Burnside, Because Children Matter: Making a case for addressing child

poverty in Australia, June 2003

Disablity

Abello D & Chalmers J, ’Disabling Employment Policy’, Symposium: The 2002-03

Federal Budget

Sherry M, ’Welfare Reform and Disability Policy in Australia’, Just Policy, No.28,

December 2002

Indigenous

Bell D, ’How to Treat Chronic disease in indigenous Australians’, Australian Doctor,

14 June 2002

Costello S, Berry M & Briskman L, ’Homeless Indigenous Older People’, Parity, Vol

15, Issue 10

Gray MC & Hunter BH, ’A Cohort Analysis of the Determinants of Employment and

Labour Force Participation: Indigenous and Non-Indigenous Australians, 1981 to

1996’, The University of Melbourne, Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic and

Social Research, 2002

Hunter B, ’Three nations, not one: indigenous and other Australian poverty’, Centre for

Aboriginal Economic Policy Research ANU, CAEPR Working Paper No1/1999

510

Hunter B, Kennedy S & Biddle N, ’One size fits all?: The effect of equivalence scales

on Indigenous and other Australian poverty’, CAEPR Working Paper No.19/2002

Ross R & Whiteford P, ’Poverty in 1986: Aboriginal Families with Children’,

Australian Journal of Social Issues, Vol.27, No.2, May 1992

Taylor J, ’Aboriginal Australians and Poverty: Issues of Measurement’, Family

Matters, No.35, August 1993

Homelessness

Chamberlain C & MacKenzie D, Counting the Homeless 2001, ABS, November 2003

Crane M & Warnes A, ’Preventing Homelessness Among Older People: The British

Experience’, Parity, Vol 15, Issue 10

Crinall K, ’Is there a cause of homelessness, or should we just focus on homelessness

as a cause’, Parity, Vol 15, Issue 9

Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission, Our Homeless Children: Report

of the National Inquiry into Homeless Children, 1989 (Brian Burdekin, Chairman)

Matheson, ’Too Many Homeless’, Parity, Vol 15, Issue 9

Watson S, ’Revisiting one of the causes of homelessness’, Impact, December 2002

Housing

AHURI, On the Margins? Housing Risk among Caravan Park Residents, August

2003

Bradbury B & Chalmers J, ’Housing, location and employment’, AHURI, July 2002

Ministerial Council on Consumer Affairs, Residential Tenancy Databases . Issues

Paper, November 2003

Senate Community Affairs References Committee, Report on Housing Assistance,

December 1997

Rural and regional

Australian Catholic Social Welfare Commission, ’A Litany of Disadvantage: Rural

Communities of Australia’, Discussion Paper No 15, 2000

Bray JR, ’Social indicators for regional Australia’, FaCS Policy Research Paper No 8,

2000

511

WEBSITES

Many of the research and policy papers referred to above and other information may

be accessed from the following websites

Anglicare www.anglicare.org.au

Australian Council of Social Service (ACOSS) www.acoss.org.au

Australian Federation of Homelessness Organisations (AFHO) www.afho.org.au

Australian Institute of Family Studies (AIFS) www.aifs.org.au

Brotherhood of St Laurence www.bsl.org.au

Jesuit Social Services www.jss.org.au

Mission Australia www.mission.com.au

National Centre for Social and Economic Modelling (NATSEM)

www.natsem.canberra.edu.au

National Rural Health Alliance www.ruralhealth.org.au/nrhapublic/

The Smith Family www.smithfamily.com.au

Social Policy Research Centre (SPRC) www.sprc.unsw.edu.au

St Vincent de Paul Society www.vinnies.org.au

UnitingCare Australia www.unitingcare.org.au

Centre for Economic and Social Inclusion (UK) www.cesi.org.uk

Combat Poverty Agency (Ireland) www.combatpoverty.ie

Institute for Research on Poverty (USA) www.ssc.wisc.edu/irp

Monitoring Poverty and Social Exclusion (UK) www.poverty.org.uk